false 0002005951 0002005951 2024-11-26 2024-11-26 iso4217:USD xbrli:shares iso4217:USD xbrli:shares

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

 

 

FORM 8-K

 

 

 

CURRENT REPORT
Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d)

of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

 

Date of Report (Date of earliest event reported): November 26, 2024

 

 

 

 

 

Smurfit Westrock plc 

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Ireland
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
 

001-42161

(Commission
File Number)

  98-1776979
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

 

Beech Hill, Clonskeagh

Dublin 4, D04 N2R2

Ireland

(Address of principal executive offices, including Zip Code)

 

 

 

+353 1 202 7000

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

 

 

 

Check the appropriate box below if the Form 8-K filing is intended to simultaneously satisfy the filing obligation of the registrant under any of the following provisions:

 

¨Written communications pursuant to Rule 425 under the Securities Act (17 CFR 230.425)

 

¨Soliciting material pursuant to Rule 14a-12 under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.14a-12)

 

¨Pre-commencement communications pursuant to Rule 14d-2(b) under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.14d-2(b))

 

¨Pre-commencement communications pursuant to Rule 13e-4(c) under the Exchange Act (17 CFR 240.13e-4(c))

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class Trading Symbol(s) Name of each exchange on which registered
Ordinary shares, par value $0.001 per share SW New York Stock Exchange (NYSE)

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an emerging growth company as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act of 1933 (§230.405 of this chapter) or Rule 12b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (§240.12b-2 of this chapter).

 

Emerging growth company ¨

 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ¨

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 1.01. Entry into a Material Definitive Agreement.

 

Senior Notes Offerings

 

On November 26, 2024, Smurfit Westrock Financing Designated Activity Company (the “USD Issuer”), a designated activity company incorporated under the laws of Ireland and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Smurfit Westrock plc (“Smurfit Westrock”), a public limited company incorporated under the laws of Ireland, issued $850 million in aggregate principal amount of 5.418% senior notes due 2035 (the “USD Notes”) under an indenture, dated as of November 26, 2024 (the “USD Indenture”), among, inter alios, the USD Issuer, the guarantors party thereto (the “USD Guarantors”) and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee (the “USD Offering”).

 

On November 27, 2024, Smurfit Kappa Treasury Unlimited Company (the “EUR Issuer” and, together with the USD Issuer, the “Issuers”), a public unlimited company incorporated under the laws of Ireland and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Smurfit Westrock, issued €600 million in aggregate principal amount of 3.454% senior notes due 2032 (the “2032 Notes”) and €600 million in aggregate principal amount of 3.807% senior notes due 2036 (the “2036 Notes” and, together with the 2032 Notes, the “EUR Notes” and, collectively with the USD Notes, the “Notes”) under an indenture, dated as of November 27, 2024 (the “EUR Indenture” and, together with the USD Indenture, the “Indentures”), among, inter alios, the EUR Issuer, the guarantors party thereto and Deutsche Trustee Company Limited, as trustee (the “EUR Offering” and, together with the USD Offering, the “Offerings”).

 

The Notes were offered and sold (i) in the United States only to qualified institutional buyers (as defined in Rule 144A (“Rule 144A”) under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”)), in reliance on Rule 144A and (ii) outside the United States to non-U.S. persons in offshore transactions in reliance on Regulation S under the Securities Act.

 

The Issuers intend to use the net proceeds of the Offerings (i) to redeem the outstanding $750 million in aggregate principal amount of 4.650% senior notes due 2026 issued by WRKCo Inc. (“WRKCo”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Smurfit Westrock (the “WRKCo 2026 Notes”), in full at the applicable redemption price set forth in the indenture governing the WRKCo 2026 Notes, (ii) to redeem the outstanding €1,000 million in aggregate principal amount of 2.875% senior notes due 2026 issued by Smurfit Kappa Acquisitions Unlimited Company, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Smurfit Westrock (the “SKA 2026 Notes”), in full at the applicable redemption price set forth in the indenture governing the SKA 2026 Notes, and (iii) for general corporate purposes, including the repayment of indebtedness. Smurfit Westrock intends to use an amount equivalent to the proceeds of the Offerings to finance or refinance a portfolio of eligible green projects in accordance with its Green Finance Framework, which it may, in the future, update in line with developments in the market. On November 20, 2024, each of Smurfit Kappa Acquisitions Unlimited Company and WRKCo distributed a conditional notice of redemption to the respective holders of the SKA 2026 Notes and the WRKCo 2026 Notes, which will be redeemed on December 2, 2024 and December 6, 2024, respectively.

 

The USD Notes will mature on January 15, 2035. Interest on the USD Notes will accrue at a rate of 5.418% per annum and will be payable semi-annually in arrears on January 15 and July 15 of each year, commencing on July 15, 2025. The USD Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, on a senior basis by Smurfit Westrock and certain of its subsidiaries, including the EUR Issuer.

 

The 2032 Notes will mature on November 27, 2032. Interest on the 2032 Notes will accrue at a rate of 3.454% per annum and will be payable annually in arrears on November 27 of each year, commencing on November 27, 2025. The 2036 Notes will mature on November 27, 2036. Interest on the 2036 Notes will accrue at a rate of 3.807% per annum and will be payable annually in arrears on November 27 of each year, commencing on November 27, 2025. The EUR Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, on a senior basis by Smurfit Westrock and certain of its subsidiaries, including the USD Issuer.

 

 

 

 

Prior to October 15, 2034 (three months prior to the maturity of the USD Notes), the USD Issuer may redeem the USD Notes at its option, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time, at the applicable redemption price set forth in the USD Indenture. On or after October 15, 2034, the USD Issuer may redeem the USD Notes, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the USD Notes to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts (as defined in the USD Indenture), if any, thereon, to, but excluding, the redemption date.

 

At any time prior to August 27, 2032 (three months prior to the maturity of the 2032 Notes), in the case of the 2032 Notes, and August 27, 2036 (three months prior to the maturity of the 2036 Notes), in the case of the 2036 Notes, the EUR Issuer may redeem the applicable series of EUR Notes, in whole or in part, at the applicable redemption prices set forth in the EUR Indenture. At any time on or after August 27, 2032, in the case of the 2032 Notes, and August 27, 2036, in the case of the 2036 Notes, the EUR Issuer may redeem the applicable series of EUR Notes at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts (as defined in the EUR Indenture), if any, thereon, to, but excluding, the redemption date.

 

In addition, the Issuers may redeem each series of Notes in whole, but not in part, at any time upon giving proper notice if changes in tax laws impose certain withholding taxes or other deductions on amounts payable on the Notes or the related guarantees, at a redemption price of 100% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, and Additional Amounts, if any, to, but not including, the redemption date.

 

The Indentures contain certain customary covenants that limit, among other things, the ability of Smurfit Westrock and its subsidiaries to incur liens on their principal properties or on any of their shares of stock to secure indebtedness without equally and ratably securing the Notes, and to merge or consolidate with other entities. These limitations are subject to a number of important exceptions and qualifications set forth in each Indenture. Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control Repurchase Event (as defined in each Indenture) with respect to a series of Notes, each holder of such series of Notes may require the applicable Issuer to repurchase its Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101%, in the case of the USD Notes, and 100%, in the case of the EUR Notes, of their aggregate principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, and Additional Amounts, if any, to, but not including, the date of repurchase.

 

The Indentures also contain customary events of default, including, among others, payment default, failure to comply with covenants or agreements contained in the Indentures and the Notes and certain provisions related to bankruptcy events.

 

The description set forth above is qualified in its entirety by the full text of the Indentures, copies of which are filed as Exhibits 4.1 and 4.2 hereto and are incorporated by reference herein.

 

Registration Rights Agreement

In connection with the issuance and sale of the USD Notes, on November 26, 2024, the USD Issuer and the USD Guarantors entered into a registration rights agreement (the “Registration Rights Agreement”) with the representatives of the initial purchasers of the USD Notes pursuant to which they have agreed to file an exchange offer registration statement with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) relating to an offer to exchange the USD Notes and the related guarantees for securities that are substantially identical in all material respects and are registered under the Securities Act. The USD Issuer and the USD Guarantors are required to use their reasonable best efforts to cause the exchange offer to be consummated on or prior to July 5, 2025. The USD Issuer and the USD Guarantors are also required to use their commercially reasonable efforts to file a shelf registration statement with the SEC to cover resales of the USD Notes and the related guarantees under certain circumstances. If the USD Issuer and the USD Guarantors do not comply with their registration obligations, they will be required to pay additional interest to holders of the USD Notes.

The foregoing description is qualified in its entirety by the full text of the Registration Rights Agreement, a copy of which is filed as Exhibit 10.1 hereto and is incorporated by reference herein.

 

 

 

 

Item 2.03. Creation of a Direct Financial Obligation or an Obligation under an Off-Balance Sheet Arrangement of a Registrant.

 

The information set forth in Item 1.01 with respect to the Indentures, the Notes and the Registration Rights Agreement is incorporated by reference into this Item 2.03.

 

Item 8.01 Other Events.

 

Amended and Restated WRKCo Commercial Paper Program

 

On November 21, 2024, WRKCo entered into definitive documentation to amend and restate its unsecured commercial paper program (as so amended and restated, the “CP Program”), pursuant to which WRKCo may issue short-term, unsecured commercial paper notes (the “CP Notes”), for the sole purpose of adding the USD Issuer as a guarantor. The USD Issuer was concurrently added as a guarantor to other existing senior indebtedness of the group, including the senior notes issued by certain of Smurfit Westrock’s subsidiaries and its revolving credit facility. Except for the addition of the USD Issuer as a guarantor, all of the terms of the CP Program, including the identity of the three commercial paper dealers that will act as dealers under the CP Program (each a “Dealer” and, collectively, the “Dealers”), are identical to the CP Program which was previously amended and restated on July 5, 2024.

 

In connection with the addition of the USD Issuer as a guarantor, on November 21, 2024 each Dealer entered into an amended and restated commercial paper dealer agreement, among WRKCo, the guarantors party thereto and such Dealer (as so amended and restated, each, a “Dealer Agreement”), which provides the terms under which the Dealer will either purchase CP Notes from WRKCo or arrange for the sale of the CP Notes by WRKCo to one or more purchasers, in each case pursuant to an exemption from federal and state securities laws. Each Dealer Agreement contains customary representations, warranties, covenants and indemnification provisions. The Dealer Agreements are substantially identical in all material respects except as to the parties thereto and the notice provisions.

 

From time to time, one or more of the Dealers and certain of their respective affiliates have provided, and may in the future provide, commercial banking, investment banking and other financial advisory services to the Company and its affiliates for which they have received or will receive customary fees and expenses.

 

The CP Notes have not been and will not be registered under the Securities Act or state securities laws and may not be offered or sold in the United States absent registration or an applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and applicable state laws. The information contained in this Current Report on Form 8-K is neither an offer to sell nor a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities.

 

The foregoing summary of the Dealer Agreements does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and qualified in its entirety by, the full text of the Dealer Agreements, a form of which is attached hereto as Exhibit 10.2 and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Senior Notes Offerings

 

On November 27, 2024, Smurfit Westrock issued a press release announcing the closing of the Offerings. A copy of the press release is attached hereto as Exhibit 99.1 and is incorporated by reference herein.

 

Item 9.01. Financial Statements and Exhibits.

(d) Exhibits.

 

Exhibit
Number
  Description
4.1   Indenture, dated as of November 26, 2024, among Smurfit Westrock Financing Designated Activity Company, the guarantors party thereto and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as trustee, paying agent, transfer agent and registrar.
4.2   Indenture, dated as of November 27, 2024, among Smurfit Kappa Treasury Unlimited Company, the guarantors party thereto, Deutsche Trust Company Limited, as trustee, Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch, as paying agent and transfer agent, and Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A., as registrar.
10.1   Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of November 26, 2024, among Smurfit Westrock Financing Designated Activity Company, the guarantors party thereto and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., ING Financial Markets, LLC, SMBC Nikko Securities America, Inc. and TD Securities (USA) LLC.
10.2 Form of Amended and Restated Dealer Agreement, dated as of November 21, 2024, among WRKCo Inc., the guarantors party thereto and the dealer party thereto.
99.1   Press Release dated November 27, 2024.
104   Cover Page Interactive Data File (embedded within the Inline XBRL document).

 

 

 

 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

 

  Smurfit WestRock plc
     
Date: November 27, 2024 By: /s/ Ken Bowles
    Ken Bowles
    Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 4.1

 

 

Smurfit Westrock Financing DAC,
as Issuer,

 

Smurfit Westrock plc,
as the Parent Guarantor,

 

the Subsidiary Guarantors named herein,

 

and

 

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas,
as Trustee, Paying Agent, Transfer Agent and Registrar

 

 

 

INDENTURE

 

Dated as of November 26, 2024

 

 

 

5.418% Senior Notes due 2035

 

 
 

 

SMURFIT WESTROCK FINANCING DAC

 

Reconciliation and tie between Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended by the Trust Indenture Reform Act of 1990, and Indenture.

 

Trust Indenture Act Section

 

Indenture Section

§310 (a)(1)   7.9
  (a)(2)   7.9
  (a)(3)   Not Applicable
  (a)(4)   Not Applicable
  (b)   7.3, 7.7, 7.9, 7.10
§311 (a)   7.11
  (b)   7.9, 7.11
§312 (a)   2.5
  (b)   11.2
  (c)   11.2
§313 (a)   7.14
  (b)   7.14
  (c)   7.14
  (d)   7.14
§314 (a)   4.3
  (a)(4)   4.4
  (b)   Not Applicable
  (c)(1)   11.3(1)
  (c)(2)   11.3(2)
  (c)(3)   Not Applicable
  (d)   Not Applicable
  (e)   11.4
§315 (a)   7.1(b)
  (b)   7.5
  (c)   7.1(a)
  (d)   7.1(c)
  (d)(1)   7.1(c)(1)
  (d)(2)   7.1(c)(2)
  (d)(3)   7.1(c)(3)
  (e)   6.14
§316 (a)(1)(A)   6.8
  (a)(1)(B)   6.7
  (a)(2)   Not Applicable
  (a)(last sentence)   2.10
  (b)   6.16
  (c)   9.3(b)
§317 (a)(1)   6.10
  (a)(2)   6.11
  (b)   2.3, 2.4
§318 (a)   1.2

 

NOTE: This reconciliation and tie shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be a part of the Indenture.

 

i 
 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Page

 

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE 1
   
  SECTION 1.1. Definitions 1
  SECTION 1.2. Incorporation by Reference of TIA 16
  SECTION 1.3. Rules of Construction 16
       
ARTICLE II THE NOTES 17
   
  SECTION 2.1. Form and Dating 17
  SECTION 2.2. Execution and Authentication 18
  SECTION 2.3. Registrar and Paying Agent 19
  SECTION 2.4. Paying Agent To Hold Money 20
  SECTION 2.5. List of Holders 20
  SECTION 2.6. Book-Entry Provisions for Global Notes 21
  SECTION 2.7. Registration of Transfer and Exchange 22
  SECTION 2.8. Replacement Notes 27
  SECTION 2.9. Outstanding Notes 27
  SECTION 2.10. Treasury Notes 28
  SECTION 2.11. Temporary Notes 28
  SECTION 2.12. Cancellation 28
  SECTION 2.13. Defaulted Interest 29
  SECTION 2.14. CUSIPs and ISINs 29
  SECTION 2.15. Deposit of Moneys 29
  SECTION 2.16. Certain Matters Relating to Global Notes 29
  SECTION 2.17. Interest 30
  SECTION 2.18. Exchange Offer 30
  SECTION 2.19. Additional Interest Under Registration Rights Agreement 31
       
ARTICLE III REDEMPTION 31
   
  SECTION 3.1. Optional Redemption 31
  SECTION 3.2. Notices to Trustee 31
  SECTION 3.3. Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed 31
  SECTION 3.4. Notice of Redemption 31
  SECTION 3.5. Effect of Notice of Redemption 33
  SECTION 3.6. Deposit of Redemption Price 33
  SECTION 3.7. Notes Redeemed in Part 33
       
ARTICLE IV COVENANTS 33
   
  SECTION 4.1. Payment of Notes 33
  SECTION 4.2. Maintenance of Office or Agency 34
  SECTION 4.3. Reports by the Issuer 34
  SECTION 4.4. Statements as to Compliance 34
  SECTION 4.5. [Intentionally omitted] 34
  SECTION 4.6. [Intentionally omitted] 34
  SECTION 4.7. [Intentionally omitted] 35

 

ii 
 

 

  SECTION 4.8. Limitation on Issuance of Guarantees of Indebtedness by Subsidiaries 35
  SECTION 4.9. [Intentionally omitted] 35
  SECTION 4.10. Negative Pledge 35
  SECTION 4.11. [Intentionally omitted] 36
  SECTION 4.12. [Intentionally omitted] 36
  SECTION 4.13. [Intentionally omitted] 36
  SECTION 4.14. [Intentionally omitted] 36
  SECTION 4.15. [Intentionally omitted] 36
  SECTION 4.16. [Intentionally omitted] 36
  SECTION 4.17. [Intentionally omitted] 36
  SECTION 4.18. [Intentionally omitted] 36
  SECTION 4.19. Change of Control Repurchase Event 36
  SECTION 4.20. Additional Amounts 38
  SECTION 4.21. Payment of Non-Income Taxes and Similar Charges 39
       
ARTICLE V SUCCESSOR CORPORATION 39
   
  SECTION 5.1. Consolidation, Merger or Sale of Assets 39
  SECTION 5.2. Successor Corporation Substituted 40
       
ARTICLE VI DEFAULT AND REMEDIES 40
   
  SECTION 6.1. Events of Default 40
  SECTION 6.2. Acceleration 42
  SECTION 6.3. Other Remedies 42
  SECTION 6.4. The Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Securities 42
  SECTION 6.5. Rights and Remedies Cumulative 42
  SECTION 6.6. Delay or Omission Not Waiver 42
  SECTION 6.7. Waiver of Past Defaults 43
  SECTION 6.8. Control by Majority 43
  SECTION 6.9. Limitation on Suits 43
  SECTION 6.10. Collection Suit by Trustee 44
  SECTION 6.11. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim 44
  SECTION 6.12. Priorities 44
  SECTION 6.13. Restoration of Rights and Remedies 45
  SECTION 6.14. Undertaking for Costs 45
  SECTION 6.15. Additional Payments 45
  SECTION 6.16. Rights of Holders To Receive Payment 45
       
ARTICLE VII TRUSTEE 46
   
  SECTION 7.1. Duties of Trustee 46
  SECTION 7.2. Rights of Trustee 47
  SECTION 7.3. Individual Rights of Trustee 48
  SECTION 7.4. Trustee’s Disclaimer 48
  SECTION 7.5. Notice of Default 49
  SECTION 7.6. Compensation and Indemnity 49
  SECTION 7.7. Replacement of Trustee 50

 

iii 
 

 

  SECTION 7.8. Successor Trustee by Merger, etc 51
  SECTION 7.9. Eligibility; Disqualification 51
  SECTION 7.10. Disqualification; Conflicting Interests 51
  SECTION 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuer 51
  SECTION 7.12. Force Majeure 52
  SECTION 7.13. Consequential Loss 52
  SECTION 7.14. Reports by Trustee to Holders 52
       
ARTICLE VIII SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE 52
   
  SECTION 8.1. Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance 52
  SECTION 8.2. Legal Defeasance and Discharge 52
  SECTION 8.3. Covenant Defeasance 53
  SECTION 8.4. Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance 53
  SECTION 8.5. Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture 54
  SECTION 8.6. Survival of Certain Obligations 55
  SECTION 8.7. Acknowledgment of Discharge by Trustee 55
  SECTION 8.8. Application of Trust Moneys 55
  SECTION 8.9. Repayment to the Issuer; Unclaimed Money 56
  SECTION 8.10. Reinstatement 56
       
ARTICLE IX AMENDMENTS, SUPPLEMENTS AND WAIVERS 57
   
  SECTION 9.1. Without Consent of Holders of Notes 57
  SECTION 9.2. With Consent of Holders of Notes 58
  SECTION 9.3. Revocation and Effect of Consents 59
  SECTION 9.4. Notation on or Exchange of Notes 60
  SECTION 9.5. Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc 60
       
ARTICLE X GUARANTEES 60
   
  SECTION 10.1. Guarantee 60
  SECTION 10.2. Limitation on Liability 62
  SECTION 10.3. Successors and Assigns 62
  SECTION 10.4. No Waiver 62
  SECTION 10.5. Modification 62
  SECTION 10.6. Release of Guarantor 62
  SECTION 10.7. Execution of Supplemental Indenture for Future Guarantors 63
       
ARTICLE XI MISCELLANEOUS 64
   
  SECTION 11.1. Notices 64
  SECTION 11.2. Communications by Holders with Other Holders 65
  SECTION 11.3. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent 65
  SECTION 11.4. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion 66
  SECTION 11.5. Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent, Registrar, Transfer Agent 66
  SECTION 11.6. Legal Holidays 67
  SECTION 11.7. Governing Law 67
  SECTION 11.8. Submission to Jurisdiction; Appointment of Agent for Service 67
  SECTION 11.9. No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements 67
  SECTION 11.10. No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees, Incorporators or Stockholders 68

 

iv 
 

 

  SECTION 11.11. Currency Indemnity 68
  SECTION 11.12. Currency Calculation 68
  SECTION 11.13. Information 68
  SECTION 11.14. Successors 68
  SECTION 11.15. Counterpart Originals 69
  SECTION 11.16. Severability 69
  SECTION 11.17. Table of Contents, Headings, etc 69
  SECTION 11.18. Patriot Act 69

 

SCHEDULES

 

Schedule A - Subsidiary Guarantors

 

EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit A - Form of Global Note
     
Exhibit B - Form of Definitive Note
     
Exhibit C - Form of Transfer Certificate for Transfer from Rule 144A Global Note to Regulation S Global Note
     
Exhibit D - Form of Supplemental Indenture

 

v 
 

 

INDENTURE, dated as of November 26, 2024, among: (i) Smurfit Westrock Financing DAC, a designated activity company incorporated under the laws of Ireland and having its registered office at Beech Hill, Clonskeagh, Dublin 4, Ireland (the “Issuer”), (ii) Smurfit Westrock plc, a public limited company incorporated under the laws of Ireland and having its registered office at Beech Hill, Clonskeagh, Dublin 4, Ireland (“Smurfit Westrock” or the “Parent Guarantor”), (iii) the Subsidiary Guarantors named in Schedule A hereto and (iv) Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Trustee, Paying Agent, Transfer Agent and Registrar.

 

The Issuer has duly authorized the creation and issuance of its 5.418% Senior Notes due 2035 issued on the date hereof (the “Original Notes”) and the Issuer may issue, from time to time after the date hereof, an unlimited principal amount of additional securities having identical terms and conditions as the Original Notes (the “Additional Notes”); and, to provide therefor, the Issuer has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture. The Original Notes, any Additional Notes and any Exchange Notes (as defined below) collectively shall be referred to herein as the “Notes”. The aggregate principal amount of Notes that shall be issued on the date hereof equals $850.0 million.

 

Each party hereto agrees as follows for the benefit of the other parties and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes:

 

ARTICLE I

 

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

 

SECTION 1.1. Definitions. For purposes of this Indenture, unless otherwise specifically indicated herein, the term “consolidated” with respect to any Person refers to such Person consolidated with its Subsidiaries. In addition, for purposes of the following definitions and this Indenture generally, all ratios and computations based on GAAP shall be made in accordance with GAAP and shall be based upon the consolidated financial statements of Smurfit Westrock and its subsidiaries prepared in conformity with GAAP. As used in this Indenture, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

Additional Amounts” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.20(b).

 

Additional Interest” means all amounts, if any, payable pursuant to Section 2(c) of the Registration Rights Agreement. Unless the context otherwise requires, all references in this Indenture to interest includes Additional Interest, if any. Any express reference to Additional Interest in this Indenture shall not be construed as excluding Additional Interest in any other text where no such express reference is made.

 

Additional Notes” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Indenture.

 

Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control”, as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise. For purposes of this definition, the terms “controlling”, “controlled by” and “under common control with” shall have correlative meanings.

 

1

 

 

Agent” means any Paying Agent, Registrar or Transfer Agent.

 

Agent Members” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.16(a).

 

Attributable Debt” in respect of a sale and leaseback transaction means, at the time of determination, the present value of the obligation of the lessee for net rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in such sale and leaseback transaction including any period for which such lease has been extended or may, at the option of the lessor, be extended. Such present value shall be calculated using a discount rate equal to the rate of interest implicit in such transaction, determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

Authenticating Agent” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2.

 

Authorized Agent” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11.8.

 

Bankruptcy Law” means (i) for purposes of the Issuer, any bankruptcy, insolvency, winding-up or other similar statute (including the relevant provisions of the Irish Companies Act 2014 and the examinership court protection procedure), regulation or provision of any jurisdiction in which the Issuer is organized or conducting business and (ii) for purposes of the Trustee and the Holders, Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar United States Federal, state or foreign law for the relief of creditors.

 

Beneficial Owner” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), such “person” shall be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such “person” has the right to acquire by conversion or exercise of other securities, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only upon the occurrence of a subsequent condition. The terms “Beneficially Owns” and “Beneficially Owned” shall have a corresponding meaning.

 

Board of Directors” means: (1) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors (or analogous governing body) of the corporation or any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such board; (2) with respect to a partnership, the board of directors of the general partner of the partnership; (3) with respect to any limited liability company, the managing member or members (or analogous governing body) or any controlling committee of managing members thereof; and (4) with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function.

 

Board Resolution” means a duly authorized resolution of the Board of Directors of the Issuer certified by an Officer and delivered to the Trustee.

 

Business Day” means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banking institutions are authorized or required by law to close in New York City, Dublin or London.

 

 2 
 

 

Capital Stock” means:

 

(1)            in the case of a corporation, corporate stock;

 

(2)            in the case of a company, shares of such company;

 

(3)            in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;

 

(4)            in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and

 

(5)            any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person;

 

provided that debt securities convertible into interests specified in (1) through (5) above shall not be deemed “Capital Stock.”

 

Change in Tax Law” shall have the meaning set forth in Paragraph 8 of any Note.

 

Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following:

 

(1)            the direct or indirect sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger, consolidation or transfer of Smurfit Westrock’s Voting Stock), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of Smurfit Westrock and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole to any “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act);

 

(2)            the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of the Issuer; or

 

(3)            the consummation of any transaction (including, without limitation, any merger or consolidation) the result of which is that any “person” (as defined above) becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the Voting Stock of Smurfit Westrock, measured by voting power rather than number of shares.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction will not be deemed to involve a Change of Control if (i) the Ultimate Parent immediately prior to such transaction becomes a direct or indirect wholly owned subsidiary of another Person and (ii)(A) the Beneficial Owners of the Voting Stock of such other Person immediately following that transaction are substantially the same as the holders of the Voting Stock of the Ultimate Parent immediately prior to that transaction or (B) immediately following that transaction, no Person is the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the Voting Stock of such Person, measured by voting power rather than number of shares.

 

Change of Control Offer” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.19(a).

 

Change of Control Payment” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.19(a).

 

 3 
 

 

Change of Control Payment Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.19(a).

 

Change of Control Repurchase Event” means a Change of Control and a Rating Event.

 

Clearing Agency” means DTC or its successor acting directly or through a custodian, nominee or depository.

 

Code” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

Commission” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, or any successor entity thereof from time to time.

 

Consolidated Net Tangible Assets” means, as of any date of determination, the total amount of all assets of the Ultimate Parent and its Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter for which the Ultimate Parent’s financial statements are available (but which may give pro forma effect to the acquisition of any assets or liabilities following the end of such recent fiscal quarter up to and including the determination date), less the sum of:

 

(1)            the Ultimate Parent’s consolidated current liabilities as of such quarter end (other than (a) short-term borrowings and (b) long-term debt due within one year), determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; and

 

(2)            the Ultimate Parent’s consolidated assets that are properly classified as intangible assets as of such quarter end, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

 

Consolidated Total Assets” means, as of any date of determination, the total amount of all assets of the Ultimate Parent and its Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter for which the Ultimate Parent’s financial statements are available.

 

Contingent Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, any dividend or other obligation that, in each case, does not constitute Indebtedness (“primary obligation”) of any other Person (the “primary obligor”), including any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent.

 

Covenant Defeasance” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.3.

 

Default” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.

 

Default Interest Payment Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.13.

 

Definitive Notes” means Notes in definitive registered form substantially in the form of Exhibit B.

 

DTC” means The Depository Trust Company.

 

 4 
 

 

Euronext Dublin” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3.

 

Event of Default” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1.

 

Exchange Act” means the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

Exchange Notes” means any notes issued in exchange for the Original Notes or any Additional Notes as contemplated by the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

Exchange Offer” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

Existing Guarantee Covenant Notes” means the €1,000.0 million in aggregate principal amount outstanding of 2.875% Senior Notes due 2026 issued by SKA and the €750.0 million in aggregate principal amount outstanding of 1.50% Senior Notes due 2027 issued by SKT.

 

Existing Notes” means the Existing Smurfit Notes and the Existing WestRock Notes.

 

Existing Smurfit Notes” means the (i) Yankee Bonds; (ii) €1,000.0 million in aggregate principal amount outstanding of 2.875% Senior Notes due 2026 issued by SKA; (iii) €750.0 million in aggregate principal amount outstanding of 1.500% Senior Notes due 2027 issued by SKT; (iv) €500.0 million in aggregate principal amount outstanding of 0.500% Senior Notes due 2029 issued by SKT; (v) $750.0 million in aggregate principal amount outstanding of 5.200% Senior Notes due 2030 issued by SKT; (vi) €500.0 million in aggregate principal amount outstanding of 1.000% Senior Notes due 2033 issued by SKT; (vii) $1,000.0 million in aggregate principal amount outstanding of 5.438% Senior Notes due 2034 issued by SKT; and (viii) $1,000.0 million in aggregate principal amount outstanding of 5.777% Senior Notes due 2054 issued by SKT.

 

Existing WestRock Notes” means the (i) $750.0 million in aggregate principal amount outstanding of 4.650% Senior Notes due 2026 issued by WRKCo; (ii) $500.0 million in aggregate principal amount outstanding of 3.375% Senior Notes due 2027 issued by WRKCo; (iii) $500.0 million in aggregate principal amount outstanding of 3.900% Senior Notes due 2028 issued by WRKCo; (iv) $600.0 million in aggregate principal amount outstanding of 4.000% Senior Notes due 2028 issued by WRKCo; (v) $750.0 million in aggregate principal amount outstanding of 4.900% Senior Notes due 2029 issued by WRKCo; (vi) $500.0 million in aggregate principal amount outstanding of 4.200% Senior Notes due 2032 issued by WRKCo; (vii) $600.0 million in aggregate principal amount outstanding of 3.000% Senior Notes due 2033 issued by WRKCo; (viii) $400.0 million in aggregate principal amount outstanding of 8.200% Senior Notes due 2030 issued by MWV; (ix) $300.0 million in aggregate principal amount outstanding of 7.950% Senior Notes due 2031 issued by MWV; (x) $76.0 million in aggregate principal amount outstanding of 6.800% Senior Notes due 2032 issued by MWV; (xi) $3.0 million in aggregate principal amount outstanding of 6.840% Senior Notes due 2037 issued by MWV; and (xii) $150.0 million in aggregate principal amount outstanding of 7.550% Senior Notes due 2047 issued by MWV.

 

Fitch” means Fitch Ratings Inc., and its successors.

 

 5 
 

 

GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States; provided, however, that the Issuer or the Parent Guarantor may elect, and notify the Trustee and the Holders of such election, that GAAP shall mean IFRS as in effect on the date of such election; provided, however, that following such election all computations based on GAAP and GAAP concepts contained in this Indenture will be computed in conformity with IFRS and IFRS concepts. Thereafter, the Issuer or the Parent Guarantor may, at its option, elect to apply GAAP or IFRS and make all computations based on GAAP or IFRS, as applicable, on the basis of the foregoing provisions of this definition of GAAP. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Indenture, solely making an election (without any other action) referred to in this definition will not be treated as an incurrence of Indebtedness.

 

Global Notes” means the Regulation S Global Notes, the Rule 144A Global Notes and any Exchange Notes issued in global form.

 

guarantee” means a guarantee, contingent or otherwise, of all or any part of any Indebtedness (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), including, without limitation, by way of a pledge of assets or through letters of credit or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof.

 

Guarantee” means any guarantee by a Guarantor of the Issuer’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes pursuant to the terms of this Indenture.

 

Guarantee Obligations” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.1(a).

 

Guarantors” means (a) the Parent Guarantor and (b) the Subsidiary Guarantors, together with any entity that provides a Guarantee after the Issue Date and their respective successors and assigns, in each case, until the Guarantee of such Person has been released in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture.

 

Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any specified Person, the obligations of such Person under: (1) interest rate swap agreements (whether from fixed to floating or from floating to fixed), interest rate cap agreements and interest rate collar agreements; and (2) other similar agreements or arrangements designed to enable such Person to manage fluctuations in interest rates.

 

Holder” means the Person in whose name a Note is registered on the Registrar’s books.

 

IFRSmeans International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union, International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee.

 

Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified Person, any Indebtedness of such Person, whether or not contingent, in respect of:

 

(1)            borrowed money;

 

(2)            bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit (or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof);

 

(3)            banker’s acceptances, letters of credit and similar instruments;

 

 6 
 

 

(4)            Lease Obligations and Attributable Debt;

 

(5)            the deferred balance of the purchase price of any property which remains unpaid more than one year after such property is acquired, except any such balance that constitutes an accrued expense, a trade payable or a similar current liability; or

 

(6)            any Hedging Obligations,

 

if and to the extent any of the preceding items (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet of the specified Person prepared in accordance with GAAP. In addition, the term “Indebtedness” includes all Indebtedness of others secured by a Lien on any asset of the specified Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by the specified Person) and, to the extent not otherwise included, the guarantee by the specified Person of any Indebtedness of any other Person. Notwithstanding the foregoing and for the avoidance of doubt, the term “Indebtedness” shall not include: (1) Contingent Obligations in the ordinary course of business; (2) in connection with the purchase by Smurfit Westrock or any of its Subsidiaries of any business, any post-closing payment adjustments to which the seller may become entitled to the extent such payment is determined by a final closing balance sheet or such payment depends on the performance of such business after the closing; (3) any contingent obligations in respect of workers’ compensation claims, early retirement or termination obligations, pension fund obligations or contributions or similar claims, obligations or contributions or social security or wage taxes; and (4) any indebtedness, guarantee, indemnity or liability pursuant to or in connection with any fiscal unity (fiscale eenheid) for Dutch corporate income tax and/or Value Added Tax (“VAT”) purposes.

 

The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date shall be:

 

(1)            the accreted value thereof, in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount; and

 

(2)            the principal amount thereof in the case of any other Indebtedness.

 

In addition, Indebtedness of any Person shall include Indebtedness described in the preceding paragraph that would not appear as a liability on the balance sheet of such Person if:

 

(1)            such Indebtedness is the obligation of a partnership or joint venture that is not a Subsidiary of such Person (a “Joint Venture”);

 

(2)            such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person is a general partner of the Joint Venture (a “General Partner”); and

 

 7 
 

 

(3)            there is recourse, by contract or operation of law, with respect to the payment of such Indebtedness to property or assets of such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person; and then such Indebtedness shall be included in an amount not to exceed:

 

(a)the lesser of (i) the net assets of the General Partner and (ii) the amount of such obligations to the extent that there is recourse, by contract or operation of law, to the property or assets of such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person; or

 

(b)if less than the amount determined pursuant to clause (i) immediately above, the actual amount of such Indebtedness that is recourse to such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person, if the Indebtedness is evidenced by a writing and is for a determinable amount and the related interest expense shall be included in consolidated interest expense to the extent actually paid by Smurfit Westrock or its Subsidiaries.

 

Indenture” means this Indenture, as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

Initial Rule 144A Global Notes” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.

 

Investment Grademeans (a) a rating of Baa3 or better by Moody’s (or its equivalent under any successor rating category of Moody’s); (b) a rating of BBB- or better by S&P (or its equivalent under any successor rating category of S&P); and (c) a rating of BBB- or better by Fitch (or its equivalent under any successor rating category of Fitch).

 

Issue Date” means the date on which the Original Notes are issued under this Indenture.

 

Issuer” means the party named as such in this Indenture until a successor replaces it pursuant to this Indenture and thereafter means such successor.

 

Issuer Order” means a written order or request signed in the name of the Issuer by (i) two Officers of the Issuer, one of whom must be the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Financial Officer or the Finance Director of the Issuer or any other Officer so authorized or (ii) two members of the Board of Directors of the Issuer, and delivered to the Trustee.

 

Lease Obligation” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a lease that would at that time be required to be capitalized on a balance sheet in accordance with GAAP.

 

Legal Defeasance” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.2.

 

Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement.

 

Maturity Date” means January 15, 2035.

 

Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any successor to the rating agency business thereof.

 

MWV” means WestRock MWV, LLC , and any successor thereto.

 

 8 
 

 

Notes” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble of this Indenture.

 

Offering Memorandum” means the Offering Memorandum of the Issuer, dated November 20, 2024, relating to the Original Notes.

 

Officermeans the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, any Vice President, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer or the Secretary of Smurfit Westrock or the Issuer, as applicable.

 

Officers’ Certificatemeans a certificate signed by two Officers of Smurfit Westrock or the Issuer, as applicable.

 

Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee.

 

Original Notes” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Indenture.

 

Other Hedging Agreements” means any foreign exchange contracts, currency swap agreements, futures contract, option contract, commodity futures contract, commodity option, commodity swap, commodity collar agreement, commodity cap agreements or other similar agreements or arrangements designed to enable such Person to manage the fluctuations in currency or commodity values.

 

Par Call Date” means October 15, 2034 (the date that is three months prior to the scheduled maturity of the Notes).

 

Parent Guarantor” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Indenture or any successor entity.

 

Paying Agent” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3.

 

Payment Default” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(4)(a).

 

Payor” means the Issuer or a successor thereof.

 

Permitted Interest” means any Securitization Lien or other Lien that arises in relation to any securitization or other structured finance transaction where:

 

(1)            the primary source or payment of any obligations of the issuer is linked or otherwise related to cash flow from particular property or assets (or where payment of such obligations is otherwise supported by such property or assets); and

 

(2)            recourse to the issuer in respect of such obligations is conditional on cash flow from such property or assets.

 

Permitted Liens” means:

 

(1)            Liens created for the benefit of or to secure the Notes or the Guarantees;

 

 9 
 

 

(2)            Liens in favor of Smurfit Westrock or any of its Subsidiaries;

 

(3)            Liens on property or assets or shares of stock of a Person existing at the time such Person is merged with or into or consolidated with Smurfit Westrock or any of its Subsidiaries; provided that such Liens were not incurred in contemplation of such merger or consolidation and do not extend to any Principal Property other than such property of the Person merged into or consolidated with Smurfit Westrock or any of its Subsidiaries;

 

(4)            Liens on property or assets or shares of stock existing at the time of acquisition thereof by Smurfit Westrock or any of its Subsidiaries and purchase money or similar Liens; provided that such Liens were not incurred in contemplation of such acquisition and do not extend to any other property, assets or shares of stock, as applicable;

 

(5)            Liens to secure the performance of statutory obligations, surety or appeal bonds, performance bonds or other obligations of a like nature or arising by operation of law incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

(6)            Liens to secure certain development, construction, alteration, repair or improvement costs or to secure Indebtedness incurred to provide funds for the reimbursement of funds expended for the foregoing purposes; provided that the Liens securing such costs or Indebtedness shall not extend to any Principal Property other than that being so developed, constructed, altered, repaired or improved;

 

(7)            Liens existing on the date of this Indenture;

 

(8)            Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims that are not yet delinquent or that are being contested in good faith;

 

(9)            statutory mechanics’, workmen’s, materialmen’s, operators’ or similar Liens arising by operation of law and in the ordinary course of business;

 

(10)          Liens incurred in connection with government contracts, including the assignment of moneys due or to become due thereon;

 

(11)          Liens securing Hedging Obligations or Other Hedging Agreements, in each case not for speculative purposes;

 

(12)          Liens arising in the ordinary course of business and not in connection with the borrowing of money or Liens to secure the payment of pension, retirement or similar obligations;

 

(13)          Liens securing judgments or orders, or securing appeal or other surety bonds related to such judgments or orders, against Smurfit Westrock or any of its Subsidiaries relating to litigation being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings;

 

(14)          Liens securing any Permitted Interest;

 

 10 
 

 

(15)          extensions, substitutions, replacements or renewals of any of the foregoing Indebtedness; provided that (i) such Indebtedness is not increased and (ii) if the assets securing any such Indebtedness are changed in connection with any such extension, substitution, replacement or renewal, the value of the assets securing such Indebtedness is not increased;

 

(16)          Liens incurred in connection with Lease Obligations (including any lease, concession, license of property, operating lease or other arrangement (or guarantee thereof) which are considered to be a finance lease or capital lease after implementation of ASC 842;

 

(17)          Liens to secure the payment of all or any part of the price of acquisition, construction or improvement of Principal Property or Capital Stock by Smurfit Westrock or any of its Subsidiaries, or to secure any Indebtedness or obligation incurred by Smurfit Westrock or any of its Subsidiaries, prior to, at the time of, or within one-hundred-and-eighty (180) days after, the later of the acquisition or completion of construction, including any improvements on a Principal Property, which Indebtedness or obligation is incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase, construction or improvement of such Principal Property;

 

(18)          Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations in an amount not to exceed the greater of: (i) $2,500.0 million or (ii) 5.0% of the Consolidated Total Assets; and

 

(19)          Liens pursuant to or in connection with any fiscal unity (fiscale eenheid) for Dutch corporate income tax and/or VAT purposes.

 

Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company or government or other entity.

 

Principal Propertymeans any building, structure or other facility, together with the land upon which it is erected and fixtures comprising a part thereof or any production, processing or other similar equipment or machinery contained therein, owned or leased by Smurfit Westrock or any of its Subsidiaries, used primarily for manufacturing, the net book value on the books of the Ultimate Parent of which on the date as of which the determination is being made exceeds 2% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets, other than any such building, structure or other facility or any portion thereof or any such fixture, equipment or machinery (together with the land upon which it is erected and fixtures comprising a part thereof) which, in the opinion of the Board of Directors of the Ultimate Parent, is not of material importance to the total business conducted by the Ultimate Parent and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

 

Private Placement Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.7(g).

 

 11 
 

 

Public Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness consisting of bonds, debentures, notes or other similar debt securities issued in (1) a public offering registered under the Securities Act or (2) a private placement to institutional investors that is underwritten for resale in accordance with Rule 144A or Regulation S under the Securities Act, whether or not it includes registration rights entitling the holders of such debt securities to registration thereof with the Commission for public resale. The term “Public Indebtedness,” for the avoidance of doubt, shall not be construed to include any Indebtedness issued to institutional investors in a direct placement of such Indebtedness that is not underwritten by an intermediary (it being understood that, without limiting the foregoing, a financing that is distributed to not more than ten Persons (provided that multiple managed accounts and affiliates of any such Persons shall be treated as one Person for the purposes of this definition) shall not be deemed underwritten), or any Indebtedness under the Revolving Facility Agreement, commercial bank or similar Indebtedness, Lease Obligation or recourse transfer of any financial asset or any other type of Indebtedness incurred in a manner not customarily viewed as a “securities offering” or in connection with any securitization or other structured finance transaction.

 

Qualified Institutional Buyer” or “QIB” shall have the meaning specified in Rule 144A under the Securities Act.

 

Rating Agencymeans each of Moody’s, S&P, Fitch or any other nationally recognized statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, but only to the extent that such Rating Agency is then engaged by the Ultimate Parent or the Issuer to provide a rating for the Notes.

 

Rating Date” means the date of first public announcement of an event that constitutes a Change of Control.

 

Rating Event” means, with respect to the Notes, that any time within a 90 day period from the Rating Date (which period shall be extended for up to, but no longer than, an additional 90 days so long as any Rating Agency has publicly announced that it is considering a possible downgrade of such Notes), (i) the rating on the Notes is lowered by at least one Rating Agency and (ii) the Notes are rated below an Investment Grade rating by at least two Rating Agencies, if the Notes are rated by all three Rating Agencies, or by each Rating Agency, if the Notes are rated by fewer than three Rating Agencies; provided that a Rating Event otherwise arising by virtue of a particular reduction in rating shall not be deemed to have occurred in respect of a particular Change of Control (and thus shall not be deemed a Rating Event for purposes of the definition of Change of Control Repurchase Event hereunder) if the Rating Agency or Rating Agencies, as applicable, making the reduction in rating to which this definition would otherwise apply does or do not announce or publicly confirm or inform us in writing that the reduction was the result, in whole or in part, of any event or circumstance comprised of or arising as a result of, or in respect of, the applicable Change of Control (whether or not the applicable Change of Control shall have occurred at the time of the Rating Event). The Trustee shall not be responsible for monitoring or charged with knowledge of the ratings on the Notes.

 

Record Date” means a Record Date specified in any Note.

 

Redemption Date” when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed, means the date fixed for such redemption pursuant to this Indenture and Paragraph 7 of the Notes.

 

Redemption Price” when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed, means the price fixed for such redemption pursuant to this Indenture and Paragraphs 7 and 8 of the Notes.

 

Registrar” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3.

 

 12 
 

 

Registration Rights Agreement” means the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of the Issue Date, among the Issuer, the Guarantors specified therein and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., ING Financial Markets, LLC, SMBC Nikko Securities America, Inc. and TD Securities (USA) LLC, as representatives of the several initial purchasers, as such agreement may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Regulation S” means Regulation S (including any successor regulation thereto) under the Securities Act, as it may be amended from time to time.

 

Regulation S Global Note” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.

 

Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.20(a).

 

Restricted Lien” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.10.

 

Revolving Facility Agreementmeans (i) the multicurrency term and revolving facilities agreement, dated June 28, 2024, among, inter alios, SKG, as guarantor, Smurfit Kappa Investments Limited, as obligor’s agent and guarantor, the original borrowers party thereto, the guarantors party thereto, the lenders, bookrunners and mandated lead arrangers party thereto, and Wells Fargo Bank National Association, as agent, and (ii) any renewal, extension, refunding, restructuring, replacement, or refinancing thereof (whether with the original facilities agent and lenders or another facilities agent or agents or other lenders and whether provided under the Revolving Facility Agreement or any other agreement or indenture).

 

Rule 144” means Rule 144 (including any successor regulation thereto) under the Securities Act, as it may be amended from time to time.

 

Rule 144A” means Rule 144A (including any successor regulation thereto) under the Securities Act, as it may be amended from time to time.

 

Rule 144A Global Note” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.

 

S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group or any successor to the rating agency business thereof.

 

Securities Act” means the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

Securitization Lienmeans a customary back-up security interest granted as part of a sale, lease, transfer or other disposition of assets by Smurfit Westrock or any of its Subsidiaries to, either directly or indirectly, any issuer in a securitization or other structured finance transaction.

 

Shelf Registration Statement” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

Significant Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such Regulation is in effect on the date hereof.

 

 13 
 

 

SKA” means Smurfit Kappa Acquisitions Unlimited Company, and any successor thereto.

 

SKG” means Smurfit Kappa Group plc, and any successor thereto.

 

SKT” means Smurfit Kappa Treasury Unlimited Company and any successor.

 

SKTF DAC” means Smurfit Kappa Treasury Funding Designated Activity Company, and any successor thereto.

 

Smurfit Westrock” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Indenture, or any successor entity.

 

Smurfit Westrock Successor” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.1.

 

Subsidiary” means, with respect to any specified Person:

 

(1)            any corporation, association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof); and

 

(2)            any partnership (a) the sole general partner or the managing general partner of which is such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person or (b) the only general partners of which are such Person or one or more Subsidiaries of such Person (or any combination thereof);

 

provided, however, that for purposes of Section 4.10 and Section 6.1(5), the term “Subsidiary” shall exclude (i) any Subsidiary which is principally engaged in leasing or in financing installment receivables or which is principally engaged in financing the operations of Smurfit Westrock or any of its Subsidiaries or (ii) any financial entity whose accounts as of the date of determination are not required to be consolidated with the accounts of the Ultimate Parent in its audited consolidated financial statements or (iii) any Subsidiary that is an issuer in a securitization or other structured financing transaction, so long as in the case of clauses (ii) or (iii) such Subsidiary does not own any Principal Property.

 

Subsidiary Guarantors” means the Subsidiary Guarantors named in Schedule A hereto.

 

Successor Issuer” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.1(1).

 

Tax Redemption Date” when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed, means the date fixed for such redemption pursuant to this Indenture and Paragraph 8 of the Notes.

 

Taxes” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.20(a).

 

TIA” means the United States Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.

 

 14 
 

 

Treasury Rate” means, as of any redemption date, the yield determined by the Issuer in accordance with the following two paragraphs:

 

The Treasury Rate shall be determined by the Issuer after 4:15 p.m., New York City time (or after such time as yields on U.S. government securities are posted daily by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), on the third Business Day preceding the redemption date based upon the yield or yields for the most recent day that appear after such time on such day in the most recent statistical release published by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System designated as “Selected Interest Rates (Daily) - H.15” (or any successor designation or publication) (“H.15”) under the caption “U.S. government securities–Treasury constant maturities–Nominal” (or any successor caption or heading) (“H.15 TCM”). In determining the Treasury Rate, the Issuer shall select, as applicable: (1) the yield for the Treasury constant maturity on H.15 exactly equal to the period from the redemption date to the Par Call Date (the “Remaining Life”); or (2) if there is no such Treasury constant maturity on H.15 exactly equal to such Remaining Life, the two yields – one yield corresponding to the Treasury constant maturity on H.15 immediately shorter than and one yield corresponding to the Treasury constant maturity on H.15 immediately longer than such Remaining Life – and shall interpolate to such Par Call Date on a straight-line basis (using the actual number of days) using such yields and rounding the result to three decimal places; or (3) if there is no such Treasury constant maturity on H.15 shorter than or longer than such Remaining Life, the yield for the single Treasury constant maturity on H.15 closest to the Remaining Life. For purposes of this paragraph, the applicable Treasury constant maturity or maturities on H.15 shall be deemed to have a maturity date equal to the relevant number of months or years, as applicable, of such Treasury constant maturity from the redemption date.

 

If on the third Business Day preceding the redemption date H.15 TCM is no longer published, the Issuer shall calculate the applicable Treasury Rate based on the rate per annum equal to the semi-annual equivalent yield to maturity at 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on the second Business Day preceding such redemption date of the United States Treasury security maturing on, or with a maturity that is closest to, the Par Call Date. If there is no United States Treasury security maturing on such Par Call Date but there are two or more United States Treasury securities with a maturity date equally distant from such Par Call Date, one with a maturity date preceding such Par Call Date and one with a maturity date following such Par Call Date, the Issuer shall select the United States Treasury security with a maturity date preceding such Par Call Date. If there are two or more United States Treasury securities maturing on such Par Call Date or two or more United States Treasury securities meeting the criteria of the preceding sentence, the Issuer shall select from among these two or more United States Treasury securities the United States Treasury security that is trading closest to par based upon the average of the bid and asked prices for such United States Treasury securities at 11:00 a.m., New York City time. In determining the Treasury Rate in accordance with the terms of this paragraph, the semi-annual yield to maturity of the applicable United States Treasury security shall be based upon the average of the bid and asked prices (expressed as a percentage of principal amount) at 11:00 a.m., New York time City, of such United States Treasury security, and rounded to three decimal places.

 

Trust Officer” means any officer within Trust & Security Services (or any successor group of the Trustee), including any director, managing director, vice president, assistant vice president, corporate trust officer, assistant corporate trust officer, secretary, assistant secretary, treasurer, assistant treasurer, associate or any other officer or assistant officer of the Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by the persons who at that time shall be such officers having direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture, and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such trust matter is referred because of his or her knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.

 

 15 
 

 

Trustee” means the party named as such in this Indenture until a successor replaces it in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means such successor.

 

Ultimate Parent” means any entity that serves as the ultimate parent company of the Issuer from time to time and any successor thereto. For the avoidance of doubt, at the Issue Date such entity shall be Smurfit Westrock.

 

U.S. Person” means a “U.S. person” as defined in Rule 902 under the Securities Act or any successor rule.

 

Voting Stock” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.

 

WRKCo” means WRKCo Inc., and any successor thereto.

 

Yankee Bonds” means the $292.3 million in aggregate principal amount outstanding of 7.5% Debentures due 2025 issued by SKTF DAC.

 

SECTION 1.2. Incorporation by Reference of TIA. Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the portion of such provision required to be incorporated herein in order for this Indenture to be qualified under the TIA is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture. The following TIA terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings:

 

“indenture securities” means the Notes.

 

“indenture securityholder” means a Holder.

 

“indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture.

 

“indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee.

 

“obligor on this indenture securities” means the Issuer or any other obligor on the Notes.

 

All other terms used in this Indenture (other than those defined herein) that are defined by the TIA, defined in the TIA by reference to another statute or defined by any Commission rule have the meanings therein assigned to them.

 

If any provision hereof limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by any of Sections 310 through 317, inclusive, of the TIA through the operation of Section 318(c) thereof, such imposed duties shall control.

 

SECTION 1.3. Rules of Construction. Unless the context otherwise requires:

 

(a)            a term has the meaning assigned to it;

 

 16 
 

 

(b)            an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;

 

(c)            “or” is not exclusive;

 

(d)            the term “including” is not limiting;

 

(e)            words in the singular include the plural, and words in the plural include the singular;

 

(f)            provisions apply to successive events and transactions; and

 

(g)            “herein,” “hereof” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision.

 

ARTICLE II

 

THE NOTES

 

SECTION 2.1. Form and Dating. The Notes and the notation relating to the Trustee’s certificate of authentication thereof, shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A or B. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage; provided that any such notations, legends or endorsements are in a form reasonably acceptable to the Issuer. The Issuer and the Trustee shall approve the forms of the Notes and any notation, legend or endorsement on them. Each Note shall be dated the date of its issuance and shall show the date of its authentication.

 

The terms and provisions contained in the Notes, annexed hereto as Exhibits A and B, shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and, to the extent applicable, the Issuer, the Trustee, the Registrar and the Paying Agent, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. The Notes will initially be represented by the Global Notes.

 

Notes offered and sold to non-U.S. persons outside the United States in offshore transactions in their initial distribution in reliance on Regulation S shall be initially issued in global form without interest coupons, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, with such applicable legends as are provided in Exhibit A, except as otherwise permitted herein (together with all other Notes that are not Rule 144A Global Notes, the “Regulation S Global Notes”). The aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Global Notes may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee or the Registrar, as the case may be, as hereinafter provided (or by the issue of a further Regulation S Global Note), in connection with a corresponding decrease or increase in the aggregate principal amount of the Rule 144A Global Notes or in consequence of the issue of Definitive Notes or additional Regulation S Global Notes, as hereinafter provided.

 

 17 
 

 

Notes offered and sold in their initial distribution to QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A shall be initially issued in global form without interest coupons, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, with such applicable legends as are provided in Exhibit A hereto, as applicable, except as otherwise permitted herein (the “Initial Rule 144A Global Notes” and together with any other Note evidencing the debt, or any portion of the debt, evidenced by such Initial Rule 144A Global Notes, the “Rule 144A Global Notes”). The aggregate principal amount of the Rule 144A Global Notes may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee or the Registrar, as the case may be, as hereinafter provided (or by the issue of a further Rule 144A Global Note), in connection with a corresponding decrease or increase in the aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Global Notes or in consequence of the issue of Definitive Notes or additional Rule 144A Global Notes, as hereinafter provided.

 

After a transfer of any Notes pursuant to and during the period of the effectiveness of a Shelf Registration Statement with respect to such Notes, as the case may be, all requirements pertaining to legends on such Note will cease to apply, and a certificated note or a note in global form, as applicable, without the applicable legends provided in Exhibit A, will be available to the transferee of the Holder of such Note upon exchange of such transferring Holder’s certificated Note or appropriate directions to transfer such Holder’s interest in the Global Note, as applicable. Upon the consummation of an Exchange Offer with respect to the Notes, all requirements pertaining to such Notes that Notes issued to certain Holders be issued in global form will still apply with respect to Holders of such Notes that do not exchange their Notes, and Exchange Notes in certificated or global form, in each case, without legends will be available to Holders that exchange such Notes in such Exchange Offer. Any Additional Notes sold in an offering registered under the Securities Act shall not be required to bear the legends provided in Exhibit A.

 

SECTION 2.2. Execution and Authentication. Two Officers shall sign, or one Officer and one member of the Board of Directors of the Issuer shall sign, or two members of the Board of Directors of the Issuer shall sign, or one Officer shall sign and one Officer, a Secretary or an Assistant Secretary (each of whom shall, in each case, have been duly authorized by all requisite corporate actions) shall attest to, each Note for the Issuer by manual, facsimile or electronic signature.

 

If an Officer or member of the Board of Directors of the Issuer whose signature is on a Note was an Officer or member of such Board of Directors at the time of such execution but no longer holds that office or position at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Note shall be valid nevertheless.

 

A Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee or Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas as the appointed Authenticating Agent manually or electronically signs the certificate of authentication on the Note. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that such Note has been authenticated under this Indenture.

 

 18 
 

 

Except as otherwise provided herein, the aggregate principal amount of Notes which may be outstanding at any time under this Indenture is not limited in amount. The Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Issuer Order in the form of an Officers’ Certificate, authenticate (i) Original Notes for original issue on the Issue Date in an aggregate principal amount of $850.0 million and (ii) Additional Notes from time to time for issuance after the Issue Date to the extent permitted hereunder. Additional Notes will be treated as the same series of Notes as the Original Notes for all purposes under this Indenture, including for purposes of waivers, amendments, redemptions and offers to purchase. Such Issuer Order shall specify the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be authenticated, the series and type of Notes, the date on which the Notes are to be authenticated, the issue price and the date from which interest on such Notes shall accrue, whether the Notes are to be Original Notes or Additional Notes (including in respect of which series), whether the Notes are to be issued as Definitive Notes or Global Notes (including in respect of which series) and whether or not the Notes shall bear the Private Placement Legend, or such other information as the Trustee may reasonably request. Upon receipt of an Issuer Order in the form of an Officers’ Certificate, the Trustee shall authenticate Notes in substitution of Notes of the same series originally issued to reflect any name change of the Issuer. In authenticating the Notes and accepting the responsibilities under this Indenture in relation to the Notes, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Opinion of Counsel stating that the form and terms thereof have been established in conformity with the provisions of this Indenture.

 

The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent (“Authenticating Agent”) reasonably acceptable to the Issuer to authenticate Notes. Unless otherwise provided in the appointment, an Authenticating Agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such Authenticating Agent. An Authenticating Agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with the Issuer and Affiliates of the Issuer. The Trustee initially appoints the Registrar as Authenticating Agent of the Notes and the Issuer hereby confirms that such appointment is acceptable to it. The Notes shall be issuable only in denominations of $200,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.

 

SECTION 2.3. Registrar and Paying Agent. The Issuer shall maintain an office or agency where (a) Definitive Notes may be presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange (such office or agency, the “Registrar”), (b) Global Notes (and Definitive Notes, if issued) may be presented or surrendered for payment (“Paying Agent”) and (c) notices and demands in respect of such Global Notes (and Definitive Notes, if issued) and this Indenture may be served. In the event that Definitive Notes are issued, the Issuer shall ensure that at least one Person located in London, England and one Person located in Dublin, Ireland (if and for so long as the Notes are admitted to the Global Exchange Market of the Irish Stock Exchange plc trading as Euronext Dublin (“Euronext Dublin”) and the rules of Euronext Dublin so require), in each case reasonably acceptable to the Trustee, is maintained as a Paying Agent and Registrar where (i) in the case of a Registrar, Definitive Notes may be presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and notices and demands in respect of such Definitive Notes and this Indenture may be served and (ii) in the case of a Paying Agent, Definitive Notes may be presented or surrendered for payment. The Registrar shall keep a register of the Definitive Notes and of their transfer and exchange. Notices and demands in respect of Global Notes shall be made by the Issuer in accordance with Section 11.1. The Issuer, upon written notice to the Trustee, may have one or more co-Registrars and one or more additional Paying Agents reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. The term “Registrar” includes any co-Registrar and the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional Paying Agent.

 

The Issuer initially appoints Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas as Paying Agent, transfer agent (the “Transfer Agent”) and Registrar, until such time as any such entity has resigned or a successor has been appointed. In the event that a Paying Agent, Registrar or Transfer Agent is replaced, the Issuer will (so long as the Notes are Global Notes) provide written notice thereof to the Trustee in accordance with Section 11.1. The Issuer may change any Paying Agent, Registrar or Transfer Agent for Notes without prior notice to the Holders. Smurfit Westrock or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar in respect of the Notes. If and for so long as the Notes are admitted to the Global Exchange Market of Euronext Dublin, and the rules of the Global Exchange Market of Euronext Dublin so require, the Issuer will give notice of the change in Paying Agent, Registrar or Transfer Agent to the Companies Announcement Office of Euronext Dublin.

 

 19 
 

 

The rights, duties and obligations of the Trustee and the Agents are several and not joint.

 

Payment of principal will be made upon the surrender of Definitive Notes following maturity thereof at the office of the Paying Agent. In the case of a transfer of a Definitive Note in part, upon surrender of the Definitive Note to be transferred, a Definitive Note shall be issued to the transferee in respect of the principal amount transferred and a Definitive Note shall be issued to the transferor in respect of the balance of the principal amount of the transferred Definitive Note at the office of any transfer agent. In all circumstances, the Issuer shall ensure that the Paying Agent shall be located outside Ireland.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, upon the issuance of Definitive Notes, Holders will be able to receive principal and interest on the Notes and will be able to transfer Definitive Notes at the office of such paying and transfer agent, subject to the right of the Issuer to mail payments in accordance with the terms of this Indenture.

 

Claims against the Issuer or any Guarantor for payment of principal, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on the Notes will become void unless presentment for payment is made (where so required herein) within, in the case of principal and Additional Amounts, if any, a period of ten years or, in the case of interest, a period of five years, in each case from the applicable original payment date therefor.

 

SECTION 2.4. Paying Agent To Hold Money. The Issuer shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee and the initial Paying Agent to agree in writing, which shall incorporate the provisions of the TIA, that each Paying Agent shall hold for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal of, Additional Amounts, if any, premium, if any, or interest on, the Notes, and shall notify the Trustee of any Default by the Issuer in making any such payment. The Issuer at any time may require a Paying Agent to distribute all money held by it to the Trustee and account for any money disbursed and the Trustee may at any time during the continuance of any payment Default, upon written request to a Paying Agent, require such Paying Agent to distribute all money held by it to the Trustee and to account for any money distributed. Upon distribution to the Trustee of all money that shall have been delivered by the Issuer to the Paying Agent, the Paying Agent shall have no further liability for such money.

 

SECTION 2.5. List of Holders. In the event that Definitive Notes are issued, the Registrar shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of the relevant Holders of Notes. If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee before each Record Date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing a list as of such date and in such form as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the relevant Holders of Notes, which list may be conclusively relied upon by the Trustee.

 

 20 
 

 

SECTION 2.6. Book-Entry Provisions for Global Notes. (a)  The Global Notes initially shall (i) be registered in the name of Cede & Co., the nominee of DTC, (ii) deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Notes with a custodian for DTC and (iii) bear legends as set forth in Section 2.7(g).

 

(b)            Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture, Global Notes may not be transferred except as a whole by Cede & Co., the nominee of DTC, to DTC or to another nominee of DTC, or, in each case, to a successor of DTC or a nominee of such successor. Interests of beneficial owners in the Global Notes may be transferred or exchanged for Definitive Notes in accordance with the rules and procedures of the Clearing Agency and the provisions of this Section 2.6, subject to the occurrence of the limited circumstances described in the following sentence. All Global Notes shall be exchanged by the Issuer (with authentication by the Trustee upon receipt of an Issuer Order) for one or more Definitive Notes, if (a) the Clearing Agency notifies the Issuer at any time that it is unwilling or unable to continue to act as a clearing agency and a successor depositary is not appointed within 120 days of such notification, (b) the Clearing Agency so requests following an Event of Default hereunder or (c) in whole (but not in part) at any time if the Issuer in its sole discretion determines and notifies the Trustee in writing that it elects to cause the issuance of Definitive Notes. If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Issuer shall, at the written request delivered through DTC, exchange all or part of a Global Note for one or more Definitive Notes (with authentication by the Trustee upon receipt of an Issuer Order); provided, however, that the principal amount at maturity of such Definitive Notes and such Global Note after such exchange shall be $200,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof. Whenever all of a Global Note is exchanged for one or more Definitive Notes, it shall be surrendered by the Holder thereof to the Registrar for cancellation. Whenever a part of a Global Note is exchanged for one or more Definitive Notes, such Global Note shall be surrendered by the Holder thereof to the Registrar who shall cause an adjustment to be made to Schedule A of such Global Note such that the principal amount of such Global Note will be equal to the portion of such Global Note not exchanged and shall thereafter return such Global Note to such Holder. A Global Note may not be exchanged for a Definitive Note other than as provided in this Section 2.6(b). Every Note authenticated and delivered in exchange for or in lieu of a Global Note, or any portion thereof, pursuant to Section 2.8, 2.11 or 3.7 or otherwise, shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Note.

 

(c)            In connection with the transfer of Global Notes as an entirety to beneficial owners pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section 2.6, the Global Notes shall be deemed to be surrendered to the Registrar for cancellation, and the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall upon written instructions from the Issuer authenticate and make available for delivery, to each beneficial owner in exchange for its beneficial interest in the Global Notes, an equal aggregate principal amount of Definitive Notes of authorized denominations.

 

(d)            Any Definitive Note delivered in exchange for an interest in a Global Note pursuant to Section 2.6(b) shall, except as otherwise provided by Section 2.7, bear the Private Placement Legend.

 

(e)            Prior to the expiration of the 40-day distribution compliance period as defined in Regulation S, ownership of book-entry interests will be limited to non-U.S. persons and other persons to whom an offer or sale of the Notes is made pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act.

 

 21 
 

 

SECTION 2.7. Registration of Transfer and Exchange. (a)  Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary herein, so long as a Note remains outstanding, transfers of beneficial interests in Global Notes or transfers of Definitive Notes, in whole or in part, shall be made only in accordance with this Section 2.7.

 

(b)            If a holder of a beneficial interest in a Rule 144A Global Note wishes at any time to exchange its interest in such Rule 144A Global Note for an interest in a Regulation S Global Note, or to transfer its interest in such Rule 144A Global Note to a Person who wishes to take delivery thereof in the form of an interest in such Regulation S Global Note, such holder may, subject to the rules and procedures of the Clearing Agency, to the extent applicable, and subject to the requirements set forth in the following sentence, exchange or cause the exchange or transfer or cause the transfer of such interest for an equivalent beneficial interest in such Regulation S Global Note. Upon (1) written instructions given in accordance with the procedures of the Clearing Agency, to the extent applicable, from or on behalf of a holder of a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note, directing the credit of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note to be exchanged or transferred, (2) a written order given in accordance with the procedures of the Clearing Agency, to the extent applicable, containing information regarding the account to be credited with such increase and the name of such account and (3) receipt by the Registrar of a certificate in the form of Exhibit C, given by the holder of such beneficial interest stating that the exchange or transfer of such interest has been made pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 of Regulation S or Rule 144 under the Securities Act, the Registrar shall promptly deliver appropriate instructions to the Clearing Agency to reduce or reflect on its records a reduction of such Rule 144A Global Note by the aggregate principal amount of the beneficial interest in such Rule 144A Global Note to be so exchanged or transferred from the relevant participant, and the Registrar shall promptly deliver appropriate instructions to the Clearing Agency concurrently with such reduction, to increase or reflect on its records an increase of the principal amount of such Regulation S Global Note by the aggregate principal amount of the beneficial interest in such Rule 144A Global Note to be so exchanged or transferred, and to credit or cause to be credited to the account of the Person specified in such instructions a beneficial interest in such Regulation S Global Note equal to the reduction in the principal amount of such Rule 144A Global Note.

 

(c)            If a holder of a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Note wishes at any time to exchange its interest in such Regulation S Global Note for an interest in a Rule 144A Global Note, or to transfer its interest in such Regulation S Global Note to a Person who wishes to take delivery thereof in the form of an interest in such Rule 144A Global Note, such holder may, subject to the rules and procedures of the Clearing Agency, to the extent applicable, and to the requirements set forth in the following sentence, exchange or cause the exchange or transfer or cause the transfer of such interest for an equivalent beneficial interest in such Rule 144A Global Note. Upon (1) written instructions given in accordance with the procedures of the Clearing Agency, to the extent applicable, from or on behalf of a holder of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note directing the credit of a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note to be exchanged or transferred, and (2) a written order given in accordance with the procedures of the Clearing Agency, to the extent applicable, containing information regarding the account to be credited with such increase and the name of such account, the Registrar shall promptly deliver appropriate instructions to the Clearing Agency to reduce or reflect on its records a reduction of such Regulation S Global Note by the aggregate principal amount of the beneficial interest in such Regulation S Global Note to be exchanged or transferred, and the Registrar shall promptly deliver appropriate instructions to the Clearing Agency concurrently with such reduction, to increase or reflect on its records an increase of the principal amount of such Rule 144A Global Note by the aggregate principal amount of the beneficial interest in such Regulation S Global Note to be so exchanged or transferred, and to credit or cause to be credited to the account of the Person specified in such instructions a beneficial interest in such Rule 144A Global Note equal to the reduction in the principal amount of such Regulation S Global Note.

 

 22 
 

 

(d)            Any beneficial interest in one of the Global Notes that is transferred to a Person who takes delivery in the form of an interest in another Global Note will, upon transfer, cease to be an interest in such Global Note and become an interest in such other Global Note and, accordingly, will thereafter be subject to all transfer restrictions and other procedures applicable to beneficial interests in such other Global Note for as long as it remains such an interest.

 

(e)            In the event that a Global Note is exchanged for Definitive Notes in registered form without interest coupons, pursuant to Section 2.6(b) prior to the consummation of an Exchange Offer or the effectiveness of a Shelf Registration Statement, or a Definitive Note in registered form without interest coupons is exchanged for another such Definitive Note in registered form without interest coupons, or a Definitive Note is exchanged for a beneficial interest in a Global Note, such Notes may be exchanged or transferred for one another only in accordance with (i) such procedures as are substantially consistent with the provisions of Sections 2.7(b) and (c) above (including the certification requirements intended to ensure that such exchanges or transfers comply with Rule 144, Rule 144A or Regulation S, as the case may be) and as may be from time to time adopted by the Issuer and the Trustee.

 

(f)            [Intentionally omitted]

 

(g)            Each Global Note and each Definitive Note issued hereunder shall, upon issuance, bear the legend set forth herein and such legend shall not be removed from such Note except as provided in the next sentence or as provided in Section 2.1. The legend required for a Note may be removed from a Note if there is delivered to the Issuer and the Trustee such satisfactory evidence, which may include an opinion of independent counsel licensed to practice law in the State of New York, as may be reasonably required by the Issuer and the Trustee, that neither such legend nor the restrictions on transfer set forth therein are required to ensure that transfers of such Note will not violate the registration requirements of the Securities Act. Upon provision of such satisfactory evidence, the Trustee, upon receipt of an Issuer Order, shall authenticate and deliver in exchange for such Note another Note or Notes having an equal aggregate principal amount that does not bear such legend. If such a legend required for a Note has been removed from a Note as provided above, no other Note issued in exchange for all or any part of such Note shall bear such legend, unless the Issuer has reasonable cause to believe that such other Note is a “restricted security” within the meaning of Rule 144 and instructs the Trustee to cause a legend to appear thereon.

 

 23 
 

 

The Notes shall bear the following legend (the “Private Placement Legend”) on the face thereof:

 

[IN THE CASE OF RULE 144A NOTES]

 

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.

 

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT), AND (2) AGREES ON ITS BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY OR A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) WHICH IS ONE YEAR AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE OF THIS SECURITY AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE ISSUER OR ANY AFFILIATE THEREOF WAS THE OWNER OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY) ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUER, THE GUARANTORS, OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) TO NON-U.S. PERSONS PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (E) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES TO ANY REQUIREMENT OF LAW THAT THE DISPOSITION OF ITS PROPERTY OR THE PROPERTY OF SUCH INVESTOR ACCOUNT OR ACCOUNTS BE AT ALL TIMES WITHIN ITS OR THEIR CONTROL AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE FOREIGN OR STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND ANY APPLICABLE LOCAL LAWS AND REGULATIONS AND FURTHER SUBJECT TO THE ISSUER’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHTS PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (D) OR (E) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE.

 

 24 
 

 

BY ITS ACQUISITION OF THIS SECURITY, THE HOLDER HEREOF WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED AND WARRANTED THAT (1) either (a) it is not and is not acting on behalf of or with assets of, an “employee benefit plan” subject to the fiduciary responsibility provisions of Title I of the U.S. Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA’’), a plan subject to Section 4975 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), or an entity whose underlying assets are deemed to include the “plan assets” of any such plans, or a “governmental plan” (as defined in Section 3(32) of ERISA), “church plan” (as defined in Section 3(33) of ERISA), non-U.S. or other plan or arrangement that is subject to federal, state, local or non-U.S. laws or regulations that are substantially similar to the foregoing provisions of ERISA or the Code (“Similar Law”), or (b) its acquisition and holding of such Notes or an interest therein does not and will not constitute or result in a non-exempt prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code or a non-exempt violation of Similar Law, and (2) it will not sell or otherwise transfer such Notes unless such subsequent transferee has made the representations and warrantIes in (1) above.

 

[IN THE CASE OF REGULATION S NOTES]

 

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “U.S. SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT.

 

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF (1) REPRESENTS THAT IT IS A NON-U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, AND (2) AGREES ON ITS BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY OR A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) WHICH IS 40 DAYS AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE OF THIS SECURITY AND THE DATE ON WHICH SUCH SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY) WAS FIRST OFFERED TO PERSONS OTHER THAN DISTRIBUTORS (AS DEFINED IN RULE 902 OF REGULATION S) IN RELIANCE ON REGULATION S ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUER, THE PARENT OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, (C) TO NON-U.S. PERSONS PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OR (D) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES TO ANY REQUIREMENT OF LAW THAT THE DISPOSITION OF ITS PROPERTY OR THE PROPERTY OF SUCH INVESTOR ACCOUNT OR ACCOUNTS BE AT ALL TIMES WITHIN ITS OR THEIR CONTROL AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE FOREIGN OR STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND ANY APPLICABLE LOCAL LAWS AND REGULATIONS AND FURTHER SUBJECT TO THE ISSUER’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHTS PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (C) OR (D) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE.

 

 25 
 

 

(h)            By its acceptance of any Note bearing the Private Placement Legend, each Holder of such a Note acknowledges the restrictions on transfer of such Note set forth in this Indenture and in the Private Placement Legend and agrees that it will transfer such Note only as provided in this Indenture.

 

None of the Trustee, the Registrar, the Paying Agent or the Transfer Agent shall have any obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among Agent Members or beneficial owners of interests in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by the terms of, this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.

 

The Registrar shall retain copies of all letters, notices and other written communications received pursuant to Section 2.6 or this Section 2.7. The Issuer shall have the right to inspect and make copies of all such letters, notices or other written communications at any reasonable time upon the giving of reasonable written notice to the Registrar.

 

(i)            Definitive Notes shall be transferable only upon the surrender of a Definitive Note for registration of transfer. When a Definitive Note is presented to the Registrar or a co-registrar with a request to register a transfer, the Registrar shall register the transfer as requested if its requirements for such transfers are met. When Definitive Notes are presented to the Registrar or a co-registrar with a request to exchange them for an equal principal amount of Definitive Notes of other denominations, the Registrar shall make the exchange as requested if the same requirements are met. To permit registration of transfers and exchanges, the Issuer shall execute and, upon receipt of an Issuer Order, the Trustee shall authenticate Definitive Notes at the Registrar’s or co-registrar’s request.

 

(j)            The Issuer shall not be required to make, and the Registrar need not register transfers or exchanges of, Definitive Notes (i) that have been selected for redemption (except, in the case of Definitive Notes to be redeemed in part, the portion thereof not to be redeemed) or (ii) for a period of 15 days prior to a selection of Definitive Notes to be redeemed.

 

 26 
 

 

(k)            Prior to the due presentation for registration of transfer of any Definitive Note, the Issuer, the Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Registrar or any co-registrar may deem and treat the Person in whose name a Definitive Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Definitive Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal, interest or Additional Amounts, if any, on such Definitive Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Definitive Note is overdue, and none of the Issuer, the Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Registrar or any co-registrar shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

 

(l)            No service charge will be made for any registration or transfer or exchange of the Notes, but the Trustee, the Registrar, the Paying Agent and the Transfer Agent may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Issuer may require a Holder to pay all taxes and fees required by law or permitted by this Section 2.7.

 

(m)            All Notes issued upon any transfer or exchange pursuant to the terms of this Indenture will evidence the same debt and will be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as the Notes surrendered upon such transfer or exchange.

 

(n)            Provided such Notes have been offered pursuant to Rule 144A, Holders of Notes (or holders of interests therein) and prospective purchasers designated by such Holders (or holders of interests therein) will have the right to obtain from the Issuer upon request by such Holders (or holders of interests therein) or prospective purchasers, during any period in which the Issuer is not subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or is exempt from reporting pursuant to Rule 12g3-2(b) under the Exchange Act, the information required by paragraph d(4)(i) of Rule 144A in connection with any transfer or proposed transfer of such Notes.

 

SECTION 2.8. Replacement Notes. If a mutilated Definitive Note is surrendered to the Registrar, if a mutilated Global Note is surrendered to the Issuer or if the Holder of a Note claims that such Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an Issuer Order, the Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Note in such form as the Note being replaced if the requirements of the Trustee, the Registrar and the Issuer are met. If required by the Trustee, the Registrar and the Issuer, such Holder must provide an indemnity bond or other indemnity, sufficient in the judgment of the Issuer, the Registrar and the Trustee, to protect the Issuer, the Registrar, the Trustee and any Agent from any loss which any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Issuer may charge such Holder for its reasonable, out-of-pocket expenses in replacing a Note, including reasonable fees and expenses of counsel. Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Issuer. The provisions of this Section 2.8 are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement of mutilated, destroyed, lost, stolen or taken Notes.

 

SECTION 2.9. Outstanding Notes. Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes that have been authenticated by the Trustee except those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions in the Global Note effected in accordance with the provisions hereof and those described in this Section 2.9 as not outstanding. Subject to Section 2.10, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Issuer or any of its Affiliates holds the Note.

 

 27 
 

 

If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.8 (other than a mutilated Note surrendered for replacement), it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser. A mutilated Note ceases to be outstanding upon surrender of such Note and replacement thereof pursuant to Section 2.8.

 

If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.1, it ceases to be outstanding and interest, and Additional Amounts, if any on it cease to accrue.

 

If, on a Redemption Date or the Maturity Date of the Notes, the Paying Agent holds cash in U.S. dollars sufficient to pay all of the principal, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, due on Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date, the Notes cease to be outstanding and interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on the Notes cease to accrue.

 

SECTION 2.10. Treasury Notes. In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of relevant Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Issuer or its Affiliates shall be disregarded, except that, for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that a Trust Officer of the Trustee actually knows are so owned shall be disregarded.

 

SECTION 2.11. Temporary Notes. Until permanent Definitive Notes are ready for delivery, the Issuer may prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate temporary Definitive Notes upon receipt of an Issuer Order in the form of an Officers’ Certificate of the Issuer. Such Officers’ Certificate shall specify the amount of temporary Definitive Notes to be authenticated and the date on which the temporary Definitive Notes are to be authenticated. Temporary Definitive Notes shall be substantially in the form of permanent Definitive Notes but may have variations that the Issuer considers appropriate for temporary Definitive Notes. Without unreasonable delay, the Issuer shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate upon receipt of an Issuer Order pursuant to Section 2.2 permanent Definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Definitive Notes. Holders of temporary Definitive Notes shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture.

 

SECTION 2.12. Cancellation. The Issuer at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee, or at the direction of the Trustee, the Registrar or the Paying Agent, and no one else, shall cancel and, at the written direction of the Issuer, shall dispose of (subject to the record retention requirements of the Exchange Act) all Notes surrendered for transfer, exchange, payment or cancellation; provided, however, that the Trustee may, but shall not be required to, destroy such canceled Notes. Subject to Section 2.8, the Issuer may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. If the Issuer shall acquire any of the Notes, such acquisition shall not operate as a redemption or satisfaction of the Indebtedness represented by such Notes unless and until the same are surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation pursuant to this Section 2.12.

 

 28 
 

 

SECTION 2.13. Defaulted Interest. If the Issuer defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it shall pay the defaulted interest to the Holders thereof as of the relevant original Record Date; provided, however, if such default in payment of interest continues for 30 days, the Issuer shall (in the case of Definitive Notes) establish a subsequent special Record Date, which date shall be the fifteenth day next preceding the date fixed by the Issuer for the payment of defaulted interest. If no special Record Date is required to be established pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence, (i) in the case of Definitive Notes, Holders of record of the Notes on the relevant original Record Date shall be entitled to such payment of defaulted interest and (ii) in the case of Global Notes, Holders of the Notes on the Default Interest Payment Date (as defined in the next sentence) shall be entitled to such defaulted interest. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee and the Paying Agent in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment (a “Default Interest Payment Date”), and at the same time the Issuer shall deposit with the Trustee or the Paying Agent an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such defaulted interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee or the Paying Agent for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such defaulted interest as in this Section 2.13; provided, however, that in no event shall the Issuer deposit monies proposed to be paid in respect of defaulted interest later than 10:00 a.m. New York time on the proposed Default Interest Payment Date with respect to defaulted interest to be paid on the Note. In the case of Definitive Notes, at least 15 days before the subsequent special Record Date, if applicable, the Issuer shall deliver to the relevant Holders in accordance with Section 11.1 a notice that states the subsequent special Record Date, the payment date and the amount of defaulted interest to be paid. In the case of Global Notes, at least 15 days before the Default Interest Payment Date, the Issuer shall deliver to the relevant Holders in accordance with Section 11.1 a notice that states the Default Interest Payment Date, the payment date and the amount of defaulted interest to be paid.

 

SECTION 2.14. CUSIPs and ISINs. The Issuer in issuing the Notes may use CUSIPS or ISINs, and if so, the Trustee shall use the CUSIPs and ISINs in notices of redemption or exchange as a convenience to Holders; provided, however, that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of such numbers or codes printed in the notice or on the Notes, and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes. The Issuer shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any change in any CUSIP or ISIN.

 

SECTION 2.15. Deposit of Moneys. No later than 10:00 a.m. (New York time) on each interest payment date and the Maturity Date, the Issuer shall have deposited with the Trustee or its designated Paying Agent (which shall be the initial Paying Agent unless otherwise notified to the Issuer by the Trustee) in immediately available funds money sufficient to make cash payments, if any, due on such interest payment date or Maturity Date, as the case may be, on all Notes then outstanding. Such payments shall be made by the Issuer in a timely manner which permits a Paying Agent (including the initial Paying Agent) to remit payment to the Holders on such interest payment date or Maturity Date, as the case may be.

 

SECTION 2.16. Certain Matters Relating to Global Notes. (a)  Members of or participants in the Clearing Agency (“Agent Members”) shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by DTC or its nominee, or under the Global Note, and DTC or its nominee may be treated by the Issuer, the Trustee and any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee as the absolute owner of the Global Note for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Issuer, the Trustee or any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by DTC or its nominees, or impair, as between the Clearing Agency and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of a holder of a beneficial interest in any Note.

 

 29 
 

 

(b)            The holder of a beneficial interest in any Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any person, including the Clearing Agency and their Agent Members and persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes.

 

SECTION 2.17. Interest. Interest accrued on the Notes will be payable semi-annually in arrears on January 15 and July 15 of each year, commencing on July 15, 2025, to the Holders of record of the Notes on the immediately preceding January 1 and July 1. Interest on the Notes will be calculated on the aggregate nominal amount of Notes outstanding. Rights of holders of beneficial interests in the Notes to receive such payments will be subject to the applicable procedures of DTC.

 

Interest accrued on all Notes then outstanding will be payable in cash.

 

SECTION 2.18. Exchange Offer. Upon the occurrence of the Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of a Issuer Order in accordance with Section 2.7, the Trustee shall authenticate (i) one or more Global Notes without the Private Placement Legend in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amounts of the beneficial interests in the Global Notes tendered for acceptance by Persons that provide in the applicable letters of transmittal such certifications as are required by the Registration Rights Agreement and applicable law, and accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer and (ii) Definitive Notes without the Private Placement Legend in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Definitive Notes tendered for exchange by Persons that provide in the applicable letters of transmittal such certifications as are required by the Registration Rights Agreement and applicable law, and accepted by the Issuer for exchange in the Exchange Offer. Concurrently with the issuance of such Notes, the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Notes with the Private Placement Legend to be reduced accordingly, and the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Persons designated by the Holders of the Definitive Notes so accepted Definitive Notes without the Private Placement Legend in the applicable principal amount. Any Notes that remain outstanding after the consummation of the Exchange Offer, and Exchange Notes issued in connection with the Exchange Offer, shall be treated as a single class of securities under this Indenture. For greater certainty, an owner of a beneficial interest in a Global Note representing an Original Note (a “Beneficial Interest Owner”) or Holder of an Original Note, as applicable, shall, pursuant to the terms of the Original Notes, have the right to acquire beneficial interests in Exchange Notes issued as a Global Note or Exchange Notes, as applicable, in each case in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amounts of the beneficial interests in such Global Note or such Original Note, as applicable, tendered for acceptance by such Beneficial Interest Owner or Holder, as applicable, to the extent such tendered beneficial interests or Original Note, as applicable, are accepted by the Issuer for exchange in the Exchange Offer.

 

 30 
 

 

SECTION 2.19. Additional Interest Under Registration Rights Agreement. If a Registration Default (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) occurs, Additional Interest shall accrue on each Note in accordance with the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

ARTICLE III

 

REDEMPTION

 

SECTION 3.1. Optional Redemption. The Notes may be redeemed, as a whole or from time to time in part, upon the terms and at the redemption prices set forth in the Notes. Any redemption pursuant to this Section 3.1 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of this Article III. The Issuer is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

 

SECTION 3.2. Notices to Trustee. If the Issuer elects to redeem the Notes pursuant to Paragraphs 7 or 8 of the Notes, it shall notify the Trustee and the Paying Agent in writing of the Redemption Date and the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed at least 10 days but not more than 60 days before the Redemption Date (or such shorter period as may be acceptable to the Trustee). The Issuer shall give notice of redemption as required under the relevant paragraph of Notes pursuant to which such Notes are being redeemed.

 

SECTION 3.3. Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed. If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed pursuant to their terms or the terms of this Indenture at any time, the Trustee or the Registrar will select Notes for redemption in compliance with the requirements of the principal securities exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed, and in compliance with the requirements of the Clearing Agency, or if the Notes are not so listed or such exchange prescribes no method of selection and the Notes are not held through the Clearing Agency or the Clearing Agency prescribes no method of selection, on a pro rata basis; provided, however, that no Note of $200,000 in aggregate principal amount or less, or other than in an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof, shall be redeemed in part. In the event of partial redemption, the particular Notes to be redeemed shall be selected, unless otherwise provided herein, not less than 10 nor more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date by the Trustee from the outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption.

 

SECTION 3.4. Notice of Redemption. At least 10 days but not more than 60 days before a Redemption Date, the Issuer shall deliver to Holders in accordance with Section 11.1, a notice of redemption. Any redemption and notice may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, and such notice may state that, in the Issuer’s discretion, the redemption date may be delayed without any additional notice until such time as any or all such conditions shall have been satisfied. At the Issuer’s request made at least 10 days before the Redemption Date (or such shorter period as may be acceptable to the Trustee), the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the Issuer’s name and at the Issuer’s expense; provided, however, that the Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the following items. Each notice for redemption shall identify the Notes to be redeemed and shall state:

 

(a)            the Redemption Date;

 

 31 
 

 

(b)            the Redemption Prices, including the amount of accrued and unpaid interest, if any, and Additional Amounts, if any, to be paid (subject to the right of Holders of record of Definitive Notes on the relevant Record Date to receive interest and Additional Amounts, if any, due on the relevant interest payment date);

 

(c)            the Record Date;

 

(d)            the name and address of the Paying Agent;

 

(e)            that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the Redemption Price, including accrued and unpaid interest, if any, and Additional Amounts, if any;

 

(f)            that, unless the Issuer defaults in making the redemption payment, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on Notes called for redemption cease to accrue on and after the Redemption Date, and the only remaining right of the Holders of such Notes is to receive payment of the Redemption Price upon surrender to the Paying Agent of the Notes redeemed;

 

(g)            (i) if any Global Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed and that, after the Redemption Date, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, shall cease to accrue on the portion called for redemption, and upon surrender of such Global Note, such Global Note with a notation on Schedule A thereof adjusting the principal amount thereof to be equal to the unredeemed portion, will be returned and (ii) if any Definitive Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed, and that, after the Redemption Date, upon surrender of such Definitive Note, a new Definitive Note or Notes in aggregate principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued in the name of the Holder thereof, upon cancellation of the original Note;

 

(h)            if fewer than all the Notes are to be redeemed, the identification of the particular Notes (or portion thereof) to be redeemed, as well as the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be outstanding after such partial redemption;

 

(i)            the paragraph of the Notes pursuant to which such Notes are to be redeemed;

 

(j)            the CUSIP or ISIN, and that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP or ISIN, if any, listed in such notice or printed on such Notes; and

 

(k)            whether the redemption is conditional on any events and, if so, a detailed explanation of such conditions.

 

 32 
 

 

SECTION 3.5. Effect of Notice of Redemption. Once notice of redemption is given in accordance with Section 3.4, Notes called for redemption become due and payable on the Redemption Date and at the Redemption Price, including accrued and unpaid interest, if any, and Additional Amounts, if any. Upon surrender to the Trustee or Paying Agent, such Notes called for redemption shall be paid at the Redemption Price (which shall include accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, and Additional Amounts, if any, to the Redemption Date), but (in the case of Definitive Notes) installments of interest, the maturity of which is on or prior to the Redemption Date, shall be payable to Holders of record at the close of business on the relevant Record Dates.

 

SECTION 3.6. Deposit of Redemption Price. No later than 10:00 a.m. (New York time) on the Redemption Date, the Issuer shall deposit with the Trustee or its designated Paying Agent (which shall be the initial Paying Agent unless otherwise notified to the Issuer by the Trustee) an amount of cash in U.S. dollars sufficient to pay the Redemption Price, including accrued and unpaid interest, if any, and Additional Amounts, if any, of all Notes to be redeemed on that date. The Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Issuer any cash in U.S. dollars so deposited which is not required for that purpose upon the written request of the Issuer.

 

If the Issuer complies with the preceding paragraph, then, unless the Issuer defaults in the payment of such Redemption Price, including accrued and unpaid interest, if any, and Additional Amounts, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on the Notes to be redeemed will cease to accrue on and after the Redemption Date, whether or not such Notes are presented for payment. With respect to Definitive Notes, if a Definitive Note is redeemed on or after an interest Record Date but on or prior to the related interest payment date, then any accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such Record Date. If any Note called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender for redemption because of the failure of the Issuer to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the Redemption Date until such principal is paid at the rate provided in the Note.

 

SECTION 3.7. Notes Redeemed in Part. Upon surrender and cancellation of a Definitive Note that is redeemed in part, the Issuer shall execute and upon receipt of an Issuer Order the Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder (at the Issuer’s expense) a new Definitive Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Definitive Note surrendered and canceled; provided, however, that each such Definitive Note shall be in a principal amount at maturity of $200,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. Upon surrender of a Global Note that is redeemed in part, the Paying Agent shall forward such Global Note to the Trustee who shall make a notation on Schedule A thereof to reduce the principal amount of such Global Note to an amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the Global Note surrendered; provided, however, that each such Global Note shall be in a principal amount at maturity of $200,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

COVENANTS

 

SECTION 4.1. Payment of Notes. The Issuer shall pay the principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on the Notes in the manner provided in such Notes and this Indenture. An installment of principal of or interest on the Notes shall be considered paid on the date it is due if the Trustee or the Paying Agent holds prior to 10:00 a.m. (New York time) on that date money deposited by the Issuer in immediately available funds and designated for, and sufficient to pay the installment in full and is not prohibited from paying such money to the Holders pursuant to the terms of this Indenture.

 

 33 
 

 

SECTION 4.2. Maintenance of Office or Agency. The Issuer shall maintain the office or agency (which office may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee, Registrar or co-Registrar) required under Section 2.3 where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuer in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Issuer shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the address of the Trustee set forth in Section 11.1. The Issuer and each Guarantor hereby initially designates the office of Smurfit Kappa Packaging LLC, located at 900 S. Pine Island Road, Suite 600, Plantation, Florida 33324, as its office or agency outside Ireland as required under Section 2.3 hereof.

 

SECTION 4.3. Reports by the Issuer. If the Issuer is subject to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Issuer shall file with the Trustee, within 15 days after it files the same with the Commission, copies of the annual reports and the information, documents and other reports that the Issuer is required to file with the Commission pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act. The Issuer will be deemed to have furnished such reports referred to in this Section 4.3 to the Trustee if the Issuer has filed such reports with the Commission via the EDGAR filing system or any successor system and such reports are publicly available. Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute actual or constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Issuer’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on an Officers’ Certificate).

 

SECTION 4.4. Statements as to Compliance. The Issuer will deliver to the Trustee, within 180 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Ultimate Parent, a written statement signed by the principal executive officer, principal financial officer or principal accounting officer of the Issuer (complying with Section 314(a)(4) of the TIA), stating that:

 

(1) a review of the activities of the Issuer and the Guarantors during such year and of performance under this Indenture has been made under his or her supervision; and

 

(2) to the best of his or her knowledge, based on such review, the Issuer and the Guarantors are in compliance with all conditions and covenants under this Indenture.

 

For purposes of this Section 4.4, such compliance shall be determined without regard to any period of grace or requirement of notice provided under this Indenture.

 

SECTION 4.5. [Intentionally omitted]

 

SECTION 4.6. [Intentionally omitted]

 

 34 
 

 

 

SECTION 4.7. [Intentionally omitted]

 

SECTION 4.8. Limitation on Issuance of Guarantees of Indebtedness by Subsidiaries. (a) Smurfit Westrock will not cause or permit any of its Subsidiaries that is not a Guarantor or the Issuer, directly or indirectly, to guarantee, assume or in any other manner become liable for the payment of any Indebtedness of Smurfit Westrock or any of its Subsidiaries under the Existing Guarantee Covenant Notes or any other Public Indebtedness unless, subject to the limitations set forth in this Indenture, such Subsidiary executes and delivers a supplemental indenture to this Indenture providing for a Guarantee of payment of the Notes by such Subsidiary on the same terms as the guarantee of such Indebtedness within 10 Business Days thereof; provided that if such Indebtedness is by its terms expressly subordinated to the Notes or any Guarantee, any such guarantee, assumption or other liability of such Subsidiary with respect to such Indebtedness shall be subordinated to such Subsidiary’s Guarantee of the Notes at least to the same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes or any other Guarantee.

 

(b)            The obligations in paragraph (a) of this Section 4.8 will not be operative to the extent (1) the Notes have an Investment Grade rating from two or more Rating Agencies and (2) none of the Existing Guarantee Covenant Notes benefit from a guarantee from such Subsidiary. The obligations in paragraph (a) of this Section 4.8 will be permanently terminated and no longer in effect as of the first date on which none of the Existing Guarantee Covenant Notes are outstanding.

 

To the extent any Subsidiary of Smurfit Westrock is required to provide a Guarantee, such Guarantee will be limited as necessary to recognize certain defenses generally available to guarantors (including those that relate to fraudulent conveyance or transfer, voidable preference, financial assistance, corporate purpose, capital maintenance or similar laws, regulations or defenses affecting the rights of creditors generally) or other considerations under applicable law.

 

SECTION 4.9. [Intentionally omitted]

 

SECTION 4.10. Negative Pledge. Smurfit Westrock will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, secure any Indebtedness for money borrowed by placing a Lien (other than a Permitted Lien) on any Principal Property now or hereafter owned or leased by Smurfit Westrock or any of its Subsidiaries or on any shares of stock of any of their respective Subsidiaries (a “Restricted Lien”) without equally and ratably securing (or securing on a senior basis, in the case of a Lien securing Indebtedness that is by its terms expressly subordinated to the Notes or any Guarantee) all of the Notes, unless after giving effect thereto the aggregate principal amount of all such Indebtedness secured by a Restricted Lien then outstanding would not exceed an amount equal to 15% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets. The restrictions set forth in the preceding sentence will not apply to any Permitted Lien, and all Indebtedness secured by a Permitted Lien shall be excluded in computing the amount of Indebtedness secured by a Lien outstanding for purposes of this Section 4.10.

 

Any Lien created for the benefit of the holders of the Notes pursuant to the preceding paragraph shall provide by its terms that such Lien shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon the release and discharge of the Lien relating to such Indebtedness that gave rise to the obligation to so secure the Notes.

 

35

 

 

SECTION 4.11. [Intentionally omitted]

 

SECTION 4.12. [Intentionally omitted]

 

SECTION 4.13. [Intentionally omitted]

 

SECTION 4.14. [Intentionally omitted]

 

SECTION 4.15. [Intentionally omitted]

 

SECTION 4.16. [Intentionally omitted]

 

SECTION 4.17. [Intentionally omitted]

 

SECTION 4.18. [Intentionally omitted]

 

SECTION 4.19. Change of Control Repurchase Event. (a)  If a Change of Control Repurchase Event occurs with respect to the Notes, each Holder of the Notes will have the right to require the Issuer to repurchase all or any part (equal to $200,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof in the case of Notes that have denominations larger than $200,000) of that Holder’s Notes pursuant to an offer (the “Change of Control Offer”) on the terms set forth in this Indenture. In the Change of Control Offer, the Issuer will offer a payment (the “Change of Control Payment”) in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount of each of the Notes repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, thereon, to, but excluding, the date of purchase. Within 60 days following any Change of Control Repurchase Event, the Issuer will mail a notice to each Holder and the Trustee describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control Repurchase Event and offering to repurchase the Notes on a date (the “Change of Control Payment Date”) specified in such notice, which date shall be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed, pursuant to the procedures required by this Indenture and described in such notice. The Issuer will comply with the requirements of Section 14(e) of the Exchange Act to the extent applicable and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes as a result of a Change of Control Repurchase Event. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the Change of Control Repurchase Event provisions of this Indenture, the Issuer will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 4.19 by virtue of such conflict.

 

(b)            On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuer will, to the extent lawful:

 

(1)            accept for payment all Notes or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;

 

(2)            deposit with the relevant Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered; and

 

36

 

 

(3)            deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes so accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of such Notes or portions thereof being purchased by the Issuer.

 

(c)            The Paying Agent will promptly mail to each Holder of Notes so tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes and the Trustee or the relevant Registrar will, upon receipt of an Issuer Order, promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book-entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each such new Note will be in a principal amount of $200,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.

 

(d)            In the case of Definitive Notes, if the Change of Control Payment Date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related interest payment date, any accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, will be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no additional interest or Additional Amounts will be payable to Holders who tender pursuant to the Change of Control Offer; in the case of Global Notes, the Issuer will pay accrued and unpaid interest to the Change of Control Payment Date to the Holder on such date.

 

(e)            The Issuer will publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date; provided, that if and for so long as the Notes are listed on Euronext Dublin and the rules of Euronext Dublin so require, the Issuer will give notice with respect to the results of the Change of Control Offer to the Companies Announcement Office of Euronext Dublin.

 

(f)            This Section 4.19 will be applicable regardless of whether any other provisions of this Indenture are applicable.

 

(g)            The Issuer will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer with respect to the Notes following a Change of Control Repurchase Event if (i) an Affiliate of the Issuer or a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with this Section 4.19 applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuer and purchases all Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer or (ii) a notice of redemption for all of the outstanding Notes has been given pursuant to this Indenture as described in Section 3.4 unless and until there is a default in the payment of the applicable redemption price, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the proposed redemption date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control Repurchase Event, conditional upon the Change of Control, so long as a definitive agreement has been executed that contains terms and provisions that would otherwise result in a Change of Control upon completion of the transactions contemplated thereby.

 

37

 

 

SECTION 4.20. Additional Amounts. (a)  At least 10 days prior to the first date on which payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes or the Guarantees is to be made, and at least 10 days prior to any subsequent such date if there has been any change with respect to the matters set forth in the Officers’ Certificate described in this Section 4.20, the Issuer will furnish the Trustee and the Paying Agent, if other than the Trustee, with an Officers’ Certificate instructing the Trustee and the Paying Agent that such payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes (whether or not in the form of Definitive Notes) or any Guarantee shall be made to the Holders with withholding or deduction (but only in case such payment shall be made with such withholding or deduction) for, or on account of, any present or future taxes, duties, assessments or governmental charges of whatever nature (collectively, “Taxes”) imposed or levied by or on behalf of (i) any jurisdiction in which the Payor or any Guarantor or successor Guarantor is organized or otherwise considered resident for tax purposes or any political subdivision or governmental authority of any thereof or therein having power to tax, or (ii) any jurisdiction from or through which payment on the Notes or any of the Guarantees is made, or any political subdivision or governmental authority thereof or therein having the power to tax (each of clause (i) and (ii), a “Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction”), unless the withholding or deduction of Taxes is then required by law.

 

(b)            If any deduction or withholding for, or on account of, any Taxes of any Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction will at any time be required from any payments made with respect to the Notes or the Guarantees, including payments of principal, Redemption Price, interest or premium, if any, the Payor or the relevant Guarantor, as applicable, will pay (together with such payments) such additional amounts pursuant to Paragraph 2 of the Notes (the “Additional Amounts”).

 

(c)            The Payor and each Guarantor or successor Guarantor will (i) make any required withholding or deduction and (ii) remit the full amount deducted or withheld to the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction in accordance with applicable law. Upon written request, the Payor and each Guarantor will use all reasonable efforts to obtain certified copies of tax receipts evidencing the payment of any Taxes so deducted or withheld from each Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction imposing such Taxes and will provide such certified copies to each Holder. The Payor and each Guarantor or successor Guarantor will attach to each certified copy a certificate stating (x) that the amount of withholding Taxes evidenced by the certified copy was paid in connection with payments in respect of the principal amount of Notes then outstanding and (y) the amount of such withholding Taxes paid per $1,000 principal amount of the Notes.

 

(d)            Wherever in this Indenture or the Notes there are mentioned, in any context, (i) the payment of principal, (ii) purchase prices in connection with a purchase of Notes, (iii) interest or (iv) any other amount payable on or with respect to the Notes or the Guarantees, such reference shall be deemed to include payment of Additional Amounts as described in this Indenture and the Notes to the extent that, in such context, Additional Amounts are, were or would be payable in respect thereof.

 

(e)            The Issuer shall indemnify the Trustee and the Paying Agent for, and hold them harmless against, any loss, liability or expense incurred without gross negligence, willful default or bad faith on their part arising out of or in connection with actions taken or omitted by any of them in reliance on any Officers’ Certificate furnished to them pursuant to this Section 4.20.

 

(f)            Obligations under this Section 4.20 will survive any termination, defeasance or discharge of this Indenture.

 

38

 

 

SECTION 4.21. Payment of Non-Income Taxes and Similar Charges. The Payor and each Guarantor or successor Guarantor will pay any present or future stamp, court or documentary taxes, or any other excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies which arise in any jurisdiction from the execution, delivery or registration of any Notes or any other document or instrument referred to therein (other than a transfer of the Notes subsequent to the initial offering of the Original Notes), or the receipt of any payments with respect to the Notes, excluding any such taxes, charges or similar levies imposed by any jurisdiction outside a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction, other than those resulting from, or required to be paid in connection with, the enforcement of the Notes, the Guarantees or any other such document or instrument following the occurrence of any Event of Default with respect to the Notes. Obligations under this Section 4.21 will survive any termination, defeasance or discharge of this Indenture.

 

ARTICLE V

 

SUCCESSOR CORPORATION

 

SECTION 5.1. Consolidation, Merger or Sale of Assets. The Issuer may not, directly or indirectly: (a) consolidate or merge with or into another Person (whether or not the Issuer is the surviving corporation); or (b) sell, assign, transfer, convey, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to another Person; unless:

 

(1)            either: (a) the Issuer is the surviving corporation; or (b) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Issuer) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease or other disposition shall have been made (the “Successor Issuer”) is a company organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia, or any member of the European Union on the Issue Date;

 

(2)            the Successor Issuer (if other than the Issuer) assumes all the obligations of the Issuer under the Notes and this Indenture pursuant to agreements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

 

(3)            immediately after such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; and

 

(4)            each Guarantor (unless it is the other party to the transactions above, in which case clause (1) shall apply) shall have by supplemental indenture confirmed that its Guarantee shall apply to such Person’s obligations in respect of this Indenture and the Notes (unless such Guarantee shall be released in connection with the transaction and otherwise in compliance with this Indenture).

 

39

 

 

Smurfit Westrock may not, directly or indirectly: (1) consolidate or merge with or into another Person (whether or not Smurfit Westrock is the surviving corporation); or (2) sell, assign, transfer, convey, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of Smurfit Westrock and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to another Person (other than the Issuer or another Guarantor) unless:

 

(1)            Smurfit Westrock (or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than Smurfit Westrock) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease or other disposition shall have been made (the “Smurfit Westrock Successor”)) shall have by supplemental indenture confirmed its Guarantee shall continue to apply to the Issuer’s obligations in respect of this Indenture and the Notes or, in the case of a Smurfit Westrock Successor, expressly assumed all the obligations of Smurfit Westrock under its Guarantee under this Indenture and the Notes;

 

(2)            either (i) Smurfit Westrock is the surviving company; or (ii) the Smurfit Westrock Successor is a company organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia, or any member of the European Union on the Issue Date; and

 

(3)            immediately after such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists.

 

For purposes of this Section 5.1, the sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of one or more Subsidiaries of a Person, which properties and assets, if held by such Person instead of such Subsidiaries, would constitute all or substantially all of the properties and assets of such Person on a consolidated basis, shall be deemed to be the transfer of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of such Person.

 

SECTION 5.2. Successor Corporation Substituted. If any consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or disposition as described in Section 5.1 is consummated without causing an Event of Default, then the Successor Issuer or Smurfit Westrock Successor, as applicable, will succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Issuer, in the case of a Successor Issuer or Smurfit Westrock, in the case of a Smurfit Westrock Successor, under this Indenture with the same effect as if such Successor Issuer had been named as the Issuer herein or as if such Smurfit Westrock Successor had been named as Smurfit Westrock herein, as applicable, and thereafter (except in the case of a sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition) the predecessor corporation will be relieved of all further obligations and covenants under this Indenture and the Notes.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

 

SECTION 6.1. Events of Default. Whenever used herein with respect to the Notes issued under this Indenture, “Event of Default” means any one of the following events which shall have occurred and be continuing:

 

(1)            a default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest on, including any Additional Interest pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, or Additional Amounts with respect to the Notes;

 

(2)            a default in payment when due of the principal of, or premium, if any, on the Notes;

 

(3)            a failure by Smurfit Westrock or any of its Subsidiaries for 90 days after notice by the Trustee or by the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Notes to comply with any of the other agreements in this Indenture;

 

40

 

 

(4)            a default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there is issued and outstanding any Indebtedness for money borrowed by Smurfit Westrock or any of its Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed by Smurfit Westrock or any of its Subsidiaries) whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists, or is created after the date of this Indenture, if that default:

 

(a)  is caused by a failure to pay principal at the final stated maturity of such Indebtedness (after giving effect to any applicable grace period provided in the Indebtedness) (a “Payment Default”); or

 

(b)  results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its express maturity;

 

and in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $300.0 million or more; or

 

(5)            (A) a court having jurisdiction in the premises having entered a decree or order for (i) relief in respect of the Issuer, Smurfit Westrock or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or a group of Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of Smurfit Westrock and its Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, (ii) appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, examiner, administrator, sequestration or similar official of the Issuer, Smurfit Westrock or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or a group of Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of Smurfit Westrock and its Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the property and assets of the Issuer, Smurfit Westrock or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or a group of Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of Smurfit Westrock and its Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary or (iii) the winding up or liquidation of the affairs of the Issuer, Smurfit Westrock or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or a group of Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of Smurfit Westrock and its Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary and, in each case, such decree or order remaining unstayed and in effect for a period of 30 consecutive days; or (B) the Issuer, Smurfit Westrock or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or a group of Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of Smurfit Westrock and its Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary (i) having commenced a voluntary case (including taking any action for the purpose of winding up) under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, examination, court protection or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or consented to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case under any such law, (ii) having consented to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, examiner, administrator, sequestration or similar official of the Issuer, Smurfit Westrock or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or a group of Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of Smurfit Westrock and its Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the property and assets of the Issuer, Smurfit Westrock or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or a group of Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of Smurfit Westrock and its Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary or (iii) having effected any general assignment for the benefit of creditors.

 

41

 

 

SECTION 6.2. Acceleration. In the case of an Event of Default arising under Section 6.1(5) hereof, the principal of, premium, if any, accrued and unpaid interest, if any, and Additional Amounts, if any, on all outstanding Notes shall become due and payable immediately without further action or notice. If any other Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee (upon request of Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Notes subject to the Event of Default then outstanding) shall, by notice in writing to the Issuer, or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may, by notice in writing to the Issuer and the Trustee, declare all Notes to be due and payable, and any such notice shall specify the respective Event of Default and that such notice is a “notice of acceleration”, and the principal of, premium, if any, accrued and unpaid interest, if any, and Additional Amounts, if any, on all outstanding Notes shall become immediately due and payable. In the event of any Event of Default specified in Section 6.1(4), such Event of Default and all consequences thereof (including, without limitation, any acceleration or resulting payment default) shall be annulled, waived and rescinded automatically and without any action by the Trustee or the Holders, if within 30 days after such Event of Default arose, (x) the Indebtedness or guarantee that is the basis for such Event of Default has been discharged, (y) the creditors on such Indebtedness have rescinded or waived the acceleration, notice or action, as the case may be, giving rise to such Event of Default or (z) if the default that is the basis for such Event of Default has been cured.

 

SECTION 6.3. Other Remedies. If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy by proceeding at law or in equity to collect the payment of principal of or, premium, if any, interest or Additional Amounts, if any, on the Notes subject to the Event of Default or to enforce the performance of any provision of such Notes or this Indenture.

 

SECTION 6.4. The Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Securities. All rights of action and claims under this Indenture or the Notes may be prosecuted and enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any of the Notes or the production thereof in any proceeding relating thereto.

 

SECTION 6.5. Rights and Remedies Cumulative. Except as otherwise provided with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes in Section 2.8, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders of Notes is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent or subsequent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.

 

SECTION 6.6. Delay or Omission Not Waiver. No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder of any Note to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders of Notes may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders of Notes.

 

42

 

 

SECTION 6.7. Waiver of Past Defaults. Subject to Section 9.2, at any time after a declaration of acceleration with respect to the Notes as described in Section 6.2, the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes by written notice to the Trustee, may, on behalf of the Holders of all the Notes, waive any existing Default or Event of Default (except with respect to a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal, premium, interest, Additional Amounts, if any, and other monetary obligations on such Notes) and rescind and annul a declaration of acceleration and its consequences if (i) all existing Events of Default, other than the nonpayment of the principal of, premium, if any, interest, Additional Amounts, if any, and other monetary obligations on such Notes that have become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived and (ii) the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction. Such waiver shall not excuse a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of interest, premium, if any, principal or Additional Amounts, if any, on such Notes held by a non-consenting Holder, or in respect of a covenant or a provision which cannot be amended or modified without the consent of each Holder affected. The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that the requisite percentage of Holders has consented to such waiver and attaching copies of such consents. When a Default or Event of Default is waived with respect to the Notes, it is cured and ceases with respect to the Notes.

 

SECTION 6.8. Control by Majority. Subject to Section 2.10, the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may, by written notice to the Trustee, direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on it with respect to the Notes. Subject to Section 7.1, however, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with any law or this Indenture or that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of another Holder of the Notes, or that would involve the Trustee in liability or expense; provided, however, that the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee which is not inconsistent with such direction. Prior to taking any action under this Indenture, the Trustee will be entitled to indemnification or security to its satisfaction against all losses, liabilities, costs and expenses incurred by it in taking or not taking such action.

 

SECTION 6.9. Limitation on Suits. Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal, premium, if any, interest when due and Additional Amounts, if any, no Holder may pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes, unless:

 

(1)            such Holder has previously given the Trustee notice that an Event of Default is continuing;

 

(2)            Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes have requested the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

 

(3)            such Holders have offered the Trustee indemnity or security to its satisfaction, against any loss, liability or expense;

 

43

 

 

(4)            the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt of the request and the offer of such security or indemnity; and

 

(5)            the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a direction that, in the opinion of the Trustee, is inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period.

 

SECTION 6.10. Collection Suit by Trustee. If an Event of Default in payment of principal, premium, if any, interest or Additional Amounts, if any, specified in clause (1) or clause (2) of Section 6.1 occurs and is continuing with respect to the Notes, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuer or any other obligor on the Notes for the whole amount of principal and accrued interest remaining unpaid and Additional Amounts, if any, thereon and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.6.

 

SECTION 6.11. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. The Trustee may file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, accountants and experts) and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relating to the Issuer, its creditors or its property or other obligor on the Notes, its creditors and its property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same, and any custodian in any such judicial proceedings is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agent and counsel, accountants and experts, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.6. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, accountants and experts, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.6 hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties which the Holders of the Notes may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise.

 

SECTION 6.12. Priorities. If the Trustee collects any money or property pursuant to this Article VI, it shall pay out the money or property in the following order:

 

First: to the Trustee, the Agents and their agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.6, including payment of all compensation, fees, expense and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the costs and expenses of collection;

 

Second: to Holders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, respectively; and

 

44

 

 

Third: to the Issuer or any other obligor on the Notes, as their interests may appear, or as a court of competent jurisdiction may direct.

 

The Trustee, upon prior notice to the Issuer, may fix a record date and a payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this Section 6.12; provided that the failure to give any such notice shall not affect the establishment of such record date or payment date for Holders pursuant to this Section 6.12.

 

SECTION 6.13. Restoration of Rights and Remedies. If the Trustee or any Holder of any Note has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case, subject to any determination in such proceeding, the Issuer, the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes shall be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes shall continue as though no such proceeding had been instituted.

 

SECTION 6.14. Undertaking for Costs. In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.14 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee or a suit by a Holder or Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes.

 

SECTION 6.15. Additional Payments. In the case of any Event of Default occurring by reason of any willful action (or inaction) taken (or not taken) by or on behalf of the Issuer in bad faith with the intention of avoiding payment of the premium that the Issuer would have had to pay if the Issuer then had elected to redeem the Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of this Indenture or was required to repurchase the Notes, an equivalent premium shall also become and be immediately due and payable to the extent permitted by law upon the acceleration of the Notes.

 

SECTION 6.16. Rights of Holders To Receive Payment. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment of the principal of or premium, if any, or interest, if any, on such Note or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment, on or after the due date expressed in the Notes shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.

 

45

 

 

ARTICLE VII

 

TRUSTEE

 

SECTION 7.1. Duties of Trustee. (a)  If an Event of Default of which a Trust Officer of the Trustee has received written notice has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his or her own affairs. Subject to such provisions, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under this Indenture at the request of any of the Holders of Notes, unless they shall have offered to the Trustee indemnity or security to its satisfaction against any loss, liability, cost or expense.

 

(b)            Except during the continuance of an Event of Default of which a Trust Officer of the Trustee has received written notice:

 

(1)            The Trustee and the Agents will perform only those duties as are specifically set forth herein and no others and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee or the Agents.

 

(2)            In the absence of bad faith on their part, the Trustee and the Agents may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions and such other documents delivered to them pursuant to Section 11.3 furnished to the Trustee or Agent and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are required to be furnished to the Trustee or the Agents, the Trustee or the Agents, as applicable, shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture.

 

(c)            The Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own bad faith or willful misconduct, except that:

 

(1)            This paragraph does not limit the effect of subsection (b) of this Section 7.1.

 

(2)            Neither the Trustee nor any Agent shall be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Trust Officer of such Trustee or Agent, unless it is proved that the Trustee or such Agent was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts.

 

(3)            The Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes, determined as provided herein, relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Trustee, under this Indenture with respect to the Notes.

 

(d)            No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee or any Agent to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or to take or omit to take any action under this Indenture or take any action at the request or direction of Holders if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds is not assured to it or it does not receive an indemnity or security satisfactory to it in its sole discretion against such risk, liability, loss, fee or expense which might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.

 

46

 

 

(e)            Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to subsections (a), (b), (c) and (d) of this Section 7.1.

 

(f)            Neither the Trustee nor the Agents shall be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee and any Agent may agree in writing with the Issuer. Money held by the Trustee in trust or any Agent need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

(g)            Any provision hereof relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee or Agent shall be subject to the provisions of this Section 7.1.

 

(h)            The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including its rights to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by the Trustee in each of its capacities it which it may serve, and to each Agent, custodian and other person employed to act hereunder.

 

SECTION 7.2. Rights of Trustee. Subject to Section 7.1:

 

(a)            The Trustee and each Agent may rely conclusively on and shall be protected from acting or refraining from acting based upon any document believed by them to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper person. Neither the Trustee nor any Agent shall be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent order, approval, appraisal, bond, debenture, note, coupon, security or other paper or document, but the Trustee or its Agent, as the case may be, in its discretion, may make reasonable further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters stated in such document and if the Trustee or its Agent as the case may be, shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Issuer, at reasonable times during normal business hours, personally or by agent or attorney. The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice or any knowledge of any matter (including Defaults or Events of Default) unless a Trust Officer assigned to and working in the Trustee’s Trust & Security Services office has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice thereof is received by the Trustee, Attention: Trust & Agency Services and such notice references the Notes generally, the Issuer or this Indenture.

 

(b)            Any request, direction, order or demand of the Issuer mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by an Officers’ Certificate or Issuer Order and any resolution of the Board of Directors of the Issuer, as the case may be, may be sufficiently evidenced by a Board Resolution.

 

(c)            Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers’ Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both, which shall conform to the provisions of Sections 11.3 and 11.4. Neither the Trustee nor any Agent shall be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such certificate or opinion.

 

47

 

 

(d)            The Trustee and any Agent may act through their attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent (other than an agent who is an employee of the Trustee or such Agent) appointed with due care.

 

(e)            The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith which it reasonably believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture; provided, however, that the Trustee’s conduct does not constitute willful misconduct, gross negligence or bad faith.

 

(f)            The Trustee or any Agent may consult with counsel of its selection and the advice or opinion of such counsel as to matters of law shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel.

 

(g)            Subject to Section 9.2, the Trustee may (but shall not be obligated to), without the consent of the Holders, give any consent, waiver or approval required by the terms hereof, but shall not without the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding (i) give any consent, waiver or approval or (ii) agree to any amendment or modification of this Indenture, in each case, that shall have a material adverse effect on the interests of any Holder. The Trustee shall be entitled to request and conclusively rely on an Opinion of Counsel with respect to whether any consent, waiver, approval, amendment or modification shall have a material adverse effect on the interests of any Holder.

 

SECTION 7.3. Individual Rights of Trustee. The Trustee or any Agent in its respective individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of the Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuer or its respective Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not the Trustee or an Agent. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest within the meaning of Section 310(b)(1) of the TIA, it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days or resign; provided, however, that there shall be excluded from the operation of Section 310(b)(1) of the TIA any indenture or indentures under which other securities or certificates of interest of participation in other securities of the Issuer are outstanding if the requirements for such exclusion set forth in Section 310(b)(1) of the TIA are met, other than the fact that such indentures are not described herein. Any Agent may do the same with like rights. The Trustee must comply with Sections 7.9 and 7.10.

 

SECTION 7.4. Trustee’s Disclaimer. The Trustee and the Agents shall not be responsible for and make no representation as to the validity, effectiveness, correctness or adequacy of this Indenture, any Guarantee or the offering materials related to this Indenture or the Notes; it shall not be accountable for the Issuer’s use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Issuer or upon the Issuer’s direction under any provision hereof; it shall not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Agent and it shall not be responsible for any statement or recital herein of the Issuer, or any document issued in connection with the sale of the Notes or any statement in the Notes other than the Trustee’s certificate of authentication.

 

48

 

 

SECTION 7.5. Notice of Default. If an Event of Default with respect to the Notes occurs and is continuing and a Trust Officer of the Trustee has received written notice of such event, the Trustee shall mail to each Holder of the Notes, as their names and addresses appear on the list of Holders described in Section 2.5, notice of the uncured Default or Event of Default within 60 days after the Trustee receives such notice. Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal of, premium, if any, interest or Additional Amounts, if any, on any Note, including the failure to make payment on the Change of Control Payment Date pursuant to a Change of Control Offer, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its Trust Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interest of the Holders of the Notes.

 

SECTION 7.6. Compensation and Indemnity. The Issuer shall pay to the Trustee and the Agents from time to time such reasonable compensation as the Issuer and the Trustee shall from time to time agree upon in writing for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder. The Trustee’s and the Agents’ compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Issuer shall reimburse the Trustee and the Agent upon request for all reasonable disbursements, expenses and advances (including reasonable fees and expenses of counsel) incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for their services, except any such disbursements, expenses and advances as may be attributable to the Trustee’s or any Agent’s gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s and Agents’ accountants, experts and counsel and any taxes or other expenses incurred by a trust created pursuant to Section 8.4 hereof.

 

The Issuer agrees to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of the Trustee’s legal counsel, White & Case LLP, in connection with its review, preparation and delivery of this Indenture and related documentation.

 

The Issuer shall indemnify each of the Trustee, any predecessor Trustee and the Agents (which, for purposes of this paragraph, include such Trustee’s and Agents’ affiliates, officers, directors, employees and agents) and in any other capacity the Trustee may serve hereunder for, and hold them harmless against, any and all loss, damage, claim, expense or liability including taxes (other than taxes based on the income of the Trustee) incurred by the Trustee or an Agent without gross negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith on its part, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final non-appealable decision in connection with acceptance of administration of this trust and performance of its duties under this Indenture, including the reasonable expenses and attorneys’ fees and expenses of defending itself against any claim of liability arising hereunder. The Trustee and the Agents shall notify the Issuer promptly of any claim asserted against the Trustee or such Agent for which it may seek indemnity. However, the failure by the Trustee or the Agent to so notify the Issuer shall not relieve the Issuer of its obligations hereunder. The Issuer shall defend the claim and the Trustee or such Agent shall cooperate in the defense (and may employ its own counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee) at the Issuer’s expense. The Trustee or such Agent may have separate counsel and the Issuer shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel. The Issuer need not pay for any settlement made without its written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

To secure the Issuer’s payment obligations in this Section 7.6, the Trustee and the Agents shall have a senior Lien prior to the Notes against all money or property held or collected by the Trustee and the Agents, in its capacity as Trustee or Agent, except money or property held in trust to pay principal or premium, if any, Additional Amounts, if any, or interest on particular Notes.

 

49

 

 

The Issuer’s obligations under this Section 7.6 and any claim arising hereunder shall survive the termination of this Indenture, the resignation or removal of any Trustee or Agent, the discharge of the Issuer’s obligations pursuant to Article VIII and any rejection or termination under any Bankruptcy Law.

 

SECTION 7.7. Replacement of Trustee. The Trustee and any Agent may resign at any time upon 30 days’ prior written notice to the Issuer. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee or Agent by so notifying the Issuer and the Trustee or such Agent, as the case may be, in writing and may appoint a successor trustee or agent with the Issuer’s consent. A resignation or removal of the Trustee or any Agent and appointment of a successor Trustee or Agent, as the case may be, shall become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s or Agent’s acceptance of appointment, as the case may be, as provided in this Section 7.7. The Issuer may remove the Trustee or an Agent if:

 

(1)            the Trustee or Agent, as the case may be, fails to comply with Section 7.9;

 

(2)            the Trustee or Agent, as the case may be, is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee or Agent, as the case may be, under any Bankruptcy Law;

 

(3)            a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or Agent, as the case may be, or its respective property; or

 

(4)            the Trustee or Agent, as the case may be, becomes incapable of acting with respect to its duties hereunder.

 

If the Trustee or an Agent resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee or Agent for any reason, the Issuer shall notify each Holder of such event and shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee or Agent, as the case may be. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may, with the Issuer’s consent, appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Issuer.

 

A successor Trustee or Agent, as the case may be, shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee or Agent and to the Issuer. Immediately after that, the retiring Trustee or Agent, as the case may be, shall transfer, after payment of all sums then owing to the Trustee or Agent, as the case may be, pursuant to Section 7.6, all property held by it as Trustee or Agent to the successor Trustee or Agent, subject to the Lien provided in Section 7.6, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee or Agent, as the case may be, shall become effective, and the successor Trustee or Agent, as the case may be, shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee or Agent under this Indenture. A successor Trustee or Agent shall mail notice of its succession to each Holder.

 

50

 

 

If a successor Trustee or Agent does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee or Agent resigns or is removed, (i) the retiring Trustee or Agent (as the case may be), the Issuer or the Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee or Agent or (ii) the retiring Trustee or Agent may appoint a successor Trustee or Agent, as applicable, at any time prior to the date on which a successor Trustee or Agent takes office, provided that such appointment shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Issuer.

 

If the Trustee or Agent after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six months fails to comply with Section 7.9, such Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee or Agent, as the case may be, and the appointment of a successor thereto.

 

Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee or Agent pursuant to this Section 7.7, the Issuer’s obligations under Section 7.6 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee or Agent, as the case may be, and the Issuer shall pay to any replaced or removed Trustee or Agent all amounts owed under Section 7.6 upon such replacement or removal.

 

SECTION 7.8. Successor Trustee by Merger, etc. If the Trustee or Agent consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation or banking association, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation without any further act shall, if such resulting, surviving or transferee corporation is otherwise eligible hereunder, be the successor Trustee. In case any Notes shall have been authenticated, but not delivered, by the Trustee then in office, any successor by consolidation, merger or conversion to such authenticating Trustee may adopt such authentication and deliver the Notes so authenticated with the same effect as if such successor Trustee had itself authenticated such Notes.

 

SECTION 7.9. Eligibility; Disqualification. There will at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a Person organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities. The Trustee (together with its corporate parent) shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $100.0 million as set forth in the most recent applicable published annual report of condition. The Trustee shall not be deemed to have a conflict of interest under or in respect of its duties under this Indenture except and to the extent provided for in Section 310(b)(1) of the TIA; provided, however, that there shall be excluded from the operation of Section 310(b)(1) of the TIA any indenture or indentures under which other securities or certificates of interest or participation in other securities of the Issuer are outstanding if the requirements for such exclusion set forth in Section 310(b)(1) of the TIA are met, other than the fact that such indentures are not described herein.

 

SECTION 7.10. Disqualification; Conflicting Interests. Within 90 days after becoming aware that a material conflict of interest exists between the Trustee’s role as a trustee and any other capacity, the Trustee shall either (i) eliminate such conflict of interest or (ii) resign from office; provided, however, that this Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees shall remain valid notwithstanding a material conflict of interest of the Trustee.

 

SECTION 7.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuer. The Trustee shall comply with Section 311(a) of the TIA. A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to Section 311(a) of the TIA to the extent indicated therein.

 

51

 

 

SECTION 7.12. Force Majeure. In no event shall the Trustee or Agent, in each of its capacities hereunder, be liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations under this Indenture because of circumstances beyond its control, including, but not limited to, acts of God, epidemics, pandemics, flood, war (whether declared or undeclared), terrorism, fire, riot, embargo and government action, including any laws, ordinances, regulations or the like which restrict or prohibit the providing of the services or the obligations contemplated by this Indenture.

 

SECTION 7.13. Consequential Loss. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Indenture, in no event shall the Trustee or Agent be liable for special, indirect or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including but not limited to lost profits), even if the Trustee has been advised of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.

 

SECTION 7.14. Reports by Trustee to Holders. If required by Section 313(a) of the TIA, within 60 days after April 3 of any year, commencing April 3, 2025, the Trustee shall transmit to each Holder a brief report dated as of such date that complies with Section 313(a) of the TIA (but if no event described in Section 313(a) of the TIA has occurred within the twelve months preceding the reporting date, no report need be transmitted). The Trustee also shall comply with Section 313(b)(2) of the TIA. The Trustee shall also transmit all reports as required by Section 313(c) of the TIA and comply with Section 313(d) of the TIA.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE

 

SECTION 8.1. Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. The Issuer may, at the option of its Board of Directors evidenced by a resolution set forth in an Officers’ Certificate, at any time, with respect to the Notes, elect to have either Section 8.2 or 8.3 be applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article VIII.

 

SECTION 8.2. Legal Defeasance and Discharge. Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.1 of the option applicable to this Section 8.2 with respect to Notes, the Issuer shall be deemed to have been discharged from its obligations with respect to the outstanding Notes and the Guarantors shall be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to their Guarantees of the Notes, in each case on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Legal Defeasance”). For this purpose, such Legal Defeasance means that the Issuer shall be deemed to have paid and discharged all the obligations relating to the outstanding Notes and such Notes shall thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.6, Section 8.8 and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to below in this Section 8.2, and to have satisfied all of their other obligations under such Notes, the Guarantees and this Indenture and cured all then existing Events of Default (in each case with respect to the Notes)(and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Issuer, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder:

 

(1)            the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on such Notes when such payments are due (including on a Redemption Date) from the trust created pursuant to this Indenture;

 

52

 

 

(2)            the Issuer’s obligations with respect to the Notes concerning issuing temporary Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust;

 

(3)            the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee, and the Issuer’s and the Guarantors’ obligations in connection therewith set forth in Article VII hereof; and

 

(4)            this Article VIII and the obligations set forth in Section 8.6 hereof.

 

Subject to compliance with this Article VIII, the Issuer may exercise its option under Section 8.2 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.3 with respect to the Notes. If the Issuer exercises its Legal Defeasance option with respect to the Notes, payment of the Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default.

 

SECTION 8.3. Covenant Defeasance. Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.1 of the option applicable to this Section 8.3 with respect to the Notes, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall be released from any obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.3, 4.8, 4.10 and 4.19 hereof with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Covenant Defeasance”) and the Notes shall thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes shall not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes).

 

For the purposes hereof, such Covenant Defeasance means that, (i) with respect to the outstanding Notes, the Issuer and the Guarantors may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant with respect to the Notes, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and (ii) payment on the Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default specified in clause (3) (insofar as it relates to Sections 4.3, 4.8, 4.10 and 4.19) and (4) of Section 6.1.

 

SECTION 8.4. Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance. The following shall be the conditions to the application of either Section 8.2 or Section 8.3 to the outstanding Notes:

 

(1)            the Issuer must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee (or such other entity designated or appointed by the Trustee for this purpose), in trust, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, cash in U.S. dollars in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of an internationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, interest, premium and Additional Amounts, if any, on the outstanding Notes on the stated maturity or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and the Issuer must specify whether such Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption date;

 

53

 

 

(2)            in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States reasonably acceptable to the Trustee and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee confirming that (A) the Issuer has received from, or there has been published by, the United States Internal Revenue Service a ruling or (B) since the date of this Indenture, there has been a change in the applicable United States federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for United States federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to United States federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

 

(3)            in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States reasonably acceptable to the Trustee and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee confirming that the Holders of the outstanding Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for United States federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to United States federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

 

(4)            no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit);

 

(5)            the Issuer must deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Issuer with the intent of preferring the Holders of the Notes over the other creditors of the Issuer with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors of the Issuer or others; and

 

(6)            the Issuer must deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, each stating that all conditions precedent relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with.

 

SECTION 8.5. Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture. This Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all Notes issued hereunder when:

 

(1)            either (i) all Notes that have been authenticated (except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes that have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust and thereafter repaid to the Issuer) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or (ii) all Notes that have not been delivered to the Trustee or the Registrar for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the making of a notice of redemption or otherwise or will become due and payable at their stated maturity within one year, or if redeemable at the option of the Issuer, are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee, and the Issuer has irrevocably deposited with the Trustee (or such other entity designated or appointed by the Trustee for this purpose), in trust, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, cash in U.S. dollars in such amounts as will be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Notes not delivered to the Trustee or the Registrar for cancellation for principal, premium and Additional Amounts, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption;

 

54

 

 

(2)            no Default or Event of Default with respect to the Notes shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or shall occur as a result of such deposit;

 

(3)            the Issuer and each Guarantor has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under this Indenture with respect to the Notes; and

 

(4)            the Issuer has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee under this Indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be.

 

In addition, the Issuer must deliver an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied.

 

SECTION 8.6. Survival of Certain Obligations. Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture and of the Notes and the Guarantees (in each case with respect to any Notes) referred to in Section 8.1, 8.2, 8.3, 8.4 or 8.5, the respective obligations of the Issuer, each Guarantor and the Trustee under Sections 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 2.8, 2.9, 2.10, 2.11, 2.12, 2.13, 2.14, 4.1, 4.2, 4.20, 4.21, Article VII, Article VIII and Section 11.11 shall survive until the Notes are no longer outstanding, and thereafter the obligations of the Issuer and the Trustee under Articles VII and VIII shall survive. Nothing contained in this Article VIII shall abrogate any of the obligations or duties of the Trustee under this Indenture.

 

SECTION 8.7. Acknowledgment of Discharge by Trustee. Subject to Section 8.10, after (i) the conditions of Section 8.4 or 8.5 have been satisfied, (ii) the Issuer has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable with respect to the Notes under this Indenture by the Issuer and (iii) the Issuer has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, each stating that all conditions precedent referred to in clause (i) above relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture with respect to the Notes have been complied with, the Trustee upon written request shall acknowledge in writing the discharge of all of the Issuer’s obligations under this Indenture with respect to the Notes except for those surviving obligations specified in this Article VIII.

 

SECTION 8.8. Application of Trust Moneys. All cash in U.S. dollars deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 8.4 or 8.5 shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of the Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon for principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

The Issuer shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash deposited pursuant to Section 8.4 or 8.5 or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of outstanding Notes.

 

55

 

 

SECTION 8.9. Repayment to the Issuer; Unclaimed Money. The Trustee and any Paying Agent shall promptly pay or return to the Issuer upon Issuer Order any cash held by them at any time that are not required for the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on the Notes for which cash has been deposited pursuant to Section 8.4 or 8.5.

 

Any money held by the Trustee in trust or any Paying Agent under this Article, for the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, has become due and payable shall be paid to the Issuer upon Issuer Order or if then held by the Issuer shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Issuer for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, shall thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Issuer give notice to the Holders or, if and so long as the Notes are admitted to the Global Exchange Market of Euronext Dublin, and the rules of the Global Exchange Market of Euronext Dublin so require, the Issuer will inform the Companies Announcement Office of Euronext Dublin or in the case of Definitive Notes, in addition to such publication, mail to Holders by first-class mail, postage prepaid, at their respective addresses as they appear on the registration books of the Registrar (and, if and so long as the Notes are admitted to the Global Exchange Market of Euronext Dublin, and the rules of the Global Exchange Market of Euronext Dublin so require, the Issuer will inform the Companies Announcement Office of Euronext Dublin), that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Issuer.

 

SECTION 8.10. Reinstatement. If the Trustee or any Paying Agent is unable to apply any cash in accordance with Section 8.2, 8.3, 8.4 or 8.5 by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Issuer’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.2, 8.3, 8.4 or 8.5 until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such cash in accordance with Section 8.2, 8.3, 8.4 or 8.5; provided, however, that if the Issuer has made any payment of interest on, premium, if any, principal and Additional Amounts, if any, of any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

 

56

 

 

ARTICLE IX

 

AMENDMENTS, SUPPLEMENTS AND WAIVERS

 

SECTION 9.1. Without Consent of Holders of Notes. Notwithstanding Section 9.2 hereof, the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee together may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees without the consent of any Holder of a Note:

 

(1)            to cure any ambiguity, defect, error or inconsistency;

 

(2)            to provide for the assumption of the Issuer’s or a Guarantor’s obligations to Holders in the case of a merger or consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of the Issuer’s or such Guarantor’s assets, as applicable;

 

(3)            to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under this Indenture of any Holder;

 

(4)            to allow any Guarantor to execute a supplemental indenture and/or a Guarantee with respect to the Notes;

 

(5)            to evidence and provide the acceptance of the appointment of a successor Trustee under this Indenture;

 

(6)            to conform the text of this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees to any provision of the “Description of Notes” in the Offering Memorandum to the extent such provision in the “Description of Notes” was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantee;

 

(7)            to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the limitations set forth in this Indenture;

 

(8)            to the extent necessary to provide for the granting of a Lien to secure the Notes and/or any Guarantee as contemplated under Section 4.10 hereof; or

 

(9)            to effect or maintain the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the paragraph above, in order to effect an amendment authorized by clause (4) above, it shall only be necessary for the supplemental indenture providing for the accession of such additional Guarantor to be duly authorized and executed by the Issuer, such additional Guarantor and the Trustee. Any other amendments permitted by this Indenture need only be duly authorized and executed by Issuer and the Trustee.

 

Without the consent of the Holders of at least 66 2/3% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, an amendment or waiver may not (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder) release any Guarantor from any of its obligations under its Guarantee or this Indenture with respect to the Notes, except in accordance with the terms of this Indenture.

 

Upon the request of the Issuer, accompanied by a Board Resolution authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 9.5, the Trustee shall join with the Issuer and the Guarantors in the execution of any amended or supplemental indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations which may be therein contained, but the Trustee shall not be obligated to enter into such amended or supplemental indenture which adversely affects its own rights, duties or immunities hereunder or otherwise.

 

57

 

 

For so long as the Notes are admitted to the Global Exchange Market of Euronext Dublin, and the rules of the Global Exchange Market of Euronext Dublin so require, the Issuer will give notice to the Companies Announcement Office of Euronext Dublin of any of the foregoing amendments, supplements and waivers and provide, if necessary, a supplement to the Offering Memorandum setting forth reasonable details in connection with any such amendments, supplements or waivers.

 

SECTION 9.2. With Consent of Holders of Notes. The Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding affected by such amendment or supplement (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, the Notes), and, subject to Section 6.7, any existing Default, an Event of Default or its consequences or compliance with any provision of this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees may be waived with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding affected by such waiver (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, the Notes). However, without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment or waiver may not, with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder:

 

(1)            reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;

 

(2)            reduce the principal of or change the fixed maturity of any Note;

 

(3)            reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any Note;

 

(4)            reduce the premium or amount payable upon the redemption of any Note or change the time at which any Note may be redeemed as described in Paragraphs 7 and 8 of the Notes;

 

(5)            waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, or interest, premium or Additional Amounts, if any, on the Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of such Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of such Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration);

 

(6)            make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Notes;

 

(7)            make any change in the provisions of this Indenture relating to the rights of any Holder to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Notes or any guarantee in respect thereof;

 

(8)            waive a redemption payment with respect to any Note (other than a payment required by Section 4.19 hereof);

 

(9)            make any change in the provisions of this Indenture described in Section 4.20 hereof and Paragraph 2 of the Notes that adversely affects the rights of any Holder of the Notes or amends the terms of the Notes in a way that would result in a loss of an exemption from any of the Taxes described thereunder or an exemption from any obligation to withhold or deduct Taxes so described thereunder unless the Payor agrees to pay Additional Amounts, if any, in respect thereof; or

 

58

 

 

(10)            make any change in the preceding amendment and waiver provisions.

 

Upon the request of the Issuer, accompanied by a Board Resolution authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the Holders of Notes as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 9.5, the Trustee shall join with the Issuer and the Guarantors in the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture unless such amended or supplemental indenture adversely affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities hereunder or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental indenture. It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders of Notes under this Section 9.2 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof. After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section becomes effective, the Issuer shall mail to the Holders of Notes a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Issuer to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amended or supplemental indenture or waiver.

 

After an amendment, supplement or waiver under the foregoing paragraph becomes effective, the Issuer shall, in the case of Definitive Notes, mail to the Holders of the Notes a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. However, the failure to give such notice to all Holders of the Notes, or any defect therein, will not in any way impair or affect the validity of such amended or supplemented indenture or waiver. In addition, for so long as the Notes are admitted to the Global Exchange Market of Euronext Dublin, and the rules of the Global Exchange Market of Euronext Dublin so require, the Issuer will give notice of any amendment, supplement and waiver to the Companies Announcement Office of Euronext Dublin.

 

SECTION 9.3. Revocation and Effect of Consents. (a)  Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a Note may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the waiver, supplement or amendment becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder of a Note.

 

(b)            The Issuer may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for determining which Holders of the Notes must consent to such amendment, supplement or waiver. If the Issuer fixes a record date, the record date shall be fixed at (i) the later of 30 days prior to the first solicitation of such consent or the date of the most recent list of Holders of Notes furnished to the Trustee prior to such solicitation pursuant to Section 2.5 or (ii) such other date as the Issuer shall designate.

 

59

 

 

SECTION 9.4. Notation on or Exchange of Notes. The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Issuer in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver. Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

 

SECTION 9.5. Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc. The Trustee shall, at the cost and expense of the Issuer, execute any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article IX; provided, however, that the Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, execute any such amendment, supplement or waiver which adversely affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture. The Trustee shall be entitled to receive indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it, and shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Opinion of Counsel and an Officers’ Certificate each stating that (i) the execution of any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article IX is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and (ii) subject to the application of bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance or transfer and other similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally and to the principles of equity, whether considered in a proceeding at law or in equity, constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Issuer enforceable in accordance with its terms; provided that the Trustee may, in its sole discretion, waive the requirement of an Opinion of Counsel with respect to clause (i).

 

ARTICLE X

 

GUARANTEES

 

SECTION 10.1. Guarantee. (a)  Subject to the provisions of Section 10.2 hereof and any other limitations under applicable law, each Guarantor hereby fully, unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees, as primary obligor and not merely as surety, jointly and severally with each other Guarantor, to each Holder of the Notes and the Trustee the full and punctual payment when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, of the principal of, premium, if any, interest or Additional Amounts, if any, on the Notes and all other obligations of the Issuer under this Indenture and the Notes (all the foregoing being hereinafter collectively called the “Guarantee Obligations”). Each Guarantor further agrees (to the extent permitted by and subject to requirements under applicable law) that the Guarantee Obligations may be extended or renewed, in whole or in part, without notice or further assent from it, and that it shall remain bound under this Article X (to the extent permitted by applicable and subject to requirements under applicable law) notwithstanding any extension or renewal of any Guarantee Obligation.

 

(b)            To the extent permitted by law, each Guarantor waives presentation to, demand of, payment from and protest to the Issuer of any of the Guarantee Obligations and also waives notice of protest for nonpayment, including, for the avoidance of doubt, any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any such Guarantee Obligations. Each Guarantor waives notice of any default under the Notes or the Guarantee Obligations. The obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not (to the extent permitted by and subject to requirements under applicable law) be affected by: (a) the failure of any Holder to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy against the Issuer, any other Guarantor or any other person under this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement or otherwise; (b) any extension or renewal of any thereof; (c) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement; (d) the release of any security held by any Holder or the Trustee for the Guarantee Obligations or any of them; or (e) any change in the ownership of the Issuer.

 

60

 

 

(c)            Each Guarantor further agrees that its Guarantee herein constitutes a guarantee of payment when due (and not a guarantee of collection) and waives any right to require that any resort be had by any Holder to any security held for payment of the Guarantee Obligations.

 

(d)            Subject to the provisions of Section 10.2 hereof, the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination for any reason (other than payment of the Guarantee Obligations in full), including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise, and shall not (to the extent permitted by law) be subject to any defense of setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever or by reason of the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of the Guarantee Obligations or otherwise. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the obligations of each Guarantor herein shall not (to the extent permitted by law) be discharged or impaired or otherwise affected by (i) the failure of any Holder to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any remedy under this Indenture, the Note or any other agreement, (ii) any waiver or modification of any thereof, (iii) any default, failure or delay, willful or otherwise, in the performance of the Guarantee Obligations, or (iv) any other act or thing or omission or delay to do any other act or thing which may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of any Guarantor or would otherwise operate as a discharge of any Guarantor as a matter of law or equity.

 

(e)            Each Guarantor further agrees that its Guarantee herein shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of principal of or interest or Additional Amounts, if any, on any of the Guarantee Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by any Holder upon the bankruptcy or reorganization (including examinership) of the Issuer or otherwise.

 

(f)            Subject to the provisions of Section 10.2 hereof, in furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation of any other right which any Holder has at law or in equity against any Guarantor by virtue hereof, upon the failure of the Issuer to pay any of the Guarantee Obligations when and as the same shall become due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, each Guarantor hereby promises to and will, upon receipt of written demand by the Trustee, forthwith pay, or cause to be paid, in cash, to the Trustee for and on behalf of itself and the Holders an amount equal to the sum of (i) the unpaid amount of such Guarantee Obligations then due and owing and (ii) accrued and unpaid interest on such Guarantee Obligations then due and owing (but only to the extent not prohibited by law). Payments made under this guarantee shall be made to the Trustee on behalf of the Holders.

 

(g)            Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between it, on the one hand, and the Holders, on the other hand, but subject always to Section 10.2 hereof, (x) the maturity of the Guarantee Obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in this Indenture for the purposes of its Guarantee herein, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the Guarantee Obligations guaranteed hereby and (y) in the event of any such declaration of acceleration of such Guarantee Obligations, such Guarantee Obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by each Guarantor for the purposes of its Guarantee.

 

61

 

 

(h)            Each Guarantor also agrees to pay any and all reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by the Trustee or the Holders in enforcing any rights under this Section 10.1.

 

(i)            Neither the Issuer nor the Guarantors shall be required to make a notation on the Notes to reflect any Guarantee or any release, termination or discharge thereof.

 

SECTION 10.2. Limitation on Liability. (a)  Any term or provision of this Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, the maximum aggregate amount of the Guarantee Obligations guaranteed hereunder by any Guarantor shall not exceed the maximum amount that can be hereby guaranteed without rendering this Indenture, as it relates to such Guarantor, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or transfer, voidable preference, financial assistance, corporate purpose, capital maintenance or similar laws, regulations or defenses affecting the rights of creditors generally or other considerations under applicable law.

 

(b)            The liability of each Guarantor under this Article X shall be limited to the extent of the limitations (if any) set out in any supplemental indenture executed by a Subsidiary providing for a Guarantee.

 

SECTION 10.3. Successors and Assigns. This Article X shall be binding upon each Guarantor and its successors and assigns and shall enure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Trustee and the Holders and, in the event of any transfer or assignment of rights by any Holder or the Trustee, the rights and privileges conferred upon that party in this Indenture and in the Notes shall automatically extend to and be vested in such transferee or assignee, all subject to the terms and conditions of this Indenture.

 

SECTION 10.4. No Waiver. Neither a failure nor a delay on the part of either the Trustee or the Holders in exercising any right, power or privilege under this Article X shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall a single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise of any right, power or privilege. The rights, remedies and benefits of the Trustee and the Holders herein expressly specified are cumulative and not exclusive of any other rights, remedies or benefits which either may have under this Article X at law, in equity, by statute or otherwise.

 

SECTION 10.5. Modification. No modification, amendment or waiver of any provision of this Article X, nor the consent to any departure by any Guarantor therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Trustee, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. No notice to or demand on any Guarantor in any case shall entitle such Guarantor to any other or further notice or demand in the same, similar or other circumstances.

 

SECTION 10.6. Release of Guarantor. The Guarantee of a Guarantor will be released with respect to the Notes:

 

(1)            in connection with any sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of that Guarantor (including by way of merger or consolidation) to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) Smurfit Westrock or a Subsidiary of Smurfit Westrock;

 

62

 

 

(2)            in connection with any sale or other disposition of Capital Stock of that Guarantor to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) Smurfit Westrock or a Subsidiary of Smurfit Westrock, if the Guarantor ceases to be a Subsidiary of Smurfit Westrock as a result of the sale or other disposition;

 

(3)            upon the release or discharge of the guarantee or other obligation of such Guarantor under the Revolving Facility Agreement, or such other guarantee or other obligation that resulted in the creation of such Guarantee, except a release or discharge by or as a result of payment under such guarantee; provided that the guarantee of such Guarantor under the Existing Notes has been released or is concurrently released;

 

(4)            by written notice from the Issuer to the Trustee if such Guarantor does not then guarantee any obligations under any of the Existing Notes (after giving effect to Indebtedness and guarantees concurrently being released or repaid);

 

(5)            in accordance with Article IX;

 

(6)            upon the full and final payment and performance of all obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors under this Indenture and the Notes;

 

(7)            upon Legal Defeasance, Covenant Defeasance or satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture as provided for in Article VIII; or

 

(8)            by written notice from the Issuer to the Trustee so long as the Notes have an Investment Grade rating from two or more Rating Agencies; provided that none of the Existing Notes are guaranteed by such Guarantor (after giving effect to guarantees concurrently being released) and no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of such written notice,

 

provided, however, that, notwithstanding the above, any Guarantee by Smurfit Westrock may only be released to the extent that the Ultimate Parent has provided a Guarantee of the Notes (other than any release pursuant to clauses (5), (6) and (7) above).

 

At the request of the Issuer, the Trustee shall execute and deliver an appropriate instrument evidencing such release.

 

SECTION 10.7. Execution of Supplemental Indenture for Future Guarantors. Each Subsidiary and other Person which is required to become a Guarantor pursuant to Section 4.8 shall promptly execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture in the form of Exhibit D hereto pursuant to which such Subsidiary or other Person shall become a Guarantor under this Article X and shall guarantee the Guarantee Obligations. Concurrently with the execution and delivery of such supplemental indenture, the Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee and an Officers’ Certificate to the effect (i) that such supplemental indenture has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Subsidiary or other Person and (ii) that, subject to the application of bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance or transfer and other similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally and to the principles of equity, whether considered in a proceeding at law or in equity, the Guarantee of such Guarantor is a valid and binding obligation of such Guarantor, enforceable against such Guarantor in accordance with its terms and to such other matters as the Trustee may reasonably request; provided that the Trustee may, in its sole discretion, waive the requirement of an Opinion of Counsel with respect to clause (i).

 

63

 

 

ARTICLE XI

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

SECTION 11.1. Notices. Any notices or other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing, and shall be sufficiently given if made by hand delivery, by telecopier or first-class mail, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

 

if to the Issuer or any Guarantor:

 

Attention: Secretary
Smurfit Westrock Financing DAC
Beech Hill
Clonskeagh
Dublin 4
Ireland
Email address: investor.relations@smurfitwestrock.com with a copy to:

 

Attention: Stuart Morrissy
Hogan Lovells US LLP
390 Madison Avenue
New York, NY 10017
USA
Email: stuart.morrissy@hoganlovells.com

 

if to the Trustee, Paying Agent, Transfer Agent or Registrar:

 

Attention: Corporates Team, Smurfit Westrock Financing DAC, AA7288
Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas 

Trust and Agency Services 

1 Columbus Circle, 4th Floor 

Mail Stop: NYC01-0417 

New York, New York 10019 

USA
Facsimile No: (732) 578-4635

 

Each of the Issuer and the Trustee by written notice to each other such Person may designate additional or different addresses for notices to such Person. Any notice or communication to the Issuer and the Trustee shall be deemed to have been given or made as of the date so delivered if personally delivered; when receipt is acknowledged, if e-mailed; and five calendar days after mailing if sent by first class mail, postage prepaid (except that a notice of change of address and a notice to the Trustee shall not be deemed to have been given until actually received by the addressee).

 

64

 

 

The Trustee agrees to accept and act upon notices, instructions or directions pursuant to this Indenture sent by unsecured e-mail, facsimile transmission or other similar unsecured electronic methods. If the party elects to give the Trustee e-mail or facsimile notices, instructions or directions (or notices, instructions or directions by a similar electronic method) and the Trustee acts upon such notices, instructions or directions, the Trustee’s understanding of such notices, instructions or directions shall be deemed controlling. The Trustee shall not be liable for any losses, costs or expenses arising directly or indirectly from the Trustee’s reliance upon and compliance with such notices, instructions or directions notwithstanding such notices, instructions or directions conflict or are inconsistent with a subsequent written notice, instruction or direction. The Issuer agrees to assume all risks arising out of the use of such electronic methods to submit notices, instructions and directions to the Trustee, including without limitation the risk of the Trustee acting on unauthorized notices, instructions or directions, and the risk or interception and misuse by third parties.

 

In the case of Definitive Notes, all notices to Holders of the Notes will be validly given if mailed to them at their respective addresses in the register of the Holders of such Notes, if any, maintained by the Registrar. If and for so long as any Notes are listed on Euronext Dublin, and the rules of Euronext Dublin so require, notices will be published by delivery to the Companies Announcement Office of Euronext Dublin. Each such notice shall be deemed to have been given on the date of such publication, or, if published more than once on different dates, on the first date on which publication is made, provided that, if notices are mailed, such notice shall be deemed to have been given on the later of such publication and the seventh day after being so mailed. For so long as any Notes are represented by Global Notes, all notices to Holders of the Notes will be delivered to the Clearing Agency, which will give notice of such notice to the holders of beneficial interests in the Notes and all notices that are required to be delivered to Holders will be deemed delivered for purposes of this Indenture if delivered to the Clearing Agency for communication to holders of book-entry interests. Any notice or communication mailed to a Holder shall be mailed to such Person by first-class mail or other equivalent means and shall be sufficiently given to such Person if so mailed within the time prescribed. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

 

SECTION 11.2. Communications by Holders with Other Holders. Holders may communicate pursuant to Section 312(b) of the TIA with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Issuer, the Trustee, the Registrar and any other person shall have the protection of Section 312(c) of the TIA.

 

SECTION 11.3. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. Upon any request or application by the Issuer to the Trustee or an Agent to take any action under this Indenture, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee at the request of the Trustee:

 

(1)            an Officers’ Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 11.4) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been satisfied or complied with; and

 

65

 

 

(2)            an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 11.4) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied or complied with.

 

In any case where several matters are required to be certified by, or covered by an Opinion of Counsel of, any specified Person, it is not necessary that all such matters be certified by, or covered by the Opinion of Counsel of, only one such Person, or that they be so certified or covered by only one document, but one such Person may certify or give an Opinion of Counsel with respect to some matters and one or more such Persons as to other matters, and any such Person may certify or give an Opinion of Counsel as to such matters in one or several documents.

 

Any certificate of an Officer of the Issuer may be based, insofar as it relates to legal matters, upon an Opinion of Counsel, unless such Officer knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that such Opinion of Counsel with respect to the matters upon which his certificate is based are erroneous. Any Opinion of Counsel may be based, and may state that it is so based, insofar as it relates to factual matters, upon a certificate of, or representations by, an officer or officers of the Issuer stating that the information with respect to such factual matters is in the possession of the Issuer, unless such counsel knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate or representations with respect to such matters are erroneous.

 

Where any Person is required to make, give or execute two or more applications, requests, consents, certificates, statements, opinions or other instruments under this Indenture, they may, but need not, be consolidated and form one instrument.

 

SECTION 11.4. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture shall include:

 

(1)            a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

 

(2)            a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

 

(3)            a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, such Person has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable such Person to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

 

(4)            a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of each such Person, such condition or covenant has been complied with, provided, however, that an issuer of an Opinion of Counsel may reasonably rely as to any matter of fact on an Officers’ Certificate or a certificate of a public official.

 

SECTION 11.5. Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent, Registrar, Transfer Agent. The Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Registrar or the Transfer Agent may make reasonable rules for its functions.

 

66

 

 

SECTION 11.6. Legal Holidays. If a payment date is not a Business Day, payment may be made on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day, and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period.

 

SECTION 11.7. Governing Law. Each of this Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees, and the rights and duties of the parties hereunder and thereunder, shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

 

SECTION 11.8. Submission to Jurisdiction; Appointment of Agent for Service. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Issuer and each Guarantor irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of and venue in any federal or state court in the Borough of Manhattan in the City of New York, County and State of New York, United States of America, in any suit or proceeding based on or arising out of or under or in connection with this Indenture or any of the transactions contemplated hereby, and irrevocably agrees that all claims in respect of such suit or proceeding may be determined in any such court. The Issuer and each Guarantor, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, irrevocably and fully waive the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such suit or proceeding and hereby irrevocably designate and appoint Smurfit Kappa Packaging LLC (the “Authorized Agent”) as its authorized agent upon whom process may be served in any such suit or proceeding. The Issuer and each Guarantor represent and warrant that the Authorized Agent has accepted such appointment and irrevocably agreed to act as said agent for service of process. The Issuer and each Guarantor agree that service of process upon its Authorized Agent and written notice of said service to the Issuer or a Guarantor, mailed by first class mail or delivered to its Authorized Agent shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon the Issuer or such Guarantor, respectively, in any such suit or proceeding. Nothing herein shall affect the right of any person to serve process in any other manner permitted by law. The Issuer agrees that a final action in any such suit or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other lawful manner. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any action against the Issuer arising out of or based on this Indenture or the transactions contemplated hereby may also be instituted in any competent court in Ireland and the Issuer expressly accepts the jurisdiction of any such court in any such action. The Issuer hereby irrevocably waives, to the extent permitted by law, any immunity to jurisdiction to which it may otherwise be entitled (including immunity to pre-judgment attachment, post-judgment attachment and execution) in any legal suit, action or proceeding against it arising out of or based on this Indenture, the Notes or the transactions contemplated hereby. Each party to this Indenture waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any right that it may have to a trial by jury in respect of any proceeding. The provisions of this Section 11.8 are intended to be effective upon the execution of this Indenture and the Notes without any further action by the Issuer, any Guarantor or the Trustee and the introduction of a true copy of this Indenture into evidence shall be conclusive and final evidence as to such matters.

 

SECTION 11.9. No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements. This Indenture may not be used to interpret another indenture, loan or debt agreement of any of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.

 

67

 

 

SECTION 11.10. No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees, Incorporators or Stockholders. No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Issuer or any Guarantor, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or any Guarantor under the Notes, the Guarantees or this Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

 

SECTION 11.11. Currency Indemnity. The U.S. dollar is the sole currency of account and payment for all sums payable by the Issuer and the Guarantors under or in connection with the Notes and the Guarantees, including damages. Any amount received or recovered in a currency other than U.S. dollars whether as a result of, or the enforcement of, a judgment or order of a court of any jurisdiction, in the winding-up or dissolution of the Issuer, any Guarantor or otherwise by any Holder or by the Trustee, as the case may be, in respect of any sum expressed to be due to it from the Issuer or a Guarantor will only constitute a discharge to the Issuer or the Guarantor, as applicable, to the extent of the U.S. dollar amount which the recipient is able to purchase with the amount so received or recovered in that other currency on the date of that receipt or recovery (or, if it is not practicable to make that purchase on that date, on the first date on which it is practicable to do so). If that U.S. dollar amount is less than the U.S. dollar amount expressed to be due to the recipient under any Note, any Guarantee or to the Trustee, the Issuer and the Guarantors will indemnify them on a joint and several basis against any loss sustained by such recipient as a result. In any event, the Issuer and the Guarantors will indemnify the recipient on a joint and several basis against the cost of making any such purchase. For the purposes of this Section 11.11, it will be sufficient for the Holder of a Note or the Trustee to certify in a satisfactory manner (indicating the sources of information used) that it would have suffered a loss had an actual purchase of U.S. dollars been made with the amount so received in that other currency on the date of receipt or recovery (or, if a purchase of U.S. dollar on such date had not been practicable, on the first date on which it would have been practicable, it being required that the need for a change of date be certified in the manner mentioned above). These indemnities constitute a separate and independent obligation from the Issuer’s and the Guarantors’ other obligations, will give rise to a separate and independent cause of action, will apply irrespective of any indulgence granted by any Holder of a Note or the Trustee and will continue in full force and effect despite any other judgment, order, claim or proof for a liquidated amount in respect of any sum due under any Note, any Guarantee or to the Trustee.

 

SECTION 11.12. Currency Calculation. Except as otherwise specifically set forth herein, for purposes of determining compliance with any U.S. dollar-denominated restriction herein, the U.S. dollar-equivalent amount for purposes hereof that is denominated in a non-U.S. dollar currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such non-U.S. dollar amount is incurred or made, as the case may be.

 

SECTION 11.13. Information. For so long as any Notes are admitted to the Global Exchange Market of Euronext Dublin, and the rules of the Global Exchange Market of Euronext Dublin so require, copies of this Indenture will be made available through the offices of the Irish listing agent.

 

SECTION 11.14. Successors. All agreements of the Issuer and the Guarantors in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind their respective successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successor.

 

68

 

 

SECTION 11.15. Counterpart Originals. All parties hereto may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy or counterpart shall be an original, but all of them together shall represent one and the same agreement. Facsimile, documents executed, scanned and transmitted electronically and electronic signatures, including those created or transmitted through a software platform or application, shall be deemed original signatures for purposes of this Indenture and all other related documents and all matters and agreements related thereto, with such facsimile, scanned and electronic signatures having the same legal effect as original signatures. The parties agree that this Indenture or any other related document or any instrument, agreement or document necessary for the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Indenture or other documents related hereto or thereto (including, without limitation, addendums, amendments, notices, instructions, communications with respect to the delivery of securities or the wire transfer of funds or other communications) (“Executed Documentation”) may be accepted, executed or agreed to through the use of an electronic signature in accordance with applicable laws, rules and regulations in effect from time to time applicable to the effectiveness and enforceability of electronic signatures. Any Executed Documentation accepted, executed or agreed to in conformity with such laws, rules and regulations will be binding on all parties hereto to the same extent as if it were physically executed and each party hereby consents to the use of any third party electronic signature capture service providers as may be reasonably chosen by a signatory hereto or thereto. When the Trustee acts on any Executed Documentation sent by electronic transmission, the Trustee will not be responsible or liable for any losses, costs or expenses arising directly or indirectly from its reliance upon and compliance with such Executed Documentation, notwithstanding that such Executed Documentation (a) may not be an authorized or authentic communication of the party involved or in the form such party sent or intended to send (whether due to fraud, distortion or otherwise) or (b) may conflict with, or be inconsistent with, a subsequent written instruction or communication; it being understood and agreed that the Trustee shall conclusively presume that Executed Documentation that purports to have been sent by an authorized officer of a Person has been sent by an authorized officer of such Person. The party providing Executed Documentation through electronic transmission or otherwise with electronic signatures agrees to assume all risks arising out of such electronic methods, including, without limitation, the risk of the Trustee acting on unauthorized instructions and the risk of interception and misuse by third parties.

 

SECTION 11.16. Severability. In case any one or more of the provisions in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, in any respect for any reason, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby, it being intended that all of the provisions hereof shall be enforceable to the full extent permitted by law.

 

SECTION 11.17. Table of Contents, Headings, etc. The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and Headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

 

SECTION 11.18. Patriot Act. In order to comply with the laws, rules, regulations and executive orders in effect from time to time applicable to banking institutions, including, without limitation, those relating to the funding of terrorist activities and money laundering, including Section 326 of the USA PATRIOT Act of the United States (“Applicable Law”), the Trustee is required to obtain, verify, record and update certain information relating to individuals and entities which maintain a business relationship with the Trustee. Accordingly, each of the parties agree to provide to the Trustee, upon their request from time to time such identifying information and documentation as may be available for such party in order to enable the Trustee to comply with Applicable Law.

 

69

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed, as of the date first written above.

 

 Very truly yours,
  
 ISSUER:
  
 Smurfit Westrock Financing DAC
  
 By:
   /s/ Ken Bowles
   Name: Ken Bowles
   Title: Authorized Signatory
  
 By:
   /s/ Gillian Carson-Callan
   Name: Gillian Carson-Callan
   Title: Authorized Signatory

 

[Signature Page to the Indenture] 

 

 

 

 IRISH GUARANTORS:
  
 Smurfit Westrock plc
 Smurfit Kappa Group plc
 Smurfit Kappa Investments Limited
 Smurfit Kappa Acquisitions Unlimited Company
 Smurfit Kappa Treasury Funding Designated Activity Company
 Smurfit Kappa Treasury Unlimited Company
  
 By:
  /s/ Ken Bowles
   Name: Ken Bowles
   Title: Authorized Attorney
    
 By:  
   /s/ Gillian Carson-Callan
   Name: Gillian Carson-Callan
   Title: Authorized Attorney

 

[Signature Page to the Indenture]

 

 

 

 DUTCH GUARANTOR:
  
 SMURFIT INTERNATIONAL B.V.
  
 By:
   /s/ M. Van Der Velden
   Name: M. Van Der Velden
   Title: Authorized Signatory
  
 By:
   /s/ PJA Koelewijn
   Name: PJA Koelewijn
   Title: Authorized Attorney

 

[Signature Page to the Indenture]

 

 

 

 Delaware GUARANTORS:
  
 Smurfit WestRock US Holdings Corporation
 WestRock Company
 WestRock MWV, LLC
 WRKCo. Inc.
  
 By:
   /s/ Juan Pablo Perez
   Name: Juan Pablo Perez
   Title: Authorized Signatory
  
 By:
   /s/ Ken Bowles
   Name: Ken Bowles
   Title: Authorized Attorney

 

[Signature Page to the Indenture]

 

 

 

 

 

Georgia GUARANTOR:

 

WestRock RKT, LLC

 

  By:
    /s/ Juan Pablo Perez
   

Name: Juan Pablo Perez

Title: Authorized Signatory

 

  By:
    /s/ Ken Bowles
   

Name: Ken Bowles

Title: Authorized Attorney

 

[Signature Page to the Indenture]

 

 

 

  Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Trustee, Paying Agent, Transfer Agent and Registrar
   
  By: /s/ Jacqueline Bartnick
    Name: Jacqueline Bartnick
    Title: Director
     
  By: /s/ Irina Golovashchuk
    Name: Irina Golovashchuk
    Title: Vice President

 

[Signature Page to the Indenture]

 

 

 

SCHEDULE A

SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS

 

Name Jurisdiction Registration Number
(or equivalent, if any)
Smurfit Kappa Group plc Ireland 433527
Smurfit Kappa Investments Limited Ireland 380620
Smurfit Kappa Acquisitions Unlimited Company Ireland 358039
Smurfit Kappa Treasury Funding Designated Activity Company (previously Smurfit Kappa Treasury Funding Limited, Smurfit Capital Funding Limited and Smurfit Capital Funding Public Limited Company) Ireland 239631
Smurfit Kappa Treasury Unlimited Company Ireland 177324
Smurfit International B.V. Netherlands 33149443
Smurfit WestRock US Holdings Corporation State of Delaware 7665333
WestRock Company State of Delaware 6727858
WestRock MWV, LLC State of Delaware 3429632
WRKCo. Inc. State of Delaware 5688407
WestRock RKT, LLC State of Georgia J518706

 

A-70

 

 

EXHIBIT A
TO THE INDENTURE

 

[FORM OF FACE OF GLOBAL NOTE]

 

THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO.

 

[Global Securities Legend]

 

UNLESS A CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (“DTC”), TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF ITS AUTHORIZED NOMINEE OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO ITS AUTHORIZED NOMINEE, OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, ITS AUTHORIZED NOMINEE, HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

 

TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO NOMINEES OF DTC OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF.

 

[Regulation S Securities Legend]

 

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “U.S. SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT.

 

A-1

 

 

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF (1) REPRESENTS THAT IT IS A NON-U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, AND (2) AGREES ON ITS BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY OR A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) WHICH IS 40 DAYS AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE OF THIS SECURITY AND THE DATE ON WHICH SUCH SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY) WAS FIRST OFFERED TO PERSONS OTHER THAN DISTRIBUTORS (AS DEFINED IN RULE 902 OF REGULATION S) IN RELIANCE ON REGULATION S ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUER, THE PARENT OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, (C) TO NON-U.S. PERSONS PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OR (D) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES TO ANY REQUIREMENT OF LAW THAT THE DISPOSITION OF ITS PROPERTY OR THE PROPERTY OF SUCH INVESTOR ACCOUNT OR ACCOUNTS BE AT ALL TIMES WITHIN ITS OR THEIR CONTROL AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE FOREIGN OR STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND ANY APPLICABLE LOCAL LAWS AND REGULATIONS AND FURTHER SUBJECT TO THE ISSUER’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHTS PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (C) OR (D) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE.

 

[Rule 144A Securities Legend]

 

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.

 

A-2

 

 

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT), AND (2) AGREES ON ITS BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY OR A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) WHICH IS ONE YEAR AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE OF THIS SECURITY AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE ISSUER OR ANY AFFILIATE THEREOF WAS THE OWNER OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY) ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUER, THE GUARANTORS, OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) TO NON-U.S. PERSONS PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (E) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES TO ANY REQUIREMENT OF LAW THAT THE DISPOSITION OF ITS PROPERTY OR THE PROPERTY OF SUCH INVESTOR ACCOUNT OR ACCOUNTS BE AT ALL TIMES WITHIN ITS OR THEIR CONTROL AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE FOREIGN OR STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND ANY APPLICABLE LOCAL LAWS AND REGULATIONS AND FURTHER SUBJECT TO THE ISSUER’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHTS PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (D) OR (E) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE.

 

BY ITS ACQUISITION OF THIS SECURITY, THE HOLDER HEREOF WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED AND WARRANTED THAT (1) either (a) it is not and is not acting on behalf of or with assets of, an “employee benefit plan” subject to the fiduciary responsibility provisions of Title I of the U.S. Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA’’), a plan subject to Section 4975 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), or an entity whose underlying assets are deemed to include the “plan assets” of any such plans, or a “governmental plan” (as defined in Section 3(32) of ERISA), “church plan” (as defined in Section 3(33) of ERISA), non-U.S. or other plan or arrangement that is subject to federal, state, local or non-U.S. laws or regulations that are substantially similar to the foregoing provisions of ERISA or the Code (“Similar Law”), or (b) its acquisition and holding of such Notes or an interest therein does not and will not constitute or result in a non-exempt prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code or a non-exempt violation of Similar Law, and (2) it will not sell or otherwise transfer such Notes unless such subsequent transferee has made the representations and warrantIes in (1) above.

 

A-3

 

 

Smurfit Westrock Financing DAC

 

5.418% Senior Note due 2035

 

CUSIP: ____________

 

ISIN: ____________

 

No. ___

 

Smurfit Westrock Financing DAC, a designated activity company incorporated under the laws of Ireland and having its registered office at Beech Hill, Clonskeagh, Dublin 4, Ireland (the “Issuer”, which term includes any successor corporation), for value received promises to pay $________ to Cede & Co. or registered assigns upon surrender hereof the principal sum indicated on Schedule A hereof, on January 15, 2035.

 

Interest Payment Dates: January 15 and July 15 of each year, commencing July 15, 2025.

 

Record Dates: January 1 and July 1 of each year.

 

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note contained herein, which will for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

 

A-4

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this Note to be signed manually or by facsimile by its duly authorized officers.

 

Dated:

 

  Smurfit Westrock Financing DAC
   
  By:                   
  Name:
  Title:
   
  By:  
  Name:
  Title:

 

[Signature Page to Rule 144A Global Note]

 

 

 

This is one of the Notes referred to
in the within-mentioned Indenture:

 

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas,
as Authenticating Agent for
Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Trustee

 

By:    
Name:  
Title:  
   
Dated: _________________  

 

[Signature Page to Rule 144A Global Note]

 

 

 

[FORM OF REVERSE]

 

Smurfit Westrock Financing DAC

 

5.418% Senior Note due 2035

 

1.    Interest. Smurfit Westrock Financing DAC, a designated activity company incorporated under the laws of Ireland and having its registered office at Beech Hill, Clonskeagh, Dublin 4, Ireland (the “Issuer”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at the rate and in the manner specified below. Interest on the Notes will be payable semi-annually in arrears on January 15 and July 15 of each year, commencing July 15, 2025. The Issuer will make each interest payment to the Holders of record at the close of business on the immediately preceding January 1 and July 1 of each year. Rights of holders of beneficial interests to receive such payments will be subject to applicable procedures of DTC. Interest on the Notes will accrue at the rate of 5.418% per annum on the aggregate nominal amount of the Notes outstanding. Interest accruing on all Notes then outstanding shall be payable in cash. Interest on the Notes will accrue from the date of original issuance or, if interest has already been paid, from the date it was most recently paid. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months.

 

Any interest paid on this Note shall be increased to the extent necessary to pay Additional Amounts as set forth herein.

 

If a Registration Default (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) occurs, additional interest (“Additional Interest”) shall accrue on this Note, in accordance with the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement. All references to any amount of “interest” payable or with respect to this Note in the Indenture or this Note shall be deemed to include any applicable Additional Interest that may be payable on the Note.

 

2.    Additional Amounts. All payments made by the Payor on the Notes or any Guarantor with respect to its Guarantee will be made without withholding or deduction for, or on account of, any present or future taxes, duties, assessments or governmental charges of whatever nature (“Taxes”) imposed or levied by or on behalf of (1) any jurisdiction in which the Payor or any Guarantor or successor Guarantor is organized or otherwise considered resident for tax purposes or any political subdivision or governmental authority of any thereof or therein having power to tax, or (2) any jurisdiction from or through which payment on the Notes or any of the Guarantees is made, or any political subdivision or governmental authority thereof or therein having the power to tax (each of clause (1) and (2), a “Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction”), unless the withholding or deduction of such Taxes is then required by law. If any deduction or withholding for, or on account of, any Taxes of any Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction shall at any time be required from any payments made with respect to the Notes or the Guarantees, including, without limitation, payments of principal, Redemption Price, interest or premium, if any, the Payor or the relevant Guarantor, as applicable, will pay (together with such payments) such additional amounts (the “Additional Amounts”) as may be necessary in order that the net amounts received in respect of such payments by the Holders of the Notes or the Trustee, as the case may be, after such withholding or deduction (including any such deduction or withholding from such Additional Amounts), equal the amounts which would have been received in respect of such payments in the absence of such withholding or deduction; provided, however, that no such Additional Amounts will be payable with respect to:

 

(1)   any Taxes imposed or levied by or on behalf of a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction upon any payments to a Holder or Beneficial Owner who is liable for such Taxes in respect of the Notes by reason of the Holder (or a fiduciary, settlor, beneficiary, member, partner or shareholder of, or possessor of power over the relevant Holder, if the relevant Holder is an estate, nominee, trust, partnership, limited liability company or corporation) or Beneficial Owner having any present or former connection with such Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction (including, without limitation, being resident for tax purposes, being a citizen or resident or national of, or carrying on a business or maintaining a permanent establishment in, or being physically present in, such Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction) other than a connection arising from the acquisition, ownership or holding of such Note or enforcement of rights thereunder or the receipt of payments in respect of the Notes or with respect to any Guarantee;

 

A-1

 

 

(2)   any Taxes that would not have been imposed if the Holder or Beneficial Owner had made a declaration of non-residence or any other claim or filing for exemption to which it is entitled (provided that (x) such declaration of non-residence or other claim or filing for exemption is required by the applicable law of the applicable Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction as a precondition to exemption from the requirement to deduct or withhold such Taxes and (y) at least 30 days prior to the first payment date with respect to which such declaration of non-residence or other claim or filing for exemption is required under the applicable law of the applicable Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction, the relevant Holder or Beneficial Owner at that time has been notified in writing by the Payor or any other person through whom payment may be made that a declaration of non-residence or other claim or filing for exemption is required to be made);

 

(3)   except in the case of the winding up of the Payor, any Note presented for payment (where presentation is required) in the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction (unless by reason of the Payor’s actions, presentment could not have been made elsewhere and except to the extent that the Holder would have been entitled to Additional Amounts had the Notes been presented elsewhere);

 

(4)   any Note presented for payment (where presentation is required) more than 30 days after the relevant payment is first made available for payment to the Holder (except to the extent that the Holder would have been entitled to Additional Amounts had the Note been presented during such 30 day period);

 

(5)   any Taxes that are payable otherwise than by withholding from a payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest, if any, on the Notes or with respect to any Guarantee;

 

(6)   any estate, inheritance, gift, sales, excise, transfer, personal property or similar tax, assessment or other governmental charge;

 

A-2

 

 

(7)   a Tax imposed in connection with a Note presented for payment by or on behalf of a Holder or Beneficial Owner who would have been able to avoid such Tax by presenting the relevant Note to, or otherwise accept payment from, another paying agent in a member state of the European Union;

 

(8)  any Taxes imposed, deducted or withheld pursuant to Section 1471(b) of the Code or otherwise imposed pursuant to Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, in each case, as of the Issue Date (and any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable); any current or future regulations or agreements thereunder, official interpretations thereof or any law implementing an intergovernmental agreement relating thereto; or any treaty, law, regulation or other official guidance enacted in any other jurisdiction, facilitating implementation thereof;

 

(9)   all United States backup withholding taxes;

 

(10) any Tax deducted, withheld or imposed in connection with the Dutch Withholding Tax Act 2021 (Wet bronbelasting 2021), as amended from time to time; or

 

(11) any combination of clauses (1) through (10) above.

 

Such Additional Amounts will also not be payable where, had the Beneficial Owner of the Note been the Holder of the Note, it would not have been entitled to payment of Additional Amounts by reason of clauses (1) to (11) inclusive above.

 

Upon request, the Issuer will provide the Trustee with documentation satisfactory to the Trustee evidencing the payment of Additional Amounts. Copies of such documentation will be made available to the Holders upon request.

 

3.    Method of Payment. The Issuer shall pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders at the close of business on the Record Date with respect to such Notes immediately preceding the interest payment date for such interest. Holders must surrender Notes to a Paying Agent to collect principal payments. The Issuer shall pay all amounts owing hereunder in U.S. dollars. Immediately available funds for the payment of the principal of (and premium, if any), interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on this Note due on any interest payment date, Maturity Date, Redemption Date or other repurchase date will be made available to the Paying Agent to permit the Paying Agent to pay such funds to the Holders on such respective dates.

 

4.    Paying Agent, Registrar and Transfer Agent. Initially, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. In the event that a Paying Agent or Transfer Agent is replaced, the Issuer will provide notice thereof as set forth in the Indenture. The Issuer may change any Registrar without notice to the Holders. The Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries may, subject to certain exceptions, act in any such capacity.

 

5.    Indenture. The Issuer issued the Notes under an Indenture, dated as of November 26, 2024 (the “Indenture”), among the Issuer, the Parent Guarantor, the Subsidiary Guarantors and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Trustee, Paying Agent, Transfer Agent and Registrar. This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Notes of the Issuer designated as its 5.418% Senior Notes due 2035 (the “Notes”). The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders of Notes are referred to the Indenture for a statement of them. The Notes are senior obligations of the Issuer. Additional Notes (as defined in the Indenture) may be issued from time to time under the Indenture. Each Holder, by accepting a Note, agrees to be bound by all of the terms and provisions of the Indenture, as the same may be amended from time to time.

 

A-3

 

 

6.    Ranking. The Notes will be senior unsecured obligations of the Issuer and will: (a) rank equally in right of payment with all of the Issuer’s existing and future indebtedness that is not subordinated in right of payment to the Notes; (b) rank senior in right of payment to all of the Issuer’s existing and future indebtedness that is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes; (c) be effectively junior to all of the Issuer’s existing and future secured indebtedness to the extent of the value of the collateral securing such other indebtedness; and (d) be structurally subordinated in right of payment to any obligations of the Parent Guarantor’s Subsidiaries other than the Parent Guarantor’s Subsidiaries that are Guarantors.

 

7.    Optional Redemption. Except as set forth below in this Paragraph 7 or under Paragraphs 8, 10 and 11, none of the Notes will be redeemable prior to October 15, 2034.

 

Prior to October 15, 2034 (the “Par Call Date”), the Issuer may redeem the Notes at its option, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time, at a redemption price (expressed as a percentage of principal amount and rounded to three decimal places) equal to the greater of (a) 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed and (b) (i) the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest thereon discounted to the redemption date (assuming the Notes to be redeemed are scheduled to mature on the Par Call Date) on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the Treasury Rate plus 15 basis points less (ii) interest accrued to the date of redemption, plus, in either case, accrued and unpaid interest thereon and Additional Amounts, if any, to, but excluding, the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).

 

On or after the Par Call Date, the Issuer may redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, thereon, to, but excluding, the Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).

 

The Issuer’s actions and determinations in determining the Redemption Price shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error. For the avoidance of doubt, any Redemption Price shall be calculated by the Issuer, or on behalf of the Issuer by such Person as the Issuer may engage, and the calculation of the Redemption Price shall not be an obligation or duty of the Trustee or the Paying Agent.

 

If and so long as the Notes are admitted to the Global Exchange Market of Euronext Dublin, and the rules of the Global Exchange Market of Euronext Dublin so require, in the event that the Issuer effects an optional redemption of the Notes, the Issuer will inform the Companies Announcement Office of Euronext Dublin of such optional redemption and confirm the aggregate principal amount of the Notes that will remain outstanding following such redemption.

 

A-4

 

 

8.    Special Tax Redemption. The Issuer may, at its option, redeem the Notes in whole, but not in part, at any time upon giving not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ notice to the Holders of the Notes (which notice will be irrevocable) at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date fixed for redemption (a “Tax Redemption Date”) (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), and all Additional Amounts, if any, then due and which will become due on the Tax Redemption Date as a result of the redemption or otherwise, if a Payor determines that, as a result of: (1) any change in, or amendment to, the law or treaties (or any regulations or rulings promulgated thereunder) of a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction affecting taxation or (2) any change in position regarding the application, administration or interpretation of such laws, treaties, regulations or rulings (including a holding, judgment or order by a court of competent jurisdiction) (each of the foregoing in clauses (1) and (2), a “Change in Tax Law”), the Payor or any Guarantor is, or on the next interest payment date in respect of the Notes would be, required to pay Additional Amounts with respect to the Notes, and the Payor or the relevant Guarantor (as appropriate) cannot avoid such obligation by taking reasonable measures available to it. In the case of the Issuer or any Guarantor as of the Issue Date, the Change in Tax Law must become effective on or after the date of the Offering Memorandum. In the case of a Successor Issuer or any Person who becomes a Guarantor after the Issue Date or any successor of any Guarantor, the Change in Tax Law must become effective after the date that the Issuer first makes payment on the Notes or after the date on which such Person became a Guarantor or a successor of any Guarantor, as applicable. Notice of redemption for taxation reasons will be published in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such notice of redemption will be given earlier than 90 days prior to the earliest date on which the Payor or Guarantor, as applicable, would be obligated to make such payment or withholding if a payment in respect of the Notes were then due. Prior to the publication or mailing of any notice of redemption of the Notes pursuant to the foregoing, the Payor will deliver to the Trustee an opinion of an independent tax counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee to the effect that the circumstances referred to above exist. The Trustee will accept such opinion as sufficient existence of the satisfaction of the conditions precedent described above, in which event it will be conclusive and binding on the Holders of the Notes.

 

9.    Notice of Redemption. Notice of redemption will be given at least 10 days but not more than 60 days before the relevant Redemption Date or Tax Redemption Date, as the case may be. All such notices in respect of Global Notes will be delivered to the Clearing Agency, which will give notice of such notice to the applicable holders of the beneficial interests in the Notes. Notes in denominations of $200,000 may be redeemed only in whole. No Note of $200,000 in aggregate principal amount or less, or other than in an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof, shall be redeemed in part.

 

Except as set forth in the Indenture, from and after any Redemption Date, if monies for the redemption of the Notes called for redemption shall have been deposited with the Paying Agent for redemption on such Redemption Date, then, unless the Issuer defaults in the payment of such Redemption Price, the Notes called for redemption will cease to bear interest, or Additional Amounts, if any, and the only right of the Holders of such Notes will be to receive payment of the Redemption Price. Any such redemption and notice may, in the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent.

 

A-5

 

 

10.  [Intentionally omitted]

 

11.  Change of Control Offer. Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control Repurchase Event with respect to the Notes, the Issuer will be required to make an offer to purchase all or any part (equal to $200,000 in principal amount and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof) of the Notes on the Change of Control Payment Date at a purchase price in cash equal to the Change of Control Payment (subject to the right of Holders of record of Definitive Notes on the relevant Record Date to receive interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on the relevant interest payment date). Holders of Notes that are subject to an offer to purchase will receive a Change of Control Offer from the Issuer prior to any related Change of Control Payment Date and may elect to have such Notes purchased by completing the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” appearing below.

 

12.  [Intentionally omitted]

 

13.  Guarantees. The payment by the Issuer of the principal of, premium, if any, interest or Additional Amounts, if any, on the Notes and all other obligations of the Issuer under the Indenture is, subject to Section 10.2 of the Indenture and limitations under applicable law, fully and unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, on a senior unsecured basis, by each of the Guarantors to the extent set forth in the Indenture.

 

14.  [Intentionally omitted]

 

15.  [Intentionally omitted]

 

16.  Denominations; Form; Transfer and Exchange. The Global Notes are in registered form, without coupons, in denominations of $200,000 and integral multiples of $1,000. The Trustee, the Registrar, the Paying Agent and the Transfer Agent may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents, and the Issuer may require a Holder to pay all taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture.

 

17.  Persons Deemed Owners. The registered Holder of this Note shall be treated as the owner of it for all purposes, subject to the terms of the Indenture.

 

18.  Unclaimed Funds. If funds for the payment of principal, interest, premium, or Additional Amounts remain unclaimed for two years, the Trustee and the Paying Agents will repay the funds to the Issuer at its written request. After that, all liability of the Trustee and such Paying Agents with respect to such funds shall cease.

 

19.  Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance. The Issuer may be discharged from its obligations under the Indenture and the Notes except for certain provisions thereof, and may be discharged from its obligations to comply with certain covenants contained in the Indenture, in each case upon satisfaction of certain conditions specified in the Indenture.

 

A-6

 

 

20.  Amendment; Supplement; Waiver. Subject to certain exceptions specified in the Indenture, the Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees may be amended or supplemented with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, and any existing Default or Event of Default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding.

 

21.  Successors. When a successor assumes all the obligations of its predecessor under the Notes and the Indenture in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the predecessor will be released from those obligations.

 

22.  Defaults and Remedies. Subject to certain restrictions, if an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in clause (5) of Section 6.1 of the Indenture) occurs and is continuing with respect to the Notes, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture. Holders of Notes may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. The Trustee is not obligated to enforce the Indenture or the Notes unless it has received indemnity satisfactory to it. The Indenture permits, subject to certain limitations therein provided, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding to direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders of Notes notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default in payment of principal, premium, interest, and Additional Amounts, if any, including an accelerated payment) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest.

 

23.  Trustee Dealings with Issuer. The Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuer, its Subsidiaries or their respective Affiliates as if it were not the Trustee.

 

24.  No Recourse Against Others. No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Issuer or any Guarantor, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or any Guarantor under the Notes, the Guarantees or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

 

25.  Authentication. This Note shall not be valid until the Trustee or Authenticating Agent signs the certificate of authentication on this Note.

 

26.  Abbreviations and Defined Terms. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder of a Note or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act). Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Indenture are used herein as defined therein.

 

27.  CUSIPs and ISINs. The Issuer has caused CUSIPs and ISINs to be printed on the Notes. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers as printed on the Notes and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed hereon.

 

28.  Governing Law. The Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees, and the rights and duties of the parties hereunder and thereunder, shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

 

A-7

 

 

SCHEDULE A

 

SCHEDULE OF PRINCIPAL AMOUNT

 

The initial principal amount at maturity of this Note shall be $             . The following decreases/increases in the principal amount at maturity of this Note have been made:

 

Date of

Decrease/

Increase

Decrease in

Principal

Amount at

Maturity

Increase in

Principal

Amount at

Maturity

Total Principal

Amount at

Maturity

Following such

Decrease/

Increase

Notation

Made by

or on

Behalf of

Trustee

         
___________ ___________ ___________ ___________ ___________
___________ ___________ ___________ ___________ ___________
___________ ___________ ___________ ___________ ___________
___________ ___________ ___________ ___________ ___________
___________ ___________ ___________ ___________ ___________
___________ ___________ ___________ ___________ ___________
___________ ___________ ___________ ___________ ___________
___________ ___________ ___________ ___________ ___________
___________ ___________ ___________ ___________ ___________
___________ ___________ ___________ ___________ ___________
___________ ___________ ___________ ___________ ___________
___________ ___________ ___________ ___________ ___________

 

A-8

 

 

OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

 

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.19 of the Indenture, check the box: ¨

 

If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.19 of the Indenture, state the amount: $

 

Date:_____________

 

Your Signature:________________

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note)

 

A-9

 

 

EXHIBIT B
TO THE INDENTURE

 

[FORM OF FACE OF DEFINITIVE NOTE]

 

THIS NOTE IS A DEFINITIVE NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO.

 

[Regulation S Securities Legend]

 

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “U.S. SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT.

 

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF (1) REPRESENTS THAT IT IS A NON-U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, AND (2) AGREES ON ITS BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY OR A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) WHICH IS 40 DAYS AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE OF THIS SECURITY AND THE DATE ON WHICH SUCH SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY) WAS FIRST OFFERED TO PERSONS OTHER THAN DISTRIBUTORS (AS DEFINED IN RULE 902 OF REGULATION S) IN RELIANCE ON REGULATION S ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUER, THE PARENT OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, (C) TO NON-U.S. PERSONS PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OR (D) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES TO ANY REQUIREMENT OF LAW THAT THE DISPOSITION OF ITS PROPERTY OR THE PROPERTY OF SUCH INVESTOR ACCOUNT OR ACCOUNTS BE AT ALL TIMES WITHIN ITS OR THEIR CONTROL AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE FOREIGN OR STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND ANY APPLICABLE LOCAL LAWS AND REGULATIONS AND FURTHER SUBJECT TO THE ISSUER’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHTS PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (C) OR (D) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE.

 

B-1

 

 

[Rule 144A Securities Legend]

 

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.

 

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT), AND (2) AGREES ON ITS BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY OR A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) WHICH IS ONE YEAR AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE OF THIS SECURITY AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE ISSUER OR ANY AFFILIATE THEREOF WAS THE OWNER OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY) ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUER, THE GUARANTORS, OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) TO NON-U.S. PERSONS PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (E) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES TO ANY REQUIREMENT OF LAW THAT THE DISPOSITION OF ITS PROPERTY OR THE PROPERTY OF SUCH INVESTOR ACCOUNT OR ACCOUNTS BE AT ALL TIMES WITHIN ITS OR THEIR CONTROL AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE FOREIGN OR STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND ANY APPLICABLE LOCAL LAWS AND REGULATIONS AND FURTHER SUBJECT TO THE ISSUER’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHTS PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (D) OR (E) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE.

 

B-2

 

 

BY ITS ACQUISITION OF THIS SECURITY, THE HOLDER HEREOF WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED AND WARRANTED THAT (1) either (a) it is not and is not acting on behalf of or with assets of, an “employee benefit plan” subject to the fiduciary responsibility provisions of Title I of the U.S. Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA’’), a plan subject to Section 4975 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), or an entity whose underlying assets are deemed to include the “plan assets” of any such plans, or a “governmental plan” (as defined in Section 3(32) of ERISA), “church plan” (as defined in Section 3(33) of ERISA), non-U.S. or other plan or arrangement that is subject to federal, state, local or non-U.S. laws or regulations that are substantially similar to the foregoing provisions of ERISA or the Code (“Similar Law”), or (b) its acquisition and holding of such Notes or an interest therein does not and will not constitute or result in a non-exempt prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code or a non-exempt violation of Similar Law, and (2) it will not sell or otherwise transfer such Notes unless such subsequent transferee has made the representations and warrantIes in (1) above.

 

[Definitive Securities Legend]

 

IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER SHALL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS SUCH TRANSFER AGENT MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.

 

B-3

 

 

SMURFIT WESTROCK FINANCING DAC

 

5.418% Senior Note due 2035

 

CUSIP: ____________

 

ISIN: ____________

 

No.____$____________

 

SMURFIT WESTROCK FINANCING DAC, a designated activity company incorporated under the laws of Ireland and having its registered office at Beech Hill, Clonskeagh, Dublin 4, Ireland (the “Issuer”, which term includes any successor corporation), for value received promises to pay $________ to ________ or registered assigns upon surrender hereof the principal sum of _________ U.S. dollars ($________), on January 15, 2035.

 

Interest Payment Dates: January 15 and July 15 of each year, commencing July 15, 2025.

 

Record Dates: January 1 and July 1 of each year.

 

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note contained herein, which will for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

 

B-4

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this Note to be signed manually or by facsimile by its duly authorized officers.

 

Dated:

 

  SMURFIT WESTROCK FINANCING DAC
   
  By:                   
  Name:
  Title:
   
  By:  
  Name:
  Title:

 

This is one of the Notes referred to
in the within-mentioned Indenture:

 

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas,
as Authenticating Agent for
Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Trustee

 

By:    
Name:  
Title:  
   
Dated: _________________  

 

B-5

 

 

[FORM OF REVERSE]

 

SMURFIT WESTROCK FINANCING DAC

 

5.418% Senior Note due 2035

 

1.    Interest. SMURFIT WESTROCK FINANCING DAC, a designated activity company incorporated under the laws of Ireland and having its registered office at Beech Hill, Clonskeagh, Dublin 4, Ireland (the “Issuer”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at the rate and in the manner specified below. Interest on the Notes will be payable semi-annually in arrears on January 15 and July 15 of each year, commencing July 15, 2025. The Issuer will make each interest payment to the Holders of record at the close of business on the immediately preceding January 1 and July 1 of each year. Rights of holders of beneficial interests to receive such payments will be subject to applicable procedures of DTC. Interest on the Notes will accrue at the rate of 5.418% per annum on the aggregate nominal amount of the Notes outstanding. Interest accruing on all Notes then outstanding shall be payable in cash. Interest on the Notes will accrue from the date of original issuance or, if interest has already been paid, from the date it was most recently paid. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months.

 

Any interest paid on this Note shall be increased to the extent necessary to pay Additional Amounts as set forth herein.

 

If a Registration Default (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) occurs, additional interest (“Additional Interest”) shall accrue on this Note, in accordance with the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement. All references to any amount of “interest” payable or with respect to this Note in the Indenture or this Note shall be deemed to include any applicable Additional Interest that may be payable on the Note.

 

2.   Additional Amounts. All payments made by the Payor on the Notes or any Guarantor with respect to its Guarantee will be made without withholding or deduction for, or on account of, any present or future taxes, duties, assessments or governmental charges of whatever nature (“Taxes”) imposed or levied by or on behalf of (1) any jurisdiction in which the Payor or any Guarantor or successor Guarantor is organized or otherwise considered resident for tax purposes or any political subdivision or governmental authority of any thereof or therein having power to tax, or (2) any jurisdiction from or through which payment on the Notes or any of the Guarantees is made, or any political subdivision or governmental authority thereof or therein having the power to tax (each of clause (1) and (2), a “Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction”), unless the withholding or deduction of such Taxes is then required by law. If any deduction or withholding for, or on account of, any Taxes of any Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction shall at any time be required from any payments made with respect to the Notes or the Guarantees, including, without limitation, payments of principal, Redemption Price, interest or premium, if any, the Payor or the relevant Guarantor, as applicable, will pay (together with such payments) such additional amounts (the “Additional Amounts”) as may be necessary in order that the net amounts received in respect of such payments by the Holders of the Notes or the Trustee, as the case may be, after such withholding or deduction (including any such deduction or withholding from such Additional Amounts), equal the amounts which would have been received in respect of such payments in the absence of such withholding or deduction; provided, however, that no such Additional Amounts will be payable with respect to:

 

(1)   any Taxes imposed or levied by or on behalf of a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction upon any payments to a Holder or Beneficial Owner who is liable for such Taxes in respect of the Notes by reason of the Holder (or a fiduciary, settlor, beneficiary, member, partner or shareholder of, or possessor of power over the relevant Holder, if the relevant Holder is an estate, nominee, trust, partnership, limited liability company or corporation) or Beneficial Owner having any present or former connection with such Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction (including, without limitation, being resident for tax purposes, being a citizen or resident or national of, or carrying on a business or maintaining a permanent establishment in, or being physically present in, such Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction) other than a connection arising from the acquisition, ownership or holding of such Note or enforcement of rights thereunder or the receipt of payments in respect of the Notes or with respect to any Guarantee;

 

B-6

 

 

(2)   any Taxes that would not have been imposed if the Holder or Beneficial Owner had made a declaration of non-residence or any other claim or filing for exemption to which it is entitled (provided that (x) such declaration of non-residence or other claim or filing for exemption is required by the applicable law of the applicable Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction as a precondition to exemption from the requirement to deduct or withhold such Taxes and (y) at least 30 days prior to the first payment date with respect to which such declaration of non-residence or other claim or filing for exemption is required under the applicable law of the applicable Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction, the relevant Holder or Beneficial Owner at that time has been notified in writing by the Payor or any other person through whom payment may be made that a declaration of non-residence or other claim or filing for exemption is required to be made);

 

(3)   except in the case of the winding up of the Payor, any Note presented for payment (where presentation is required) in the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction (unless by reason of the Payor’s actions, presentment could not have been made elsewhere and except to the extent that the Holder would have been entitled to Additional Amounts had the Notes been presented elsewhere);

 

(4)   any Note presented for payment (where presentation is required) more than 30 days after the relevant payment is first made available for payment to the Holder (except to the extent that the Holder would have been entitled to Additional Amounts had the Note been presented during such 30 day period);

 

(5)   any Taxes that are payable otherwise than by withholding from a payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest, if any, on the Notes or with respect to any Guarantee;

 

(6)   any estate, inheritance, gift, sales, excise, transfer, personal property or similar tax, assessment or other governmental charge;

 

B-7

 

 

(7)   a Tax imposed in connection with a Note presented for payment by or on behalf of a Holder or Beneficial Owner who would have been able to avoid such Tax by presenting the relevant Note to, or otherwise accept payment from, another paying agent in a member state of the European Union;

 

(8)  any Taxes imposed, deducted or withheld pursuant to Section 1471(b) of the Code or otherwise imposed pursuant to Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, in each case, as of the Issue Date (and any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable); any current or future regulations or agreements thereunder, official interpretations thereof or any law implementing an intergovernmental agreement relating thereto; or any treaty, law, regulation or other official guidance enacted in any other jurisdiction, facilitating implementation thereof;

 

(9)   all United States backup withholding taxes;

 

(10) any Tax deducted, withheld or imposed in connection with the Dutch Withholding Tax Act 2021 (Wet bronbelasting 2021), as amended from time to time; or

 

(11) any combination of clauses (1) through (10) above.

 

Such Additional Amounts will also not be payable where, had the Beneficial Owner of the Note been the Holder of the Note, it would not have been entitled to payment of Additional Amounts by reason of clauses (1) to (11) inclusive above.

 

Upon request, the Issuer will provide the Trustee with documentation satisfactory to the Trustee evidencing the payment of Additional Amounts. Copies of such documentation will be made available to the Holders upon request.

 

3.    Method of Payment. The Issuer shall pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders at the close of business on the Record Date with respect to such Notes immediately preceding the interest payment date for such interest. Holders must surrender Notes to a Paying Agent to collect principal payments. The Issuer shall pay all amounts owing hereunder in U.S. dollars. With respect to payments in U.S. dollars, if (i) a Holder has given wire transfer instructions to the Issuer and the Paying Agent in writing, (ii) the Paying Agent has received such written wire transfer instruction at least 15 days prior to the date of the relevant payment and (iii) for so long as the Notes are listed on Euronext Dublin, such holder has also provided such notice to the Paying Agent, then the Issuer will pay all interest, premium and Additional Amounts, if any, on that Holder’s Notes in accordance with those instructions by wire transfer of same day funds to the Paying Agent who in turn will wire such funds to the Holder hereof or to such other Person as the Holder hereof may in writing to the Paying Agent direct. In all other cases, the Issuer may elect to make payments of interest, premium and Additional Amounts, if any, on a Holder’s Notes by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders. Payments on Notes will be made through the office or agency of the Paying Agent and Registrar for the Notes unless the Issuer elects to make interest payments by check as previously described. If payments are made through the Paying Agent, immediately available funds for the payment of the principal of (and premium, if any), interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on this Note due on any interest payment date, Maturity Date, Redemption Date or other repurchase date will be made available to the Paying Agent to permit the Paying Agent to pay such funds to the Holders on such respective dates.

 

B-8

 

 

4.    Paying Agent, Registrar and Transfer Agent. Initially, Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. In the event that a Paying Agent or Transfer Agent is replaced, the Issuer will provide notice thereof as set forth in the Indenture. The Issuer may change any Registrar without notice to the Holders. The Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries may, subject to certain exceptions, act in any such capacity.

 

5.    Indenture. The Issuer issued the Notes under an Indenture, dated as of November 26, 2024 (the “Indenture”), among the Issuer, the Parent Guarantor, the Subsidiary Guarantors and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Trustee, Paying Agent, Transfer Agent and Registrar. This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Notes of the Issuer designated as its 5.418% Senior Notes due 2035 (the “Notes”). The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders of Notes are referred to the Indenture for a statement of them. The Notes are senior obligations of the Issuer. Additional Notes (as defined in the Indenture) may be issued from time to time under the Indenture. Each Holder, by accepting a Note, agrees to be bound by all of the terms and provisions of the Indenture, as the same may be amended from time to time.

 

6.    Ranking. The Notes will be senior unsecured obligations of the Issuer and will: (a) rank equally in right of payment with all of the Issuer’s existing and future indebtedness that is not subordinated in right of payment to the Notes; (b) rank senior in right of payment to all of the Issuer’s existing and future indebtedness that is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes; (c) be effectively junior to all of the Issuer’s existing and future secured indebtedness to the extent of the value of the collateral securing such other indebtedness; and (d) be structurally subordinated in right of payment to any obligations of the Parent Guarantor’s Subsidiaries other than the Parent Guarantor’s Subsidiaries that are Guarantors.

 

7.    Optional Redemption. Except as set forth below in this Paragraph 7 or under Paragraphs 8, 10 and 11, none of the Notes will be redeemable prior to October 15, 2034.

 

Prior to October 15, 2034 (the “Par Call Date”), the Issuer may redeem the Notes at its option, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time, at a redemption price (expressed as a percentage of principal amount and rounded to three decimal places) equal to the greater of (a) 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed and (b) (i) the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest thereon discounted to the redemption date (assuming the Notes to be redeemed are scheduled to mature on the Par Call Date) on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the Treasury Rate plus 15 basis points less (ii) interest accrued to the date of redemption, plus, in either case, accrued and unpaid interest thereon and Additional Amounts, if any, to, but excluding, the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).

 

On or after the Par Call Date, the Issuer may redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, thereon, to, but excluding, the Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).

 

B-9

 

 

The Issuer’s actions and determinations in determining the Redemption Price shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error. For the avoidance of doubt, any Redemption Price shall be calculated by the Issuer, or on behalf of the Issuer by such Person as the Issuer may engage, and the calculation of the Redemption Price shall not be an obligation or duty of the Trustee or the Paying Agent.

 

If and so long as the Notes are admitted to the Global Exchange Market of Euronext Dublin, and the rules of the Global Exchange Market of Euronext Dublin so require, in the event that the Issuer effects an optional redemption of the Notes, the Issuer will inform the Companies Announcement Office of Euronext Dublin of such optional redemption and confirm the aggregate principal amount of the Notes that will remain outstanding following such redemption.

 

8.    Special Tax Redemption. The Issuer may, at its option, redeem the Notes in whole, but not in part, at any time upon giving not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ notice to the Holders of the Notes (which notice will be irrevocable) at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date fixed for redemption (a “Tax Redemption Date”) (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), and all Additional Amounts, if any, then due and which will become due on the Tax Redemption Date as a result of the redemption or otherwise, if a Payor determines that, as a result of: (1) any change in, or amendment to, the law or treaties (or any regulations or rulings promulgated thereunder) of a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction affecting taxation or (2) any change in position regarding the application, administration or interpretation of such laws, treaties, regulations or rulings (including a holding, judgment or order by a court of competent jurisdiction) (each of the foregoing in clauses (1) and (2), a “Change in Tax Law”), the Payor or any Guarantor is, or on the next interest payment date in respect of the Notes would be, required to pay Additional Amounts with respect to the Notes, and the Payor or the relevant Guarantor (as appropriate) cannot avoid such obligation by taking reasonable measures available to it. In the case of the Issuer or any Guarantor as of the Issue Date, the Change in Tax Law must become effective on or after the date of the Offering Memorandum. In the case of a Successor Issuer or any Person who becomes a Guarantor after the Issue Date or any successor of any Guarantor, the Change in Tax Law must become effective after the date that the Issuer first makes payment on the Notes or after the date on which such Person became a Guarantor or a successor of any Guarantor, as applicable. Notice of redemption for taxation reasons will be published in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such notice of redemption will be given earlier than 90 days prior to the earliest date on which the Payor or Guarantor, as applicable, would be obligated to make such payment or withholding if a payment in respect of the Notes were then due. Prior to the publication or mailing of any notice of redemption of the Notes pursuant to the foregoing, the Payor will deliver to the Trustee an opinion of an independent tax counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee to the effect that the circumstances referred to above exist. The Trustee will accept such opinion as sufficient existence of the satisfaction of the conditions precedent described above, in which event it will be conclusive and binding on the Holders of the Notes.

 

B-10

 

 

9.    Notice of Redemption. Notice of redemption will be given at least 10 days but not more than 60 days before the relevant Redemption Date or Tax Redemption Date, as the case may be. All such notices in respect of Global Notes will be delivered to the Clearing Agency, which will give notice of such notice to the applicable holders of the beneficial interests in the Notes. Notes in denominations of $200,000 may be redeemed only in whole. No Note of $200,000 in aggregate principal amount or less, or other than in an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof, shall be redeemed in part.

 

Except as set forth in the Indenture, from and after any Redemption Date, if monies for the redemption of the Notes called for redemption shall have been deposited with the Paying Agent for redemption on such Redemption Date, then, unless the Issuer defaults in the payment of such Redemption Price, the Notes called for redemption will cease to bear interest, or Additional Amounts, if any, and the only right of the Holders of such Notes will be to receive payment of the Redemption Price. Any such redemption and notice may, in the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent.

 

10.  [Intentionally omitted]

 

11.  Change of Control Offer. Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control Repurchase Event with respect to the Notes, the Issuer will be required to make an offer to purchase all or any part (equal to $200,000 in principal amount and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof) of the Notes on the Change of Control Payment Date at a purchase price in cash equal to the Change of Control Payment (subject to the right of Holders of record of Definitive Notes on the relevant Record Date to receive interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on the relevant interest payment date). Holders of Notes that are subject to an offer to purchase will receive a Change of Control Offer from the Issuer prior to any related Change of Control Payment Date and may elect to have such Notes purchased by completing the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” appearing below.

 

12.  [Intentionally omitted]

 

13.  Guarantees. The payment by the Issuer of the principal of, premium, if any, interest or Additional Amounts, if any, on the Notes and all other obligations of the Issuer under the Indenture is, subject to Section 10.2 of the Indenture and limitations under applicable law, fully and unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, on a senior unsecured basis, by each of the Guarantors to the extent set forth in the Indenture.

 

14.  [Intentionally omitted]

 

15.  [Intentionally omitted]

 

16.  Denominations; Form; Transfer and Exchange. The Global Notes are in registered form, without coupons, in denominations of $200,000 and integral multiples of $1,000. The Trustee, the Registrar, the Paying Agent and the Transfer Agent may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents, and the Issuer may require a Holder to pay all taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture.

 

B-11

 

 

17.  Persons Deemed Owners. The registered Holder of this Note shall be treated as the owner of it for all purposes, subject to the terms of the Indenture.

 

18.  Unclaimed Funds. If funds for the payment of principal, interest, premium, or Additional Amounts remain unclaimed for two years, the Trustee and the Paying Agents will repay the funds to the Issuer at its written request. After that, all liability of the Trustee and such Paying Agents with respect to such funds shall cease.

 

19.  Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance. The Issuer may be discharged from its obligations under the Indenture and the Notes except for certain provisions thereof, and may be discharged from its obligations to comply with certain covenants contained in the Indenture, in each case upon satisfaction of certain conditions specified in the Indenture.

 

20.  Amendment; Supplement; Waiver. Subject to certain exceptions specified in the Indenture, the Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees may be amended or supplemented with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, and any existing Default or Event of Default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding.

 

21.  Successors. When a successor assumes all the obligations of its predecessor under the Notes and the Indenture in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the predecessor will be released from those obligations.

 

22.  Defaults and Remedies. Subject to certain restrictions, if an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in clause (5) of Section 6.1 of the Indenture) occurs and is continuing with respect to the Notes, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture. Holders of Notes may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. The Trustee is not obligated to enforce the Indenture or the Notes unless it has received indemnity satisfactory to it. The Indenture permits, subject to certain limitations therein provided, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding to direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders of Notes notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default in payment of principal, premium, interest, and Additional Amounts, if any, including an accelerated payment) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest.

 

23.  Trustee Dealings with Issuer. The Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuer, its Subsidiaries or their respective Affiliates as if it were not the Trustee.

 

24. No Recourse Against Others. No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Issuer or any Guarantor, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or any Guarantor under the Notes, the Guarantees or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

 

B-12

 

 

25.  Authentication. This Note shall not be valid until the Trustee or Authenticating Agent signs the certificate of authentication on this Note.

 

26.  Abbreviations and Defined Terms. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder of a Note or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act). Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Indenture are used herein as defined therein.

 

27.  CUSIPs and ISINs. The Issuer has caused CUSIPs and ISINs to be printed on the Notes. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers as printed on the Notes and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed hereon.

 

28.  Governing Law. The Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees, and the rights and duties of the parties hereunder and thereunder, shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

 

B-13

 

 

_____________________________________________________________________________

 

ASSIGNMENT FORM

 

To assign this Note fill in the form below:

 

I or we assign and transfer this Note to

 

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

 

(Insert assignee’s social security or tax I.D. No.)

 

and irrevocably appoint                          agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuer.
The agent may substitute another to act for him.

 

____________________________________________________________________

 

Date: _____________ Your Signature: ______________________

 

____________________________________________________________________
Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note.

 

B-14

 

 

OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

 

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.19 of the Indenture, check the box: ¨

 

If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.19 of the Indenture, state the amount: $

 

Date:_____________

 

Your Signature:___________________
(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note)

 

B-15

 

 

EXHIBIT C
TO THE INDENTURE

 

FORM OF TRANSFER CERTIFICATE FOR TRANSFER FROM
RULE 144A GLOBAL NOTE TO REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE
(Transfers pursuant to Section 2.7(b) of the Indenture)

 

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas

Trust and Agency Services

1 Columbus Circle, 4th Floor

Mail Stop: NYC01-0417

New York, New York 10019

USA

Attn: Corporates Team, Smurfit Westrock Financing DAC, AA7288

Facsimile: (732) 578-4635

 

With a copy to:

 

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas

c/o DB Services Americas, Inc.

5022 Gate Parkway, Suite 200

Jacksonville, FL 32256

USA

Attn: Transfer Department

Email: dwac.processing@db.com

 

RE:      5.418% Senior Notes due 2035 (the “Notes”) of Smurfit Westrock Financing DAC (the “Issuer”)

 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of November 26, 2024 (the “Indenture”), among the Issuer, the Parent Guarantor named therein, the Subsidiary Guarantors named therein and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Trustee, Paying Agent, Transfer Agent and Registrar. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Indenture. Terms used in this certificate and not otherwise defined in the Indenture have the meanings set forth in Regulation S under the Securities Act.

 

This letter relates to $_________ (being any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess of $200,000) principal amount of Notes which are evidenced by the Rule 144A Global Note (CUSIP 83272Y AA0; ISIN US83272YAA01) and held by you on behalf of DTC who in turn is holding an interest therein on behalf of the undersigned (the “Transferor”). The Transferor hereby requests that on [INSERT DATE] such beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note be transferred or exchanged for an interest in the Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP G8267W AA1; ISIN USG8267WAA11) in the form of an equal aggregate principal amount of Notes. If this is a partial transfer, a minimum amount of $200,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof of the Rule 144A Global Note will remain outstanding.

 

C-1

 

 

In connection with such request and in respect of such Notes, the Transferor does hereby certify that such transfer has been effected in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Indenture and the Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act, and accordingly the Transferor further certifies that:

 

(A)         (1)   the offer of the Notes was not made to a person in the United States;

 

(2)   either (a) at the time the buy order was originated, the transferee was outside the United States or we and any person acting on our behalf reasonably believed that the transferee was outside the United States or (b)   the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither the Transferor nor any person acting on our behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States,

 

(3)   no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or 904(b) of Regulation S, as applicable;

 

(4)   the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act; and

 

(5)   if the transfer is made prior to the expiration of 40 days after the later of the Issue Date and the last date on which the Issuer or any of its affiliates was the owner of such Notes (and the Guarantees thereof) (or any predecessor thereto), the transfer was not made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an initial purchaser of the Notes).

 

OR

 

(B)          such transfer is being made in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

 

C-2

 

 

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Issuer and the Initial Purchasers.

 

Dated: _____________

 

[Name of Transferor]
   
  By:                   
  Name:
  Title:
  Telephone No.:

  

Please print name and address (including zip code number)    
     
     

 

C-3

 

 

EXHIBIT D
TO THE INDENTURE

 

FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

 

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture”) dated as of [date], among (i) [guarantor] (the “New Guarantor”), a [type of company] organized under the laws of [jurisdiction of organization] with its registered office at [registered office] and a Subsidiary, (ii) Smurfit Westrock Financing DAC, a designated activity company incorporated under the laws of Ireland and having its registered office at Beech Hill, Clonskeagh, Dublin 4, Ireland (the “Issuer”), and (iii) Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Trustee.

 

WITNESSETH:

 

WHEREAS the Issuer has heretofore executed an Indenture dated as of November 26, 2024 (the “Indenture”), providing for the issuance of the Notes by the Issuer;

 

WHEREAS Section 4.8 of the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Issuer is required to cause the New Guarantor to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture providing for a Guarantee of payment of the Notes by the New Guarantor on the terms and conditions set forth herein; and

 

WHEREAS pursuant to Section 9.1 of the Indenture, the Issuer and the Trustee are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture without the consent of any Holder of a Note;

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the New Guarantor, the Issuer and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:

 

1.            Agreement to Guarantee. The New Guarantor hereby agrees, jointly and severally with all existing Guarantors, to fully and unconditionally guarantee the Issuer’s obligations under the Notes on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in Article X of the Indenture and all the other applicable provisions of the Indenture and the Notes.

 

2.            Agreement to be Bound. The New Guarantor hereby shall be a party to the Indenture as a Guarantor and as such shall have all of the rights of, be subject to all of the obligations and agreements of and be bound by all of the provisions applicable to a Guarantor of the Notes under the Indenture and the Notes.

 

3.            Ratification of Indenture; Supplemental Indentures Part of Indenture. Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder of Notes heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby.

 

D-1

 

 

4.            Governing Law. This Supplemental Indenture and the rights and duties of the parties hereunder shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

 

5.            Trustee Makes No Representation. The Trustee makes no representation as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture.

 

6.            Counterparts. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

 

7.            Incorporation by Reference. Section 11.8 of the Indenture is incorporated by reference into this Supplemental Indenture as if more fully set out herein.

 

8.            Effect of Headings; Certain Definitions. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction thereof. Any capitalized term used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning set forth in the Indenture.

 

D-2

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

[NEW GUARANTOR]
   
  By:                   
  Name:
  Title:

 

SIGNED and DELIVERED as a deed

for and on behalf of

SMURFIT WESTROCK FINANCING DAC

by its duly authorized attorney

 

[                      ]

 

in the presence of [                      ]

   
    Signature
     
Witness (Signature)    
     
     
Print Address    
     
     
Witness Occupation    

 

D-3

 

 

 

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as Trustee
   
  By:  
    Name:
Title:
     
  By:  
    Name:
Title:

 

D-4

 

 

Exhibit 4.2

 

 

Smurfit Kappa treasury UNLIMITED COMPANY,
as Issuer,

 

Smurfit Westrock PLC,
as the Parent Guarantor,

 

the Subsidiary Guarantors named herein,

 

DEUTSCHE TRUSTEE COMPANY LIMITED,
as Trustee,

 

DEUTSCHE BANK AG, LONDON BRANCH,
as Paying Agent and Transfer Agent

 

and

 

DEUTSCHE BANK LUXEMBOURG S.A.,
as Registrar

 

 

 

INDENTURE

 

Dated as of November 27, 2024

 

 

 

3.454% Senior Notes due 2032

 

3.807% Senior Notes due 2036

 

 

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Page

 

ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE 1
   
SECTION 1.1. Definitions 1
SECTION 1.2. [Intentionally omitted] 16
SECTION 1.3. Rules of Construction 16
   
ARTICLE II THE NOTES 17
   
SECTION 2.1. Form and Dating 17
SECTION 2.2. Execution and Authentication 17
SECTION 2.3. Registrar and Paying Agent 19
SECTION 2.4. Paying Agent To Hold Money 20
SECTION 2.5. List of Holders 20
SECTION 2.6. Book-Entry Provisions for Global Notes 20
SECTION 2.7. Registration of Transfer and Exchange 21
SECTION 2.8. Replacement Notes 27
SECTION 2.9. Outstanding Notes 27
SECTION 2.10. Treasury Notes 27
SECTION 2.11. Temporary Notes 28
SECTION 2.12. Cancellation 28
SECTION 2.13. Defaulted Interest 28
SECTION 2.14. ISINs and Common Codes 29
SECTION 2.15. Deposit of Moneys 29
SECTION 2.16. Certain Matters Relating to Global Notes 29
SECTION 2.17. Interest 30
SECTION 2.18. New Safekeeping Structure 30
SECTION 2.19. Election of Common Safekeeper 30
SECTION 2.20. Authority to Authenticate and Effectuate 30
   
ARTICLE III REDEMPTION 30
   
SECTION 3.1. Optional Redemption 30
SECTION 3.2. Notices to Trustee 30
SECTION 3.3. Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed 31
SECTION 3.4. Notice of Redemption 31
SECTION 3.5. Effect of Notice of Redemption 32
SECTION 3.6. Deposit of Redemption Price 32
SECTION 3.7. Notes Redeemed in Part 33
   
ARTICLE IV COVENANTS 33
   
SECTION 4.1. Payment of Notes 33
SECTION 4.2. Maintenance of Office or Agency 33
SECTION 4.3. Reports by the Issuer 34
SECTION 4.4. [Intentionally omitted] 34
SECTION 4.5. [Intentionally omitted] 34
SECTION 4.6. [Intentionally omitted] 34
SECTION 4.7. [Intentionally omitted] 34

 

i

 

 

SECTION 4.8. Limitation on Issuance of Guarantees of Indebtedness by Subsidiaries 34
SECTION 4.9. [Intentionally omitted] 35
SECTION 4.10. Negative Pledge 35
SECTION 4.11. [Intentionally omitted] 35
SECTION 4.12. [Intentionally omitted] 35
SECTION 4.13. [Intentionally omitted] 35
SECTION 4.14. [Intentionally omitted] 35
SECTION 4.15. [Intentionally omitted] 35
SECTION 4.16. [Intentionally omitted] 35
SECTION 4.17. [Intentionally omitted] 35
SECTION 4.18. [Intentionally omitted] 35
SECTION 4.19. Change of Control Repurchase Event 35
SECTION 4.20. Additional Amounts 37
SECTION 4.21. Payment of Non-Income Taxes and Similar Charges 38
   
ARTICLE V SUCCESSOR CORPORATION 38
   
SECTION 5.1. Consolidation, Merger or Sale of Assets 38
SECTION 5.2. Successor Corporation Substituted 39
   
ARTICLE VI DEFAULT AND REMEDIES 40
   
SECTION 6.1. Events of Default 40
SECTION 6.2. Acceleration 41
SECTION 6.3. Other Remedies 42
SECTION 6.4. The Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Securities 42
SECTION 6.5. Rights and Remedies Cumulative 42
SECTION 6.6. Delay or Omission Not Waiver 42
SECTION 6.7. Waiver of Past Defaults 42
SECTION 6.8. Control by Majority 43
SECTION 6.9. Limitation on Suits 43
SECTION 6.10. Collection Suit by Trustee 43
SECTION 6.11. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim 43
SECTION 6.12. Priorities 44
SECTION 6.13. Restoration of Rights and Remedies 44
SECTION 6.14. Undertaking for Costs 44
SECTION 6.15. Additional Payments 45
   
ARTICLE VII TRUSTEE 45
   
SECTION 7.1. Duties of Trustee 45
SECTION 7.2. Rights of Trustee 46
SECTION 7.3. Individual Rights of Trustee 47
SECTION 7.4. Trustee’s Disclaimer 48
SECTION 7.5. Notice of Default 48
SECTION 7.6. Compensation and Indemnity 48
SECTION 7.7. Replacement of Trustee 49
SECTION 7.8. Successor Trustee by Merger, etc 50
SECTION 7.9. Eligibility; Disqualification 51
SECTION 7.10. Disqualification; Conflicting Interests 51

 

ii

 

 

SECTION 7.11. [Intentionally omitted] 51
SECTION 7.12. Force Majeure 51
SECTION 7.13. Consequential Loss 51
   
ARTICLE VIII SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE 51
   
SECTION 8.1. Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance 51
SECTION 8.2. Legal Defeasance and Discharge 51
SECTION 8.3. Covenant Defeasance 52
SECTION 8.4. Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance 53
SECTION 8.5. Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture 54
SECTION 8.6. Survival of Certain Obligations 54
SECTION 8.7. Acknowledgment of Discharge by Trustee 54
SECTION 8.8. Application of Trust Moneys 55
SECTION 8.9. Repayment to the Issuer; Unclaimed Money 55
SECTION 8.10. Reinstatement 55
   
ARTICLE IX AMENDMENTS, SUPPLEMENTS AND WAIVERS 56
   
SECTION 9.1. Without Consent of Holders of Notes 56
SECTION 9.2. With Consent of Holders of Notes 57
SECTION 9.3. Revocation and Effect of Consents 59
SECTION 9.4. Notation on or Exchange of Notes 59
SECTION 9.5. Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc 59
   
ARTICLE X GUARANTEES 60
   
SECTION 10.1. Guarantee 60
SECTION 10.2. Limitation on Liability 61
SECTION 10.3. Successors and Assigns 62
SECTION 10.4. No Waiver 62
SECTION 10.5. Modification 62
SECTION 10.6. Release of Guarantor 62
SECTION 10.7. Execution of Supplemental Indenture for Future Guarantors 63
   
ARTICLE XI MISCELLANEOUS 64
   
SECTION 11.1. Notices 64
SECTION 11.2. [Intentionally omitted] 66
SECTION 11.3. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent 66
SECTION 11.4. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion 66
SECTION 11.5. Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent, Registrar, Transfer Agent 67
SECTION 11.6. Legal Holidays 67
SECTION 11.7. Governing Law 67
SECTION 11.8. Submission to Jurisdiction; Appointment of Agent for Service 67
SECTION 11.9. No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements 68
SECTION 11.10. No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees, Incorporators or Stockholders 68
SECTION 11.11. Currency Indemnity 68
SECTION 11.12. Currency Calculation 68
SECTION 11.13. Information 69
SECTION 11.14. Successors 69

 

iii

 

 

SECTION 11.15. Counterpart Originals 69
SECTION 11.16. Severability 69
SECTION 11.17. Table of Contents, Headings, etc 70
SECTION 11.18. Data Protection 70
SECTION 11.19. Acknowledgment and Consent to Bail-in 70

 

SCHEDULES

 

Schedule A - Subsidiary Guarantors
     
EXHIBITS    
     
Exhibit A-1 - Form of 2032 Global Note
Exhibit A-2 - Form of 2036 Global Note
Exhibit B-1 - Form of 2032 Definitive Note
Exhibit B-2 - Form of 2036 Definitive Note
Exhibit C-1 - Form of Transfer Certificate for Transfer from 2032 Rule 144A Global
  Note to 2032 Regulation S Global Note
Exhibit C-2 - Form of Transfer Certificate for Transfer from 2036 Rule 144A Global
  Note to 2036 Regulation S Global Note
Exhibit D - Form of Supplemental Indenture
Exhibit E - New Safekeeping Structure Duties

 

iv

 

 

INDENTURE, dated as of November 27, 2024, among: (i) Smurfit Kappa Treasury Unlimited Company, a public unlimited company incorporated under the laws of Ireland and having its registered office at Beech Hill, Clonskeagh, Dublin 4, Ireland (the “Issuer”), (ii) Smurfit Westrock plc, a public limited company incorporated under the laws of Ireland and having its registered office at Beech Hill, Clonskeagh, Dublin 4, Ireland (“Smurfit Westrock” or the “Parent Guarantor”), (iii) the Subsidiary Guarantors named in Schedule A hereto, (iv) Deutsche Trustee Company Limited, as Trustee, (v) Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch, as Paying Agent and Transfer Agent, and (vi) Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A., as Registrar.

 

The Issuer has duly authorized the creation and issuance of its 3.454% Senior Notes due 2032 issued on the date hereof (the “Original 2032 Notes”) and the creation and issuance of its 3.807% Senior Notes due 2036 issued on the date hereof (the “Original 2036 Notes” and, together with the Original 2032 Notes, the “Original Notes”) and the Issuer may issue, from time to time after the date hereof, an unlimited principal amount of additional securities having identical terms and conditions as any series of the Original 2032 Notes (the “Additional 2032 Notes” and, together with the Original 2032 Notes, the “2032 Notes”) or any series of the Original 2036 Notes (the “Additional 2036 Notes” and, together with the Original 2036 Notes, the “2036 Notes”); and, to provide therefor, the Issuer has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture. The Additional 2032 Notes and the Additional 2036 Notes, collectively, shall be referred to herein as the “Additional Notes”. The Original Notes and the Additional Notes, collectively, shall be referred to herein as the “Notes”. The aggregate principal amount of 2032 Notes that shall be issued on the date hereof equals €600.0 million and the aggregate principal amount of 2036 Notes that shall be issued on the date hereof equals €600.0 million.

 

Each party hereto agrees as follows for the benefit of the other parties and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes:

 

ARTICLE I

 

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

 

SECTION 1.1. Definitions. For purposes of this Indenture, unless otherwise specifically indicated herein, the term “consolidated” with respect to any Person refers to such Person consolidated with its Subsidiaries. In addition, for purposes of the following definitions and this Indenture generally, all ratios and computations based on GAAP shall be made in accordance with GAAP and shall be based upon the consolidated financial statements of Smurfit Westrock and its subsidiaries prepared in conformity with GAAP. As used in this Indenture, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

2032 Notes” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Indenture.

 

2036 Notes” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Indenture.

 

Additional Amounts” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.20(b).

 

Additional 2032 Notes” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Indenture.

 

Additional 2036 Notes” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Indenture.

 

 

 

Additional Notes” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Indenture.

 

Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control”, as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise. For purposes of this definition, the terms “controlling”, “controlled by” and “under common control with” shall have correlative meanings.

 

Agent” means any Paying Agent, Registrar or Transfer Agent.

 

Agent Members” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.16(a).

 

Attributable Debt” in respect of a sale and leaseback transaction means, at the time of determination, the present value of the obligation of the lessee for net rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in such sale and leaseback transaction including any period for which such lease has been extended or may, at the option of the lessor, be extended. Such present value shall be calculated using a discount rate equal to the rate of interest implicit in such transaction, determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

Authenticating Agent” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2.

 

Authorized Agent” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11.8.

 

Bankruptcy Law” means (i) for purposes of the Issuer, any bankruptcy, insolvency, winding-up or other similar statute (including the relevant provisions of the Irish Companies Act 2014 and the examinership court protection procedure), regulation or provision of any jurisdiction in which the Issuer is organized or conducting business and (ii) for purposes of the Trustee and the Holders, Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar United States Federal, state or foreign law for the relief of creditors.

 

Beneficial Owner” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), such “person” shall be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such “person” has the right to acquire by conversion or exercise of other securities, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only upon the occurrence of a subsequent condition. The terms “Beneficially Owns” and “Beneficially Owned” shall have a corresponding meaning.

 

Board of Directors” means: (1) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors (or analogous governing body) of the corporation or any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such board; (2) with respect to a partnership, the board of directors of the general partner of the partnership; (3) with respect to any limited liability company, the managing member or members (or analogous governing body) or any controlling committee of managing members thereof; and (4) with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function.

 

2

 

 

Board Resolution” means a duly authorized resolution of the Board of Directors of the Issuer certified by an Officer and delivered to the Trustee.

 

Bund Rate” as selected by the Issuer with respect to any relevant date, means the rate per annum at the time of computation equal to the equivalent yield to maturity as of such date of the Comparable German Bund Issue, assuming a price for the Comparable German Bund Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the Comparable German Bund Price for such relevant date, where:

 

(1)            “Comparable German Bund Issue” means the German Bundesanleihe security selected by any Reference German Bund Dealer as having a fixed maturity most nearly equal to the period from such redemption date to August 27, 2032, in the case of the 2032 Notes, and August 27, 2036, in the case of the 2036 Notes, and that would be utilized at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of euro denominated corporate debt securities in a principal amount approximately equal to the then outstanding principal amount of the Notes and of a maturity most nearly equal to August 27, 2032, in the case of the 2032 Notes, and August 27, 2036, in the case of the 2036 Notes; provided, however, that, if the period from such redemption date to August 27, 2032, in the case of the 2032 Notes, and August 27, 2036, in the case of the 2036 Notes, is less than one year, a fixed maturity of one year shall be used;

 

(2)            “Comparable German Bund Price” means, with respect to any relevant date, the average of all Reference German Bund Dealer Quotations for such date (which, in any event, must include at least two such quotations), after excluding the highest and lowest such Reference German Bund Dealer Quotations, or if the Issuer obtains fewer than four such Reference German Bund Dealer Quotations, the average of all such quotations;

 

(3)            “Reference German Bund Dealer” means any dealer of German Bundesanleihe securities appointed by the Issuer in consultation with the Trustee; and

 

(4)            “Reference German Bund Dealer Quotations” means, with respect to each Reference German Bund Dealer and any relevant date, the average as determined by the Issuer of the bid and offered prices for the Comparable German Bund Issue (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount) quoted in writing to the Issuer by such Reference German Bund Dealer at 3:30 p.m. Frankfurt, Germany, time on the third Business Day preceding the relevant date.

 

Business Day” means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banking institutions are authorized or required by law to close in New York City, Dublin or London.

 

Capital Stock” means:

 

(1)            in the case of a corporation, corporate stock;

 

(2)            in the case of a company, shares of such company;

 

3

 

 

(3)            in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;

 

(4)            in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and

 

(5)            any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person;

 

provided that debt securities convertible into interests specified in (1) through (5) above shall not be deemed “Capital Stock.”

 

Change in Tax Law” shall have the meaning set forth in Paragraph 8 of any Note.

 

Change of Control” means the occurrence of any of the following:

 

(1)            the direct or indirect sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger, consolidation or transfer of Smurfit Westrock’s Voting Stock), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of Smurfit Westrock and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole to any “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act);

 

(2)            the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of the Issuer; or

 

(3)            the consummation of any transaction (including, without limitation, any merger or consolidation) the result of which is that any “person” (as defined above) becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the Voting Stock of Smurfit Westrock, measured by voting power rather than number of shares.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction will not be deemed to involve a Change of Control if (i) the Ultimate Parent immediately prior to such transaction becomes a direct or indirect wholly owned subsidiary of another Person and (ii)(A) the Beneficial Owners of the Voting Stock of such other Person immediately following that transaction are substantially the same as the holders of the Voting Stock of the Ultimate Parent immediately prior to that transaction or (B) immediately following that transaction, no Person is the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the Voting Stock of such Person, measured by voting power rather than number of shares.

 

Change of Control Offer” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.19(a).

 

Change of Control Payment” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.19(a).

 

Change of Control Payment Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.19(a).

 

Change of Control Repurchase Event” means a Change of Control and a Rating Event.

 

Clearing Agency” means one or more of Euroclear, Clearstream Banking, or the successor of either of them, in each case acting directly, or through a custodian, nominee or depository.

 

4

 

 

Clearstream Banking” means Clearstream Banking S.A.

 

Code” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

Commission” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, or any successor entity thereof from time to time.

 

Common Safekeeper” means the common safekeeper for Euroclear and Clearstream Banking, which shall initially be Clearstream Banking until a successor, if any, replaces it, and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder.

 

Consolidated Net Tangible Assets” means, as of any date of determination, the total amount of all assets of the Ultimate Parent and its Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter for which the Ultimate Parent’s financial statements are available (but which may give pro forma effect to the acquisition of any assets or liabilities following the end of such recent fiscal quarter up to and including the determination date), less the sum of:

 

(1)            the Ultimate Parent’s consolidated current liabilities as of such quarter end (other than (a) short-term borrowings and (b) long-term debt due within one year), determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; and

 

(2)            the Ultimate Parent’s consolidated assets that are properly classified as intangible assets as of such quarter end, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

 

Consolidated Total Assets” means, as of any date of determination, the total amount of all assets of the Ultimate Parent and its Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter for which the Ultimate Parent’s financial statements are available.

 

Contingent Obligations” means, with respect to any Person, any obligation of such Person guaranteeing in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, any dividend or other obligation that, in each case, does not constitute Indebtedness (“primary obligation”) of any other Person (the “primary obligor”), including any obligation of such Person, whether or not contingent.

 

Covenant Defeasance” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.3.

 

Default” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.

 

Default Interest Payment Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.13.

 

Definitive Notes” means Notes in definitive registered form substantially in the form of Exhibit B.

 

Euroclear” means Euroclear Bank SA/NV.

 

5

 

 

Euronext Dublin” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3.

 

Event of Default” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1.

 

Exchange Act” means the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

Existing Guarantee Covenant Notes” means the €1,000.0 million in aggregate principal amount outstanding of 2.875% Senior Notes due 2026 issued by SKA and the €750.0 million in aggregate principal amount outstanding of 1.50% Senior Notes due 2027 issued by the Issuer.

 

Existing Notesmeans the Existing Smurfit Notes and the Existing WestRock Notes.

 

Existing Smurfit Notes” means the (i) Yankee Bonds; (ii) €1,000.0 million in aggregate principal amount outstanding of 2.875% Senior Notes due 2026 issued by SKA; (iii) €750.0 million in aggregate principal amount outstanding of 1.500% Senior Notes due 2027 issued by the Issuer; (iv) €500.0 million in aggregate principal amount outstanding of 0.500% Senior Notes due 2029 issued by the Issuer; (v) $750.0 million in aggregate principal amount outstanding of 5.200% Senior Notes due 2030 issued by the Issuer; (vi) €500.0 million in aggregate principal amount outstanding of 1.000% Senior Notes due 2033 issued by the Issuer; (vii) $1,000.0 million in aggregate principal amount outstanding of 5.438% Senior Notes due 2034 issued by the Issuer; and (viii) $1,000.0 million in aggregate principal amount outstanding of 5.777% Senior Notes due 2054 issued by the Issuer.

 

Existing WestRock Notes” means the (i) $750.0 million in aggregate principal amount outstanding of 4.650% Senior Notes due 2026 issued by WRKCo; (ii) $500.0 million in aggregate principal amount outstanding of 3.375% Senior Notes due 2027 issued by WRKCo; (iii) $500.0 million in aggregate principal amount outstanding of 3.900% Senior Notes due 2028 issued by WRKCo; (iv) $600.0 million in aggregate principal amount outstanding of 4.000% Senior Notes due 2028 issued by WRKCo; (v) $750.0 million in aggregate principal amount outstanding of 4.900% Senior Notes due 2029 issued by WRKCo; (vi) $500.0 million in aggregate principal amount outstanding of 4.200% Senior Notes due 2032 issued by WRKCo; (vii) $600.0 million in aggregate principal amount outstanding of 3.000% Senior Notes due 2033 issued by WRKCo; (viii) $400.0 million in aggregate principal amount outstanding of 8.200% Senior Notes due 2030 issued by MWV; (ix) $300.0 million in aggregate principal amount outstanding of 7.950% Senior Notes due 2031 issued by MWV; (x) $76.0 million in aggregate principal amount outstanding of 6.800% Senior Notes due 2032 issued by MWV; (xi) $3.0 million in aggregate principal amount outstanding of 6.840% Senior Notes due 2037 issued by MWV; and (xii) $150.0 million in aggregate principal amount outstanding of 7.550% Senior Notes due 2047 issued by MWV.

 

FATCA Withholding” any withholding or deduction required pursuant to section 1471(b) of the Code or otherwise imposed pursuant to sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not more onerous to comply with), any current or future regulations or agreements thereunder, official interpretations thereof, any intergovernmental agreement entered into in connection therewith, or any law, regulation or other official guidance enacted in any other jurisdiction implementing any such intergovernmental agreement.

 

Fitch” means Fitch Ratings Inc., and its successors.

 

6

 

 

GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States; provided, however, that the Issuer or the Parent Guarantor may elect, and notify the Trustee and the Holders of such election, that GAAP shall mean IFRS as in effect on the date of such election; provided, however, that following such election all computations based on GAAP and GAAP concepts contained in this Indenture will be computed in conformity with IFRS and IFRS concepts. Thereafter, the Issuer or the Parent Guarantor may, at its option, elect to apply GAAP or IFRS and make all computations based on GAAP or IFRS, as applicable, on the basis of the foregoing provisions of this definition of GAAP. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Indenture, solely making an election (without any other action) referred to in this definition will not be treated as an incurrence of Indebtedness.

 

Global Notes” means the Regulation S Global Notes and the Rule 144A Global Notes.

 

guarantee” means a guarantee, contingent or otherwise, of all or any part of any Indebtedness (other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business), including, without limitation, by way of a pledge of assets or through letters of credit or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof.

 

Guarantee” means any guarantee by a Guarantor of the Issuer’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes pursuant to the terms of this Indenture.

 

Guarantee Obligations” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 10.1(a).

 

Guarantors” means (a) the Parent Guarantor and (b) the Subsidiary Guarantors, together with any entity that provides a Guarantee after the Issue Date and their respective successors and assigns, in each case, until the Guarantee of such Person has been released in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture.

 

Hedging Obligations” means, with respect to any specified Person, the obligations of such Person under: (1) interest rate swap agreements (whether from fixed to floating or from floating to fixed), interest rate cap agreements and interest rate collar agreements; and (2) other similar agreements or arrangements designed to enable such Person to manage fluctuations in interest rates.

 

Holder” means the Person in whose name a Note is registered on the Registrar’s books.

 

IFRSmeans International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union, International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee.

 

Indebtedness” means, with respect to any specified Person, any Indebtedness of such Person, whether or not contingent, in respect of:

 

(1)            borrowed money;

 

(2)            bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit (or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof);

 

(3)            banker’s acceptances, letters of credit and similar instruments;

 

7

 

 

(4)            Lease Obligations and Attributable Debt;

 

(5)            the deferred balance of the purchase price of any property which remains unpaid more than one year after such property is acquired, except any such balance that constitutes an accrued expense, a trade payable or a similar current liability; or

 

(6)            any Hedging Obligations,

 

if and to the extent any of the preceding items (other than letters of credit and Hedging Obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet of the specified Person prepared in accordance with GAAP. In addition, the term “Indebtedness” includes all Indebtedness of others secured by a Lien on any asset of the specified Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is assumed by the specified Person) and, to the extent not otherwise included, the guarantee by the specified Person of any Indebtedness of any other Person. Notwithstanding the foregoing and for the avoidance of doubt, the term “Indebtedness” shall not include: (1) Contingent Obligations in the ordinary course of business; (2) in connection with the purchase by Smurfit Westrock or any of its Subsidiaries of any business, any post-closing payment adjustments to which the seller may become entitled to the extent such payment is determined by a final closing balance sheet or such payment depends on the performance of such business after the closing; (3) any contingent obligations in respect of workers’ compensation claims, early retirement or termination obligations, pension fund obligations or contributions or similar claims, obligations or contributions or social security or wage taxes; and (4) any indebtedness, guarantee, indemnity or liability pursuant to or in connection with any fiscal unity (fiscale eenheid) for Dutch corporate income tax and/or Value Added Tax (“VAT”) purposes.

 

The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date shall be:

 

(1)            the accreted value thereof, in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount; and

 

(2)            the principal amount thereof in the case of any other Indebtedness.

 

In addition, Indebtedness of any Person shall include Indebtedness described in the preceding paragraph that would not appear as a liability on the balance sheet of such Person if:

 

(1)            such Indebtedness is the obligation of a partnership or joint venture that is not a Subsidiary of such Person (a “Joint Venture”);

 

(2)            such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person is a general partner of the Joint Venture (a “General Partner”); and

 

(3)            there is recourse, by contract or operation of law, with respect to the payment of such Indebtedness to property or assets of such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person; and then such Indebtedness shall be included in an amount not to exceed:

 

8

 

 

(a)the lesser of (i) the net assets of the General Partner and (ii) the amount of such obligations to the extent that there is recourse, by contract or operation of law, to the property or assets of such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person; or

 

(b)if less than the amount determined pursuant to clause (i) immediately above, the actual amount of such Indebtedness that is recourse to such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person, if the Indebtedness is evidenced by a writing and is for a determinable amount and the related interest expense shall be included in consolidated interest expense to the extent actually paid by Smurfit Westrock or its Subsidiaries.

 

Indenture” means this Indenture, as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

Investment Grade” means (a) a rating of Baa3 or better by Moody’s (or its equivalent under any successor rating category of Moody’s); (b) a rating of BBB- or better by S&P (or its equivalent under any successor rating category of S&P); and (c) a rating of BBB- or better by Fitch (or its equivalent under any successor rating category of Fitch).

 

Issue Date” means the date on which the Original Notes are issued under this Indenture.

 

Issuer” means the party named as such in this Indenture until a successor replaces it pursuant to this Indenture and thereafter means such successor.

 

Issuer Order” means a written order or request signed in the name of the Issuer by (i) two Officers of the Issuer, one of whom must be the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief Financial Officer or the Finance Director of the Issuer or any other Officer so authorized or (ii) two members of the Board of Directors of the Issuer, and delivered to the Trustee.

 

Lease Obligation” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a lease that would at that time be required to be capitalized on a balance sheet in accordance with GAAP.

 

Legal Defeasance” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.2.

 

Lien” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement.

 

Maturity Date” means (i) with respect to the 2032 Notes, November 27, 2032, and (ii) with respect to the 2036 Notes, November 27, 2036.

 

Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any successor to the rating agency business thereof.

 

MWV” means WestRock MWV, LLC, and any successor thereto.

 

9

 

 

Notes” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble of this Indenture.

 

Offering Memorandum” means the Offering Memorandum of the Issuer, dated November 20, 2024, relating to the Original Notes.

 

Officer” means the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, any Vice President, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer or the Secretary of Smurfit Westrock or the Issuer, as applicable.

 

Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed by two Officers of Smurfit Westrock or the Issuer, as applicable.

 

Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee.

 

Original 2032 Notes” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Indenture.

 

Original 2036 Notes” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Indenture.

 

Original Notes” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Indenture.

 

Other Hedging Agreements” means any foreign exchange contracts, currency swap agreements, futures contract, option contract, commodity futures contract, commodity option, commodity swap, commodity collar agreement, commodity cap agreements or other similar agreements or arrangements designed to enable such Person to manage the fluctuations in currency or commodity values.

 

Parent Guarantor” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Indenture or any successor entity.

 

Paying Agent” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3.

 

Payment Default” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(4)(a).

 

Payor” means the Issuer or a successor thereof.

 

Permitted Interest” means any Securitization Lien or other Lien that arises in relation to any securitization or other structured finance transaction where:

 

(1)            the primary source or payment of any obligations of the issuer is linked or otherwise related to cash flow from particular property or assets (or where payment of such obligations is otherwise supported by such property or assets); and

 

(2)            recourse to the issuer in respect of such obligations is conditional on cash flow from such property or assets.

 

Permitted Liens” means:

 

(1)            Liens created for the benefit of or to secure the Notes or the Guarantees;

 

10

 

 

(2)            Liens in favor of Smurfit Westrock or any of its Subsidiaries;

 

(3)            Liens on property or assets or shares of stock of a Person existing at the time such Person is merged with or into or consolidated with Smurfit Westrock or any of its Subsidiaries; provided that such Liens were not incurred in contemplation of such merger or consolidation and do not extend to any Principal Property other than such property of the Person merged into or consolidated with Smurfit Westrock or any of its Subsidiaries;

 

(4)            Liens on property or assets or shares of stock existing at the time of acquisition thereof by Smurfit Westrock or any of its Subsidiaries and purchase money or similar Liens; provided that such Liens were not incurred in contemplation of such acquisition and do not extend to any other property, assets or shares of stock, as applicable;

 

(5)            Liens to secure the performance of statutory obligations, surety or appeal bonds, performance bonds or other obligations of a like nature or arising by operation of law incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

(6)            Liens to secure certain development, construction, alteration, repair or improvement costs or to secure Indebtedness incurred to provide funds for the reimbursement of funds expended for the foregoing purposes; provided that the Liens securing such costs or Indebtedness shall not extend to any Principal Property other than that being so developed, constructed, altered, repaired or improved;

 

(7)            Liens existing on the date of this Indenture;

 

(8)            Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims that are not yet delinquent or that are being contested in good faith;

 

(9)            statutory mechanics’, workmen’s, materialmen’s, operators’ or similar Liens arising by operation of law and in the ordinary course of business;

 

(10)            Liens incurred in connection with government contracts, including the assignment of moneys due or to become due thereon;

 

(11)            Liens securing Hedging Obligations or Other Hedging Agreements, in each case not for speculative purposes;

 

(12)            Liens arising in the ordinary course of business and not in connection with the borrowing of money or Liens to secure the payment of pension, retirement or similar obligations;

 

(13)            Liens securing judgments or orders, or securing appeal or other surety bonds related to such judgments or orders, against Smurfit Westrock or any of its Subsidiaries relating to litigation being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings;

 

(14)            Liens securing any Permitted Interest;

 

11

 

 

(15)            extensions, substitutions, replacements or renewals of any of the foregoing Indebtedness; provided that (i) such Indebtedness is not increased and (ii) if the assets securing any such Indebtedness are changed in connection with any such extension, substitution, replacement or renewal, the value of the assets securing such Indebtedness is not increased;

 

(16)            Liens incurred in connection with Lease Obligations (including any lease, concession, license of property, operating lease or other arrangement (or guarantee thereof) which are considered to be a finance lease or capital lease after implementation of ASC 842;

 

(17)            Liens to secure the payment of all or any part of the price of acquisition, construction or improvement of Principal Property or Capital Stock by Smurfit Westrock or any of its Subsidiaries, or to secure any Indebtedness or obligation incurred by Smurfit Westrock or any of its Subsidiaries, prior to, at the time of, or within one-hundred-and-eighty (180) days after, the later of the acquisition or completion of construction, including any improvements on a Principal Property, which Indebtedness or obligation is incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase, construction or improvement of such Principal Property;

 

(18)            Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations in an amount not to exceed the greater of: (i) $2,500.0 million or (ii) 5.0% of the Consolidated Total Assets; and

 

(19)            Liens pursuant to or in connection with any fiscal unity (fiscale eenheid) for Dutch corporate income tax and/or VAT purposes.

 

Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company or government or other entity.

 

Principal Property” means any building, structure or other facility, together with the land upon which it is erected and fixtures comprising a part thereof or any production, processing or other similar equipment or machinery contained therein, owned or leased by Smurfit Westrock or any of its Subsidiaries, used primarily for manufacturing, the net book value on the books of the Ultimate Parent of which on the date as of which the determination is being made exceeds 2% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets, other than any such building, structure or other facility or any portion thereof or any such fixture, equipment or machinery (together with the land upon which it is erected and fixtures comprising a part thereof) which, in the opinion of the Board of Directors of the Ultimate Parent, is not of material importance to the total business conducted by the Ultimate Parent and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

 

Private Placement Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.7(g).

 

12

 

 

Public Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness consisting of bonds, debentures, notes or other similar debt securities issued in (1) a public offering registered under the Securities Act or (2) a private placement to institutional investors that is underwritten for resale in accordance with Rule 144A or Regulation S under the Securities Act, whether or not it includes registration rights entitling the holders of such debt securities to registration thereof with the Commission for public resale. The term “Public Indebtedness,” for the avoidance of doubt, shall not be construed to include any Indebtedness issued to institutional investors in a direct placement of such Indebtedness that is not underwritten by an intermediary (it being understood that, without limiting the foregoing, a financing that is distributed to not more than ten Persons (provided that multiple managed accounts and affiliates of any such Persons shall be treated as one Person for the purposes of this definition) shall not be deemed underwritten), or any Indebtedness under the Revolving Facility Agreement, commercial bank or similar Indebtedness, Lease Obligation or recourse transfer of any financial asset or any other type of Indebtedness incurred in a manner not customarily viewed as a “securities offering” or in connection with any securitization or other structured finance transaction.

 

Qualified Institutional Buyer” or “QIB” shall have the meaning specified in Rule 144A under the Securities Act.

 

Rating Agency” means each of Moody’s, S&P, Fitch or any other nationally recognized statistical rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, but only to the extent that such Rating Agency is then engaged by the Ultimate Parent or the Issuer to provide a rating for the Notes.

 

Rating Date” means the date of first public announcement of an event that constitutes a Change of Control.

 

Rating Event” means, with respect to the Notes, that any time within a 90 day period from the Rating Date (which period shall be extended for up to, but no longer than, an additional 90 days so long as any Rating Agency has publicly announced that it is considering a possible downgrade of such Notes), (i) the rating on the Notes is lowered by at least one Rating Agency and (ii) the Notes are rated below an Investment Grade rating by at least two Rating Agencies, if the Notes are rated by all three Rating Agencies, or by each Rating Agency, if the Notes are rated by fewer than three Rating Agencies; provided that a Rating Event otherwise arising by virtue of a particular reduction in rating shall not be deemed to have occurred in respect of a particular Change of Control (and thus shall not be deemed a Rating Event for purposes of the definition of Change of Control Repurchase Event hereunder) if the Rating Agency or Rating Agencies, as applicable, making the reduction in rating to which this definition would otherwise apply does or do not announce or publicly confirm or inform us in writing that the reduction was the result, in whole or in part, of any event or circumstance comprised of or arising as a result of, or in respect of, the applicable Change of Control (whether or not the applicable Change of Control shall have occurred at the time of the Rating Event). The Trustee shall not be responsible for monitoring or charged with knowledge of the ratings on the Notes.

 

Record Date” means a Record Date specified in any Note.

 

Redemption Date” when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed, means the date fixed for such redemption pursuant to this Indenture and Paragraph 7 of the relevant series of Notes.

 

Redemption Price” when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed, means the price fixed for such redemption pursuant to this Indenture and Paragraphs 7 and 8 of the relevant series of Notes.

 

13

 

 

Registrar” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3.

 

Regulation S” means Regulation S (including any successor regulation thereto) under the Securities Act, as it may be amended from time to time.

 

Regulation S Global Note” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.

 

Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.20(a).

 

Restricted Lien” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.10.

 

Revolving Facility Agreement” means (i) the multicurrency term and revolving facilities agreement, dated June 28, 2024, among, inter alios, SKG, as guarantor, Smurfit Kappa Investments Limited, as obligor’s agent and guarantor, the original borrowers party thereto, the guarantors party thereto, the lenders, bookrunners and mandated lead arrangers party thereto, and Wells Fargo Bank National Association, as agent, and (ii) any renewal, extension, refunding, restructuring, replacement, or refinancing thereof (whether with the original facilities agent and lenders or another facilities agent or agents or other lenders and whether provided under the Revolving Facility Agreement or any other agreement or indenture).

 

Rule 144” means Rule 144 (including any successor regulation thereto) under the Securities Act, as it may be amended from time to time.

 

Rule 144A” means Rule 144A (including any successor regulation thereto) under the Securities Act, as it may be amended from time to time.

 

Rule 144A Global Note” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.

 

S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group or any successor to the rating agency business thereof.

 

Securities Act” means the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

Securitization Lien” means a customary back-up security interest granted as part of a sale, lease, transfer or other disposition of assets by Smurfit Westrock or any of its Subsidiaries to, either directly or indirectly, any issuer in a securitization or other structured finance transaction.

 

Significant Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article 1, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act, as such Regulation is in effect on the date hereof.

 

SKA” means Smurfit Kappa Acquisitions Unlimited Company, and any successor thereto.

 

SKG” means Smurfit Kappa Group plc, and any successor thereto.

 

SKTF DAC” means Smurfit Kappa Treasury Funding Designated Activity Company, and any successor thereto.

 

14

 

 

Smurfit Westrock” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Indenture, or any successor entity.

 

Smurfit Westrock Successor” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.1.

 

Subsidiary” means, with respect to any specified Person:

 

(1)            any corporation, association or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person (or a combination thereof); and

 

(2)            any partnership (a) the sole general partner or the managing general partner of which is such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person or (b) the only general partners of which are such Person or one or more Subsidiaries of such Person (or any combination thereof); provided, however, that for purposes of Section 4.10 and Section 6.1(5), the term “Subsidiary” shall exclude (i) any Subsidiary which is principally engaged in leasing or in financing installment receivables or which is principally engaged in financing the operations of Smurfit Westrock or any of its Subsidiaries or (ii) any financial entity whose accounts as of the date of determination are not required to be consolidated with the accounts of the Ultimate Parent in its audited consolidated financial statements or (iii) any Subsidiary that is an issuer in a securitization or other structured financing transaction, so long as in the case of clauses (ii) or (iii) such Subsidiary does not own any Principal Property.

 

Subsidiary Guarantors” means  the Subsidiary Guarantors named in Schedule A hereto.

 

Successor Issuer” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.1(1).

 

“Tax Redemption Date” when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed, means the date fixed for such redemption pursuant to this Indenture and Paragraph 8 of the relevant series of Notes.

 

Taxes” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.20(a).

 

Trust Officer” means any officer within Trust & Security Services (or any successor group of the Trustee), including any director, managing director, vice president, assistant vice president, corporate trust officer, assistant corporate trust officer, secretary, assistant secretary, treasurer, assistant treasurer, associate or any other officer or assistant officer of the Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by the persons who at that time shall be such officers having direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture, and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such trust matter is referred because of his or her knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.

 

Trustee” means the party named as such in this Indenture until a successor replaces it in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means such successor.

 

15

 

 

Ultimate Parent” means any entity that serves as the ultimate parent company of the Issuer from time to time and any successor thereto. For the avoidance of doubt, at the Issue Date such entity shall be Smurfit Westrock.

 

U.S. Person” means a “U.S. person” as defined in Rule 902 under the Securities Act or any successor rule.

 

Voting Stock” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.

 

WRKCo” means WRKCo Inc., and any successor thereto.

 

Yankee Bondsmeans the $292.3 million in aggregate principal amount outstanding of 7.5% Debentures due 2025 issued by SKTF DAC.

 

SECTION 1.2. [Intentionally omitted].

 

SECTION 1.3. Rules of Construction. Unless the context otherwise requires:

 

(a)            a term has the meaning assigned to it;

 

(b)            an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;

 

(c)            “or” is not exclusive;

 

(d)            the term “including” is not limiting;

 

(e)            words in the singular include the plural, and words in the plural include the singular;

 

(f)            provisions apply to successive events and transactions;

 

(g)            for purposes of this Indenture, the word “series”, when used in reference to any Notes, shall refer to whether such notes are 2032 Notes or 2036 Notes and each of the 2032 Notes and the 2036 Notes shall constitute a separate series of Notes;

 

(h)            the word “Additional” (e.g., in “Additional 2032 Notes” or “Additional 2036 Notes”), when used in reference to any series of Original Notes, shall mean Additional Notes of such series; and

 

(i)            “herein,” “hereof” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision.

 

16

 

 

ARTICLE II

 

THE NOTES

 

SECTION 2.1. Form and Dating. The Notes and the notation relating to the Trustee’s certificate of authentication thereof, shall be substantially in the form of Exhibits A-1, A-2, B-1 or B-2, as applicable. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage; provided that any such notations, legends or endorsements are in a form reasonably acceptable to the Issuer. The Issuer and the Trustee shall approve the forms of the Notes and any notation, legend or endorsement on them. Each Note shall be dated the date of its issuance and shall show the date of its authentication.

 

The terms and provisions contained in the Notes, annexed hereto as Exhibits A-1, A-2, B-1 or B-2, shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and, to the extent applicable, the Issuer, the Trustee, the Registrar and the Paying Agent, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. The Notes will initially be represented by the Global Notes.

 

Notes offered and sold to non-U.S. persons outside the United States in offshore transactions in their initial distribution in reliance on Regulation S shall be initially issued in global form without interest coupons, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 or Exhibit A-2 hereto, with such applicable legends as are provided in Exhibit A-1 or Exhibit A-2, as applicable, except as otherwise permitted herein (together with all other Notes that are not Rule 144A Global Notes, the “Regulation S Global Notes”). The aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Global Notes of any series may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee or the Registrar, as the case may be, as hereinafter provided (or by the issue of a further Regulation S Global Note of the same series), in connection with a corresponding decrease or increase in the aggregate principal amount of the Rule 144A Global Notes of the same series or in consequence of the issue of Definitive Notes of the same series or additional Regulation S Global Notes of the same series, as hereinafter provided.

 

Notes offered and sold in their initial distribution to QIBs in reliance on Rule 144A shall be initially issued in global form without interest coupons, substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 or Exhibit A-2 hereto, with such applicable legends as are provided in Exhibit A-1 or Exhibit A-2 hereto, as applicable, except as otherwise permitted herein (the “Initial Rule 144A Global Notes” and together with any other Note evidencing the debt, or any portion of the debt, evidenced by such Initial Rule 144A Global Notes, the “Rule 144A Global Notes”). The aggregate principal amount of the Rule 144A Global Notes of any series may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee or the Registrar, as the case may be, as hereinafter provided (or by the issue of a further Rule 144A Global Note of the same series), in connection with a corresponding decrease or increase in the aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Global Notes of the same series or in consequence of the issue of Definitive Notes of the same series or additional Rule 144A Global Notes of the same series, as hereinafter provided.

 

SECTION 2.2. Execution and Authentication. Two Officers shall sign, or one Officer and one member of the Board of Directors of the Issuer shall sign, or two members of the Board of Directors of the Issuer shall sign, or one Officer shall sign and one Officer, a Secretary or an Assistant Secretary (each of whom shall, in each case, have been duly authorized by all requisite corporate actions) shall attest to, each Note for the Issuer by manual, facsimile or electronic signature.

 

17

 

 

 

If an Officer or member of the Board of Directors of the Issuer whose signature is on a Note was an Officer or member of such Board of Directors at the time of such execution but no longer holds that office or position at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Note shall be valid nevertheless.

 

A Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee or Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A. as the appointed Authenticating Agent manually signs the certificate of authentication on the Note and the entity appointed as Common Safekeeper by Euroclear and Clearstream Banking effectuates the Note. The signatures shall be conclusive evidence that such Note has been authenticated under this Indenture. The Trustee shall deliver the authenticated Notes to the relevant nominee of the Common Safekeeper. The Common Safekeeper shall effectuate the Notes in accordance with the Issuer’s effectuation authorization instructions.

 

Except as otherwise provided herein, the aggregate principal amount of Notes which may be outstanding at any time under this Indenture is not limited in amount. The Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Issuer Order in the form of an Officers’ Certificate, authenticate (i) Original Notes for original issue on the Issue Date in an aggregate principal amount of €600.0 million in respect of the 2032 Notes and €600.0 million in respect of the 2036 Notes and (ii) Additional Notes of any series from time to time for issuance after the Issue Date to the extent permitted hereunder. Additional 2032 Notes will be treated as the same series of Notes as the Original 2032 Notes and Additional 2036 Notes will be treated as the same series of Notes as the Original 2036 Notes for all purposes under this Indenture, including for purposes of waivers, amendments, redemptions and offers to purchase. Such Issuer Order shall specify the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be authenticated, the series and type of Notes, the date on which the Notes are to be authenticated, the issue price and the date from which interest on such Notes shall accrue, whether the Notes are to be Original Notes or Additional Notes (including in respect of which series), whether the Notes are to be issued as Definitive Notes or Global Notes (including in respect of which series) and whether or not the Notes shall bear the Private Placement Legend, or such other information as the Trustee may reasonably request. Upon receipt of an Issuer Order in the form of an Officers’ Certificate, the Trustee shall authenticate Notes in substitution of Notes of the same series originally issued to reflect any name change of the Issuer. In authenticating the Notes and accepting the responsibilities under this Indenture in relation to the Notes, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Opinion of Counsel stating that the form and terms thereof have been established in conformity with the provisions of this Indenture.

 

The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent (“Authenticating Agent”) reasonably acceptable to the Issuer to authenticate Notes. Unless otherwise provided in the appointment, an Authenticating Agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such Authenticating Agent. An Authenticating Agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with the Issuer and Affiliates of the Issuer. The Trustee initially appoints the Registrar as Authenticating Agent of the Notes and the Issuer hereby confirms that such appointment is acceptable to it. The Notes shall be issuable only in denominations of €100,000 and any integral multiple of €1,000 in excess thereof.

 

18

 

 

SECTION 2.3. Registrar and Paying Agent. The Issuer shall maintain an office or agency where (a) Definitive Notes may be presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange (such office or agency, the “Registrar”), (b) Global Notes (and Definitive Notes, if issued) may be presented or surrendered for payment (“Paying Agent”) and (c) notices and demands in respect of such Global Notes (and Definitive Notes, if issued) and this Indenture may be served. In the event that Definitive Notes are issued, the Issuer shall ensure that at least one Person located in London, England and one Person located in Dublin, Ireland (if and for so long as the Notes of any series are admitted to the Global Exchange Market of the Irish Stock Exchange plc trading as Euronext Dublin (“Euronext Dublin”) and the rules of Euronext Dublin so require), in each case reasonably acceptable to the Trustee, is maintained as a Paying Agent and Registrar where (i) in the case of a Registrar, Definitive Notes may be presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and notices and demands in respect of such Definitive Notes and this Indenture may be served and (ii) in the case of a Paying Agent, Definitive Notes may be presented or surrendered for payment. The Registrar shall keep a register of the Definitive Notes and of their transfer and exchange. Notices and demands in respect of Global Notes shall be made by the Issuer in accordance with Section 11.1. The Issuer, upon written notice to the Trustee, may have one or more co-Registrars and one or more additional Paying Agents reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. The term “Registrar” includes any co-Registrar and the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional Paying Agent.

 

The Issuer initially appoints Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch, as Paying Agent and Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A. as transfer agent (the “Transfer Agent”) and Registrar, until such time as any such entity has resigned or a successor has been appointed. In the event that a Paying Agent, Registrar or Transfer Agent is replaced, the Issuer will (so long as the Notes are Global Notes) provide written notice thereof to the Trustee in accordance with Section 11.1. The Issuer may change any Paying Agent, Registrar or Transfer Agent for any series of Notes without prior notice to the Holders. Smurfit Westrock or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar in respect of any series of Notes. If and for so long as any series of Notes is admitted to the Global Exchange Market of Euronext Dublin, and the rules of the Global Exchange Market of Euronext Dublin so require, the Issuer will give notice of the change in Paying Agent, Registrar or Transfer Agent for such series to the Companies Announcement Office of Euronext Dublin.

 

The rights, duties and obligations of the Trustee and the Agents are several and not joint.

 

Payment of principal will be made upon the surrender of Definitive Notes following maturity thereof at the office of the Paying Agent. In the case of a transfer of a Definitive Note in part, upon surrender of the Definitive Note to be transferred, a Definitive Note of the same series shall be issued to the transferee in respect of the principal amount transferred and a Definitive Note of the same series shall be issued to the transferor in respect of the balance of the principal amount of the transferred Definitive Note at the office of any transfer agent. In all circumstances, the Issuer shall ensure that the Paying Agent shall be located outside Ireland.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, upon the issuance of Definitive Notes, Holders will be able to receive principal and interest on the Notes and will be able to transfer Definitive Notes at the office of such paying and transfer agent, subject to the right of the Issuer to mail payments in accordance with the terms of this Indenture.

 

Claims against the Issuer or any Guarantor for payment of principal, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on the Notes will become void unless presentment for payment is made (where so required herein) within, in the case of principal and Additional Amounts, if any, a period of ten years or, in the case of interest, a period of five years, in each case from the applicable original payment date therefor.

 

19

 

 

SECTION 2.4. Paying Agent To Hold Money. The Issuer shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee and the initial Paying Agent to agree in writing that each Paying Agent shall hold for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal of, Additional Amounts, if any, premium, if any, or interest on, the Notes, and shall notify the Trustee of any Default by the Issuer in making any such payment. The Issuer at any time may require a Paying Agent to distribute all money held by it to the Trustee and account for any money disbursed and the Trustee may at any time during the continuance of any payment Default, upon written request to a Paying Agent, require such Paying Agent to distribute all money held by it to the Trustee and to account for any money distributed. Upon distribution to the Trustee of all money that shall have been delivered by the Issuer to the Paying Agent, the Paying Agent shall have no further liability for such money.

 

SECTION 2.5. List of Holders. In the event that Definitive Notes are issued, the Registrar shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of the relevant Holders of Notes. If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee before each Record Date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing a list as of such date and in such form as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the relevant Holders of Notes, which list may be conclusively relied upon by the Trustee.

 

SECTION 2.6. Book-Entry Provisions for Global Notes. (a)  The Global Notes initially shall (i) be registered in the name of the Common Safekeeper or its nominee for the accounts of Euroclear or Clearstream Banking, (ii) deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Notes with the Common Safekeeper or its nominee and (iii) bear legends as set forth in Section 2.7(g).

 

(b)            Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture, Global Notes may not be transferred except as a whole by the Common Safekeeper to a nominee of the Common Safekeeper or by a nominee of the Common Safekeeper to the Common Safekeeper or another nominee of the Common Safekeeper or, in each case, to another successor of the Common Safekeeper or a nominee of such successor. Interests of beneficial owners in the Global Notes may be transferred or exchanged for Definitive Notes of the same series in accordance with the rules and procedures of the relevant Clearing Agency and the provisions of this Section 2.6, subject to the occurrence of the limited circumstances described in the following sentence. All Global Notes shall be exchanged by the Issuer (with authentication by the Trustee upon receipt of an Issuer Order) for one or more Definitive Notes of the same series, if (a) any Clearing Agency notifies the Issuer at any time that it is unwilling or unable to continue to act as a clearing agency and a successor depositary is not appointed within 120 days of such notification, (b) any Clearing Agency so requests following an Event of Default hereunder or (c) in whole (but not in part) at any time if the Issuer in its sole discretion determines and notifies the Trustee in writing that it elects to cause the issuance of Definitive Notes of such series. If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Issuer shall, at the written request delivered through the Common Safekeeper of the Holder thereof or of the holder of an interest therein, exchange all or part of a Global Note for one or more Definitive Notes of the same series (with authentication by the Trustee upon receipt of an Issuer Order); provided, however, that the principal amount at maturity of such Definitive Notes and such Global Note after such exchange shall be €100,000 or integral multiples of €1,000 in excess thereof. Whenever all of a Global Note is exchanged for one or more Definitive Notes, it shall be surrendered by the Holder thereof to the Registrar for cancellation. Whenever a part of a Global Note is exchanged for one or more Definitive Notes, such Global Note shall be surrendered by the Holder thereof to the Registrar who shall cause an adjustment to be made to Schedule A of such Global Note such that the principal amount of such Global Note will be equal to the portion of such Global Note not exchanged and shall thereafter return such Global Note to such Holder. A Global Note may not be exchanged for a Definitive Note other than as provided in this Section 2.6(b). Every Note authenticated and delivered in exchange for or in lieu of a Global Note, or any portion thereof, pursuant to Section 2.8, 2.11 or 3.7 or otherwise, shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Note of the same series.

 

20

 

 

(c)            In connection with the transfer of Global Notes as an entirety to beneficial owners pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section 2.6, the Global Notes shall be deemed to be surrendered to the Registrar for cancellation, and the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall upon written instructions from the Issuer authenticate and make available for delivery, to each beneficial owner in exchange for its beneficial interest in the Global Notes, an equal aggregate principal amount of Definitive Notes of the same series of authorized denominations.

 

(d)            Any Definitive Note delivered in exchange for an interest in a Global Note pursuant to Section 2.6(b) shall, except as otherwise provided by Section 2.7, bear the Private Placement Legend.

 

(e)            Prior to the expiration of the 40-day distribution compliance period as defined in Regulation S, ownership of book-entry interests will be limited to non-U.S. persons and other persons to whom an offer or sale of the Notes is made pursuant to an exemption from registration under the Securities Act.

 

SECTION 2.7. Registration of Transfer and Exchange. (a)  Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary herein, so long as a Note remains outstanding, transfers of beneficial interests in Global Notes or transfers of Definitive Notes, in whole or in part, shall be made only in accordance with this Section 2.7.

 

(b)            If a holder of a beneficial interest in a Rule 144A Global Note wishes at any time to exchange its interest in such Rule 144A Global Note for an interest in a Regulation S Global Note of the same series, or to transfer its interest in such Rule 144A Global Note to a Person who wishes to take delivery thereof in the form of an interest in such Regulation S Global Note, such holder may, subject to the rules and procedures of the relevant Clearing Agency, to the extent applicable, and subject to the requirements set forth in the following sentence, exchange or cause the exchange or transfer or cause the transfer of such interest for an equivalent beneficial interest in such Regulation S Global Note. Upon (1) written instructions given in accordance with the procedures of the relevant Clearing Agency, to the extent applicable, from or on behalf of a holder of a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note, directing the credit of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note of the same series in an amount equal to the beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note to be exchanged or transferred, (2) a written order given in accordance with the procedures of the relevant Clearing Agency, to the extent applicable, containing information regarding the account to be credited with such increase and the name of such account and (3) receipt by the Registrar of a certificate in the form of Exhibit C-1 or C-2, as applicable, given by the holder of such beneficial interest stating that the exchange or transfer of such interest has been made pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 of Regulation S or Rule 144 under the Securities Act, the Registrar shall promptly deliver appropriate instructions to the Clearing Agency to reduce or reflect on its records a reduction of such Rule 144A Global Note by the aggregate principal amount of the beneficial interest in such Rule 144A Global Note to be so exchanged or transferred from the relevant participant, and the Registrar shall promptly deliver appropriate instructions to the relevant Clearing Agency concurrently with such reduction, to increase or reflect on its records an increase of the principal amount of such Regulation S Global Note by the aggregate principal amount of the beneficial interest in such Rule 144A Global Note to be so exchanged or transferred, and to credit or cause to be credited to the account of the Person specified in such instructions a beneficial interest in such Regulation S Global Note equal to the reduction in the principal amount of such Rule 144A Global Note.

 

21

 

 

(c)            If a holder of a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Note wishes at any time to exchange its interest in such Regulation S Global Note for an interest in a Rule 144A Global Note of the same series, or to transfer its interest in such Regulation S Global Note to a Person who wishes to take delivery thereof in the form of an interest in such Rule 144A Global Note, such holder may, subject to the rules and procedures of the relevant Clearing Agency, to the extent applicable, and to the requirements set forth in the following sentence, exchange or cause the exchange or transfer or cause the transfer of such interest for an equivalent beneficial interest in such Rule 144A Global Note. Upon (1) written instructions given in accordance with the procedures of the relevant Clearing Agency, to the extent applicable, from or on behalf of a holder of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note directing the credit of a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note of the same series to be exchanged or transferred, and (2) a written order given in accordance with the procedures of the Clearing Agency, to the extent applicable, containing information regarding the account to be credited with such increase and the name of such account, the Registrar shall promptly deliver appropriate instructions to the relevant Clearing Agency to reduce or reflect on its records a reduction of such Regulation S Global Note by the aggregate principal amount of the beneficial interest in such Regulation S Global Note to be exchanged or transferred, and the Registrar shall promptly deliver appropriate instructions to the relevant Clearing Agency concurrently with such reduction, to increase or reflect on its records an increase of the principal amount of such Rule 144A Global Note by the aggregate principal amount of the beneficial interest in such Regulation S Global Note to be so exchanged or transferred, and to credit or cause to be credited to the account of the Person specified in such instructions a beneficial interest in such Rule 144A Global Note equal to the reduction in the principal amount of such Regulation S Global Note.

 

(d)            Any beneficial interest in one of the Global Notes that is transferred to a Person who takes delivery in the form of an interest in another Global Note of the same series will, upon transfer, cease to be an interest in such Global Note and become an interest in such other Global Note and, accordingly, will thereafter be subject to all transfer restrictions and other procedures applicable to beneficial interests in such other Global Note for as long as it remains such an interest.

 

(e)            In the event that a Global Note is exchanged for Definitive Notes in registered form without interest coupons, pursuant to Section 2.6(b), or a Definitive Note in registered form without interest coupons is exchanged for another such Definitive Note in registered form without interest coupons, or a Definitive Note is exchanged for a beneficial interest in a Global Note, such Notes may be exchanged or transferred for one another only in accordance with (i) such procedures as are substantially consistent with the provisions of Sections 2.7(b) and (c) above (including the certification requirements intended to ensure that such exchanges or transfers comply with Rule 144, Rule 144A or Regulation S, as the case may be) and as may be from time to time adopted by the Issuer and the Trustee.

 

22

 

 

(f)            [Intentionally omitted]

 

(g)            Each Global Note and each Definitive Note issued hereunder shall, upon issuance, bear the legend set forth herein and such legend shall not be removed from such Note except as provided in the next sentence or as provided in Section 2.1. The legend required for a Note may be removed from a Note if there is delivered to the Issuer and the Trustee such satisfactory evidence, which may include an opinion of independent counsel licensed to practice law in the State of New York, as may be reasonably required by the Issuer and the Trustee, that neither such legend nor the restrictions on transfer set forth therein are required to ensure that transfers of such Note will not violate the registration requirements of the Securities Act. Upon provision of such satisfactory evidence, the Trustee, upon receipt of an Issuer Order, shall authenticate and deliver in exchange for such Note another Note or Notes of the same series having an equal aggregate principal amount that does not bear such legend. If such a legend required for a Note has been removed from a Note as provided above, no other Note issued in exchange for all or any part of such Note shall bear such legend, unless the Issuer has reasonable cause to believe that such other Note is a “restricted security” within the meaning of Rule 144 and instructs the Trustee to cause a legend to appear thereon.

 

The Notes shall bear the following legend (the “Private Placement Legend”) on the face thereof:

 

[IN THE CASE OF RULE 144A NOTES]

 

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.

 

23

 

 

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT), AND (2) AGREES ON ITS BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY OR A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) WHICH IS ONE YEAR AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE OF THIS SECURITY AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE ISSUER OR ANY AFFILIATE THEREOF WAS THE OWNER OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY) ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUER, THE GUARANTORS, OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) TO NON-U.S. PERSONS PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (E) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES TO ANY REQUIREMENT OF LAW THAT THE DISPOSITION OF ITS PROPERTY OR THE PROPERTY OF SUCH INVESTOR ACCOUNT OR ACCOUNTS BE AT ALL TIMES WITHIN ITS OR THEIR CONTROL AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE FOREIGN OR STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND ANY APPLICABLE LOCAL LAWS AND REGULATIONS AND FURTHER SUBJECT TO THE ISSUER’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHTS PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (D) OR (E) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE.

 

BY ITS ACQUISITION OF THIS SECURITY, THE HOLDER HEREOF WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED AND WARRANTED THAT (1) EITHER (A) IT IS NOT AND IS NOT ACTING ON BEHALF OF OR WITH ASSETS OF, AN “EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN” SUBJECT TO THE FIDUCIARY RESPONSIBILITY PROVISIONS OF TITLE I OF THE U.S. EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA’’), A PLAN SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE U.S. INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”), OR AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS ARE DEEMED TO INCLUDE THE “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY SUCH PLANS, OR A “GOVERNMENTAL PLAN” (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(32) OF ERISA), “CHURCH PLAN” (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(33) OF ERISA), NON-U.S. OR OTHER PLAN OR ARRANGEMENT THAT IS SUBJECT TO FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL OR NON-U.S. LAWS OR REGULATIONS THAT ARE SUBSTANTIALLY SIMILAR TO THE FOREGOING PROVISIONS OF ERISA OR THE CODE (“SIMILAR LAW”), OR (B) ITS ACQUISITION AND HOLDING OF SUCH NOTES OR AN INTEREST THEREIN DOES NOT AND WILL NOT CONSTITUTE OR RESULT IN A NON-EXEMPT PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR A NON-EXEMPT VIOLATION OF SIMILAR LAW, AND (2) IT WILL NOT SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH NOTES UNLESS SUCH SUBSEQUENT TRANSFEREE HAS MADE THE REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES IN (1) ABOVE.

 

24

 

 

[IN THE CASE OF REGULATION S NOTES]

 

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “U.S. SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT.

 

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF (1) REPRESENTS THAT IT IS A NON-U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, AND (2) AGREES ON ITS BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY OR A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) WHICH IS 40 DAYS AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE OF THIS SECURITY AND THE DATE ON WHICH SUCH SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY) WAS FIRST OFFERED TO PERSONS OTHER THAN DISTRIBUTORS (AS DEFINED IN RULE 902 OF REGULATION S) IN RELIANCE ON REGULATION S ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUER, THE PARENT OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, (C) TO NON-U.S. PERSONS PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OR (D) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES TO ANY REQUIREMENT OF LAW THAT THE DISPOSITION OF ITS PROPERTY OR THE PROPERTY OF SUCH INVESTOR ACCOUNT OR ACCOUNTS BE AT ALL TIMES WITHIN ITS OR THEIR CONTROL AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE FOREIGN OR STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND ANY APPLICABLE LOCAL LAWS AND REGULATIONS AND FURTHER SUBJECT TO THE ISSUER’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHTS PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (C) OR (D) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE.

 

(h)            By its acceptance of any Note bearing the Private Placement Legend, each Holder of such a Note acknowledges the restrictions on transfer of such Note set forth in this Indenture and in the Private Placement Legend and agrees that it will transfer such Note only as provided in this Indenture.

 

25

 

 

None of the Trustee, the Registrar, the Paying Agent or the Transfer Agent shall have any obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among Agent Members or beneficial owners of interests in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by the terms of, this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.

 

The Registrar shall retain copies of all letters, notices and other written communications received pursuant to Section 2.6 or this Section 2.7. The Issuer shall have the right to inspect and make copies of all such letters, notices or other written communications at any reasonable time upon the giving of reasonable written notice to the Registrar.

 

(i)            Definitive Notes shall be transferable only upon the surrender of a Definitive Note for registration of transfer. When a Definitive Note is presented to the Registrar or a co-registrar with a request to register a transfer, the Registrar shall register the transfer as requested if its requirements for such transfers are met. When Definitive Notes are presented to the Registrar or a co-registrar with a request to exchange them for an equal principal amount of Definitive Notes of the same series of other denominations, the Registrar shall make the exchange as requested if the same requirements are met. To permit registration of transfers and exchanges, the Issuer shall execute and, upon receipt of an Issuer Order, the Trustee shall authenticate Definitive Notes at the Registrar’s or co-registrar’s request.

 

(j)            The Issuer shall not be required to make, and the Registrar need not register transfers or exchanges of, Definitive Notes (i) that have been selected for redemption (except, in the case of Definitive Notes to be redeemed in part, the portion thereof not to be redeemed) or (ii) for a period of 15 days prior to a selection of Definitive Notes to be redeemed.

 

(k)            Prior to the due presentation for registration of transfer of any Definitive Note, the Issuer, the Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Registrar or any co-registrar may deem and treat the Person in whose name a Definitive Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Definitive Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal, interest or Additional Amounts, if any, on such Definitive Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Definitive Note is overdue, and none of the Issuer, the Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Registrar or any co-registrar shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

 

(l)            No service charge will be made for any registration or transfer or exchange of the Notes, but the Trustee, the Registrar, the Paying Agent and the Transfer Agent may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and the Issuer may require a Holder to pay all taxes and fees required by law or permitted by this Section 2.7.

 

(m)            All Notes issued upon any transfer or exchange pursuant to the terms of this Indenture will evidence the same debt and will be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as the Notes surrendered upon such transfer or exchange.

 

26

 

 

(n)            Provided such Notes have been offered pursuant to Rule 144A, Holders of Notes (or holders of interests therein) and prospective purchasers designated by such Holders (or holders of interests therein) will have the right to obtain from the Issuer upon request by such Holders (or holders of interests therein) or prospective purchasers, during any period in which the Issuer is not subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or is exempt from reporting pursuant to Rule 12g3-2(b) under the Exchange Act, the information required by paragraph d(4)(i) of Rule 144A in connection with any transfer or proposed transfer of such Notes.

 

SECTION 2.8. Replacement Notes. If a mutilated Definitive Note is surrendered to the Registrar, if a mutilated Global Note is surrendered to the Issuer or if the Holder of a Note claims that such Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an Issuer Order, the Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Note of the same series in such form as the Note being replaced if the requirements of the Trustee, the Registrar and the Issuer are met. If required by the Trustee, the Registrar and the Issuer, such Holder must provide an indemnity bond or other indemnity, sufficient in the judgment of the Issuer, the Registrar and the Trustee, to protect the Issuer, the Registrar, the Trustee and any Agent from any loss which any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Issuer may charge such Holder for its reasonable, out-of-pocket expenses in replacing a Note, including reasonable fees and expenses of counsel. Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Issuer. The provisions of this Section 2.8 are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement of mutilated, destroyed, lost, stolen or taken Notes.

 

SECTION 2.9. Outstanding Notes. Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes that have been authenticated by the Trustee except those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions in the Global Note effected in accordance with the provisions hereof and those described in this Section 2.9 as not outstanding. Subject to Section 2.10, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Issuer or any of its Affiliates holds the Note.

 

If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.8 (other than a mutilated Note surrendered for replacement), it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser. A mutilated Note ceases to be outstanding upon surrender of such Note and replacement thereof pursuant to Section 2.8.

 

If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.1, it ceases to be outstanding and interest, and Additional Amounts, if any on it cease to accrue.

 

If, on a Redemption Date or the Maturity Date of any series of Notes, the Paying Agent holds cash in euros sufficient to pay all of the principal, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, due on such series of Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date, the Notes of such series cease to be outstanding and interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on the Notes of such series cease to accrue.

 

SECTION 2.10. Treasury Notes. In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of relevant Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Issuer or its Affiliates shall be disregarded, except that, for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that a Trust Officer of the Trustee actually knows are so owned shall be disregarded.

 

27

 

 

SECTION 2.11. Temporary Notes. Until permanent Definitive Notes are ready for delivery, the Issuer may prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate temporary Definitive Notes of the same series upon receipt of an Issuer Order in the form of an Officers’ Certificate of the Issuer. Such Officers’ Certificate shall specify the amount of temporary Definitive Notes to be authenticated and the date on which the temporary Definitive Notes are to be authenticated. Temporary Definitive Notes shall be substantially in the form of permanent Definitive Notes of the same series but may have variations that the Issuer considers appropriate for temporary Definitive Notes. Without unreasonable delay, the Issuer shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate upon receipt of an Issuer Order pursuant to Section 2.2 permanent Definitive Notes of the same series in exchange for temporary Definitive Notes. Holders of temporary Definitive Notes shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture.

 

SECTION 2.12. Cancellation. The Issuer at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee, or at the direction of the Trustee, the Registrar or the Paying Agent, and no one else, shall cancel and, at the written direction of the Issuer, shall dispose of (subject to the record retention requirements of the Exchange Act) all Notes surrendered for transfer, exchange, payment or cancellation; provided, however, that the Trustee may, but shall not be required to, destroy such canceled Notes. Subject to Section 2.8, the Issuer may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation. If the Issuer shall acquire any of the Notes, such acquisition shall not operate as a redemption or satisfaction of the Indebtedness represented by such Notes unless and until the same are surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation pursuant to this Section 2.12.

 

SECTION 2.13. Defaulted Interest. If the Issuer defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes of any series, it shall pay the defaulted interest to the Holders thereof as of the relevant original Record Date; provided, however, if such default in payment of interest continues for 30 days, the Issuer shall (in the case of Definitive Notes) establish a subsequent special Record Date, which date shall be the fifteenth day next preceding the date fixed by the Issuer for the payment of defaulted interest. If no special Record Date is required to be established pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence, (i) in the case of Definitive Notes, Holders of record of the relevant series of Notes on the relevant original Record Date shall be entitled to such payment of defaulted interest and (ii) in the case of Global Notes, Holders of the Notes of such series on the Default Interest Payment Date (as defined in the next sentence) shall be entitled to such defaulted interest. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee and the Paying Agent in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment (a “Default Interest Payment Date”), and at the same time the Issuer shall deposit with the Trustee or the Paying Agent an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such defaulted interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee or the Paying Agent for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such defaulted interest as in this Section 2.13; provided, however, that in no event shall the Issuer deposit monies proposed to be paid in respect of defaulted interest later than 10:00 a.m. London time on the first Business Day prior to the proposed Default Interest Payment Date with respect to defaulted interest to be paid on the Note. In the case of Definitive Notes, at least 15 days before the subsequent special Record Date, if applicable, the Issuer shall deliver to the relevant Holders in accordance with Section 11.1 a notice that states the subsequent special Record Date, the payment date and the amount of defaulted interest to be paid. In the case of Global Notes, at least 15 days before the Default Interest Payment Date, the Issuer shall deliver to the relevant Holders in accordance with Section 11.1 a notice that states the Default Interest Payment Date, the payment date and the amount of defaulted interest to be paid.

 

28

 

 

SECTION 2.14. ISINs and Common Codes. The Issuer in issuing the Notes may use ISINs or Common Codes, and if so, the Trustee shall use the ISINs and Common Codes in notices of redemption or exchange as a convenience to Holders; provided, however, that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of such numbers or codes printed in the notice or on the Notes, and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes. The Issuer shall promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any change in any ISIN or Common Code.

 

SECTION 2.15. Deposit of Moneys. With respect to each series of Notes, no later than 10:00 a.m. (London time) on the first Business Day prior to each interest payment date and the Maturity Date, the Issuer shall have deposited with the Trustee or its designated Paying Agent (which shall be the initial Paying Agent unless otherwise notified to the Issuer by the Trustee) in immediately available funds money sufficient to make cash payments, if any, due on such interest payment date or Maturity Date, as the case may be, on all Notes of such series then outstanding. Such payments shall be made by the Issuer in a timely manner which permits a Paying Agent (including the initial Paying Agent) to remit payment to the Holders on such Interest Payment Date or Maturity Date, as the case may be.

 

The Issuer shall notify the Trustee and each Agent in the event that it determines that any payment to be made by the Trustee or an Agent under the Notes is a payment which could be subject to FATCA Withholding if such payment were made to a recipient that is generally unable to receive payments free from FATCA Withholding, and the extent to which the relevant payment is so treated, provided, however, that the Issuer’s obligation under this Section 2.15 shall apply only to the extent that such payments are so treated by virtue of characteristics of the Issuer, the Notes, or both.

 

SECTION 2.16. Certain Matters Relating to Global Notes. (a)  Members of or participants in a Clearing Agency (“Agent Members”) shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Common Safekeeper or its nominee, or under the Global Note, and the Common Safekeeper or its nominee may be treated by the Issuer, the Trustee and any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee as the absolute owner of the Global Note for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Issuer, the Trustee or any agent of the Issuer or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Common Safekeeper or its nominees, or impair, as between the Clearing Agency and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of a holder of a beneficial interest in any Note.

 

(b)            The holder of a beneficial interest in any Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any person, including the Clearing Agency and their Agent Members and persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes of the same series.

 

29

 

 

SECTION 2.17. Interest. Interest accrued on the Notes will be payable annually in arrears on November 27 of each year, commencing November 27, 2025, to Holders of record (i) in the case of Notes represented by a Global Note, at the close of business on the Business Day (for this purpose a day on which Clearstream Banking and Euroclear are open for business) immediately preceding the interest payment date) and (ii) in all other cases on the immediately preceding November 13. Interest on Notes of each series will be calculated on the aggregate nominal amount of Notes of the relevant series outstanding. Rights of holders of beneficial interests in the Notes to receive such payments will be subject to the applicable procedures of Euroclear and Clearstream Banking, as applicable.

 

Interest accrued on all Notes then outstanding will be payable in cash.

 

SECTION 2.18. New Safekeeping Structure. The Paying Agent undertakes to the Issuer that it will, in connection with the issue of the Notes, perform the duties which are stated to be performed by it in Exhibit E (New Safekeeping Structure Duties). Each Agent (other than the Paying Agent) agrees that if any information that is required by the Paying Agent to perform the duties set out in Exhibit E becomes known to it, it will promptly provide such information to the Paying Agent.

 

SECTION 2.19. Election of Common Safekeeper. The Issuer hereby authorizes and instructs the Paying Agent to elect Clearstream Banking as Common Safekeeper. The Issuer acknowledges that any such election is subject to the right of Euroclear and Clearstream Banking to jointly determine that the other shall act as Common Safekeeper and agrees that no liability shall attach to the Paying Agent in respect of any such election made by it.

 

SECTION 2.20. Authority to Authenticate and Effectuate. The Trustee is authorized by the Issuer to (i) authenticate or cause to be authenticated the Global Notes and the Definitive Notes (if any) and (ii) transmit such Global Notes electronically to the Common Safekeeper and to give effectuation instructions in respect of the Global Note following authentication thereof by the signature of any of its officers or any other person duly authorized for such purpose by the Trustee.

 

ARTICLE III

 

REDEMPTION

 

SECTION 3.1. Optional Redemption. The Notes may be redeemed, as a whole or from time to time in part, upon the terms and at the applicable redemption prices set forth in the relevant Notes. Any redemption pursuant to this Section 3.1 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of this Article III. The Issuer is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.

 

SECTION 3.2. Notices to Trustee. If the Issuer elects to redeem the Notes of any series pursuant to Paragraphs 7 or 8 of the Notes of such series, it shall notify the Trustee and the Paying Agent in writing of the Redemption Date and the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed at least 10 days but not more than 60 days before the Redemption Date (or such shorter period as may be acceptable to the Trustee). The Issuer shall give notice of redemption as required under the relevant paragraph of the relevant series of Notes pursuant to which such Notes are being redeemed.

 

30

 

 

SECTION 3.3. Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed. If less than all of any series of Notes is to be redeemed pursuant to their terms or the terms of this Indenture at any time, selection of such Notes for redemption will be made by the Trustee or the relevant Registrar in compliance with the requirements of the principal securities exchange, if any, on which the applicable series of Notes is listed, and in compliance with the requirements of the applicable Clearing Agencies, or if the applicable series of Notes is not so listed or such exchange prescribes no method of selection and the applicable series of Notes is not held through a Clearing Agency or such Clearing Agency prescribes no method of selection, on a pro rata basis; provided, however, that no Note of €100,000 in aggregate principal amount or less, or other than in an integral multiple of €1,000 in excess thereof, shall be redeemed in part. In the event of partial redemption, the particular Notes to be redeemed shall be selected, unless otherwise provided herein, not less than 10 nor more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date by the Trustee from the outstanding Notes of the applicable series not previously called for redemption.

 

SECTION 3.4. Notice of Redemption. At least 10 days but not more than 60 days before a Redemption Date, the Issuer shall deliver to Holders in accordance with Section 11.1, a notice of redemption. Any redemption and notice may, at the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, and such notice may state that, in the Issuer’s discretion, the redemption date may be delayed without any additional notice until such time as any or all such conditions shall have been satisfied. At the Issuer’s request made at least 10 days before the Redemption Date (or such shorter period as may be acceptable to the Trustee), the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the Issuer’s name and at the Issuer’s expense; provided, however, that the Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the following items. Each notice for redemption shall identify the Notes to be redeemed and shall state:

 

(a)            the Redemption Date;

 

(b)            the Redemption Prices, including the amount of accrued and unpaid interest, if any, and Additional Amounts, if any, to be paid (subject to the right of Holders of record of Definitive Notes on the relevant Record Date to receive interest and Additional Amounts, if any, due on the relevant interest payment date);

 

(c)            the Record Date;

 

(d)            the name and address of the Paying Agent;

 

(e)            that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the Redemption Price, including accrued and unpaid interest, if any, and Additional Amounts, if any;

 

31

 

 

(f)            that, unless the Issuer defaults in making the redemption payment, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on Notes called for redemption cease to accrue on and after the Redemption Date, and the only remaining right of the Holders of such Notes is to receive payment of the Redemption Price upon surrender to the Paying Agent of the Notes redeemed;

 

(g)            (i) if any Global Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed and that, after the Redemption Date, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, shall cease to accrue on the portion called for redemption, and upon surrender of such Global Note, such Global Note with a notation on Schedule A thereof adjusting the principal amount thereof to be equal to the unredeemed portion, will be returned and (ii) if any Definitive Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed, and that, after the Redemption Date, upon surrender of such Definitive Note, a new Definitive Note or Notes of the same series in aggregate principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued in the name of the Holder thereof, upon cancellation of the original Note;

 

(h)            if fewer than all the Notes of any series are to be redeemed, the identification of the particular Notes (or portion thereof) to be redeemed, as well as the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and the aggregate principal amount of Notes of such series to be outstanding after such partial redemption;

 

(i)            the paragraph of the relevant series of Notes pursuant to which such Notes are to be redeemed;

 

(j)            the ISIN or Common Code, and that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the ISIN or Common Code, if any, listed in such notice or printed on such Notes; and

 

(k)            whether the redemption is conditional on any events and, if so, a detailed explanation of such conditions.

 

SECTION 3.5. Effect of Notice of Redemption. Once notice of redemption is given in accordance with Section 3.4, Notes called for redemption become due and payable on the Redemption Date and at the Redemption Price, including accrued and unpaid interest, if any, and Additional Amounts, if any. Upon surrender to the Trustee or Paying Agent, such Notes called for redemption shall be paid at the Redemption Price (which shall include accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, and Additional Amounts, if any, to the Redemption Date), but (in the case of Definitive Notes) installments of interest, the maturity of which is on or prior to the Redemption Date, shall be payable to Holders of record at the close of business on the relevant Record Dates.

 

SECTION 3.6. Deposit of Redemption Price. No later than 10:00 a.m. (London time) on the Redemption Date, the Issuer shall deposit with the Trustee or its designated Paying Agent (which shall be the initial Paying Agent unless otherwise notified to the Issuer by the Trustee) an amount of cash in euros sufficient to pay the Redemption Price, including accrued and unpaid interest, if any, and Additional Amounts, if any, of all Notes to be redeemed on that date. The Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Issuer any cash in euros so deposited which is not required for that purpose upon the written request of the Issuer.

 

32

 

 

If the Issuer complies with the preceding paragraph, then, unless the Issuer defaults in the payment of such Redemption Price, including accrued and unpaid interest, if any, and Additional Amounts, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on the Notes to be redeemed will cease to accrue on and after the applicable Redemption Date, whether or not such Notes are presented for payment. With respect to Definitive Notes, if a Definitive Note is redeemed on or after an interest Record Date but on or prior to the related interest payment date, then any accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such Record Date. If any Note called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender for redemption because of the failure of the Issuer to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the Redemption Date until such principal is paid at the rate provided in the applicable Note.

 

SECTION 3.7. Notes Redeemed in Part. Upon surrender and cancellation of a Definitive Note that is redeemed in part, the Issuer shall execute and upon receipt of an Issuer Order the Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder (at the Issuer’s expense) a new Definitive Note of the same series equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Definitive Note surrendered and canceled; provided, however, that each such Definitive Note shall be in a principal amount at maturity of €100,000 or an integral multiple of €1,000 in excess thereof. Upon surrender of a Global Note that is redeemed in part, the Paying Agent shall forward such Global Note to the Trustee who shall make a notation on Schedule A thereof to reduce the principal amount of such Global Note to an amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the Global Note surrendered; provided, however, that each such Global Note shall be in a principal amount at maturity of €100,000 or an integral multiple of €1,000 in excess thereof.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

COVENANTS

 

SECTION 4.1. Payment of Notes. The Issuer shall pay the principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on the Notes in the manner provided in such Notes and this Indenture. An installment of principal of or interest on the Notes shall be considered paid on the date it is due if the Trustee or the Paying Agent holds prior to 10:00 a.m. London time on that date money deposited by the Issuer in immediately available funds and designated for, and sufficient to pay the installment in full and is not prohibited from paying such money to the Holders pursuant to the terms of this Indenture.

 

SECTION 4.2. Maintenance of Office or Agency. The Issuer shall maintain the office or agency (which office may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee, Registrar or co-Registrar) required under Section 2.3 where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuer in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Issuer shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the address of the Trustee set forth in Section 11.1. The Issuer and each Guarantor hereby initially designates the office of Smurfit Kappa Packaging LLC, located at 900 S. Pine Island Road, Suite 600, Plantation, Florida 33324, as its office or agency outside Ireland as required under Section 2.3 hereof.

 

33

 

 

SECTION 4.3. Reports by the Issuer. If the Issuer is subject to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, the Issuer shall file with the Trustee, within 15 days after it files the same with the Commission, copies of the annual reports and the information, documents and other reports that the Issuer is required to file with the Commission pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act. The Issuer will be deemed to have furnished such reports referred to in this Section 4.3 to the Trustee if the Issuer has filed such reports with the Commission via the EDGAR filing system or any successor system and such reports are publicly available. Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute actual or constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Issuer’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on an Officers’ Certificate).

 

SECTION 4.4. [Intentionally omitted]

 

SECTION 4.5. [Intentionally omitted]

 

SECTION 4.6. [Intentionally omitted]

 

SECTION 4.7. [Intentionally omitted]

 

SECTION 4.8. Limitation on Issuance of Guarantees of Indebtedness by Subsidiaries. (a) Smurfit Westrock will not cause or permit any of its Subsidiaries that is not a Guarantor or the Issuer, directly or indirectly, to guarantee, assume or in any other manner become liable for the payment of any Indebtedness of Smurfit Westrock or any of its Subsidiaries under the Existing Guarantee Covenant Notes or any other Public Indebtedness, unless, subject to the limitations set forth in this Indenture, such Subsidiary executes and delivers a supplemental indenture to this Indenture providing for a Guarantee of payment of the Notes by such Subsidiary on the same terms as the guarantee of such Indebtedness within 10 Business Days thereof; provided that if such Indebtedness is by its terms expressly subordinated to the Notes or any Guarantee, any such guarantee, assumption or other liability of such Subsidiary with respect to such Indebtedness shall be subordinated to such Subsidiary’s Guarantee of the Notes at least to the same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes or any other Guarantee.

 

(b)            The obligations in paragraph (a) of this Section 4.8 will not be operative to the extent (1) the Notes have an Investment Grade rating from two or more Rating Agencies and (2) none of the Existing Guarantee Covenant Notes benefit from a guarantee from such Subsidiary. The obligations in paragraph (a) of this Section 4.8 will be permanently terminated and no longer in effect as of the first date on which none of the Existing Guarantee Covenant Notes are outstanding.

 

To the extent any Subsidiary of Smurfit Westrock is required to provide a Guarantee, such Guarantee will be limited as necessary to recognize certain defenses generally available to guarantors (including those that relate to fraudulent conveyance or transfer, voidable preference, financial assistance, corporate purpose, capital maintenance or similar laws, regulations or defenses affecting the rights of creditors generally) or other considerations under applicable law.

 

34

 

 

SECTION 4.9. [Intentionally omitted]

 

SECTION 4.10. Negative Pledge. Smurfit Westrock will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, secure any Indebtedness for money borrowed by placing a Lien (other than a Permitted Lien) on any Principal Property now or hereafter owned or leased by Smurfit Westrock or any of its Subsidiaries or on any shares of stock of any of their respective Subsidiaries (a “Restricted Lien”) without equally and ratably securing (or securing on a senior basis, in the case of a Lien securing Indebtedness that is by its terms expressly subordinated to the Notes or any Guarantee) all of the Notes, unless after giving effect thereto the aggregate principal amount of all such Indebtedness secured by a Restricted Lien then outstanding would not exceed an amount equal to 15% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets. The restrictions set forth in the preceding sentence will not apply to any Permitted Lien, and all Indebtedness secured by a Permitted Lien shall be excluded in computing the amount of Indebtedness secured by a Lien outstanding for purposes of this Section 4.10.

 

Any Lien created for the benefit of the holders of the Notes pursuant to the preceding paragraph shall provide by its terms that such Lien shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged upon the release and discharge of the Lien relating to such Indebtedness that gave rise to the obligation to so secure the Notes.

 

SECTION 4.11. [Intentionally omitted]

 

SECTION 4.12. [Intentionally omitted]

 

SECTION 4.13. [Intentionally omitted]

 

SECTION 4.14. [Intentionally omitted]

 

SECTION 4.15. [Intentionally omitted]

 

SECTION 4.16. [Intentionally omitted]

 

SECTION 4.17. [Intentionally omitted]

 

SECTION 4.18. [Intentionally omitted]

 

SECTION 4.19. Change of Control Repurchase Event. (a)  If a Change of Control Repurchase Event occurs with respect to any series of Notes, each Holder of the Notes of the applicable series will have the right to require the Issuer to repurchase all or any part (equal to €100,000 and integral multiples of €1,000 in excess thereof in the case of Notes that have denominations larger than €100,000) of that Holder’s Notes of each applicable series pursuant to an offer (the “Change of Control Offer”) on the terms set forth in this Indenture. In the Change of Control Offer, the Issuer will offer a payment (the “Change of Control Payment”) in cash equal to 100% of the aggregate principal amount of each of the Notes repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, thereon, to, but excluding, the date of purchase. Within 60 days following any Change of Control Repurchase Event, the Issuer will mail a notice to each Holder and the Trustee describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control Repurchase Event and offering to repurchase Notes of each applicable series on a date (the “Change of Control Payment Date”) specified in such notice, which date shall be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed, pursuant to the procedures required by this Indenture and described in such notice. The Issuer will comply with the requirements of Section 14(e) of the Exchange Act to the extent applicable and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent such laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes as a result of a Change of Control Repurchase Event. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the Change of Control Repurchase Event provisions of this Indenture, the Issuer will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 4.19 by virtue of such conflict.

 

35

 

 

 

(b)            On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuer will, to the extent lawful:

 

(1)            accept for payment all Notes of the applicable series or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;

 

(2)            deposit with the relevant Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered; and

 

(3)            deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes so accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of such Notes or portions thereof being purchased by the Issuer.

 

(c)            The Paying Agent will promptly mail to each Holder of Notes so tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes and the Trustee or the relevant Registrar will, upon receipt of an Issuer Order, promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book-entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each such new Note will be in a principal amount of €100,000 or an integral multiple of €1,000 in excess thereof.

 

(d)            In the case of Definitive Notes, if the Change of Control Payment Date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related interest payment date, any accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, will be paid to the Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no additional interest or Additional Amounts will be payable to Holders who tender pursuant to the Change of Control Offer; in the case of Global Notes, the Issuer will pay accrued and unpaid interest to the Change of Control Payment Date to the Holder on such date.

 

(e)            The Issuer will publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date; provided, that if and for so long as the applicable series of Notes is listed on Euronext Dublin and the rules of Euronext Dublin so require, the Issuer will give notice with respect to the results of the Change of Control Offer to the Companies Announcement Office of Euronext Dublin.

 

 36 

 

 

(f)            This Section 4.19 will be applicable regardless of whether any other provisions of this Indenture are applicable.

 

(g)           The Issuer will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer with respect to a series of Notes following a Change of Control Repurchase Event if (i) an Affiliate of the Issuer or a third party makes the Change of Control Offer for such series of Notes in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with this Section 4.19 applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuer and purchases all Notes of the applicable series validly tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer or (ii) a notice of redemption for all of the outstanding Notes of such series has been given pursuant to this Indenture as described in Section 3.4 unless and until there is a default in the payment of the applicable redemption price, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the proposed redemption date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change of Control Offer may be made in advance of a Change of Control Repurchase Event, conditional upon the Change of Control, so long as a definitive agreement has been executed that contains terms and provisions that would otherwise result in a Change of Control upon completion of the transactions contemplated thereby.

 

SECTION 4.20. Additional Amounts. (a)  At least 10 days prior to the first date on which payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes or the Guarantees is to be made, and at least 10 days prior to any subsequent such date if there has been any change with respect to the matters set forth in the Officers’ Certificate described in this Section 4.20, the Issuer will furnish the Trustee and the Paying Agent, if other than the Trustee, with an Officers’ Certificate instructing the Trustee and the Paying Agent that such payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes (whether or not in the form of Definitive Notes) or any Guarantee shall be made to the Holders with withholding or deduction (but only in case such payment shall be made with such withholding or deduction) for, or on account of, any present or future taxes, duties, assessments or governmental charges of whatever nature (collectively, “Taxes”) imposed or levied by or on behalf of (i) any jurisdiction in which the Payor or any Guarantor or successor Guarantor is organized or otherwise considered resident for tax purposes or any political subdivision or governmental authority of any thereof or therein having power to tax, or (ii) any jurisdiction from or through which payment on the Notes or any of the Guarantees is made, or any political subdivision or governmental authority thereof or therein having the power to tax (each of clause (i) and (ii), a “Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction”), unless the withholding or deduction of Taxes is then required by law.

 

(b)            If any deduction or withholding for, or on account of, any Taxes of any Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction will at any time be required from any payments made with respect to the Notes or the Guarantees, including payments of principal, Redemption Price, interest or premium, if any, the Payor or the relevant Guarantor, as applicable, will pay (together with such payments) such additional amounts pursuant to Paragraph 2 of the relevant series of Notes (the “Additional Amounts”).

 

(c)            The Payor and each Guarantor or successor Guarantor will (i) make any required withholding or deduction and (ii) remit the full amount deducted or withheld to the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction in accordance with applicable law. Upon written request, the Payor and each Guarantor will use all reasonable efforts to obtain certified copies of tax receipts evidencing the payment of any Taxes so deducted or withheld from each Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction imposing such Taxes and will provide such certified copies to each Holder. The Payor and each Guarantor or successor Guarantor will attach to each certified copy a certificate stating (x) that the amount of withholding Taxes evidenced by the certified copy was paid in connection with payments in respect of the principal amount of Notes then outstanding and (y) the amount of such withholding Taxes paid per €1,000 principal amount of the Notes.

 

 37 

 

 

(d)            Wherever in this Indenture or the Notes there are mentioned, in any context, (i) the payment of principal, (ii) purchase prices in connection with a purchase of Notes, (iii) interest or (iv) any other amount payable on or with respect to any of the Notes or the Guarantees, such reference shall be deemed to include payment of Additional Amounts as described in this Indenture and the Notes to the extent that, in such context, Additional Amounts are, were or would be payable in respect thereof.

 

(e)            The Issuer shall indemnify the Trustee and the Paying Agent for, and hold them harmless against, any loss, liability or expense incurred without gross negligence, willful default or fraud on their part arising out of or in connection with actions taken or omitted by any of them in reliance on any Officers’ Certificate furnished to them pursuant to this Section 4.20.

 

(f)            Obligations under this Section 4.20 will survive any termination, defeasance or discharge of this Indenture.

 

SECTION 4.21. Payment of Non-Income Taxes and Similar Charges. The Payor and each Guarantor or successor Guarantor will pay any present or future stamp, court or documentary taxes, or any other excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies which arise in any jurisdiction from the execution, delivery or registration of any Notes or any other document or instrument referred to therein (other than a transfer of the Notes subsequent to the initial offering of the Original Notes), or the receipt of any payments with respect to the Notes, excluding any such taxes, charges or similar levies imposed by any jurisdiction outside a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction, other than those resulting from, or required to be paid in connection with, the enforcement of the Notes, the Guarantees or any other such document or instrument following the occurrence of any Event of Default with respect to the Notes. Obligations under this Section 4.21 will survive any termination, defeasance or discharge of this Indenture.

 

ARTICLE V

 

SUCCESSOR CORPORATION

 

SECTION 5.1. Consolidation, Merger or Sale of Assets. The Issuer may not, directly or indirectly: (a) consolidate or merge with or into another Person (whether or not the Issuer is the surviving corporation); or (b) sell, assign, transfer, convey, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Issuer and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to another Person; unless:

 

(1)            either: (a) the Issuer is the surviving corporation; or (b) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Issuer) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease or other disposition shall have been made (the “Successor Issuer”) is a company organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia or any member of the European Union on the Issue Date;

 

 38 

 

 

(2)            the Successor Issuer (if other than the Issuer) assumes all the obligations of the Issuer under the Notes and this Indenture pursuant to agreements reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee;

 

(3)            immediately after such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists; and

 

(4)            each Guarantor (unless it is the other party to the transactions above, in which case clause (1) shall apply) shall have by supplemental indenture confirmed that its Guarantee shall apply to such Person’s obligations in respect of this Indenture and the Notes (unless such Guarantee shall be released in connection with the transaction and otherwise in compliance with this Indenture).

 

Smurfit Westrock may not, directly or indirectly: (1) consolidate or merge with or into another Person (whether or not Smurfit Westrock is the surviving corporation); or (2) sell, assign, transfer, convey, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of Smurfit Westrock and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in one or more related transactions, to another Person (other than the Issuer or another Guarantor) unless (a) Smurfit Westrock (or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than Smurfit Westrock) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease or other disposition shall have been made (the “Smurfit Westrock Successor”)) shall have by supplemental indenture confirmed its Guarantee shall continue to apply to the Issuer’s obligations in respect of this Indenture and the Notes or, in the case of a Smurfit Westrock Successor, expressly assumed all the obligations of Smurfit Westrock under its Guarantee under this Indenture and the Notes; (b)(i) either Smurfit Westrock is the surviving company; or (ii) the Smurfit Westrock Successor is a company organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia, or any member of the European Union on the Issue Date; and (c) immediately after such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists.

 

For purposes of this Section 5.1, the sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of one or more Subsidiaries of a Person, which properties and assets, if held by such Person instead of such Subsidiaries, would constitute all or substantially all of the properties and assets of such Person on a consolidated basis, shall be deemed to be the transfer of all or substantially all of the properties and assets of such Person.

 

SECTION 5.2. Successor Corporation Substituted. If any consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or disposition as described in Section 5.1 is consummated without causing an Event of Default, then the Successor Issuer or Smurfit Westrock Successor, as applicable, will succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Issuer, in the case of a Successor Issuer or Smurfit Westrock, in the case of a Smurfit Westrock Successor, under this Indenture with the same effect as if such Successor Issuer had been named as the Issuer herein or as if such Smurfit Westrock Successor had been named as Smurfit Westrock herein, as applicable, and thereafter (except in the case of a sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition) the predecessor corporation will be relieved of all further obligations and covenants under this Indenture and the Notes.

 

 39 

 

 

ARTICLE VI

 

DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

 

SECTION 6.1. Events of Default. Whenever used herein with respect to a series of Notes issued under this Indenture, “Event of Default” means any one of the following events which shall have occurred and be continuing:

 

(1)            a default for 30 days in the payment when due of interest on, or Additional Amounts with respect to, such series of Notes;

 

(2)            a default in payment when due of the principal of, or premium, if any, on such series of Notes;

 

(3)            a failure by Smurfit Westrock or any of its Subsidiaries for 90 days after notice by the Trustee or by the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of such series of Notes to comply with any of the other agreements in this Indenture;

 

(4)            a default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there is issued and outstanding any Indebtedness for money borrowed by Smurfit Westrock or any of its Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed by Smurfit Westrock or any of its Subsidiaries) whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists, or is created after the date of this Indenture, if that default:

 

(a)  is caused by a failure to pay principal at the final stated maturity of such Indebtedness (after giving effect to any applicable grace period provided in the Indebtedness) (a “Payment Default”); or

 

(b)  results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its express maturity;

 

and in each case, the principal amount of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a Payment Default or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates $300.0 million or more; or

 

 40 

 

 

(5)            (A) a court having jurisdiction in the premises having entered a decree or order for (i) relief in respect of the Issuer, Smurfit Westrock or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or a group of Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of Smurfit Westrock and its Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, (ii) appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, examiner, administrator, sequestration or similar official of the Issuer, Smurfit Westrock or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or a group of Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of Smurfit Westrock and its Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the property and assets of the Issuer, Smurfit Westrock or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or a group of Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of Smurfit Westrock and its Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary or (iii) the winding up or liquidation of the affairs of the Issuer, Smurfit Westrock or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or a group of Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of Smurfit Westrock and its Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary and, in each case, such decree or order remaining unstayed and in effect for a period of 30 consecutive days; or (B) the Issuer, Smurfit Westrock or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or a group of Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of Smurfit Westrock and its Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary (i) having commenced a voluntary case (including taking any action for the purpose of winding up) under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, examination, court protection or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or consented to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case under any such law, (ii) having consented to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, examiner, administrator, sequestration or similar official of the Issuer, Smurfit Westrock or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or a group of Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of Smurfit Westrock and its Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the property and assets of the Issuer, Smurfit Westrock or any of its Significant Subsidiaries or a group of Subsidiaries that, taken together (as of the latest audited consolidated financial statements of Smurfit Westrock and its Subsidiaries), would constitute a Significant Subsidiary or (iii) having effected any general assignment for the benefit of creditors.

 

SECTION 6.2. Acceleration. In the case of an Event of Default arising under Section 6.1(5) hereof, the principal of, premium, if any, accrued and unpaid interest, if any, and Additional Amounts, if any, on all outstanding Notes shall become due and payable immediately without further action or notice. If any other Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee (upon request of Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Notes of the applicable series subject to the Event of Default then outstanding) shall, by notice in writing to the Issuer, or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes of the applicable series may, by notice in writing to the Issuer and the Trustee, declare all Notes of such series to be due and payable, and any such notice shall specify the respective Event of Default and that such notice is a “notice of acceleration”, and the principal of, premium, if any, accrued and unpaid interest, if any, and Additional Amounts, if any, on all outstanding Notes of such series shall become immediately due and payable. In the event of any Event of Default specified in Section 6.1(4), such Event of Default and all consequences thereof (including, without limitation, any acceleration or resulting payment default) shall be annulled, waived and rescinded automatically and without any action by the Trustee or the Holders, if within 30 days after such Event of Default arose, (x) the Indebtedness or guarantee that is the basis for such Event of Default has been discharged, (y) the creditors on such Indebtedness have rescinded or waived the acceleration, notice or action, as the case may be, giving rise to such Event of Default or (z) if the default that is the basis for such Event of Default has been cured.

 

 41 

 

 

SECTION 6.3. Other Remedies. If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy by proceeding at law or in equity to collect the payment of principal of or, premium, if any, interest or Additional Amounts, if any, on the Notes of the applicable series subject to the Event of Default or to enforce the performance of any provision of such Notes or this Indenture.

 

SECTION 6.4. The Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Securities. All rights of action and claims under this Indenture or the Notes may be prosecuted and enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any of the Notes or the production thereof in any proceeding relating thereto.

 

SECTION 6.5. Rights and Remedies Cumulative. Except as otherwise provided with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes in Section 2.8, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders of Notes is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent or subsequent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.

 

SECTION 6.6. Delay or Omission Not Waiver. No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder of any Note to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders of Notes may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders of Notes.

 

SECTION 6.7. Waiver of Past Defaults. Subject to Section 9.2, at any time after a declaration of acceleration with respect to any series of Notes as described in Section 6.2, the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes of such series by written notice to the Trustee, may, on behalf of the Holders of all the Notes of such series, waive any existing Default or Event of Default (except with respect to a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal, premium, interest, Additional Amounts, if any, and other monetary obligations on such Notes) and rescind and annul a declaration of acceleration and its consequences if (i) all existing Events of Default, other than the nonpayment of the principal of, premium, if any, interest, Additional Amounts, if any, and other monetary obligations on such Notes that have become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived and (ii) the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction. Such waiver shall not excuse a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of interest, premium, if any, principal or Additional Amounts, if any, on such Notes held by a non-consenting Holder, or in respect of a covenant or a provision which cannot be amended or modified without the consent of at least 80% of Holders. The Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that the requisite percentage of Holders has consented to such waiver and attaching copies of such consents. When a Default or Event of Default is waived with respect to any series of Notes, it is cured and ceases with respect to such series of Notes.

 

 42 

 

 

SECTION 6.8. Control by Majority. Subject to Section 2.10, the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes of any series may, by written notice to the Trustee, direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on it with respect to such series of Notes. Subject to Section 7.1, however, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with any law or this Indenture or that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of another Holder of Notes of such series, or that would involve the Trustee in liability or expense; provided, however, that the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee which is not inconsistent with such direction. Prior to taking any action under this Indenture, the Trustee will be entitled to indemnification or security to its satisfaction against all losses, liabilities, costs and expenses incurred by it in taking or not taking such action.

 

SECTION 6.9. Limitation on Suits. Except to enforce the right to receive payment of principal, premium, if any, interest when due and Additional Amounts, if any, no Holder may pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes of any series, unless:

 

(1)            such Holder has previously given the Trustee notice that an Event of Default is continuing;

 

(2)            Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes of the applicable series have requested the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

 

(3)            such Holders have offered the Trustee indemnity or security to its satisfaction, against any loss, liability or expense;

 

(4)            the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt of the request and the offer of such security or indemnity; and

 

(5)            the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes of the applicable series have not given the Trustee a direction that, in the opinion of the Trustee, is inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period.

 

SECTION 6.10. Collection Suit by Trustee. If an Event of Default in payment of principal, premium, if any, interest or Additional Amounts, if any, specified in clause (1) or clause (2) of Section 6.1 occurs and is continuing with respect to a series of Notes, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuer or any other obligor on such series of Notes for the whole amount of principal and accrued interest remaining unpaid and Additional Amounts, if any, thereon and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.6.

 

SECTION 6.11. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. The Trustee may file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, accountants and experts) and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relating to the Issuer, its creditors or its property or other obligor on the Notes, its creditors and its property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same, and any custodian in any such judicial proceedings is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agent and counsel, accountants and experts, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.6. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, accountants and experts, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.6 hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties which the Holders of the Notes of the applicable series may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise.

 

 43 

 

 

SECTION 6.12. Priorities. If the Trustee collects any money or property pursuant to this Article VI, it shall pay out the money or property in the following order:

 

First: to the Trustee, the Agents and their agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.6, including payment of all compensation, fees, expense and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the costs and expenses of collection;

 

Second: to Holders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes of the applicable series for principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind (including between different series of Notes if more than one series of Notes is affected), according to the amounts due and payable on such series of Notes for principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, respectively; and

 

Third: to the Issuer or any other obligor on the Notes, as their interests may appear, or as a court of competent jurisdiction may direct.

 

The Trustee, upon prior notice to the Issuer, may fix a record date and a payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this Section 6.12; provided that the failure to give any such notice shall not affect the establishment of such record date or payment date for Holders pursuant to this Section 6.12.

 

SECTION 6.13. Restoration of Rights and Remedies. If the Trustee or any Holder of any Note has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case, subject to any determination in such proceeding, the Issuer, the Trustee and the Holders of the applicable series of Notes shall be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Holders of the applicable series of Notes shall continue as though no such proceeding had been instituted.

 

SECTION 6.14. Undertaking for Costs. In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.14 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee or a suit by a Holder or Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes of any series.

 

 44 

 

 

SECTION 6.15. Additional Payments. In the case of any Event of Default occurring by reason of any willful action (or inaction) taken (or not taken) by or on behalf of the Issuer in bad faith with the intention of avoiding payment of the premium that the Issuer would have had to pay if the Issuer then had elected to redeem a series of Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of this Indenture or was required to repurchase the Notes of a series, an equivalent premium shall also become and be immediately due and payable to the extent permitted by law upon the acceleration of such series of Notes.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

TRUSTEE

 

SECTION 7.1. Duties of Trustee. (a)  If an Event of Default of which a Trust Officer of the Trustee has received written notice has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his or her own affairs. Subject to such provisions, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under this Indenture at the request of any of the Holders of Notes, unless they shall have offered to the Trustee indemnity or security to its satisfaction against any loss, liability, cost or expense.

 

(b)            Except during the continuance of an Event of Default of which a Trust Officer of the Trustee has received written notice:

 

(1)            The Trustee and the Agents will perform only those duties as are specifically set forth herein and no others and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee or the Agents.

 

(2)            In the absence of bad faith on their part, the Trustee and the Agents may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions and such other documents delivered to them pursuant to Section 11.3 furnished to the Trustee or Agent and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are required to be furnished to the Trustee or the Agents, the Trustee or the Agents, as applicable, shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture.

 

(c)            The Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own grossly negligent action, its own grossly negligent failure to act, or its own fraud or willful misconduct, except that:

 

(1)            This paragraph does not limit the effect of subsection (b) of this Section 7.1.

 

 45 

 

 

(2)            Neither the Trustee nor any Agent shall be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Trust Officer of such Trustee or Agent, unless it is proved that the Trustee or such Agent was grossly negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts.

 

(3)            The Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.8.

 

(d)            No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee or any Agent to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or to take or omit to take any action under this Indenture or take any action at the request or direction of Holders if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds is not assured to it or it does not receive an indemnity or security satisfactory to it in its sole discretion against such risk, liability, loss, fee or expense which might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.

 

(e)            Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to subsections (a), (b), (c) and (d) of this Section 7.1.

 

(f)            Neither the Trustee nor the Agents shall be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee and any Agent may agree in writing with the Issuer. Money held by the Trustee in trust or any Agent need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

(g)            Any provision hereof relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee or Agent shall be subject to the provisions of this Section 7.1.

 

(h)            The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including its rights to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by the Trustee in each of its capacities it which it may serve, and to each Agent, custodian and other person employed to act hereunder.

 

SECTION 7.2. Rights of Trustee. Subject to Section 7.1:

 

(a)            The Trustee and each Agent may rely conclusively on and shall be protected from acting or refraining from acting based upon any document believed by them to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper person. Neither the Trustee nor any Agent shall be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent order, approval, appraisal, bond, debenture, note, coupon, security or other paper or document, but the Trustee or its Agent, as the case may be, in its discretion, may make reasonable further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters stated in such document and if the Trustee or its Agent as the case may be, shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Issuer, at reasonable times during normal business hours, personally or by agent or attorney. The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice or any knowledge of any matter (including Defaults or Events of Default) unless a Trust Officer assigned to and working in the Trustee’s Trust & Security Services office has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice thereof is received by the Trustee, Attention: Trust & Agency Services and such notice references the Notes generally, the Issuer or this Indenture.

 

 46 

 

 

(b)            Any request, direction, order or demand of the Issuer mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by an Officers’ Certificate or Issuer Order and any resolution of the Board of Directors of the Issuer, as the case may be, may be sufficiently evidenced by a Board Resolution.

 

(c)            Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers’ Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both, which shall conform to the provisions of Sections 11.3 and 11.4. Neither the Trustee nor any Agent shall be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such certificate or opinion.

 

(d)            The Trustee and any Agent may act through their attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent (other than an agent who is an employee of the Trustee or such Agent) appointed with due care.

 

(e)            The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith which it reasonably believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture; provided, however, that the Trustee’s conduct does not constitute willful misconduct, gross negligence or fraud.

 

(f)            The Trustee or any Agent may consult with counsel of its selection and the advice or opinion of such counsel as to matters of law shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel.

 

(g)            Subject to Section 9.2, the Trustee may (but shall not be obligated to), without the consent of the Holders, give any consent, waiver or approval required by the terms hereof, but shall not without the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes of each affected series at the time outstanding (i) give any consent, waiver or approval or (ii) agree to any amendment or modification of this Indenture, in each case, that shall have a material adverse effect on the interests of any Holder. The Trustee shall be entitled to request and conclusively rely on an Opinion of Counsel with respect to whether any consent, waiver, approval, amendment or modification shall have a material adverse effect on the interests of any Holder.

 

(h)            Subject to Section 7.7, any Agent may transfer its rights and obligations under this Indenture to any other member of the DB Group without the Holders’ consent. For the purposes of this clause, “DB Group” means Deutsche Bank AG and any of its associated companies, branches and subsidiary undertakings from time to time.

 

SECTION 7.3. Individual Rights of Trustee. The Trustee or any Agent in its respective individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of the Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuer or its respective Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not the Trustee or an Agent. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest, it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the Commission for permission to continue as trustee or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like rights. The Trustee must comply with Sections 7.9 and 7.10.

 

 47 

 

 

SECTION 7.4. Trustee’s Disclaimer. The Trustee and the Agents shall not be responsible for and make no representation as to the validity, effectiveness, correctness or adequacy of this Indenture, any Guarantee or the offering materials related to this Indenture or the Notes; it shall not be accountable for the Issuer’s use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Issuer or upon the Issuer’s direction under any provision hereof; it shall not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Agent and it shall not be responsible for any statement or recital herein of the Issuer, or any document issued in connection with the sale of the Notes or any statement in the Notes other than the Trustee’s certificate of authentication.

 

SECTION 7.5. Notice of Default. If an Event of Default with respect to any series of Notes occurs and is continuing and a Trust Officer of the Trustee has received written notice of such event, the Trustee shall mail to each Holder of Notes of such series, as their names and addresses appear on the list of Holders described in Section 2.5, notice of the uncured Default or Event of Default within 60 days after the Trustee receives such notice. Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal of, premium, if any, interest or Additional Amounts, if any, on any Note, including the failure to make payment on the Change of Control Payment Date pursuant to a Change of Control Offer, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its Trust Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interest of the Holders of Notes of such series.

 

SECTION 7.6. Compensation and Indemnity. The Issuer shall pay to the Trustee and the Agents from time to time such reasonable compensation as the Issuer and the Trustee shall from time to time agree upon in writing for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder. The Trustee’s and the Agents’ compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Issuer shall reimburse the Trustee and the Agent upon request for all reasonable disbursements, expenses and advances (including reasonable fees and expenses of counsel) incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for their services, except any such disbursements, expenses and advances as may be attributable to the Trustee’s or any Agent’s gross negligence, willful misconduct or fraud. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s and Agents’ accountants, experts and counsel and any taxes or other expenses incurred by a trust created pursuant to Section 8.4 hereof.

 

The Issuer agrees to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of the Trustee’s legal counsel, White & Case LLP in connection with its review, preparation and delivery of this Indenture and related documentation.

 

The Issuer shall indemnify each of the Trustee, any predecessor Trustee and the Agents (which, for purposes of this paragraph, include such Trustee’s and Agents’ affiliates, officers, directors, employees and agents) and in any other capacity the Trustee may serve hereunder for, and hold them harmless against, any and all loss, damage, claim, expense or liability including taxes (other than taxes based on the income of the Trustee) incurred by the Trustee or an Agent without gross negligence, willful misconduct or fraud on its part, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final non-appealable decision in connection with acceptance of administration of this trust and performance of its duties under this Indenture, including the reasonable expenses and attorneys’ fees and expenses of defending itself against any claim of liability arising hereunder. The Trustee and the Agents shall notify the Issuer promptly of any claim asserted against the Trustee or such Agent for which it may seek indemnity. However, the failure by the Trustee or the Agent to so notify the Issuer shall not relieve the Issuer of its obligations hereunder. The Issuer shall defend the claim and the Trustee or such Agent shall cooperate in the defense (and may employ its own counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee) at the Issuer’s expense. The Trustee or such Agent may have separate counsel and the Issuer shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel. The Issuer need not pay for any settlement made without its written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

 48 

 

 

For the avoidance of doubt, the Issuer will not, without the prior written consent of the Trustee and/or the Agents, as applicable, settle any claim in respect of which indemnification may be sought, regardless of whether or not the Trustee or the Agents are actual or potential parties thereto, unless such settlement (a) includes an express, complete and unconditional release of the Trustee and/or the Agents, as applicable, with respect to all claims asserted in such litigation or proceeding, or relating to the engagement of the Trustee or the Agents, such release to be set forth in an instrument signed by all parties to such settlement and (b) does not include a statement as to an admission of fault, culpability or failure to act by or on behalf of the Trustee and/or the Agents, as applicable, or any of their affiliates. The Issuer shall consult with Trustee or the Agents, as applicable, regarding any claim or settlement thereof and provide the Trustee and the Agents, as applicable, with any reasonably requested information or copies of documents relating to a claim or settlement thereof.

 

To secure the Issuer’s payment obligations in this Section 7.6, the Trustee and the Agents shall have a senior Lien prior to the Notes against all money or property held or collected by the Trustee and the Agents, in its capacity as Trustee or Agent, except money or property held in trust to pay principal or premium, if any, Additional Amounts, if any, or interest on particular Notes.

 

The Issuer’s obligations under this Section 7.6 and any claim arising hereunder shall survive the termination of this Indenture, the resignation or removal of any Trustee or Agent, the discharge of the Issuer’s obligations pursuant to Article VIII and any rejection or termination under any Bankruptcy Law.

 

SECTION 7.7. Replacement of Trustee. The Trustee and any Agent may resign at any time upon 30 days’ prior written notice to the Issuer. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee or Agent by so notifying the Issuer and the Trustee or such Agent, as the case may be, in writing and may appoint a successor trustee or agent with the Issuer’s consent. A resignation or removal of the Trustee or any Agent and appointment of a successor Trustee or Agent, as the case may be, shall become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s or Agent’s acceptance of appointment, as the case may be, as provided in this Section 7.7. The Issuer may remove the Trustee or an Agent if:

 

(1)            the Trustee or Agent, as the case may be, fails to comply with Section 7.9;

 

(2)            the Trustee or Agent, as the case may be, is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee or Agent, as the case may be, under any Bankruptcy Law;

 

 49 

 

 

(3)            a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or Agent, as the case may be, or its respective property; or

 

(4)            the Trustee or Agent, as the case may be, becomes incapable of acting with respect to its duties hereunder.

 

If the Trustee or an Agent resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee or Agent for any reason, the Issuer shall notify each Holder of such event and shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee or Agent, as the case may be. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may, with the Issuer’s consent, appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Issuer.

 

A successor Trustee or Agent, as the case may be, shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee or Agent and to the Issuer. Immediately after that, the retiring Trustee or Agent, as the case may be, shall transfer, after payment of all sums then owing to the Trustee or Agent, as the case may be, pursuant to Section 7.6, all property held by it as Trustee or Agent to the successor Trustee or Agent, subject to the Lien provided in Section 7.6, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee or Agent, as the case may be, shall become effective, and the successor Trustee or Agent, as the case may be, shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee or Agent under this Indenture. A successor Trustee or Agent shall mail notice of its succession to each Holder.

 

If a successor Trustee or Agent does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee or Agent resigns or is removed, (i) the retiring Trustee or Agent (as the case may be), the Issuer or the Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee or Agent or (ii) the retiring Trustee or Agent may appoint a successor Trustee or Agent, as applicable, at any time prior to the date on which a successor Trustee or Agent takes office, provided that such appointment shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Issuer.

 

If the Trustee or Agent after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six months fails to comply with Section 7.9, such Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee or Agent, as the case may be, and the appointment of a successor thereto.

 

Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee or Agent pursuant to this Section 7.7, the Issuer’s obligations under Section 7.6 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee or Agent, as the case may be, and the Issuer shall pay to any replaced or removed Trustee or Agent all amounts owed under Section 7.6 upon such replacement or removal.

 

SECTION 7.8. Successor Trustee by Merger, etc. If the Trustee or Agent consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation or banking association, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation without any further act shall, if such resulting, surviving or transferee corporation is otherwise eligible hereunder, be the successor Trustee. In case any Notes shall have been authenticated, but not delivered, by the Trustee then in office, any successor by consolidation, merger or conversion to such authenticating Trustee may adopt such authentication and deliver the Notes so authenticated with the same effect as if such successor Trustee had itself authenticated such Notes.

 

 50 

 

 

SECTION 7.9. Eligibility; Disqualification. This Indenture shall at all times have a Trustee that is an entity organized and doing business under the laws of the United States or any state thereof, or the United Kingdom, or a Member State of the European Union or a political subdivision thereof, that is authorized under examination by federal or state authorities or by the authorities of the United Kingdom or a Member State of the European Union or a political subdivision thereof. No obligor under the Notes or Person directly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with such obligor shall serve as Trustee.

 

SECTION 7.10. Disqualification; Conflicting Interests. Within 90 days after becoming aware that a material conflict of interest exists between the Trustee’s role as a trustee and any other capacity, the Trustee shall either (i) eliminate such conflict of interest or (ii) resign from office; provided, however, that this Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees shall remain valid notwithstanding a material conflict of interest of the Trustee.

 

SECTION 7.11. [Intentionally omitted]

 

SECTION 7.12. Force Majeure. In no event shall the Trustee or Agent, in each of its capacities hereunder, be liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations under this Indenture because of circumstances beyond its control, including, but not limited to, acts of God, epidemics, pandemics, flood, war (whether declared or undeclared), terrorism, fire, riot, embargo and government action, including any laws, ordinances, regulations or the like which restrict or prohibit the providing of the services or the obligations contemplated by this Indenture.

 

SECTION 7.13. Consequential Loss. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Indenture, in no event shall the Trustee or Agent be liable for special, indirect or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including but not limited to lost profits), even if the Trustee has been advised of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE

 

SECTION 8.1. Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance. The Issuer may, at the option of its Board of Directors evidenced by a resolution set forth in an Officers’ Certificate, at any time, with respect to the Notes of any series, elect to have either Section 8.2 or 8.3 be applied to all outstanding Notes of such series upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article VIII.

 

SECTION 8.2. Legal Defeasance and Discharge. Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.1 of the option applicable to this Section 8.2 with respect to a series of Notes, the Issuer shall be deemed to have been discharged from its obligations with respect to the outstanding Notes of such series and the Guarantors shall be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to their Guarantees of the Notes of such series, in each case on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Legal Defeasance”). For this purpose, such Legal Defeasance means that the Issuer shall be deemed to have paid and discharged all the obligations relating to the outstanding Notes of the applicable series and such Notes shall thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.6, Section 8.8 and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to below in this Section 8.2, and to have satisfied all of their other obligations under such Notes, the Guarantees and this Indenture and cured all then existing Events of Default (in each case with respect to such series of Notes)(and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Issuer, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder:

 

(1)            the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on such Notes when such payments are due (including on a Redemption Date) from the trust created pursuant to this Indenture;

 

 51 

 

 

(2)            the Issuer’s obligations with respect to the Notes concerning issuing temporary Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust;

 

(3)            the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee, and the Issuer’s and the Guarantors’ obligations in connection therewith set forth in Article VII hereof; and

 

(4)            this Article VIII and the obligations set forth in Section 8.6 hereof.

 

Subject to compliance with this Article VIII, the Issuer may exercise its option under Section 8.2 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.3 with respect to the applicable series of Notes. If the Issuer exercises its Legal Defeasance option with respect to a series of Notes, payment of the Notes of such series may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default.

 

SECTION 8.3. Covenant Defeasance. Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.1 of the option applicable to this Section 8.3 with respect to a series of Notes, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall be released from any obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.3, 4.8, 4.10, and 4.19 hereof with respect to the outstanding Notes of such series on and after the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Covenant Defeasance”) and the Notes of such series shall thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes shall not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes).

 

For the purposes hereof, such Covenant Defeasance means that, (i) with respect to the outstanding Notes of the applicable series, the Issuer and the Guarantors may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant with respect to such series, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and (ii) payment on the Notes of such series may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default specified in clause (3) (insofar as it relates to Sections 4.3, 4.8, 4.10 and 4.19 hereof) and (4) of Section 6.1.

 

 52 

 

 

SECTION 8.4. Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance. The following shall be the conditions to the application of either Section 8.2 or Section 8.3 to the outstanding Notes of a series:

 

(1)            the Issuer must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee (or such other entity designated or appointed by the Trustee for this purpose), in trust, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes of the applicable series, cash in euro in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of an internationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, interest, premium and Additional Amounts, if any, on the outstanding Notes of the applicable series on the stated maturity or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and the Issuer must specify whether the Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption date;

 

(2)            in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States reasonably acceptable to the Trustee and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee confirming that (A) the Issuer has received from, or there has been published by, the United States Internal Revenue Service a ruling or (B) since the date of this Indenture, there has been a change in the applicable United States federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that, and based thereon such Opinion of Counsel shall confirm that, the Holders of the outstanding Notes of the applicable series will not recognize income, gain or loss for United States federal income tax purposes as a result of such Legal Defeasance and will be subject to United States federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred;

 

(3)            in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States reasonably acceptable to the Trustee and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee confirming that the Holders of the outstanding Notes of the applicable series will not recognize income, gain or loss for United States federal income tax purposes as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to United States federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

 

(4)            no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit);

 

(5)            the Issuer must deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Issuer with the intent of preferring the Holders of such series of Notes over the other creditors of the Issuer with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding creditors of the Issuer or others; and

 

(6)            the Issuer must deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, each stating that all conditions precedent relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with.

 

 53 

 

 

SECTION 8.5. Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture. This Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all Notes of a series issued hereunder when:

 

(1)            either (i) all Notes of such series that have been authenticated (except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes that have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust and thereafter repaid to the Issuer) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or (ii) all Notes of such series that have not been delivered to the Trustee or the Registrar for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the making of a notice of redemption or otherwise or will become due and payable at their stated maturity within one year, or if redeemable at the option of the Issuer, are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee, and the Issuer has irrevocably deposited with the Trustee (or such other entity designated or appointed by the Trustee for this purpose), in trust, for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, cash in euro in such amounts as will be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Notes of such series not delivered to the Trustee or the Registrar for cancellation for principal, premium and Additional Amounts, if any, and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption;

 

(2)            no Default or Event of Default with respect to such series of Notes shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or shall occur as a result of such deposit;

 

(3)            the Issuer and each Guarantor has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under this Indenture with respect to such series of Notes; and

 

(4)            the Issuer has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee under this Indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes of that series at maturity or the redemption date, as the case may be.

 

SECTION 8.6. Survival of Certain Obligations. Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture and of the Notes and the Guarantees (in each case with respect to any series of Notes) referred to in Section 8.1, 8.2, 8.3, 8.4 or 8.5, the respective obligations of the Issuer, each Guarantor and the Trustee under Sections 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 2.8, 2.9, 2.10, 2.11, 2.12, 2.13, 2.14, 4.1, 4.2, 4.20 and 4.21, Article VII, Article VIII and Section 11.11 shall survive until the Notes of such series are no longer outstanding, and thereafter the obligations of the Issuer and the Trustee under Articles VII and VIII shall survive. Nothing contained in this Article VIII shall abrogate any of the obligations or duties of the Trustee under this Indenture.

 

SECTION 8.7. Acknowledgment of Discharge by Trustee. Subject to Section 8.10, after (i) the conditions of Section 8.4 or 8.5 have been satisfied, (ii) the Issuer has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable with respect to a series of Notes hereunder by the Issuer and (iii) the Issuer has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, each stating that all conditions precedent referred to in clause (i) above relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture with respect to such series of Notes have been complied with, the Trustee upon written request shall acknowledge in writing the discharge of all of the Issuer’s obligations under this Indenture with respect to such series of Notes except for those surviving obligations specified in this Article VIII.

 

 54 

 

 

SECTION 8.8. Application of Trust Moneys. All cash in euros deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 8.4 or 8.5 in respect of Notes shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of the Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon for principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

The Issuer shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash deposited pursuant to Section 8.4 or 8.5 or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of outstanding Notes.

 

SECTION 8.9. Repayment to the Issuer; Unclaimed Money. The Trustee and any Paying Agent shall promptly pay or return to the Issuer upon Issuer Order any cash held by them at any time that are not required for the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on the Notes for which cash has been deposited pursuant to Section 8.4 or 8.5.

 

Any money held by the Trustee in trust or any Paying Agent under this Article, for the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, has become due and payable shall be paid to the Issuer upon Issuer Order or if then held by the Issuer shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Issuer for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, shall thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Issuer give notice to the Holders or, if and so long as the Notes are admitted to the Global Exchange Market of Euronext Dublin, and the rules of the Global Exchange Market of Euronext Dublin so require, the Issuer will inform the Companies Announcement Office of Euronext Dublin or in the case of Definitive Notes, in addition to such publication, mail to Holders by first-class mail, postage prepaid, at their respective addresses as they appear on the registration books of the Registrar (and, if and so long as the Notes are admitted to the Global Exchange Market of Euronext Dublin, and the rules of the Global Exchange Market of Euronext Dublin so require, the Issuer will inform the Companies Announcement Office of Euronext Dublin), that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Issuer.

 

SECTION 8.10. Reinstatement. If the Trustee or any Paying Agent is unable to apply any cash in accordance with Section 8.2, 8.3, 8.4 or 8.5 by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Issuer’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.2, 8.3, 8.4 or 8.5 until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such cash in accordance with Section 8.2, 8.3, 8.4 or 8.5; provided, however, that if the Issuer has made any payment of interest on, premium, if any, principal and Additional Amounts, if any, of any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

 

 55 

 

 

ARTICLE IX

 

AMENDMENTS, SUPPLEMENTS AND WAIVERS

 

SECTION 9.1. Without Consent of Holders of Notes. Notwithstanding Section 9.2 hereof, the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee together may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees without the consent of any Holder of a Note:

 

(1)            to cure any ambiguity, defect, error or inconsistency;

 

(2)            to provide for the assumption of the Issuer’s or a Guarantor’s obligations to Holders in the case of a merger or consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of the Issuer’s or such Guarantor’s assets, as applicable;

 

(3)            to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under this Indenture of any Holder;

 

(4)            to allow any Guarantor to execute a supplemental indenture and/or a Guarantee with respect to the Notes;

 

(5)            to evidence and provide the acceptance of the appointment of a successor Trustee under this Indenture;

 

(6)            to conform the text of this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees to any provision of the “Description of Notes” in the Offering Memorandum to the extent such provision in the “Description of Notes” was intended to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantee;

 

(7)            to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the limitations set forth in this Indenture;

 

(8)            to the extent necessary to provide for the granting of a Lien to secure the Notes and/or any Guarantee as contemplated under Section 4.10 hereof; or

 

(9)            to add or change any of the provisions of this Indenture or the Notes to such extent as shall be necessary to permit or facilitate the deposit of the Notes with, or on behalf of, a common safekeeper for Euroclear and Clearstream Banking and the registration of such Notes in the name of such common safekeeper (or its nominee), and to otherwise allow the Notes to be held in a manner that will satisfy the Note format eligibility criteria for the Notes to be pledged as collateral in European central banking and monetary operations, or to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes.

 

 56 

 

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the paragraph above, in order to effect an amendment authorized by clause (4) above, it shall only be necessary for the supplemental indenture providing for the accession of such additional Guarantor to be duly authorized and executed by the Issuer, such additional Guarantor and the Trustee. Any other amendments permitted by this Indenture need only be duly authorized and executed by Issuer and the Trustee.

 

Without the consent of the Holders of at least 66 2/3% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding of each affected series, an amendment or waiver may not (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder) release any Guarantor from any of its obligations under its Guarantee or this Indenture with respect to such affected series of Notes, except in accordance with the terms of this Indenture.

 

Upon the request of the Issuer, accompanied by a Board Resolution authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 9.5, the Trustee shall join with the Issuer and the Guarantors in the execution of any amended or supplemental indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations which may be therein contained, but the Trustee shall not be obligated to enter into such amended or supplemental indenture which adversely affects its own rights, duties or immunities hereunder or otherwise.

 

For so long as the Notes are admitted to the Global Exchange Market of Euronext Dublin, and the rules of the Global Exchange Market of Euronext Dublin so require, the Issuer will give notice to the Companies Announcement Office of Euronext Dublin of any of the foregoing amendments, supplements and waivers and provide, if necessary, a supplement to the Offering Memorandum setting forth reasonable details in connection with any such amendments, supplements or waivers.

 

SECTION 9.2. With Consent of Holders of Notes. The Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding of each series affected by such amendment or supplement (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, the Notes), and, subject to Section 6.7, any existing Default, an Event of Default or its consequences or compliance with any provision of this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees may be waived with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding of each series affected by such waiver (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, the Notes). However, unless consented to by Holders of at least 90% of the aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes of each affected series (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes), without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment or waiver may not (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder of the Notes) with respect to such affected series:

 

(1)            reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;

 

(2)            reduce the principal of or change the fixed maturity of any Note;

 

 57 

 

 

(3)            reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest on any Note;

 

(4)            reduce the premium or amount payable upon the redemption of any Note or change the time at which any Note may be redeemed as described in Paragraphs 7 and 8 of the relevant series of Notes;

 

(5)            waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of, or interest, premium or Additional Amounts, if any, on the Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of such Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of such Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration);

 

(6)            make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Notes;

 

(7)            make any change in the provisions of this Indenture relating to the rights of any Holder to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Notes or any guarantee in respect thereof;

 

(8)            waive a redemption payment with respect to any Note (other than a payment required by Section 4.19 hereof);

 

(9)            make any change in the provisions of this Indenture described in Section 4.20 hereof and Paragraph 2 of the Notes that adversely affects the rights of any Holder of such Notes or amends the terms of such Notes in a way that would result in a loss of an exemption from any of the Taxes described thereunder or an exemption from any obligation to withhold or deduct Taxes so described thereunder unless the Payor agrees to pay Additional Amounts, if any, in respect thereof; or

 

(10)          make any change in the preceding amendment and waiver provisions.

 

Upon the request of the Issuer, accompanied by a Board Resolution authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the Holders of Notes as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 9.5, the Trustee shall join with the Issuer and the Guarantors in the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture unless such amended or supplemental indenture adversely affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities hereunder or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental indenture. It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders of Notes under this Section 9.2 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof. After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section becomes effective, the Issuer shall mail to the Holders of Notes of each affected series a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Issuer to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amended or supplemental indenture or waiver.

 

 58 

 

 

After an amendment, supplement or waiver under the foregoing paragraph becomes effective, the Issuer shall, in the case of Definitive Notes, mail to the Holders of the Notes of each affected series a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. However, the failure to give such notice to all Holders of the Notes of each affected series, or any defect therein, will not in any way impair or affect the validity of such amended or supplemented indenture or waiver. In addition, for so long as the Notes of any affected series are admitted to the Global Exchange Market of Euronext Dublin, and the rules of the Global Exchange Market of Euronext Dublin so require, the Issuer will give notice of any amendment, supplement and waiver to the Companies Announcement Office of Euronext Dublin.

 

Any amendment, supplement or waiver pursuant to Section 9.1 or this Section 9.2 which modifies the rights of the Holders of Notes of any series with respect to any covenant or other provision shall be deemed not to affect the rights under the Indenture of the Holders of Notes of any other series.

 

SECTION 9.3. Revocation and Effect of Consents. (a)  Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a Note may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the waiver, supplement or amendment becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder of a Note.

 

(b)            The Issuer may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for determining which Holders of the Notes must consent to such amendment, supplement or waiver. If the Issuer fixes a record date, the record date shall be fixed at (i) the later of 30 days prior to the first solicitation of such consent or the date of the most recent list of Holders of Notes furnished to the Trustee prior to such solicitation pursuant to Section 2.5 or (ii) such other date as the Issuer shall designate.

 

SECTION 9.4. Notation on or Exchange of Notes. The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Issuer in exchange for all Notes of a series may issue and the Trustee shall authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver. Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

 

SECTION 9.5. Trustee to Sign Amendments, etc. The Trustee shall, at the cost and expense of the Issuer, execute any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article IX; provided, however, that the Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, execute any such amendment, supplement or waiver which adversely affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture. The Trustee shall be entitled to receive indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it, and shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Opinion of Counsel and an Officers’ Certificate each stating that (i) the execution of any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article IX is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and (ii) subject to the application of bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance or transfer and other similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally and to the principles of equity, whether considered in a proceeding at law or in equity, constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Issuer enforceable in accordance with its terms; provided that the Trustee may, in its sole discretion, waive the requirement of an Opinion of Counsel with respect to clause (i).

 

 59 

 

 

ARTICLE X

 

GUARANTEES

 

SECTION 10.1. Guarantee. (a)  Subject to the provisions of Section 10.2 hereof and any other limitations under applicable law, each Guarantor hereby fully, unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees, as primary obligor and not merely as surety, jointly and severally with each other Guarantor, to each Holder of the Notes and the Trustee the full and punctual payment when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, of the principal of, premium, if any, interest or Additional Amounts, if any, on the Notes and all other obligations of the Issuer under this Indenture and the Notes (all the foregoing being hereinafter collectively called the “Guarantee Obligations”). Each Guarantor further agrees (to the extent permitted by and subject to requirements under applicable law) that the Guarantee Obligations may be extended or renewed, in whole or in part, without notice or further assent from it, and that it shall remain bound under this Article X (to the extent permitted by applicable and subject to requirements under applicable law) notwithstanding any extension or renewal of any Guarantee Obligation.

 

(b)            To the extent permitted by law, each Guarantor waives presentation to, demand of, payment from and protest to the Issuer of any of the Guarantee Obligations and also waives notice of protest for nonpayment, including, for the avoidance of doubt, any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any such Guarantee Obligations. Each Guarantor waives notice of any default under the Notes or the Guarantee Obligations. The obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not (to the extent permitted by and subject to requirements under applicable law) be affected by: (a) the failure of any Holder to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any right or remedy against the Issuer, any other Guarantor or any other person under this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement or otherwise; (b) any extension or renewal of any thereof; (c) any rescission, waiver, amendment or modification of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture, the Notes or any other agreement; (d) the release of any security held by any Holder or the Trustee for the Guarantee Obligations or any of them; or (e) any change in the ownership of the Issuer.

 

(c)            Each Guarantor further agrees that its Guarantee herein constitutes a guarantee of payment when due (and not a guarantee of collection) and waives any right to require that any resort be had by any Holder to any security held for payment of the Guarantee Obligations.

 

(d)            Subject to the provisions of Section 10.2 hereof, the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination for any reason (other than payment of the Guarantee Obligations in full), including any claim of waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise, and shall not (to the extent permitted by law) be subject to any defense of setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or termination whatsoever or by reason of the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of the Guarantee Obligations or otherwise. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the obligations of each Guarantor herein shall not (to the extent permitted by law) be discharged or impaired or otherwise affected by (i) the failure of any Holder to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any remedy under this Indenture, the Note or any other agreement, (ii) any waiver or modification of any thereof, (iii) any default, failure or delay, willful or otherwise, in the performance of the Guarantee Obligations, or (iv) any other act or thing or omission or delay to do any other act or thing which may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk of any Guarantor or would otherwise operate as a discharge of any Guarantor as a matter of law or equity.

 

 60 

 

 

(e)            Each Guarantor further agrees that its Guarantee herein shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of principal of or interest or Additional Amounts, if any, on any of the Guarantee Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by any Holder upon the bankruptcy or reorganization (including examinership) of the Issuer or otherwise.

 

(f)             Subject to the provisions of Section 10.2 hereof, in furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation of any other right which any Holder has at law or in equity against any Guarantor by virtue hereof, upon the failure of the Issuer to pay any of the Guarantee Obligations when and as the same shall become due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, by redemption or otherwise, each Guarantor hereby promises to and will, upon receipt of written demand by the Trustee, forthwith pay, or cause to be paid, in cash, to the Trustee for and on behalf of itself and the Holders an amount equal to the sum of (i) the unpaid amount of such Guarantee Obligations then due and owing and (ii) accrued and unpaid interest on such Guarantee Obligations then due and owing (but only to the extent not prohibited by law). Payments made under this guarantee shall be made to the Trustee on behalf of the Holders.

 

(g)            Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between it, on the one hand, and the Holders, on the other hand, but subject always to Section 10.2 hereof, (x) the maturity of the Guarantee Obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in this Indenture for the purposes of its Guarantee herein, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the Guarantee Obligations guaranteed hereby and (y) in the event of any such declaration of acceleration of such Guarantee Obligations, such Guarantee Obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by each Guarantor for the purposes of its Guarantee.

 

(h)            Each Guarantor also agrees to pay any and all reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by the Trustee or the Holders in enforcing any rights under this Section 10.1.

 

(i)            Neither the Issuer nor the Guarantors shall be required to make a notation on the Notes to reflect any Guarantee or any release, termination or discharge thereof.

 

SECTION 10.2. Limitation on Liability. (a)  Any term or provision of this Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, the maximum aggregate amount of the Guarantee Obligations guaranteed hereunder by any Guarantor shall not exceed the maximum amount that can be hereby guaranteed without rendering this Indenture, as it relates to such Guarantor, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or transfer, voidable preference, financial assistance, corporate purpose, capital maintenance or similar laws, regulations or defenses affecting the rights of creditors generally or other considerations under applicable law.

 

 61 

 

 

(b)            The liability of each Guarantor under this Article X shall be limited to the extent of the limitations (if any) set out in any supplemental indenture executed by a Subsidiary providing for a Guarantee.

 

SECTION 10.3. Successors and Assigns. This Article X shall be binding upon each Guarantor and its successors and assigns and shall enure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Trustee and the Holders and, in the event of any transfer or assignment of rights by any Holder or the Trustee, the rights and privileges conferred upon that party in this Indenture and in the Notes shall automatically extend to and be vested in such transferee or assignee, all subject to the terms and conditions of this Indenture.

 

SECTION 10.4. No Waiver. Neither a failure nor a delay on the part of either the Trustee or the Holders in exercising any right, power or privilege under this Article X shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall a single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise of any right, power or privilege. The rights, remedies and benefits of the Trustee and the Holders herein expressly specified are cumulative and not exclusive of any other rights, remedies or benefits which either may have under this Article X at law, in equity, by statute or otherwise.

 

SECTION 10.5. Modification. No modification, amendment or waiver of any provision of this Article X, nor the consent to any departure by any Guarantor therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Trustee, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. No notice to or demand on any Guarantor in any case shall entitle such Guarantor to any other or further notice or demand in the same, similar or other circumstances.

 

SECTION 10.6. Release of Guarantor. The Guarantee of a Guarantor will be released with respect to a series of Notes:

 

(1)            in connection with any sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of that Guarantor (including by way of merger or consolidation) to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) Smurfit Westrock or a Subsidiary of Smurfit Westrock;

 

(2)            in connection with any sale or other disposition of Capital Stock of that Guarantor to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) Smurfit Westrock or a Subsidiary of Smurfit Westrock, if such Guarantor ceases to be a Subsidiary of Smurfit Westrock as a result of such sale or other disposition;

 

(3)            upon the release or discharge of the guarantee or other obligation of such Guarantor under the Revolving Facility Agreement, or such other guarantee or other obligation that resulted in the creation of such Guarantee, except a release or discharge by or as a result of payment under such guarantee; provided that the guarantee of such Guarantor under the Existing Notes has been released or is concurrently released;

 

(4)            by written notice from the Issuer to the Trustee if such Guarantor does not then guarantee any obligations under any of the Existing Notes (after giving effect to Indebtedness and guarantees concurrently being released or repaid);

 

 62 

 

 

(5)            in accordance with Article IX;

 

(6)            upon the full and final payment and performance of all obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors under this Indenture (with respect to such series) and the Notes of such series;

 

(7)            upon Legal Defeasance, Covenant Defeasance or satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture with respect to such series of Notes as provided for in Article VIII; or

 

(8)            by written notice from the Issuer to the Trustee so long as the Notes of that series have an Investment Grade rating from two or more Rating Agencies; provided that none of the Existing Notes are guaranteed by such Guarantor (after giving effect to guarantees concurrently being released) and no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of such written notice,

 

provided, however, that, notwithstanding the above, any Guarantee by Smurfit Westrock may only be released to the extent that the Ultimate Parent has provided a Guarantee of the Notes (other than any release pursuant to clauses (5), (6) and (7) above).

 

At the request of the Issuer, the Trustee shall execute and deliver an appropriate instrument evidencing such release.

 

SECTION 10.7. Execution of Supplemental Indenture for Future Guarantors. Each Subsidiary and other Person which is required to become a Guarantor pursuant to Section 4.8 shall promptly execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture in the form of Exhibit D hereto pursuant to which such Subsidiary or other Person shall become a Guarantor under this Article X and shall guarantee the Guarantee Obligations. Concurrently with the execution and delivery of such supplemental indenture, the Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee and an Officers’ Certificate to the effect (i) that such supplemental indenture has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Subsidiary or other Person and (ii) that, subject to the application of bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance or transfer and other similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally and to the principles of equity, whether considered in a proceeding at law or in equity, the Guarantee of such Guarantor is a valid and binding obligation of such Guarantor, enforceable against such Guarantor in accordance with its terms and to such other matters as the Trustee may reasonably request; provided that the Trustee may, in its sole discretion, waive the requirement of an Opinion of Counsel with respect to clause (i).

 

 63 

 

 

ARTICLE XI

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

SECTION 11.1. Notices. Any notices or other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing, and shall be sufficiently given if made by hand delivery, by telecopier or first-class mail, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

 

if to the Issuer or any Guarantor:

 

Attention: Secretary
Smurfit Kappa Treasury Unlimited Company
Beech Hill
Clonskeagh
Dublin 4
Ireland
Email address: investor.relations@smurfitwestrock.com

 

with a copy to:

 

Attention: Stuart Morrissy
Hogan Lovells US LLP
390 Madison Avenue
New York, NY 10017
USA
Email: stuart.morrissy@hoganlovells.com

 

if to the Trustee:

 

Attention: Trust & Agency Services
Deutsche Trustee Company Limited
21 Moorfields
London EC2Y 9DB
United Kingdom
Facsimile No: +44-207-547-6149

 

if to the Paying Agent and Transfer Agent

 

Attention: Trust & Agency Services
Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch
21 Moorfields
London EC2Y 9DB
United Kingdom
Facsimile No.: +44-207-547-6149

 

if to the Registrar:

 

Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A.
2, boulevard Konrad Adenauer
L-1115 Luxembourg

Grand Duchy of Luxembourg
Facsimile No.: +352-473-136

 

 64 

 

 

Each of the Issuer and the Trustee by written notice to each other such Person may designate additional or different addresses for notices to such Person. Any notice or communication to the Issuer and the Trustee shall be deemed to have been given or made as of the date so delivered if personally delivered; when receipt is acknowledged, if e-mailed; and five calendar days after mailing if sent by first class mail, postage prepaid (except that a notice of change of address and a notice to the Trustee shall not be deemed to have been given until actually received by the addressee).

 

The Trustee agrees to accept and act upon notices, instructions or directions pursuant to this Indenture sent by unsecured e-mail, facsimile transmission or other similar unsecured electronic methods. If the party elects to give the Trustee e-mail or facsimile notices, instructions or directions (or notices, instructions or directions by a similar electronic method) and the Trustee acts upon such notices, instructions or directions, the Trustee’s understanding of such notices, instructions or directions shall be deemed controlling. The Trustee shall not be liable for any losses, costs or expenses arising directly or indirectly from the Trustee’s reliance upon and compliance with such notices, instructions or directions notwithstanding such notices, instructions or directions conflict or are inconsistent with a subsequent written notice, instruction or direction. The Issuer agrees to assume all risks arising out of the use of such electronic methods to submit notices, instructions and directions to the Trustee, including without limitation the risk of the Trustee acting on unauthorized notices, instructions or directions, and the risk or interception and misuse by third parties.

 

In the case of Definitive Notes, all notices to Holders of the Notes will be validly given if mailed to them at their respective addresses in the register of the Holders of such Notes, if any, maintained by the Registrar. If and for so long as any of the Notes are listed on Euronext Dublin, and the rules of Euronext Dublin so require, notices will be published by delivery to the Companies Announcement Office in Dublin. Each such notice shall be deemed to have been given on the date of such publication, or, if published more than once on different dates, on the first date on which publication is made, provided that, if notices are mailed, such notice shall be deemed to have been given on the later of such publication and the seventh day after being so mailed. For so long as any Notes are represented by Global Notes, all notices to Holders of the Notes will be delivered to the applicable Clearing Agencies, which will give notice of such notice to the holders of beneficial interests in the Notes and all notices that are required to be delivered to Holders will be deemed delivered for purposes of this Indenture if delivered to such Clearing Agencies for communication to holders of book-entry interests. Any notice or communication mailed to a Holder shall be mailed to such Person by first-class mail or other equivalent means and shall be sufficiently given to such Person if so mailed within the time prescribed. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

 

 65 

 

 

SECTION 11.2. [Intentionally omitted].

 

SECTION 11.3. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent. Upon any request or application by the Issuer to the Trustee or an Agent to take any action under this Indenture, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee at the request of the Trustee:

 

(1)            an Officers’ Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 11.4) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been satisfied or complied with; and

 

(2)            an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 11.4) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied or complied with.

 

In any case where several matters are required to be certified by, or covered by an Opinion of Counsel of, any specified Person, it is not necessary that all such matters be certified by, or covered by the Opinion of Counsel of, only one such Person, or that they be so certified or covered by only one document, but one such Person may certify or give an Opinion of Counsel with respect to some matters and one or more such Persons as to other matters, and any such Person may certify or give an Opinion of Counsel as to such matters in one or several documents.

 

Any certificate of an Officer of the Issuer may be based, insofar as it relates to legal matters, upon an Opinion of Counsel, unless such Officer knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that such Opinion of Counsel with respect to the matters upon which his certificate is based are erroneous. Any Opinion of Counsel may be based, and may state that it is so based, insofar as it relates to factual matters, upon a certificate of, or representations by, an officer or officers of the Issuer stating that the information with respect to such factual matters is in the possession of the Issuer, unless such counsel knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate or representations with respect to such matters are erroneous.

 

Where any Person is required to make, give or execute two or more applications, requests, consents, certificates, statements, opinions or other instruments under this Indenture, they may, but need not, be consolidated and form one instrument.

 

SECTION 11.4. Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion. Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture shall include:

 

(1)            a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

 

(2)            a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

 

 66 

 

 

(3)            a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, such Person has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable such Person to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

 

(4)            a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of each such Person, such condition or covenant has been complied with, provided, however, that an issuer of an Opinion of Counsel may reasonably rely as to any matter of fact on an Officers’ Certificate or a certificate of a public official.

 

SECTION 11.5. Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent, Registrar, Transfer Agent. The Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Registrar or the Transfer Agent may make reasonable rules for its functions.

 

SECTION 11.6. Legal Holidays. If a payment date is not a Business Day, payment may be made on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day, and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period.

 

SECTION 11.7. Governing Law. Each of this Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees, and the rights and duties of the parties hereunder and thereunder, shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

 

SECTION 11.8. Submission to Jurisdiction; Appointment of Agent for Service. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Issuer and each Guarantor irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of and venue in any federal or state court in the Borough of Manhattan in the City of New York, County and State of New York, United States of America, in any suit or proceeding based on or arising out of or under or in connection with this Indenture or any of the transactions contemplated hereby, and irrevocably agrees that all claims in respect of such suit or proceeding may be determined in any such court. The Issuer and each Guarantor, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, irrevocably and fully waive the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such suit or proceeding and hereby irrevocably designate and appoint Smurfit Kappa Packaging LLC (the “Authorized Agent”) as its authorized agent upon whom process may be served in any such suit or proceeding. The Issuer and each Guarantor represent and warrant that the Authorized Agent has accepted such appointment and irrevocably agreed to act as said agent for service of process. The Issuer and each Guarantor agree that service of process upon its Authorized Agent and written notice of said service to the Issuer or a Guarantor, mailed by first class mail or delivered to its Authorized Agent shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon the Issuer or such Guarantor, respectively, in any such suit or proceeding. Nothing herein shall affect the right of any person to serve process in any other manner permitted by law. The Issuer agrees that a final action in any such suit or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other lawful manner. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any action against the Issuer arising out of or based on this Indenture or the transactions contemplated hereby may also be instituted in any competent court in Ireland and the Issuer expressly accepts the jurisdiction of any such court in any such action. The Issuer hereby irrevocably waives, to the extent permitted by law, any immunity to jurisdiction to which it may otherwise be entitled (including immunity to pre-judgment attachment, post-judgment attachment and execution) in any legal suit, action or proceeding against it arising out of or based on this Indenture, the Notes or the transactions contemplated hereby. The provisions of this Section 11.8 are intended to be effective upon the execution of this Indenture and the Notes without any further action by the Issuer, any Guarantor or the Trustee and the introduction of a true copy of this Indenture into evidence shall be conclusive and final evidence as to such matters.

 

 67 

 

 

SECTION 11.9. No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements. This Indenture may not be used to interpret another indenture, loan or debt agreement of any of the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.

 

SECTION 11.10. No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees, Incorporators or Stockholders. No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Issuer or any Guarantor, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or any Guarantor under the Notes, the Guarantees or this Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

 

SECTION 11.11. Currency Indemnity. The euro is the sole currency of account and payment for all sums payable by the Issuer and the Guarantors under or in connection with the Notes and the Guarantees, including damages. Any amount received or recovered in a currency other than euro whether as a result of, or the enforcement of, a judgment or order of a court of any jurisdiction, in the winding-up or dissolution of the Issuer, any Guarantor or otherwise by any Holder or by the Trustee, as the case may be, in respect of any sum expressed to be due to it from the Issuer or a Guarantor will only constitute a discharge to the Issuer or the Guarantor, as applicable, to the extent of the euro amount which the recipient is able to purchase with the amount so received or recovered in that other currency on the date of that receipt or recovery (or, if it is not practicable to make that purchase on that date, on the first date on which it is practicable to do so). If that euro amount is less than the euro amount expressed to be due to the recipient under any Note, any Guarantee or to the Trustee, the Issuer and the Guarantors will indemnify them on a joint and several basis against any loss sustained by such recipient as a result. In any event, the Issuer and the Guarantors will indemnify the recipient on a joint and several basis against the cost of making any such purchase. For the purposes of this Section 11.11, it will be sufficient for the Holder of a Note or the Trustee to certify in a satisfactory manner (indicating the sources of information used) that it would have suffered a loss had an actual purchase of euro been made with the amount so received in that other currency on the date of receipt or recovery (or, if a purchase of euro on such date had not been practicable, on the first date on which it would have been practicable, it being required that the need for a change of date be certified in the manner mentioned above). These indemnities constitute a separate and independent obligation from the Issuer’s and the Guarantors’ other obligations, will give rise to a separate and independent cause of action, will apply irrespective of any indulgence granted by any Holder of a Note or the Trustee and will continue in full force and effect despite any other judgment, order, claim or proof for a liquidated amount in respect of any sum due under any Note, any Guarantee or to the Trustee.

 

SECTION 11.12. Currency Calculation. Except as otherwise expressly set forth herein, for purposes of determining compliance with any euro-denominated restriction herein, the euro-equivalent amount for purposes hereof that is denominated in a non-euro currency shall be calculated based on the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the date such non-euro amount is incurred or made, as the case may be.

 

 68 

 

 

SECTION 11.13. Information. For so long as any Notes are admitted to the Global Exchange Market of Euronext Dublin, and the rules of the Global Exchange Market of Euronext Dublin so require, copies of this Indenture will be made available through the offices of the Irish listing agent.

 

SECTION 11.14. Successors. All agreements of the Issuer and the Guarantors in this Indenture and the Notes shall bind their respective successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successor.

 

SECTION 11.15. Counterpart Originals. All parties hereto may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy or counterpart shall be an original, but all of them together shall represent one and the same agreement. Facsimile, documents executed, scanned and transmitted electronically and electronic signatures, including those created or transmitted through a software platform or application, shall be deemed original signatures for purposes of this Indenture and all other related documents and all matters and agreements related thereto, with such facsimile, scanned and electronic signatures having the same legal effect as original signatures. The parties agree that this Indenture or any other related document or any instrument, agreement or document necessary for the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Indenture or other documents related hereto or thereto (including, without limitation, addendums, amendments, notices, instructions, communications with respect to the delivery of securities or the wire transfer of funds or other communications) (“Executed Documentation”) may be accepted, executed or agreed to through the use of an electronic signature in accordance with applicable laws, rules and regulations in effect from time to time applicable to the effectiveness and enforceability of electronic signatures. Any Executed Documentation accepted, executed or agreed to in conformity with such laws, rules and regulations will be binding on all parties hereto to the same extent as if it were physically executed and each party hereby consents to the use of any third party electronic signature capture service providers as may be reasonably chosen by a signatory hereto or thereto. When the Trustee acts on any Executed Documentation sent by electronic transmission, the Trustee will not be responsible or liable for any losses, costs or expenses arising directly or indirectly from its reliance upon and compliance with such Executed Documentation, notwithstanding that such Executed Documentation (a) may not be an authorized or authentic communication of the party involved or in the form such party sent or intended to send (whether due to fraud, distortion or otherwise) or (b) may conflict with, or be inconsistent with, a subsequent written instruction or communication; it being understood and agreed that the Trustee shall conclusively presume that Executed Documentation that purports to have been sent by an authorized officer of a Person has been sent by an authorized officer of such Person. The party providing Executed Documentation through electronic transmission or otherwise with electronic signatures agrees to assume all risks arising out of such electronic methods, including, without limitation, the risk of the Trustee acting on unauthorized instructions and the risk of interception and misuse by third parties.

 

SECTION 11.16. Severability. In case any one or more of the provisions in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, in any respect for any reason, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby, it being intended that all of the provisions hereof shall be enforceable to the full extent permitted by law.

 

 69 

 

 

SECTION 11.17. Table of Contents, Headings, etc. The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and Headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

 

SECTION 11.18. Data Protection. The parties acknowledge that, in connection with this Indenture, the Issuer may disclose to the Paying Agents, and the Paying Agents may further process, information relating to individuals (“Personal Data”) such as individuals associated with the Issuer.  The parties confirm that in so doing they will each comply with any applicable Data Protection Laws and, that each is acting as an independent and separate Controller and that no party will place any other party in breach of applicable Data Protection Laws. In this Indenture, “Data Protections Laws” means any data protection or privacy laws and regulations, as amended or replaced from time to time, such as (i) the Data Protection Act 2018 and (ii) the General Data Protection Regulation ((EU) 2016/679) (“GDPR”) or the UK GDPR and any applicable implementing laws, regulations and secondary legislation, and (iii) any successor legislation to the Data Protection Act 2018 and the GDPR. The terms “Controller”, “Personal Data” and “Processing” shall have the meaning given in the Data Protections Protection Laws or, if none, the meaning of any equivalent concepts to those terms as they are defined in the GDPR.

 

The Issuer acknowledges that the Paying Agents will Process Personal Data from the Issuer in accordance with and for the purposes set out in any relevant Privacy Notice or Privacy Policy that it makes available to the Issuer from time to time, such as those at https://corporates.db.com/company/privacy-notice-corporate-bank.

 

SECTION 11.19. Acknowledgment and Consent to Bail-in. Notwithstanding and to the exclusion of any other term of this Indenture or any other agreements, arrangements, or understanding between the parties, each counterparty to a BRRD Party under this Indenture shall acknowledge and accept that a BRRD Liability arising under this Indenture may be subject to the exercise of Bail-in Powers by the Relevant Resolution Authority, and acknowledge, accept, and agree to be bound by:

 

(a) the effect of the exercise of Bail-in Powers by the Relevant Resolution Authority in relation to any BRRD Liability of any BRRD Party to it under this Indenture, that (without limitation) may include and result in any of the following, or some combination thereof:

 

(1) the reduction of all, or a portion, of the BRRD Liability or outstanding amounts due thereon;

 

(2) the conversion of all, or a portion, of the BRRD Liability into shares, other securities or other obligations of the relevant BRRD Party or another person (and the issue to or conferral on it of such shares, securities or obligations);

 

(3) the cancellation of the BRRD Liability; or

 

 70 

 

 

(4) the amendment or alteration of the amounts due in relation to the BRRD Liability, including any interest, if applicable, thereon, the maturity or the dates on which any payments are due, including by suspending payment for a temporary period; and

 

(b) the variation of the terms of this Indenture, as deemed necessary by the Relevant Resolution Authority, to give effect to the exercise of Bail-in Powers by the Relevant Resolution Authority.

 

(c) For the purposes of this Section 11.19:

 

Bail-in Legislation” means in relation to a member state of the European Economic Area which has implemented, or which at any time implements, the BRRD, the relevant implementing law, regulation, rule or requirement as described in the EU Bail-in Legislation Schedule from time to time;

 

Bail-in Powers” means any write-down and conversion powers as defined in relation to the relevant Bail-in Legislation;

 

BRRD” means Directive 2014/59/EU establishing a framework for the recovery and resolution of credit institutions and investment firms;

 

BRRD Liability” has the meaning assigned to such term in such laws, regulations, rules or requirements implementing the BRRD under the applicable Bail-in Legislation;

 

BRRD Party” means Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A., as Registrar under this Indenture, and any other Agent subject to Bail-in Powers;

 

EU Bail-in Legislation Schedule” means the document described as such, then in effect, and published by the Loan Market Association (or any successor person) from time to time at http://www.lma.eu.com/pages.aspx?p=499; and

 

Relevant Resolution Authority” means the resolution authority with the ability to exercise any Bail-in Powers in relation to the relevant BRRD Party.

 

 71 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed, as of the date first written above.

 

  Very truly yours,
   
 

ISSUER:

 

SMURFIT KAPPA TREASURY UNLIMITED COMPANY,

     
  By: /s/ Ken Bowles
   

Name: Ken Bowles

Title: Authorized Signatory

     
  By /s/ Gillian Carson-Callan
    Name: Gillian Carson-Callan
    Title: Authorized Signatory

 

 

 

 

 

IRISH GUARANTORS:

 

Smurfit Westrock plc

Smurfit Kappa Group plc

Smurfit Kappa Investments Limited

SMURFIT KAPPA ACQUISITIONS UNLIMITED COMPANY

Smurfit Kappa Treasury Funding Designated Activity Company

Smurfit Westrock Financing DAC

 
  By: /s/ Ken Bowles
   

Name: Ken Bowles

Title: Authorized Attorney

 

  By: /s/ Gillian Carson-Callan
   

Name: Gillian Carson-Callan

Title: Authorized Attorney

 

[Signature Page to the Indenture]

 

 

 

 

 

DUTCH GUARANTOR:

 

Smurfit International B.V.

   
   By: /s/ M. Van Der Velden
   

Name: M. Van Der Velden

Title: Authorized Signatory

 

   By: /s/ PJA Koelewijn
   

Name: PJA Koelewijn

Title: Authorized Signatory

 

[Signature Page to the Indenture]

 

 

 

 

 

Delaware GUARANTORS:

 

Smurfit WestRock US Holdings Corporation

WestRock Company

WestRock MWV, LLC

WRKCo. Inc.

   
   By: /s/ Juan Pablo Perez
   

Name: Juan Pablo Perez

Title: Authorized Signatory

 

   By: /s/ Ken Bowles
   

Name: Ken Bowles

Title: Authorized Attorney

 

[Signature Page to the Indenture]

 

 

 

 

    

     GEORGIA GUARANTOR:
         
     WESTROCK RKT, LLC
         
          By:
               /s/ Juan Pablo Perez
         

    

Name: Juan Pablo Perez

               Title: Authorized Signatory
                   
                   
          By:     
               /s/ Ken Bowles
               Name: Ken Bowles
               Title: Authorized Signatory

    

[Signature Page    to the Indenture]

    

    

    

    

    

    

DEUTSCHE TRUSTEE COMPANY

LIMITED, as Trustee

         
         
     By: /s/ Orla Forrester
         

Name: Orla Forrester

          Title: Associate Director
              
              
     By: /s/ Ed Bond
         

Name: Ed Bond

          Title: Associate Director

    

[Signature Page    to the Indenture]

    

    

    

    

     DEUTSCHE BANK AG, LONDON BRANCH,
as Paying Agent and Transfer Agent
         
     By:
          /s/ Orla Forrester
         

Name: Orla Forrester

          Title: Vice President
              
              
     By:
          /s/ Ed Bond
         

Name: Ed Bond

          Title: Vice President

    

[Signature Page    to the Indenture]

    

    

    

    

     DEUTSCHE BANK LUXEMBOURG S.A.,
as Registrar
         
         
     By:
          /s/ Orla Forrester
         

Name: Orla Forrester

          Title: Attorney
              
              
     By:
          /s/ Ed Bond
         

Name: Ed Bond

          Title: Attorney

    

[Signature Page    to the Indenture]

    

    

    

    

SCHEDULE A

SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS

    

Name Jurisdiction Registration Number
(or equivalent, if any)
Smurfit Kappa Group plc Ireland 433527
Smurfit Kappa Investments Limited Ireland 380620
Smurfit Kappa Acquisitions Unlimited Company Ireland 358039
Smurfit Kappa Treasury Funding Designated Activity Company (previously Smurfit Kappa Treasury Funding Limited, Smurfit Capital Funding Limited and Smurfit Capital Funding Public Limited Company) Ireland 239631
Smurfit Westrock Financing DAC Ireland 774613
Smurfit International B.V. Netherlands 33149443
Smurfit WestRock US Holdings Corporation State of Delaware 7665333
WestRock Company State of Delaware 6727858
WestRock MWV, LLC State of Delaware 3429632
WRKCo. Inc. State of Delaware 5688407
WestRock RKT, LLC State of Georgia J518706

    

A-1    

    

    

EXHIBIT    A-1
TO THE INDENTURE

    

[FORM    OF FACE OF GLOBAL NOTE]

    

THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO.

    

[Global Securities Legend]

    

UNLESS A CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF EUROCLEAR BANK S.A./N.V. (“EUROCLEAR”) OR CLEARSTREAM BANKING S.A. (“CLEARSTREAM”), TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF ITS AUTHORIZED NOMINEE OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF EUROCLEAR OR CLEARSTREAM (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO ITS AUTHORIZED NOMINEE, OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF EUROCLEAR OR CLEARSTREAM), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF,    ITS AUTHORIZED NOMINEE, HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

    

TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO NOMINEES OF EUROCLEAR OR CLEARSTREAM OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF.

    

[Regulation S Securities Legend]

    

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “U.S. SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY    BE OFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT.

    

A-2    

    

    

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF (1)    REPRESENTS THAT IT IS A NON-U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, AND (2)    AGREES ON ITS BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY OR A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) WHICH IS 40 DAYS AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE OF THIS SECURITY AND THE DATE ON WHICH SUCH SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY) WAS FIRST OFFERED TO PERSONS OTHER THAN DISTRIBUTORS (AS DEFINED IN RULE 902 OF REGULATION S) IN RELIANCE ON REGULATION S ONLY (A)    TO THE ISSUER, THE PARENT OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B)    PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, (C)    TO NON-U.S. PERSONS PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OR (D)    PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES TO ANY REQUIREMENT OF LAW THAT THE DISPOSITION OF ITS PROPERTY OR THE PROPERTY OF SUCH INVESTOR ACCOUNT OR ACCOUNTS BE AT ALL TIMES WITHIN ITS OR THEIR CONTROL AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE FOREIGN OR STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND ANY APPLICABLE LOCAL LAWS AND REGULATIONS AND FURTHER SUBJECT TO THE ISSUER’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHTS PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (C)    OR (D)    TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE.

    

[Rule    144A Securities Legend]

    

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY    BE OFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.

    

A-3    

    

    

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF (1)    REPRESENTS THAT (A)    IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT), AND (2)    AGREES ON ITS BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY OR A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) WHICH IS ONE YEAR AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE OF THIS SECURITY AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE ISSUER OR ANY AFFILIATE THEREOF WAS THE OWNER OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY) ONLY (A)    TO THE ISSUER, THE GUARANTORS, OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B)    PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C)    FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D)    TO NON-U.S. PERSONS PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (E)    PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES TO ANY REQUIREMENT OF LAW THAT THE DISPOSITION OF ITS PROPERTY OR THE PROPERTY OF SUCH INVESTOR ACCOUNT OR ACCOUNTS BE AT ALL TIMES WITHIN ITS OR THEIR CONTROL AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE FOREIGN OR STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND ANY APPLICABLE LOCAL LAWS AND REGULATIONS AND FURTHER SUBJECT TO THE ISSUER’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHTS PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (D)    OR (E)    TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE.

    

BY ITS ACQUISITION OF THIS SECURITY, THE HOLDER HEREOF WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED AND WARRANTED THAT (1)    EITHER (A)    IT IS NOT, AND IS NOT ACTING ON BEHALF OF OR WITH ASSETS OF, AN “EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN” SUBJECT TO THE FIDUCIARY RESPONSIBILITY PROVISIONS OF TITLE I OF THE U.S. EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF    1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”), A PLAN SUBJECT TO SECTION    4975 OF THE U.S. INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF    1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”), OR AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS ARE DEEMED TO INCLUDE THE “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY SUCH PLANS, OR A “GOVERNMENTAL PLAN” (AS DEFINED IN SECTION    3(32) OF ERISA), “CHURCH PLAN” (AS DEFINED IN SECTION    3(33) OF ERISA), NON-U.S. OR OTHER PLAN OR ARRANGEMENT THAT IS SUBJECT TO FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL OR NON-U.S. LAWS OR REGULATIONS THAT ARE SUBSTANTIALLY SIMILAR TO THE FOREGOING PROVISIONS OF ERISA OR THE CODE (“SIMILAR LAW”), OR (B)    THE ACQUISITION AND HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY OR AN INTEREST THEREIN BY THE HOLDER DOES NOT AND WILL NOT CONSTITUTE OR RESULT IN A NON-EXEMPT PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION    406 OF ERISA OR SECTION    4975 OF THE CODE OR A NON-EXEMPT VIOLATION OF SIMILAR LAW, AND (2)    THE HOLDER WILL NOT SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS SECURITY UNLESS SUCH SUBSEQUENT TRANSFEREE HAS MADE THE REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTEES IN (1)    ABOVE.

    

A-4    

    

    

SMURFIT KAPPA TREASURY UNLIMITED COMPANY

    

3.454% Senior Note due 2032

    

Common Code: ____________

    

ISIN: ____________

    

No.    ___

    

SMURFIT KAPPA TREASURY UNLIMITED COMPANY, a public unlimited company incorporated under the laws of Ireland and having its registered office at Beech Hill, Clonskeagh, Dublin 4,    Ireland (the “Issuer”, which term includes any successor corporation), for value received promises to pay €________ to ________ or registered assigns upon surrender hereof the principal sum indicated on Schedule    A hereof, on November    27, 2032.

    

Interest Payment Date: November    27 of each year, commencing November    27, 2025.

    

Record Date: The Business Day (for this purpose a day on which Clearstream and Euroclear are open for business) immediately preceding the interest payment date.

    

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note contained herein, which will for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

    

This is to certify that Clearstream Nominees Limited of 11 Westferry Circus, Canary Wharf, London, E14 4HE, United Kingdom with registration number 02253120 is the registered holder of the aggregate nominal amount of €_____________.

    

This Note shall not become valid for any purpose until authenticated by the Registrar and effectuated by the entity appointed as Common Safekeeper by the ICSDs.

    

A-5    

    

    

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this Note to be signed manually or by facsimile by its duly authorized officers.

    

Dated:
         
     SMURFIT KAPPA TREASURY UNLIMITED COMPANY
         
     By:                                                 
     Name:
     Title:
         
     By:     
     Name:
     Title:

    

This is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture:     
         
Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A.,
not in its personal capacity but in its capacity as Authenticating Agent appointed by the Trustee
    
         
By:     
Name:     
Title:     
Dated:          
         
By:          
Name:     
Title:     
Dated:          
         
         
COMMON SAFEKEEPER     
         
This Note is effectuated without recourse, warranty or liability by or on
behalf of CLEARSTREAM BANKING S.A. as Common Safekeeper
    
         
By:          
    
     Authorized Signatory     
         
By:          
    
     Authorized Signatory     

    

A-6    

    

    

[FORM    OF REVERSE]

    

SMURFIT KAPPA TREASURY UNLIMITED COMPANY

    

3.454% Senior Note due 2032

    

1. Interest. SMURFIT KAPPA TREASURY UNLIMITED COMPANY, a public unlimited company incorporated under the laws of Ireland and having its registered office at Beech Hill, Clonskeagh, Dublin 4,    Ireland (the “Issuer”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at the rate and in the manner specified below. Interest on the 2032 Notes will be payable annually in arrears on November    27 of each year, commencing November    27, 2025. The Issuer will make each interest payment to the Holders of record at the close of business on the Business Day (for this purpose a day on which Clearstream and Euroclear are open for business) immediately preceding the interest payment date. Rights of holders of beneficial interests to receive such payments will be subject to applicable procedures of Euroclear and Clearstream, as applicable. Interest on the 2032 Notes will accrue at the rate of 3.454% per annum on the aggregate nominal amount of the 2032 Notes outstanding. Interest accruing on all 2032 Notes then outstanding shall be payable in cash. Interest on the 2032 Notes will accrue from the date of original issuance or, if interest has already been paid, from the date it was most recently paid. Interest will be computed on the basis of the actual number of days in the period for which interest is being calculated and the actual number of days from and including the last date on which interest was paid or duly provided for on the 2032 Notes (or November    27, 2024 if no interest has been paid on the 2032 Notes), to but excluding the next scheduled interest payment date, pursuant to the convention referred to as ACTUAL/ACTUAL (ICMA) as defined in the rulebook of the International Capital Market Association.

    

Any interest paid on this Note shall be increased to the extent necessary to pay Additional Amounts as set forth herein.

    

2. Additional Amounts. All payments made by the Payor on the Notes or any Guarantor with respect to its Guarantee will be made without withholding or deduction for, or on account of, any present or future taxes, duties, assessments or governmental charges of whatever nature (“Taxes”) imposed or levied by or on behalf of (1)    any jurisdiction in which the Payor or any Guarantor or successor Guarantor is organized or otherwise considered resident for tax purposes or any political subdivision or governmental authority of any thereof or therein having power to tax, or (2)    any jurisdiction from or through which payment on the Notes or any of the Guarantees is made, or any political subdivision or governmental authority thereof or therein having the power to tax (each of clause    (1)    and (2), a “Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction”), unless the withholding or deduction of such Taxes is then required by law. If any deduction or withholding for, or on account of, any Taxes of any Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction shall at any time be required from any payments made with respect to the Notes or the Guarantees, including, without limitation, payments of principal, Redemption Price, interest or premium, if any, the Payor or the relevant Guarantor, as applicable, will pay (together with such payments) such additional amounts (the “Additional Amounts”) as may be necessary in order that the net amounts received in respect of such payments by the Holders of the Notes or the Trustee, as the case may be, after such withholding or deduction (including any such deduction or withholding from such Additional Amounts), equal the amounts which would have been received in respect of such payments in the absence of such withholding or deduction; provided, however, that no such Additional Amounts will be payable with respect to:

    

(1)     any Taxes imposed or levied by or on behalf of a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction upon any payments to a Holder or Beneficial Owner who is liable for such Taxes in respect of the Notes by reason of the Holder (or a fiduciary, settlor, beneficiary, member, partner or shareholder of, or possessor of power over the relevant Holder, if the relevant Holder is an estate, nominee, trust, partnership, limited liability company or corporation) or Beneficial Owner having any present or former connection with such Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction (including, without limitation, being resident for tax purposes, being a citizen or resident or national of, or carrying on a business or maintaining a permanent establishment in, or being physically present in, such Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction) other than a connection arising from the acquisition, ownership or holding of such Note or enforcement of rights thereunder or the receipt of payments in respect of the Notes or with respect to any Guarantee;

    

A-7    

    

    

(2)      any Taxes that would not have been imposed if the Holder or Beneficial Owner had made a declaration of non-residence or any other claim or filing for exemption to which it is entitled (provided that (x)    such declaration of non-residence or other claim or filing for exemption is required by the applicable law of the applicable Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction as a precondition to exemption from the requirement to deduct or withhold such Taxes and (y)    at least 30 days prior to the first payment date with respect to which such declaration of non-residence or other claim or filing for exemption is required under the applicable law of the applicable Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction, the relevant Holder or Beneficial Owner at that time has been notified in writing by the Payor or any other person through whom payment may be made that a declaration of non-residence or other claim or filing for exemption is required to be made);

    

(3)     except in the case of the winding up of the Payor, any Note presented for payment (where presentation is required) in the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction (unless by reason of the Payor’s actions, presentment could not have been made elsewhere and except to the extent that the Holder would have been entitled to Additional Amounts had the Notes been presented elsewhere);

    

(4)     any Note presented for payment (where presentation is required) more than 30    days after the relevant payment is first made available for payment to the Holder (except to the extent that the Holder would have been entitled to Additional Amounts had the Note been presented during such 30    day period);

    

(5)     any Taxes that are payable otherwise than by withholding from a payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest, if any, on the Notes or with respect to any Guarantee;

    

(6)     any estate, inheritance, gift, sales, excise, transfer, personal property or similar tax, assessment or other governmental charge;

    

A-8    

    

    

(7)     a Tax imposed in connection with a Note presented for payment by or on behalf of a Holder or Beneficial Owner who would have been able to avoid such Tax by presenting the relevant Note to, or otherwise accept payment from, another paying agent in a member state of the European Union;

    

(8)     any Taxes imposed, deducted or withheld pursuant to Section    1471(b)    of the Code or otherwise imposed pursuant to Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, in each case, as of the Issue Date (and any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable), any current or future regulations or agreements thereunder, official interpretations thereof or any law implementing an intergovernmental agreement relating thereto or any treaty, law, regulation or other official guidance enacted in any other jurisdiction, facilitating implementation thereof;

    

(9)all United States backup withholding taxes;

    

(10)    any Tax deducted, withheld or imposed in connection with the Dutch Withholding Tax Act 2021 (Wet bronbelasting 2021), as amended from time to time; or

    

(11)   any combination of clauses (1)    through (10)    above.

    

Such Additional Amounts will also not be payable where, had the Beneficial Owner of the Note been the Holder of the Note, it would not have been entitled to payment of Additional Amounts by reason of clauses (1)    to (11)    inclusive above.

    

Upon request, the Issuer will provide the Trustee with documentation satisfactory to the Trustee evidencing the payment of Additional Amounts. Copies of such documentation will be made available to the Holders upon request.

    

3. Method of Payment. The Issuer shall pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders at the close of business on the Record Date with respect to such Notes immediately preceding the interest payment date for such interest. Holders must surrender Notes to a Paying Agent to collect principal payments. The Issuer shall pay all amounts owing hereunder in euros. Immediately available funds for the payment of the principal of (and premium, if any), interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on this Note due on any interest payment date, Maturity Date, Redemption Date or other repurchase date will be made available to the Paying Agent to permit the Paying Agent to pay such funds to the Holders on such respective dates.

    

4. Paying Agent, Registrar and Transfer Agent. Initially, Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch, will act as Paying Agent and Transfer Agent and Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A. will act as Registrar. In the event that a Paying Agent or Transfer Agent is replaced, the Issuer will provide notice thereof as set forth in the Indenture. The Issuer may change any Registrar without notice to the Holders. The Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries may, subject to certain exceptions, act in any such capacity.

    

A-9    

    

    

5. Indenture. The Issuer issued the Notes under an Indenture, dated as of November    27, 2024 (the “Indenture”), among the Issuer, the Parent Guarantor named therein, the Subsidiary Guarantors named therein, Deutsche Trustee Company Limited, as Trustee, Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch, as Paying Agent and Transfer Agent, and Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A., as Registrar. This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Notes (as defined in the Indenture) of the Issuer designated as its 3.454% Senior Notes due 2032 (the “Notes”). The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders of Notes are referred to the Indenture for a statement of them. The Notes are senior obligations of the Issuer. Additional Notes (as defined in the Indenture) may be issued from time to time under the Indenture. Each Holder, by accepting a Note, agrees to be bound by all of the terms and provisions of the Indenture, as the same may be amended from time to time.

    

6. Ranking. The Notes will be senior unsecured obligations of the Issuer and will: (a)    rank equally in right of payment with all of the Issuer’s existing and future indebtedness that is not subordinated in right of payment to the Notes; (b)    rank senior in right of payment to all of the Issuer’s existing and future indebtedness that is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes; (c)    be effectively junior to all of the Issuer’s existing and future secured indebtedness to the extent of the value of the collateral securing such other indebtedness; and (d)    be structurally subordinated in right of payment to any obligations of the Parent Guarantor’s Subsidiaries other than the Parent Guarantor’s Subsidiaries that are Guarantors.

    

7. Optional Redemption. Except as set forth below in this Paragraph 7 or under Paragraphs 8 and 10, none of the Notes will be redeemable at the Issuer’s option prior to August    27, 2032.

    

At any time prior to August    27, 2032 (three months prior to the maturity of the Notes), the Issuer may redeem the Notes in whole or in part, at a Redemption Price equal to the greater of (a)    100% of the principal amount thereof and (b)    the present value as of such Redemption Date of (i)    the Redemption Price of 100% for such Note on August    27, 2032, plus (ii)    all required interest payments due on such Note through August    27, 2032 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the Redemption Date) computed using a discount rate equal to the Bund Rate as of such Redemption Date plus 20 basis points calculated by the Issuer, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, to, but excluding, the Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).

    

At any time on or after August    27, 2032 (three months prior to the maturity of the Notes), the Issuer may redeem all or a part of the Notes at a Redemption Price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, thereon, to, but excluding, the Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).

    

The Issuer’s actions and determinations in determining the Redemption Price shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error. For the avoidance of doubt, any Redemption Price shall be calculated by the Issuer, or on behalf of the Issuer by such Person as the Issuer may engage, and the calculation of the Redemption Price shall not be an obligation or duty of the Trustee or the Paying Agent.

    

A-10    

    

    

If and so long as the Notes are admitted to the Global Exchange Market of Euronext Dublin, and the rules    of the Global Exchange Market of Euronext Dublin so require, in the event that the Issuer effects an optional redemption of the Notes, the Issuer will inform the Companies Announcement Office of Euronext Dublin of such optional redemption and confirm the aggregate principal amount of the Notes that will remain outstanding following such redemption.

    

8. Special Tax Redemption. The Issuer may, at its option, redeem the Notes in whole, but not in part, at any time upon giving not less than 10 nor more than 60    days’ notice to the Holders of the Notes (which notice will be irrevocable) at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date fixed for redemption (a “Tax Redemption Date”) (subject to the right of Holders of record of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date) and all Additional Amounts, if any, then due and which will become due on the Tax Redemption Date as a result of the redemption or otherwise, if a Payor determines that, as a result of: (1)    any change in, or amendment to, the law or treaties (or any regulations or rulings promulgated thereunder) of a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction affecting taxation or (2)    any change in position regarding the application, administration or interpretation of such laws, treaties, regulations or rulings (including a holding, judgment or order by a court of competent jurisdiction) (each of the foregoing in clauses (1)    and (2), a “Change in Tax Law”), the Payor or any Guarantor is, or on the next interest payment date in respect of the Notes would be, required to pay Additional Amounts with respect to the Notes, and the Payor or the relevant Guarantor (as appropriate) cannot avoid such obligation by taking reasonable measures available to it. In the case of the Issuer or any Guarantor as of the Issue Date, the Change in Tax Law must become effective on or after the date of the Offering Memorandum. In the case of a Successor Issuer or any Person who becomes a Guarantor after the Issue Date or any successor of any Guarantor, the Change in Tax Law must become effective after the date that the Issuer first makes payment on the Notes or after the date on which such Person became a Guarantor or a successor of any Guarantor, as applicable. Notice of redemption for taxation reasons will be published in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such notice of redemption will be given earlier than 90    days prior to the earliest date on which the Payor or Guarantor, as applicable, would be obligated to make such payment or withholding if a payment in respect of such Notes were then due. Prior to the publication or mailing of any notice of redemption of Notes pursuant to the foregoing, the Payor will deliver to the Trustee an opinion of an independent tax counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee to the effect that the circumstances referred to above exist. The Trustee will accept such opinion as sufficient existence of the satisfaction of the conditions precedent described above, in which event it will be conclusive and binding on the Holders of the Notes.

    

9. Notice of Redemption. Notice of redemption will be given at least 10 days but not more than 60 days before the relevant Redemption Date or Tax Redemption Date, as the case may be. All such notices in respect of Global Notes will be delivered to the Clearing Agency, which will give notice of such notice to the applicable holders of the beneficial interests in the Notes. Notes in denominations of €100,000 may be redeemed only in whole. No Note of €100,000 in aggregate principal amount or less, or other than in an integral multiple of €1,000 in excess thereof, shall be redeemed in part.

    

A-11    

    

    

Except as set forth in the Indenture, from and after any Redemption Date, if monies for the redemption of the Notes called for redemption shall have been deposited with the Paying Agent for redemption on such Redemption Date, then, unless the Issuer defaults in the payment of such Redemption Price, the Notes called for redemption will cease to bear interest, or Additional Amounts, if any, and the only right of the Holders of such Notes will be to receive payment of the Redemption Price. Any such redemption and notice may, in the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent.

    

10. Change of Control Offer. Upon the occurrence of a    Change of Control Repurchase Event with respect to the Notes, the Issuer will be required to make an offer to purchase all or any part (equal to €100,000 in principal amount and integral multiples of €1,000 in excess thereof) of the Notes on the Change of Control Payment Date at a purchase price in cash equal to the Change of Control Payment (subject to the right of Holders of record of Definitive Notes on the relevant Record Date to receive interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on the relevant interest payment date). Holders of Notes that are subject to an offer to purchase will receive a Change of Control Offer from the Issuer prior to any related Change of Control Payment Date and may elect to have such Notes purchased by completing the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” appearing below.

    

11. [Intentionally omitted]

    

12. Guarantees. The payment by the Issuer of the principal of, premium, if any, interest or Additional Amounts, if any, on the Notes and all other obligations of the Issuer under the Indenture is, subject to Section    10.2 of the Indenture and limitations under applicable law, fully and unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, on a senior unsecured basis, by each of the Guarantors to the extent set forth in the Indenture.

    

13. [Intentionally omitted]

    

14. [Intentionally omitted]

    

15. Denominations; Form; Transfer and Exchange. The Global Notes are in registered form, without coupons, in denominations of €100,000 and integral multiples of €1,000. The Trustee, the Registrar, the Paying Agent and the Transfer Agent may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents, and the Issuer may require a Holder to pay all taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture.

    

16. Persons Deemed Owners. The registered Holder of this Note shall be treated as the owner of it for all purposes, subject to the terms of the Indenture.

    

17. Unclaimed Funds. If funds for the payment of principal, interest, premium, or Additional Amounts remain unclaimed for two years, the Trustee and the Paying Agents will repay the funds to the Issuer at its written request. After that, all liability of the Trustee and such Paying Agents with respect to such funds shall cease.

    

18. Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance. The Issuer may be discharged from its obligations under the Indenture and the Notes except for certain provisions thereof, and may be discharged from its obligations to comply with certain covenants contained in the Indenture, in each case upon satisfaction of certain conditions specified in the Indenture.

    

A-12    

    

    

19. Amendment; Supplement; Waiver. Subject to certain exceptions specified in the Indenture, the Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees may be amended or supplemented with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, and any existing Default or Event of Default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding.

    

20. Successors. When a successor assumes all the obligations of its predecessor under the Notes and the Indenture in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the predecessor will be released from those obligations.

    

21. Defaults and Remedies. Subject to certain restrictions, if an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in clause (5)    of Section    6.1 of the Indenture) occurs and is continuing with respect to the Notes, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture. Holders of Notes may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. The Trustee is not obligated to enforce the Indenture or the Notes unless it has received indemnity satisfactory to it. The Indenture permits, subject to certain limitations therein provided, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding to direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders of Notes notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default in payment of principal, premium, interest, and Additional Amounts, if any, including an accelerated payment) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest.

    

22. Trustee Dealings with Issuer. The Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuer, its Subsidiaries or their respective Affiliates as if it were not the Trustee.

    

23. No Recourse Against Others. No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Issuer or any Guarantor, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or any Guarantor under the Notes, the Guarantees or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

    

24. Authentication. This Note shall not be valid until the Trustee or Authenticating Agent signs the certificate of authentication on this Note and the entity appointed as Common Safekeeper by Euroclear and Clearstream effectuates this Note.

    

25. Abbreviations and Defined Terms. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder of a Note or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act). Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Indenture are used herein as defined therein.

    

26. ISINs and Common Codes. The Issuer has caused ISINs and Common Codes to be printed on the Notes. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers as printed on the Notes and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed hereon.

    

27. Governing Law. The Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees, and the rights and duties of the parties hereunder and thereunder, shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

    

A-13    

    

    

SCHEDULE    A

    

SCHEDULE OF PRINCIPAL AMOUNT

    

The initial principal amount at maturity of this Note shall be € . The following decreases/increases in the principal amount at maturity of this Note have been made:

    

Date of

Decrease/

Increase

    

Decrease in

Principal

Amount at

Maturity

    

Increase in

Principal

Amount at

Maturity

    

Total Principal

Amount at

Maturity

Following such

Decrease/

Increase

    

Notation

Made by

or on

Behalf of

Trustee

                                        
                                        
                                        

    

A-14    

    

    

OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

    

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section    4.19 of the Indenture, check the box:  ¨

    

If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section    4.19 of the Indenture, state the amount: €

    

Date:          

    

Your Signature:          

 

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note)

    

A-15    

    

    

EXHIBIT    A-2
TO THE INDENTURE

    

[FORM    OF FACE OF GLOBAL NOTE]

    

THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO.

    

[Global Securities Legend]

    

UNLESS A CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF EUROCLEAR BANK S.A./N.V. (“EUROCLEAR”) OR CLEARSTREAM BANKING S.A. (“CLEARSTREAM”), TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF ITS AUTHORIZED NOMINEE OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF EUROCLEAR OR CLEARSTREAM (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO ITS AUTHORIZED NOMINEE, OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF EUROCLEAR OR CLEARSTREAM), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF,    ITS AUTHORIZED NOMINEE, HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

    

TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS IN WHOLE, BUT NOT IN PART, TO NOMINEES OF EUROCLEAR OR CLEARSTREAM OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR’S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF.

    

[Regulation S Securities Legend]

    

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “U.S. SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY    BE OFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT.

    

A-16    

    

    

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF (1)    REPRESENTS THAT IT IS A NON-U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, AND (2)    AGREES ON ITS BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY OR A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) WHICH IS 40 DAYS AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE OF THIS SECURITY AND THE DATE ON WHICH SUCH SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY) WAS FIRST OFFERED TO PERSONS OTHER THAN DISTRIBUTORS (AS DEFINED IN RULE 902 OF REGULATION S) IN RELIANCE ON REGULATION S ONLY (A)    TO THE ISSUER, THE PARENT OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B)    PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, (C)    TO NON-U.S. PERSONS PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OR (D)    PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES TO ANY REQUIREMENT OF LAW THAT THE DISPOSITION OF ITS PROPERTY OR THE PROPERTY OF SUCH INVESTOR ACCOUNT OR ACCOUNTS BE AT ALL TIMES WITHIN ITS OR THEIR CONTROL AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE FOREIGN OR STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND ANY APPLICABLE LOCAL LAWS AND REGULATIONS AND FURTHER SUBJECT TO THE ISSUER’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHTS PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (C)    OR (D)    TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE.

    

[Rule    144A Securities Legend]

    

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY    BE OFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.

    

A-17    

    

    

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF (1)    REPRESENTS THAT (A)    IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT), AND (2)    AGREES ON ITS BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY OR A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) WHICH IS ONE YEAR AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE OF THIS SECURITY AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE ISSUER OR ANY AFFILIATE THEREOF WAS THE OWNER OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY) ONLY (A)    TO THE ISSUER, THE GUARANTORS, OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B)    PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C)    FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D)    TO NON-U.S. PERSONS PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (E)    PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES TO ANY REQUIREMENT OF LAW THAT THE DISPOSITION OF ITS PROPERTY OR THE PROPERTY OF SUCH INVESTOR ACCOUNT OR ACCOUNTS BE AT ALL TIMES WITHIN ITS OR THEIR CONTROL AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE FOREIGN OR STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND ANY APPLICABLE LOCAL LAWS AND REGULATIONS AND FURTHER SUBJECT TO THE ISSUER’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHTS PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (D)    OR (E)    TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE.

    

BY ITS ACQUISITION OF THIS SECURITY, THE HOLDER HEREOF WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED AND WARRANTED THAT (1)    EITHER (A)    IT IS NOT, AND IS NOT ACTING ON BEHALF OF OR WITH ASSETS OF, AN “EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN” SUBJECT TO THE FIDUCIARY RESPONSIBILITY PROVISIONS OF TITLE I OF THE U.S. EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF    1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”), A PLAN SUBJECT TO SECTION    4975 OF THE U.S. INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF    1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”), OR AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS ARE DEEMED TO INCLUDE THE “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY SUCH PLANS, OR A “GOVERNMENTAL PLAN” (AS DEFINED IN SECTION    3(32) OF ERISA), “CHURCH PLAN” (AS DEFINED IN SECTION    3(33) OF ERISA), NON-U.S. OR OTHER PLAN OR ARRANGEMENT THAT IS SUBJECT TO FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL OR NON-U.S. LAWS OR REGULATIONS THAT ARE SUBSTANTIALLY SIMILAR TO THE FOREGOING PROVISIONS OF ERISA OR THE CODE (“SIMILAR LAW”), OR (B)    THE ACQUISITION AND HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY OR AN INTEREST THEREIN BY THE HOLDER DOES NOT AND WILL NOT CONSTITUTE OR RESULT IN A NON-EXEMPT PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION    406 OF ERISA OR SECTION    4975 OF THE CODE OR A NON-EXEMPT VIOLATION OF SIMILAR LAW, AND (2)    THE HOLDER WILL NOT SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS SECURITY UNLESS SUCH SUBSEQUENT TRANSFEREE HAS MADE THE REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTEES IN (1)    ABOVE.

    

A-18    

    

    

SMURFIT KAPPA TREASURY UNLIMITED COMPANY

    

3.807% Senior Note due 2036

    

Common Code: ____________

    

ISIN: ____________

    

No.    ___

    

SMURFIT KAPPA TREASURY UNLIMITED COMPANY, a public unlimited company incorporated under the laws of Ireland and having its registered office at Beech Hill, Clonskeagh, Dublin 4,    Ireland (the “Issuer”, which term includes any successor corporation), for value received promises to pay €________ to ________ or registered assigns upon surrender hereof the principal sum indicated on Schedule    A hereof, on November    27, 2036.

    

Interest Payment Date: November    27 of each year, commencing November    27, 2025.

    

Record Date: The Business Day (for this purpose a day on which Clearstream and Euroclear are open for business) immediately preceding the interest payment date.

    

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note contained herein, which will for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

    

This is to certify that Clearstream Nominees Limited of 11 Westferry Circus, Canary Wharf, London, E14 4HE, United Kingdom with registration number 02253120 is the registered holder of the aggregate nominal amount of €_____________.

    

This Note shall not become valid for any purpose until authenticated by the Registrar and effectuated by the entity appointed as Common Safekeeper by the ICSDs.

    

A-19    

    

    

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this Note to be signed manually or by facsimile by its duly authorized officers.

    

Dated:
         
     SMURFIT KAPPA TREASURY UNLIMITED COMPANY
         
     By:                                     
     Name:
     Title:
         
     By:     
     Name:
     Title:

    

This is one of the Notes referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture:     
         
Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A.,
not in its personal capacity but in its capacity as Authenticating Agent appointed by the Trustee
    
         
By:     
Name:     
Title:     
Dated:          
         
By:          
Name:     
Title:     
Dated:          
         
COMMON SAFEKEEPER     
   
         
This Note is effectuated without recourse, warranty or liability by or on
behalf of CLEARSTREAM BANKING S.A. as Common Safekeeper
    
         
By:          
         
     Authorized Signatory     
         
By:          
         
     Authorized Signatory     

    

A-20    

    

     

[FORM OF REVERSE]

 

SMURFIT KAPPA TREASURY UNLIMITED COMPANY

 

3.807% Senior Note due 2036

 

1. Interest. SMURFIT KAPPA TREASURY UNLIMITED COMPANY, a public unlimited company incorporated under the laws of Ireland and having its registered office at Beech Hill, Clonskeagh, Dublin 4, Ireland (the “Issuer”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at the rate and in the manner specified below. Interest on the 2036 Notes will be payable annually in arrears on November 27 of each year, commencing November 27, 2025. The Issuer will make each interest payment to the Holders of record at the close of business on the Business Day (for this purpose a day on which Clearstream and Euroclear are open for business) immediately preceding the interest payment date. Rights of holders of beneficial interests to receive such payments will be subject to applicable procedures of Euroclear and Clearstream, as applicable. Interest on the 2036 Notes will accrue at the rate of 3.807% per annum on the aggregate nominal amount of the 2036 Notes outstanding. Interest accruing on all 2036 Notes then outstanding shall be payable in cash. Interest on the 2036 Notes will accrue from the date of original issuance or, if interest has already been paid, from the date it was most recently paid. Interest will be computed on the basis of the actual number of days in the period for which interest is being calculated and the actual number of days from and including the last date on which interest was paid or duly provided for on the 2036 Notes (or November 27, 2024 if no interest has been paid on the 2036 Notes), to but excluding the next scheduled interest payment date, pursuant to the convention referred to as ACTUAL/ACTUAL (ICMA) as defined in the rulebook of the International Capital Market Association.

 

Any interest paid on this Note shall be increased to the extent necessary to pay Additional Amounts as set forth herein.

 

2. Additional Amounts. All payments made by the Payor on the Notes or any Guarantor with respect to its Guarantee will be made without withholding or deduction for, or on account of, any present or future taxes, duties, assessments or governmental charges of whatever nature (“Taxes”) imposed or levied by or on behalf of (1) any jurisdiction in which the Payor or any Guarantor or successor Guarantor is organized or otherwise considered resident for tax purposes or any political subdivision or governmental authority of any thereof or therein having power to tax, or (2) any jurisdiction from or through which payment on the Notes or any of the Guarantees is made, or any political subdivision or governmental authority thereof or therein having the power to tax (each of clause (1) and (2), a “Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction”), unless the withholding or deduction of such Taxes is then required by law. If any deduction or withholding for, or on account of, any Taxes of any Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction shall at any time be required from any payments made with respect to the Notes or the Guarantees, including, without limitation, payments of principal, Redemption Price, interest or premium, if any, the Payor or the relevant Guarantor, as applicable, will pay (together with such payments) such additional amounts (the “Additional Amounts”) as may be necessary in order that the net amounts received in respect of such payments by the Holders of the Notes or the Trustee, as the case may be, after such withholding or deduction (including any such deduction or withholding from such Additional Amounts), equal the amounts which would have been received in respect of such payments in the absence of such withholding or deduction; provided, however, that no such Additional Amounts will be payable with respect to:

 

(1)  any Taxes imposed or levied by or on behalf of a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction upon any payments to a Holder or Beneficial Owner who is liable for such Taxes in respect of the Notes by reason of the Holder (or a fiduciary, settlor, beneficiary, member, partner or shareholder of, or possessor of power over the relevant Holder, if the relevant Holder is an estate, nominee, trust, partnership, limited liability company or corporation) or Beneficial Owner having any present or former connection with such Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction (including, without limitation, being resident for tax purposes, being a citizen or resident or national of, or carrying on a business or maintaining a permanent establishment in, or being physically present in, such Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction) other than a connection arising from the acquisition, ownership or holding of such Note or enforcement of rights thereunder or the receipt of payments in respect of the Notes or with respect to any Guarantee;

 

A-21    

    

 

(2)  any Taxes that would not have been imposed if the Holder or Beneficial Owner had made a declaration of non-residence or any other claim or filing for exemption to which it is entitled (provided that (x) such declaration of non-residence or other claim or filing for exemption is required by the applicable law of the applicable Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction as a precondition to exemption from the requirement to deduct or withhold such Taxes and (y) at least 30 days prior to the first payment date with respect to which such declaration of non-residence or other claim or filing for exemption is required under the applicable law of the applicable Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction, the relevant Holder or Beneficial Owner at that time has been notified in writing by the Payor or any other person through whom payment may be made that a declaration of non-residence or other claim or filing for exemption is required to be made);

 

(3)  except in the case of the winding up of the Payor, any Note presented for payment (where presentation is required) in the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction (unless by reason of the Payor’s actions, presentment could not have been made elsewhere and except to the extent that the Holder would have been entitled to Additional Amounts had the Notes been presented elsewhere);

 

(4)  any Note presented for payment (where presentation is required) more than 30 days after the relevant payment is first made available for payment to the Holder (except to the extent that the Holder would have been entitled to Additional Amounts had the Note been presented during such 30 day period);

 

(5)  any Taxes that are payable otherwise than by withholding from a payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest, if any, on the Notes or with respect to any Guarantee;

 

(6)  any estate, inheritance, gift, sales, excise, transfer, personal property or similar tax, assessment or other governmental charge;

 

A-22    

    

 

(7)  a Tax imposed in connection with a Note presented for payment by or on behalf of a Holder or Beneficial Owner who would have been able to avoid such Tax by presenting the relevant Note to, or otherwise accept payment from, another paying agent in a member state of the European Union;

 

(8)  any Taxes imposed, deducted or withheld pursuant to Section 1471(b) of the Code or otherwise imposed pursuant to Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, in each case, as of the Issue Date (and any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable), any current or future regulations or agreements thereunder, official interpretations thereof or any law implementing an intergovernmental agreement relating thereto or any treaty, law, regulation or other official guidance enacted in any other jurisdiction, facilitating implementation thereof;

 

(9)  all United States backup withholding taxes;

 

(10)  any Tax deducted, withheld or imposed in connection with the Dutch Withholding Tax Act 2021 (Wet bronbelasting 2021), as amended from time to time; or

 

(11) any combination of clauses (1) through (10) above.

 

Such Additional Amounts will also not be payable where, had the Beneficial Owner of the Note been the Holder of the Note, it would not have been entitled to payment of Additional Amounts by reason of clauses (1) to (11) inclusive above.

 

Upon request, the Issuer will provide the Trustee with documentation satisfactory to the Trustee evidencing the payment of Additional Amounts. Copies of such documentation will be made available to the Holders upon request.

 

3. Method of Payment. The Issuer shall pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders at the close of business on the Record Date with respect to such Notes immediately preceding the interest payment date for such interest. Holders must surrender Notes to a Paying Agent to collect principal payments. The Issuer shall pay all amounts owing hereunder in euros. Immediately available funds for the payment of the principal of (and premium, if any), interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on this Note due on any interest payment date, Maturity Date, Redemption Date or other repurchase date will be made available to the Paying Agent to permit the Paying Agent to pay such funds to the Holders on such respective dates.

 

4. Paying Agent, Registrar and Transfer Agent. Initially, Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch, will act as Paying Agent and Transfer Agent and Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A. will act as Registrar. In the event that a Paying Agent or Transfer Agent is replaced, the Issuer will provide notice thereof as set forth in the Indenture. The Issuer may change any Registrar without notice to the Holders. The Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries may, subject to certain exceptions, act in any such capacity.

 

A-23    

    

 

5. Indenture. The Issuer issued the Notes under an Indenture, dated as of November 27, 2024 (the “Indenture”), among the Issuer, the Parent Guarantor named therein, the Subsidiary Guarantors named therein, Deutsche Trustee Company Limited, as Trustee, Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch, as Paying Agent and Transfer Agent, and Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A., as Registrar. This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Notes (as defined in the Indenture) of the Issuer designated as its 3.807% Senior Notes due 2036 (the “Notes”). The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders of Notes are referred to the Indenture for a statement of them. The Notes are senior obligations of the Issuer. Additional Notes (as defined in the Indenture) may be issued from time to time under the Indenture. Each Holder, by accepting a Note, agrees to be bound by all of the terms and provisions of the Indenture, as the same may be amended from time to time.

 

6. Ranking. The Notes will be senior unsecured obligations of the Issuer and will: (a) rank equally in right of payment with all of the Issuer’s existing and future indebtedness that is not subordinated in right of payment to the Notes; (b) rank senior in right of payment to all of the Issuer’s existing and future indebtedness that is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes; (c) be effectively junior to all of the Issuer’s existing and future secured indebtedness to the extent of the value of the collateral securing such other indebtedness; and (d) be structurally subordinated in right of payment to any obligations of the Parent Guarantor’s Subsidiaries other than the Parent Guarantor’s Subsidiaries that are Guarantors.

 

7. Optional Redemption. Except as set forth below in this Paragraph 7 or under Paragraphs 8 and 10, none of the Notes will be redeemable at the Issuer’s option prior to August 27, 2036.

 

At any time prior to August 27, 2036 (three months prior to the maturity of the Notes), the Issuer may redeem the Notes in whole or in part, at a Redemption Price equal to the greater of (a) 100% of the principal amount thereof and (b) the present value as of such Redemption Date of (i) the Redemption Price of 100% for such Note on August 27, 2036, plus (ii) all required interest payments due on such Note through August 27, 2036 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the Redemption Date) computed using a discount rate equal to the Bund Rate as of such Redemption Date plus 20 basis points calculated by the Issuer, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, to, but excluding, the Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).

 

At any time on or after August 27, 2036 (three months prior to the maturity of the Notes), the Issuer may redeem all or a part of the Notes at a Redemption Price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, thereon, to, but excluding, the Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).

 

The Issuer’s actions and determinations in determining the Redemption Price shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error. For the avoidance of doubt, any Redemption Price shall be calculated by the Issuer, or on behalf of the Issuer by such Person as the Issuer may engage, and the calculation of the Redemption Price shall not be an obligation or duty of the Trustee or the Paying Agent.

 

A-24    

    

 

If and so long as the Notes are admitted to the Global Exchange Market of Euronext Dublin, and the rules of the Global Exchange Market of Euronext Dublin so require, in the event that the Issuer effects an optional redemption of the Notes, the Issuer will inform the Companies Announcement Office of Euronext Dublin of such optional redemption and confirm the aggregate principal amount of the Notes that will remain outstanding following such redemption.

 

8. Special Tax Redemption. The Issuer may, at its option, redeem the Notes in whole, but not in part, at any time upon giving not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ notice to the Holders of the Notes (which notice will be irrevocable) at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date fixed for redemption (a “Tax Redemption Date”) (subject to the right of Holders of record of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date) and all Additional Amounts, if any, then due and which will become due on the Tax Redemption Date as a result of the redemption or otherwise, if a Payor determines that, as a result of: (1) any change in, or amendment to, the law or treaties (or any regulations or rulings promulgated thereunder) of a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction affecting taxation or (2) any change in position regarding the application, administration or interpretation of such laws, treaties, regulations or rulings (including a holding, judgment or order by a court of competent jurisdiction) (each of the foregoing in clauses (1) and (2), a “Change in Tax Law”), the Payor or any Guarantor is, or on the next interest payment date in respect of the Notes would be, required to pay Additional Amounts with respect to the Notes, and the Payor or the relevant Guarantor (as appropriate) cannot avoid such obligation by taking reasonable measures available to it. In the case of the Issuer or any Guarantor as of the Issue Date, the Change in Tax Law must become effective on or after the date of the Offering Memorandum. In the case of a Successor Issuer or any Person who becomes a Guarantor after the Issue Date or any successor of any Guarantor, the Change in Tax Law must become effective after the date that the Issuer first makes payment on the Notes or after the date on which such Person became a Guarantor or a successor of any Guarantor, as applicable. Notice of redemption for taxation reasons will be published in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such notice of redemption will be given earlier than 90 days prior to the earliest date on which the Payor or Guarantor, as applicable, would be obligated to make such payment or withholding if a payment in respect of such Notes were then due. Prior to the publication or mailing of any notice of redemption of Notes pursuant to the foregoing, the Payor will deliver to the Trustee an opinion of an independent tax counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee to the effect that the circumstances referred to above exist. The Trustee will accept such opinion as sufficient existence of the satisfaction of the conditions precedent described above, in which event it will be conclusive and binding on the Holders of the Notes.

 

9. Notice of Redemption. Notice of redemption will be given at least 10 days but not more than 60 days before the relevant Redemption Date or Tax Redemption Date, as the case may be. All such notices in respect of Global Notes will be delivered to the Clearing Agency, which will give notice of such notice to the applicable holders of the beneficial interests in the Notes. Notes in denominations of €100,000 may be redeemed only in whole. No Note of €100,000 in aggregate principal amount or less, or other than in an integral multiple of €1,000 in excess thereof, shall be redeemed in part.

 

A-25    

    

 

Except as set forth in the Indenture, from and after any Redemption Date, if monies for the redemption of the Notes called for redemption shall have been deposited with the Paying Agent for redemption on such Redemption Date, then, unless the Issuer defaults in the payment of such Redemption Price, the Notes called for redemption will cease to bear interest, or Additional Amounts, if any, and the only right of the Holders of such Notes will be to receive payment of the Redemption Price. Any such redemption and notice may, in the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent.

 

10. Change of Control Offer. Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control Repurchase Event with respect to the Notes, the Issuer will be required to make an offer to purchase all or any part (equal to €100,000 in principal amount and integral multiples of €1,000 in excess thereof) of the Notes on the Change of Control Payment Date at a purchase price in cash equal to the Change of Control Payment (subject to the right of Holders of record of Definitive Notes on the relevant Record Date to receive interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on the relevant interest payment date). Holders of Notes that are subject to an offer to purchase will receive a Change of Control Offer from the Issuer prior to any related Change of Control Payment Date and may elect to have such Notes purchased by completing the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” appearing below.

 

11. [Intentionally omitted]

 

12. Guarantees. The payment by the Issuer of the principal of, premium, if any, interest or Additional Amounts, if any, on the Notes and all other obligations of the Issuer under the Indenture is, subject to Section 10.2 of the Indenture and limitations under applicable law, fully and unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, on a senior unsecured basis, by each of the Guarantors to the extent set forth in the Indenture.

 

13. [Intentionally omitted]

 

14. [Intentionally omitted]

 

15. Denominations; Form; Transfer and Exchange. The Global Notes are in registered form, without coupons, in denominations of €100,000 and integral multiples of €1,000. The Trustee, the Registrar, the Paying Agent and the Transfer Agent may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents, and the Issuer may require a Holder to pay all taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture.

 

16. Persons Deemed Owners. The registered Holder of this Note shall be treated as the owner of it for all purposes, subject to the terms of the Indenture.

 

17. Unclaimed Funds. If funds for the payment of principal, interest, premium, or Additional Amounts remain unclaimed for two years, the Trustee and the Paying Agents will repay the funds to the Issuer at its written request. After that, all liability of the Trustee and such Paying Agents with respect to such funds shall cease.

 

18. Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance. The Issuer may be discharged from its obligations under the Indenture and the Notes except for certain provisions thereof, and may be discharged from its obligations to comply with certain covenants contained in the Indenture, in each case upon satisfaction of certain conditions specified in the Indenture.

 

A-26    

    

 

19. Amendment; Supplement; Waiver. Subject to certain exceptions specified in the Indenture, the Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees may be amended or supplemented with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, and any existing Default or Event of Default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding.

 

20. Successors. When a successor assumes all the obligations of its predecessor under the Notes and the Indenture in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the predecessor will be released from those obligations.

 

21. Defaults and Remedies. Subject to certain restrictions, if an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in clause (5) of Section 6.1 of the Indenture) occurs and is continuing with respect to the Notes, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture. Holders of Notes may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. The Trustee is not obligated to enforce the Indenture or the Notes unless it has received indemnity satisfactory to it. The Indenture permits, subject to certain limitations therein provided, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding to direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders of Notes notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default in payment of principal, premium, interest, and Additional Amounts, if any, including an accelerated payment) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest.

 

22. Trustee Dealings with Issuer. The Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuer, its Subsidiaries or their respective Affiliates as if it were not the Trustee.

 

23. No Recourse Against Others. No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Issuer or any Guarantor, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or any Guarantor under the Notes, the Guarantees or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

 

24. Authentication. This Note shall not be valid until the Trustee or Authenticating Agent signs the certificate of authentication on this Note and the entity appointed as Common Safekeeper by Euroclear and Clearstream effectuates this Note.

 

25. Abbreviations and Defined Terms. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder of a Note or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act). Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Indenture are used herein as defined therein.

 

A-27    

    

 

26. ISINs and Common Codes. The Issuer has caused ISINs and Common Codes to be printed on the Notes. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers as printed on the Notes and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed hereon.

 

 

27. Governing Law. The Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees, and the rights and duties of the parties hereunder and thereunder, shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

 

A-28    

    

 

SCHEDULE A

 

SCHEDULE OF PRINCIPAL AMOUNT

 

The initial principal amount at maturity of this Note shall be €         . The following decreases/increases in the principal amount at maturity of this Note have been made:

 

Date of
Decrease/
Increase
  Decrease in
Principal
Amount at
Maturity
  Increase in
Principal
Amount at
Maturity
  Total Principal
Amount at
Maturity
Following such
Decrease/
Increase
  Notation
Made by
or on
Behalf of
Trustee
             
             
             

 

A-29    

    

 

OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

 

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.19 of the Indenture, check the box:  ¨

 

If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.19 of the Indenture, state the amount: €

 

Date:_____________

 

Your Signature:________________

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note)

 

A-30    

    

 

EXHIBIT B-1
TO THE INDENTURE

 

[FORM OF FACE OF DEFINITIVE NOTE]

 

THIS NOTE IS A DEFINITIVE NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO.

 

[Regulation S Securities Legend]

 

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “U.S. SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT.

 

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF (1) REPRESENTS THAT IT IS A NON-U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, AND (2) AGREES ON ITS BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY OR A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) WHICH IS 40 DAYS AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE OF THIS SECURITY AND THE DATE ON WHICH SUCH SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY) WAS FIRST OFFERED TO PERSONS OTHER THAN DISTRIBUTORS (AS DEFINED IN RULE 902 OF REGULATION S) IN RELIANCE ON REGULATION S ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUER, THE PARENT OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, (C) TO NON-U.S. PERSONS PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OR (D) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES TO ANY REQUIREMENT OF LAW THAT THE DISPOSITION OF ITS PROPERTY OR THE PROPERTY OF SUCH INVESTOR ACCOUNT OR ACCOUNTS BE AT ALL TIMES WITHIN ITS OR THEIR CONTROL AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE FOREIGN OR STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND ANY APPLICABLE LOCAL LAWS AND REGULATIONS AND FURTHER SUBJECT TO THE ISSUER’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHTS PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (C) OR (D) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE.

 

B-1    

    

 

[Rule 144A Securities Legend]

 

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.

 

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT), AND (2) AGREES ON ITS BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY OR A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) WHICH IS ONE YEAR AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE OF THIS SECURITY AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE ISSUER OR ANY AFFILIATE THEREOF WAS THE OWNER OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY) ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUER, THE GUARANTORS, OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) TO NON-U.S. PERSONS PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (E) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES TO ANY REQUIREMENT OF LAW THAT THE DISPOSITION OF ITS PROPERTY OR THE PROPERTY OF SUCH INVESTOR ACCOUNT OR ACCOUNTS BE AT ALL TIMES WITHIN ITS OR THEIR CONTROL AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE FOREIGN OR STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND ANY APPLICABLE LOCAL LAWS AND REGULATIONS AND FURTHER SUBJECT TO THE ISSUER’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHTS PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (D) OR (E) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE.

 

B-2    

    

 

BY ITS ACQUISITION OF THIS SECURITY, THE HOLDER HEREOF WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED AND WARRANTED THAT (1) EITHER (A) IT IS NOT, AND IS NOT ACTING ON BEHALF OF OR WITH ASSETS OF, AN “EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN” SUBJECT TO THE FIDUCIARY RESPONSIBILITY PROVISIONS OF TITLE I OF THE U.S. EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”), A PLAN SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE U.S. INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”), OR AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS ARE DEEMED TO INCLUDE THE “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY SUCH PLANS, OR A “GOVERNMENTAL PLAN” (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(32) OF ERISA), “CHURCH PLAN” (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(33) OF ERISA), NON-U.S. OR OTHER PLAN OR ARRANGEMENT THAT IS SUBJECT TO FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL OR NON-U.S. LAWS OR REGULATIONS THAT ARE SUBSTANTIALLY SIMILAR TO THE FOREGOING PROVISIONS OF ERISA OR THE CODE (“SIMILAR LAW”), OR (B) THE ACQUISITION AND HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY OR AN INTEREST THEREIN BY THE HOLDER DOES NOT AND WILL NOT CONSTITUTE OR RESULT IN A NON-EXEMPT PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR A NON-EXEMPT VIOLATION OF SIMILAR LAW, AND (2) THE HOLDER WILL NOT SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS SECURITY UNLESS SUCH SUBSEQUENT TRANSFEREE HAS MADE THE REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTEES IN (1) ABOVE.

 

[Definitive Securities Legend]

 

IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER SHALL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS SUCH TRANSFER AGENT MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.

 

B-3    

    

 

SMURFIT KAPPA TREASURY UNLIMITED COMPANY

 

3.454% Senior Note due 2032

 

Common Code: ____________

 

ISIN: ____________

 

No.____€____________

 

SMURFIT KAPPA TREASURY UNLIMITED COMPANY, a public unlimited company incorporated under the laws of Ireland and having its registered office at Beech Hill, Clonskeagh, Dublin 4, Ireland (the “Issuer”, which term includes any successor corporation), for value received promises to pay €________ to ________ or registered assigns upon surrender hereof the principal sum of _________ Euros (€________), on November 27, 2032.

 

Interest Payment Date: November 27 of each year, commencing November 27, 2025.

 

Record Date: November 13 of each year.

 

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note contained herein, which will for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

 

B-4    

    

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this Note to be signed manually or by facsimile by its duly authorized officers.

 

Dated:

 

  SMURFIT KAPPA TREASURY UNLIMITED COMPANY
   
  By:                   
  Name:
  Title:
   
  By:  
  Name:
  Title:

 

This is one of the Notes referred to
in the within-mentioned Indenture:

 

Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A.,
not in its personal capacity but in its capacity as
Authenticating Agent appointed by the Trustee

 

By:    
Name:  
Title:  
Dated:  

 

By:    
Name:  
Title:  
Dated:  

 

B-5    

    

 

 

[FORM OF REVERSE]

 

SMURFIT KAPPA TREASURY UNLIMITED COMPANY

 

3.454% Senior Note due 2032

 

1. Interest. SMURFIT KAPPA TREASURY UNLIMITED COMPANY, a public unlimited company incorporated under the laws of Ireland and having its registered office at Beech Hill, Clonskeagh, Dublin 4, Ireland (the “Issuer”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at the rate and in the manner specified below. Interest on the 2032 Notes will be payable annually in arrears on November 27 of each year, commencing November 27, 2025. The Issuer will make each interest payment to the Holders of record at the close of business on November 13 of each year. Rights of holders of beneficial interests to receive such payments will be subject to applicable procedures of Euroclear and Clearstream, as applicable. Interest on the 2032 Notes will accrue at the rate of 3.454% per annum on the aggregate nominal amount of the 2032 Notes outstanding. Interest accruing on all 2032 Notes then outstanding shall be payable in cash. Interest on the 2032 Notes will accrue from the date of original issuance or, if interest has already been paid, from the date it was most recently paid. Interest will be computed on the basis of the actual number of days in the period for which interest is being calculated and the actual number of days from and including the last date on which interest was paid or duly provided for on the 2032 Notes (or November 27, 2024 if no interest has been paid on the 2032 Notes), to but excluding the next scheduled interest payment date, pursuant to the convention referred to as ACTUAL/ACTUAL (ICMA) as defined in the rulebook of the International Capital Market Association.

 

Any interest paid on this Note shall be increased to the extent necessary to pay Additional Amounts as set forth herein.

 

2. Additional Amounts. All payments made by the Payor on the Notes or any Guarantor with respect to its Guarantee will be made without withholding or deduction for, or on account of, any present or future taxes, duties, assessments or governmental charges of whatever nature (“Taxes”) imposed or levied by or on behalf of (1) any jurisdiction in which the Payor or any Guarantor or successor Guarantor is organized or otherwise considered resident for tax purposes or any political subdivision or governmental authority of any thereof or therein having power to tax, or (2) any jurisdiction from or through which payment on the Notes or any of the Guarantees is made, or any political subdivision or governmental authority thereof or therein having the power to tax (each of clause (1) and (2), a “Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction”), unless the withholding or deduction of such Taxes is then required by law. If any deduction or withholding for, or on account of, any Taxes of any Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction shall at any time be required from any payments made with respect to the Notes or the Guarantees, including, without limitation, payments of principal, Redemption Price, interest or premium, if any, the Payor or the relevant Guarantor, as applicable, will pay (together with such payments) such additional amounts (the “Additional Amounts”) as may be necessary in order that the net amounts received in respect of such payments by the Holders of the Notes or the Trustee, as the case may be, after such withholding or deduction (including any such deduction or withholding from such Additional Amounts), equal the amounts which would have been received in respect of such payments in the absence of such withholding or deduction; provided, however, that no such Additional Amounts will be payable with respect to:

 

B-6

 

 

(1)  any Taxes imposed or levied by or on behalf of a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction upon any payments to a Holder or Beneficial Owner who is liable for such Taxes in respect of the Notes by reason of the Holder (or a fiduciary, settlor, beneficiary, member, partner or shareholder of, or possessor of power over the relevant Holder, if the relevant Holder is an estate, nominee, trust, partnership, limited liability company or corporation) or Beneficial Owner having any present or former connection with such Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction (including, without limitation, being resident for tax purposes, being a citizen or resident or national of, or carrying on a business or maintaining a permanent establishment in, or being physically present in, such Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction) other than a connection arising from the acquisition, ownership or holding of such Note or enforcement of rights thereunder or the receipt of payments in respect of the Notes or with respect to any Guarantee;

 

(2)  any Taxes that would not have been imposed if the Holder or Beneficial Owner had made a declaration of non-residence or any other claim or filing for exemption to which it is entitled (provided that (x) such declaration of non-residence or other claim or filing for exemption is required by the applicable law of the applicable Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction as a precondition to exemption from the requirement to deduct or withhold such Taxes and (y) at least 30 days prior to the first payment date with respect to which such declaration of non-residence or other claim or filing for exemption is required under the applicable law of the applicable Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction, the relevant Holder or Beneficial Owner at that time has been notified in writing by the Payor or any other person through whom payment may be made that a declaration of non-residence or other claim or filing for exemption is required to be made);

 

(3)  except in the case of the winding up of the Payor, any Note presented for payment (where presentation is required) in the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction (unless by reason of the Payor’s actions, presentment could not have been made elsewhere and except to the extent that the Holder would have been entitled to Additional Amounts had the Notes been presented elsewhere);

 

(4)  any Note presented for payment (where presentation is required) more than 30 days after the relevant payment is first made available for payment to the Holder (except to the extent that the Holder would have been entitled to Additional Amounts had the Note been presented during such 30 day period);

 

(5)  any Taxes that are payable otherwise than by withholding from a payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest, if any, on the Notes or with respect to any Guarantee;

 

(6)  any estate, inheritance, gift, sales, excise, transfer, personal property or similar tax, assessment or other governmental charge;

 

B-7

 

 

(7)  a Tax imposed in connection with a Note presented for payment by or on behalf of a Holder or Beneficial Owner who would have been able to avoid such Tax by presenting the relevant Note to, or otherwise accept payment from, another paying agent in a member state of the European Union;

 

(8)  any Taxes imposed, deducted or withheld pursuant to Section 1471(b) of the Code or otherwise imposed pursuant to Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, in each case, as of the Issue Date (and any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable), any current or future regulations or agreements thereunder, official interpretations thereof or any law implementing an intergovernmental agreement relating thereto or any treaty, law, regulation or other official guidance enacted in any other jurisdiction, facilitating implementation thereof;

 

(9)  all United States backup withholding taxes;

 

(10)  any Tax deducted, withheld or imposed in connection with the Dutch Withholding Tax Act 2021 (Wet bronbelasting 2021), as amended from time to time; or

 

(11) any combination of clauses (1) through (10) above.

 

Such Additional Amounts will also not be payable where, had the Beneficial Owner of the Note been the Holder of the Note, it would not have been entitled to payment of Additional Amounts by reason of clauses (1) to (11) inclusive above.

 

Upon request, the Issuer will provide the Trustee with documentation satisfactory to the Trustee evidencing the payment of Additional Amounts. Copies of such documentation will be made available to the Holders upon request.

 

3. Method of Payment. The Issuer shall pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders at the close of business on the Record Date with respect to such Notes immediately preceding the interest payment date for such interest. Holders must surrender Notes to a Paying Agent to collect principal payments. The Issuer shall pay all amounts owing hereunder in euros. Immediately available funds for the payment of the principal of (and premium, if any), interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on this Note due on any interest payment date, Maturity Date, Redemption Date or other repurchase date will be made available to the Paying Agent to permit the Paying Agent to pay such funds to the Holders on such respective dates.

 

4. Paying Agent, Registrar and Transfer Agent. Initially, Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch, will act as Paying Agent and Transfer Agent and Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A. will act as Registrar. In the event that a Paying Agent or Transfer Agent is replaced, the Issuer will provide notice thereof as set forth in the Indenture. The Issuer may change any Registrar without notice to the Holders. The Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries may, subject to certain exceptions, act in any such capacity.

 

B-8

 

 

5. Indenture. The Issuer issued the Notes under an Indenture, dated as of November 27, 2024 (the “Indenture”), among the Issuer, the Parent Guarantor named therein, the Subsidiary Guarantors named therein, Deutsche Trustee Company Limited, as Trustee, Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch, as Paying Agent and Transfer Agent, and Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A., as Registrar. This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Notes (as defined in the Indenture) of the Issuer designated as its 3.454% Senior Notes due 2032 (the “Notes”). The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders of Notes are referred to the Indenture for a statement of them. The Notes are senior obligations of the Issuer. Additional Notes (as defined in the Indenture) may be issued from time to time under the Indenture. Each Holder, by accepting a Note, agrees to be bound by all of the terms and provisions of the Indenture, as the same may be amended from time to time.

 

6. Ranking. The Notes will be senior unsecured obligations of the Issuer and will: (a) rank equally in right of payment with all of the Issuer’s existing and future indebtedness that is not subordinated in right of payment to the Notes; (b) rank senior in right of payment to all of the Issuer’s existing and future indebtedness that is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes; (c) be effectively junior to all of the Issuer’s existing and future secured indebtedness to the extent of the value of the collateral securing such other indebtedness; and (d) be structurally subordinated in right of payment to any obligations of the Parent Guarantor’s Subsidiaries other than the Parent Guarantor’s Subsidiaries that are Guarantors.

 

7. Optional Redemption. Except as set forth below in this Paragraph 7 or under Paragraphs 8 and 10, none of the Notes will be redeemable at the Issuer’s option prior to August 27, 2032.

 

At any time prior to August 27, 2032 (three months prior to the maturity of the Notes), the Issuer may redeem the Notes in whole or in part, at a Redemption Price equal to the greater of (a) 100% of the principal amount thereof and (b) the present value as of such Redemption Date of (i) the Redemption Price of 100% for such Note on August 27, 2032, plus (ii) all required interest payments due on such Note through August 27, 2032 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the Redemption Date) computed using a discount rate equal to the Bund Rate as of such Redemption Date plus 20 basis points calculated by the Issuer, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, to, but excluding, the Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).

 

At any time on or after August 27, 2032 (three months prior to the maturity of the Notes), the Issuer may redeem all or a part of the Notes at a Redemption Price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, thereon, to, but excluding, the Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).

 

The Issuer’s actions and determinations in determining the Redemption Price shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error. For the avoidance of doubt, any Redemption Price shall be calculated by the Issuer, or on behalf of the Issuer by such Person as the Issuer may engage, and the calculation of the Redemption Price shall not be an obligation or duty of the Trustee or the Paying Agent.

 

B-9

 

 

If and so long as the Notes are admitted to the Global Exchange Market of Euronext Dublin, and the rules of the Global Exchange Market of Euronext Dublin so require, in the event that the Issuer effects an optional redemption of the Notes, the Issuer will inform the Companies Announcement Office of Euronext Dublin of such optional redemption and confirm the aggregate principal amount of the Notes that will remain outstanding following such redemption.

  

8. Special Tax Redemption. The Issuer may, at its option, redeem the Notes in whole, but not in part, at any time upon giving not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ notice to the Holders of the Notes (which notice will be irrevocable) at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date fixed for redemption (a “Tax Redemption Date”) (subject to the right of Holders of record of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date) and all Additional Amounts, if any, then due and which will become due on the Tax Redemption Date as a result of the redemption or otherwise, if a Payor determines that, as a result of: (1) any change in, or amendment to, the law or treaties (or any regulations or rulings promulgated thereunder) of a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction affecting taxation or (2) any change in position regarding the application, administration or interpretation of such laws, treaties, regulations or rulings (including a holding, judgment or order by a court of competent jurisdiction) (each of the foregoing in clauses (1) and (2), a “Change in Tax Law”), the Payor or any Guarantor is, or on the next interest payment date in respect of the Notes would be, required to pay Additional Amounts with respect to the Notes, and the Payor or the relevant Guarantor (as appropriate) cannot avoid such obligation by taking reasonable measures available to it. In the case of the Issuer or any Guarantor as of the Issue Date, the Change in Tax Law must become effective on or after the date of the Offering Memorandum. In the case of a Successor Issuer or any Person who becomes a Guarantor after the Issue Date or any successor of any Guarantor, the Change in Tax Law must become effective after the date that the Issuer first makes payment on the Notes or after the date on which such Person became a Guarantor or a successor of any Guarantor, as applicable. Notice of redemption for taxation reasons will be published in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such notice of redemption will be given earlier than 90 days prior to the earliest date on which the Payor or Guarantor, as applicable, would be obligated to make such payment or withholding if a payment in respect of such Notes were then due. Prior to the publication or mailing of any notice of redemption of Notes pursuant to the foregoing, the Payor will deliver to the Trustee an opinion of an independent tax counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee to the effect that the circumstances referred to above exist. The Trustee will accept such opinion as sufficient existence of the satisfaction of the conditions precedent described above, in which event it will be conclusive and binding on the Holders of the Notes.

 

9. Notice of Redemption. Notice of redemption will be given at least 10 days but not more than 60 days before the relevant Redemption Date or Tax Redemption Date, as the case may be. All such notices in respect of Global Notes will be delivered to the Clearing Agency, which will give notice of such notice to the applicable holders of the beneficial interests in the Notes. Notes in denominations of €100,000 may be redeemed only in whole. No Note of €100,000 in aggregate principal amount or less, or other than in an integral multiple of €1,000 in excess thereof, shall be redeemed in part.

 

B-10

 

 

Except as set forth in the Indenture, from and after any Redemption Date, if monies for the redemption of the Notes called for redemption shall have been deposited with the Paying Agent for redemption on such Redemption Date, then, unless the Issuer defaults in the payment of such Redemption Price, the Notes called for redemption will cease to bear interest, or Additional Amounts, if any, and the only right of the Holders of such Notes will be to receive payment of the Redemption Price. Any such redemption and notice may, in the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent.

 

10. Change of Control Offer. Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control Repurchase Event with respect to the Notes, the Issuer will be required to make an offer to purchase all or any part (equal to €100,000 in principal amount and integral multiples of €1,000 in excess thereof) of the Notes on the Change of Control Payment Date at a purchase price in cash equal to the Change of Control Payment (subject to the right of Holders of record of Definitive Notes on the relevant Record Date to receive interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on the relevant interest payment date). Holders of Notes that are subject to an offer to purchase will receive a Change of Control Offer from the Issuer prior to any related Change of Control Payment Date and may elect to have such Notes purchased by completing the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” appearing below.

 

11. [Intentionally omitted]

 

12. Guarantees. The payment by the Issuer of the principal of, premium, if any, interest or Additional Amounts, if any, on the Notes and all other obligations of the Issuer under the Indenture is, subject to Section 10.2 of the Indenture and limitations under applicable law, fully and unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, on a senior unsecured basis, by each of the Guarantors to the extent set forth in the Indenture.

 

13. [Intentionally omitted]

 

14. [Intentionally omitted]

 

15. Denominations; Form; Transfer and Exchange. The Global Notes are in registered form, without coupons, in denominations of €100,000 and integral multiples of €1,000. The Trustee, the Registrar, the Paying Agent and the Transfer Agent may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents, and the Issuer may require a Holder to pay all taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture.

 

16. Persons Deemed Owners. The registered Holder of this Note shall be treated as the owner of it for all purposes, subject to the terms of the Indenture.

 

17. Unclaimed Funds. If funds for the payment of principal, interest, premium, or Additional Amounts remain unclaimed for two years, the Trustee and the Paying Agents will repay the funds to the Issuer at its written request. After that, all liability of the Trustee and such Paying Agents with respect to such funds shall cease.

 

18. Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance. The Issuer may be discharged from its obligations under the Indenture and the Notes except for certain provisions thereof, and may be discharged from its obligations to comply with certain covenants contained in the Indenture, in each case upon satisfaction of certain conditions specified in the Indenture.

 

B-11

 

 

19. Amendment; Supplement; Waiver. Subject to certain exceptions specified in the Indenture, the Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees may be amended or supplemented with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, and any existing Default or Event of Default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding.

 

20. Successors. When a successor assumes all the obligations of its predecessor under the Notes and the Indenture in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the predecessor will be released from those obligations.

 

21. Defaults and Remedies. Subject to certain restrictions, if an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in clause (5) of Section 6.1 of the Indenture) occurs and is continuing with respect to the Notes, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture. Holders of Notes may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. The Trustee is not obligated to enforce the Indenture or the Notes unless it has received indemnity satisfactory to it. The Indenture permits, subject to certain limitations therein provided, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding to direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders of Notes notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default in payment of principal, premium, interest, and Additional Amounts, if any, including an accelerated payment) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest.

 

22. Trustee Dealings with Issuer. The Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuer, its Subsidiaries or their respective Affiliates as if it were not the Trustee.

 

23. No Recourse Against Others. No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Issuer or any Guarantor, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or any Guarantor under the Notes, the Guarantees or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

 

24. Authentication. This Note shall not be valid until the Trustee or Authenticating Agent signs the certificate of authentication on this Note.

 

25. Abbreviations and Defined Terms. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder of a Note or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act). Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Indenture are used herein as defined therein.

 

B-12

 

 

26. ISINs and Common Codes. The Issuer has caused ISINs and Common Codes to be printed on the Notes. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers as printed on the Notes and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed hereon.

 

27. Governing Law. The Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees, and the rights and duties of the parties hereunder and thereunder, shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

 

B-13

 

 

 

  

ASSIGNMENT FORM

 

To assign this Note fill in the form below:

 

I or we assign and transfer this Note to

 

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

 

(Insert assignee’s social security or tax I.D. No.)

 

and irrevocably appoint                          agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuer.
The agent may substitute another to act for him.

 

____________________________________________________________________

 

Date: _____________ Your Signature: ______________________

 

____________________________________________________________________
Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note.

 

B-14

 

 

OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

 

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.19 of the Indenture, check the box: ¨

 

If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.19 of the Indenture, state the amount: €

 

Date:_____________

 

Your Signature:___________________
(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note)

 

B-15

 

 

EXHIBIT B-2
TO THE INDENTURE

 

[FORM OF FACE OF DEFINITIVE NOTE]

 

THIS NOTE IS A DEFINITIVE NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO.

 

[Regulation S Securities Legend]

 

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “U.S. SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT.

 

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF (1) REPRESENTS THAT IT IS A NON-U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATION S UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, AND (2) AGREES ON ITS BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY OR A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) WHICH IS 40 DAYS AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE OF THIS SECURITY AND THE DATE ON WHICH SUCH SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY) WAS FIRST OFFERED TO PERSONS OTHER THAN DISTRIBUTORS (AS DEFINED IN RULE 902 OF REGULATION S) IN RELIANCE ON REGULATION S ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUER, THE PARENT OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, (C) TO NON-U.S. PERSONS PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OR (D) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES TO ANY REQUIREMENT OF LAW THAT THE DISPOSITION OF ITS PROPERTY OR THE PROPERTY OF SUCH INVESTOR ACCOUNT OR ACCOUNTS BE AT ALL TIMES WITHIN ITS OR THEIR CONTROL AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE FOREIGN OR STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND ANY APPLICABLE LOCAL LAWS AND REGULATIONS AND FURTHER SUBJECT TO THE ISSUER’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHTS PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (C) OR (D) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE.

 

B-16

 

 

[Rule 144A Securities Legend]

 

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.

 

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT), AND (2) AGREES ON ITS BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY OR A BENEFICIAL INTEREST IN SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) WHICH IS ONE YEAR AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE OF THIS SECURITY AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE ISSUER OR ANY AFFILIATE THEREOF WAS THE OWNER OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF SUCH SECURITY) ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUER, THE GUARANTORS, OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) TO NON-U.S. PERSONS PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (E) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES TO ANY REQUIREMENT OF LAW THAT THE DISPOSITION OF ITS PROPERTY OR THE PROPERTY OF SUCH INVESTOR ACCOUNT OR ACCOUNTS BE AT ALL TIMES WITHIN ITS OR THEIR CONTROL AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE FOREIGN OR STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND ANY APPLICABLE LOCAL LAWS AND REGULATIONS AND FURTHER SUBJECT TO THE ISSUER’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHTS PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER PURSUANT TO CLAUSES (D) OR (E) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM. THIS LEGEND WILL BE REMOVED UPON THE REQUEST OF THE HOLDER AFTER THE RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE.

 

B-17

 

 

BY ITS ACQUISITION OF THIS SECURITY, THE HOLDER HEREOF WILL BE DEEMED TO HAVE REPRESENTED AND WARRANTED THAT (1) EITHER (A) IT IS NOT, AND IS NOT ACTING ON BEHALF OF OR WITH ASSETS OF, AN “EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN” SUBJECT TO THE FIDUCIARY RESPONSIBILITY PROVISIONS OF TITLE I OF THE U.S. EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY ACT OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”), A PLAN SUBJECT TO SECTION 4975 OF THE U.S. INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (THE “CODE”), OR AN ENTITY WHOSE UNDERLYING ASSETS ARE DEEMED TO INCLUDE THE “PLAN ASSETS” OF ANY SUCH PLANS, OR A “GOVERNMENTAL PLAN” (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(32) OF ERISA), “CHURCH PLAN” (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(33) OF ERISA), NON-U.S. OR OTHER PLAN OR ARRANGEMENT THAT IS SUBJECT TO FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL OR NON-U.S. LAWS OR REGULATIONS THAT ARE SUBSTANTIALLY SIMILAR TO THE FOREGOING PROVISIONS OF ERISA OR THE CODE (“SIMILAR LAW”), OR (B) THE ACQUISITION AND HOLDING OF THIS SECURITY OR AN INTEREST THEREIN BY THE HOLDER DOES NOT AND WILL NOT CONSTITUTE OR RESULT IN A NON-EXEMPT PROHIBITED TRANSACTION UNDER SECTION 406 OF ERISA OR SECTION 4975 OF THE CODE OR A NON-EXEMPT VIOLATION OF SIMILAR LAW, AND (2) THE HOLDER WILL NOT SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS SECURITY UNLESS SUCH SUBSEQUENT TRANSFEREE HAS MADE THE REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTEES IN (1) ABOVE.

 

[Definitive Securities Legend]

 

IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER, THE HOLDER SHALL DELIVER TO THE REGISTRAR AND TRANSFER AGENT SUCH CERTIFICATES AND OTHER INFORMATION AS SUCH TRANSFER AGENT MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT THE TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS.

 

B-18

 

 

SMURFIT KAPPA TREASURY UNLIMITED COMPANY

 

3.807% Senior Note due 2036

 

Common Code: ____________

 

ISIN: ____________

 

No.____  €____________

 

SMURFIT KAPPA TREASURY UNLIMITED COMPANY, a public unlimited company incorporated under the laws of Ireland and having its registered office at Beech Hill, Clonskeagh, Dublin 4, Ireland (the “Issuer”, which term includes any successor corporation), for value received promises to pay €________ to ________ or registered assigns upon surrender hereof the principal sum of _________ Euros (€________), on November 27, 2036.

 

Interest Payment Date: November 27 of each year, commencing November 27, 2025.

 

Record Date: November 13 of each year.

 

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note contained herein, which will for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

 

B-19

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this Note to be signed manually or by facsimile by its duly authorized officers.

 

Dated:

 

  SMURFIT KAPPA TREASURY UNLIMITED COMPANY
   
  By:          
  Name:  
  Title:  
   
  By:  
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

This is one of the Notes referred to
in the within-mentioned Indenture:

 

Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A.,
not in its personal capacity but in its capacity as
Authenticating Agent appointed by the Trustee

 

By:    
Name:    
Title:    
Dated:    
   
By:    
Name:    
Title:    
Dated:    

 

B-20

 

 

[FORM OF REVERSE]

 

SMURFIT KAPPA TREASURY UNLIMITED COMPANY

 

3.807% Senior Note due 2036

 

1. Interest. SMURFIT KAPPA TREASURY UNLIMITED COMPANY, a public unlimited company incorporated under the laws of Ireland and having its registered office at Beech Hill, Clonskeagh, Dublin 4, Ireland (the “Issuer”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at the rate and in the manner specified below. Interest on the 2036 Notes will be payable annually in arrears on November 27 of each year, commencing November 27, 2025. The Issuer will make each interest payment to the Holders of record at the close of business on November 13 of each year. Rights of holders of beneficial interests to receive such payments will be subject to applicable procedures of Euroclear and Clearstream, as applicable. Interest on the 2036 Notes will accrue at the rate of 3.807% per annum on the aggregate nominal amount of the 2036 Notes outstanding. Interest accruing on all 2036 Notes then outstanding shall be payable in cash. Interest on the 2036 Notes will accrue from the date of original issuance or, if interest has already been paid, from the date it was most recently paid. Interest will be computed on the basis of the actual number of days in the period for which interest is being calculated and the actual number of days from and including the last date on which interest was paid or duly provided for on the 2036 Notes (or November 27, 2024 if no interest has been paid on the 2036 Notes), to but excluding the next scheduled interest payment date, pursuant to the convention referred to as ACTUAL/ACTUAL (ICMA) as defined in the rulebook of the International Capital Market Association.

 

Any interest paid on this Note shall be increased to the extent necessary to pay Additional Amounts as set forth herein.

 

2. Additional Amounts. All payments made by the Payor on the Notes or any Guarantor with respect to its Guarantee will be made without withholding or deduction for, or on account of, any present or future taxes, duties, assessments or governmental charges of whatever nature (“Taxes”) imposed or levied by or on behalf of (1) any jurisdiction in which the Payor or any Guarantor or successor Guarantor is organized or otherwise considered resident for tax purposes or any political subdivision or governmental authority of any thereof or therein having power to tax, or (2) any jurisdiction from or through which payment on the Notes or any of the Guarantees is made, or any political subdivision or governmental authority thereof or therein having the power to tax (each of clause (1) and (2), a “Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction”), unless the withholding or deduction of such Taxes is then required by law. If any deduction or withholding for, or on account of, any Taxes of any Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction shall at any time be required from any payments made with respect to the Notes or the Guarantees, including, without limitation, payments of principal, Redemption Price, interest or premium, if any, the Payor or the relevant Guarantor, as applicable, will pay (together with such payments) such additional amounts (the “Additional Amounts”) as may be necessary in order that the net amounts received in respect of such payments by the Holders of the Notes or the Trustee, as the case may be, after such withholding or deduction (including any such deduction or withholding from such Additional Amounts), equal the amounts which would have been received in respect of such payments in the absence of such withholding or deduction; provided, however, that no such Additional Amounts will be payable with respect to:

 

B-21

 

 

(1)  any Taxes imposed or levied by or on behalf of a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction upon any payments to a Holder or Beneficial Owner who is liable for such Taxes in respect of the Notes by reason of the Holder (or a fiduciary, settlor, beneficiary, member, partner or shareholder of, or possessor of power over the relevant Holder, if the relevant Holder is an estate, nominee, trust, partnership, limited liability company or corporation) or Beneficial Owner having any present or former connection with such Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction (including, without limitation, being resident for tax purposes, being a citizen or resident or national of, or carrying on a business or maintaining a permanent establishment in, or being physically present in, such Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction) other than a connection arising from the acquisition, ownership or holding of such Note or enforcement of rights thereunder or the receipt of payments in respect of the Notes or with respect to any Guarantee;

 

(2)  any Taxes that would not have been imposed if the Holder or Beneficial Owner had made a declaration of non-residence or any other claim or filing for exemption to which it is entitled (provided that (x) such declaration of non-residence or other claim or filing for exemption is required by the applicable law of the applicable Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction as a precondition to exemption from the requirement to deduct or withhold such Taxes and (y) at least 30 days prior to the first payment date with respect to which such declaration of non-residence or other claim or filing for exemption is required under the applicable law of the applicable Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction, the relevant Holder or Beneficial Owner at that time has been notified in writing by the Payor or any other person through whom payment may be made that a declaration of non-residence or other claim or filing for exemption is required to be made);

 

(3)  except in the case of the winding up of the Payor, any Note presented for payment (where presentation is required) in the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction (unless by reason of the Payor’s actions, presentment could not have been made elsewhere and except to the extent that the Holder would have been entitled to Additional Amounts had the Notes been presented elsewhere);

 

(4)  any Note presented for payment (where presentation is required) more than 30 days after the relevant payment is first made available for payment to the Holder (except to the extent that the Holder would have been entitled to Additional Amounts had the Note been presented during such 30 day period);

 

(5)  any Taxes that are payable otherwise than by withholding from a payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest, if any, on the Notes or with respect to any Guarantee;

 

(6)  any estate, inheritance, gift, sales, excise, transfer, personal property or similar tax, assessment or other governmental charge;

 

B-22

 

 

(7)  a Tax imposed in connection with a Note presented for payment by or on behalf of a Holder or Beneficial Owner who would have been able to avoid such Tax by presenting the relevant Note to, or otherwise accept payment from, another paying agent in a member state of the European Union;

 

(8)  any Taxes imposed, deducted or withheld pursuant to Section 1471(b) of the Code or otherwise imposed pursuant to Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, in each case, as of the Issue Date (and any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable), any current or future regulations or agreements thereunder, official interpretations thereof or any law implementing an intergovernmental agreement relating thereto or any treaty, law, regulation or other official guidance enacted in any other jurisdiction, facilitating implementation thereof;

 

(9)  all United States backup withholding taxes;

 

(10)  any Tax deducted, withheld or imposed in connection with the Dutch Withholding Tax Act 2021 (Wet bronbelasting 2021), as amended from time to time; or

 

(11) any combination of clauses (1) through (10) above.

 

Such Additional Amounts will also not be payable where, had the Beneficial Owner of the Note been the Holder of the Note, it would not have been entitled to payment of Additional Amounts by reason of clauses (1) to (11) inclusive above.

 

Upon request, the Issuer will provide the Trustee with documentation satisfactory to the Trustee evidencing the payment of Additional Amounts. Copies of such documentation will be made available to the Holders upon request.

 

3. Method of Payment. The Issuer shall pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders at the close of business on the Record Date with respect to such Notes immediately preceding the interest payment date for such interest. Holders must surrender Notes to a Paying Agent to collect principal payments. The Issuer shall pay all amounts owing hereunder in euros. Immediately available funds for the payment of the principal of (and premium, if any), interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on this Note due on any interest payment date, Maturity Date, Redemption Date or other repurchase date will be made available to the Paying Agent to permit the Paying Agent to pay such funds to the Holders on such respective dates.

 

4. Paying Agent, Registrar and Transfer Agent. Initially, Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch, will act as Paying Agent and Transfer Agent and Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A. will act as Registrar. In the event that a Paying Agent or Transfer Agent is replaced, the Issuer will provide notice thereof as set forth in the Indenture. The Issuer may change any Registrar without notice to the Holders. The Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries may, subject to certain exceptions, act in any such capacity.

 

B-23

 

 

5. Indenture. The Issuer issued the Notes under an Indenture, dated as of November 27, 2024 (the “Indenture”), among the Issuer, the Parent Guarantor named therein, the Subsidiary Guarantors named therein, Deutsche Trustee Company Limited, as Trustee, Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch, as Paying Agent and Transfer Agent, and Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A., as Registrar. This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Notes (as defined in the Indenture) of the Issuer designated as its 3.807% Senior Notes due 2036 (the “Notes”). The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders of Notes are referred to the Indenture for a statement of them. The Notes are senior obligations of the Issuer. Additional Notes (as defined in the Indenture) may be issued from time to time under the Indenture. Each Holder, by accepting a Note, agrees to be bound by all of the terms and provisions of the Indenture, as the same may be amended from time to time.

 

6. Ranking. The Notes will be senior unsecured obligations of the Issuer and will: (a) rank equally in right of payment with all of the Issuer’s existing and future indebtedness that is not subordinated in right of payment to the Notes; (b) rank senior in right of payment to all of the Issuer’s existing and future indebtedness that is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes; (c) be effectively junior to all of the Issuer’s existing and future secured indebtedness to the extent of the value of the collateral securing such other indebtedness; and (d) be structurally subordinated in right of payment to any obligations of the Parent Guarantor’s Subsidiaries other than the Parent Guarantor’s Subsidiaries that are Guarantors.

 

7. Optional Redemption. Except as set forth below in this Paragraph 7 or under Paragraphs 8 and 10, none of the Notes will be redeemable at the Issuer’s option prior to August 27, 2032.

 

At any time prior to August 27, 2036 (three months prior to the maturity of the Notes), the Issuer may redeem the Notes in whole or in part, at a Redemption Price equal to the greater of (a) 100% of the principal amount thereof and (b) the present value as of such Redemption Date of (i) the Redemption Price of 100% for such Note on August 27, 2036, plus (ii) all required interest payments due on such Note through August 27, 2036 (excluding accrued but unpaid interest to the Redemption Date) computed using a discount rate equal to the Bund Rate as of such Redemption Date plus 20 basis points calculated by the Issuer, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, to, but excluding, the Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).

 

At any time on or after August 27, 2036 (three months prior to the maturity of the Notes), the Issuer may redeem all or a part of the Notes at a Redemption Price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, thereon, to, but excluding, the Redemption Date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).

 

The Issuer’s actions and determinations in determining the Redemption Price shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error. For the avoidance of doubt, any Redemption Price shall be calculated by the Issuer, or on behalf of the Issuer by such Person as the Issuer may engage, and the calculation of the Redemption Price shall not be an obligation or duty of the Trustee or the Paying Agent.

 

B-24

 

 

If and so long as the Notes are admitted to the Global Exchange Market of Euronext Dublin, and the rules of the Global Exchange Market of Euronext Dublin so require, in the event that the Issuer effects an optional redemption of the Notes, the Issuer will inform the Companies Announcement Office of Euronext Dublin of such optional redemption and confirm the aggregate principal amount of the Notes that will remain outstanding following such redemption.

 

8. Special Tax Redemption. The Issuer may, at its option, redeem the Notes in whole, but not in part, at any time upon giving not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ notice to the Holders of the Notes (which notice will be irrevocable) at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the date fixed for redemption (a “Tax Redemption Date”) (subject to the right of Holders of record of Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date) and all Additional Amounts, if any, then due and which will become due on the Tax Redemption Date as a result of the redemption or otherwise, if a Payor determines that, as a result of: (1) any change in, or amendment to, the law or treaties (or any regulations or rulings promulgated thereunder) of a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction affecting taxation or (2) any change in position regarding the application, administration or interpretation of such laws, treaties, regulations or rulings (including a holding, judgment or order by a court of competent jurisdiction) (each of the foregoing in clauses (1) and (2), a “Change in Tax Law”), the Payor or any Guarantor is, or on the next interest payment date in respect of the Notes would be, required to pay Additional Amounts with respect to the Notes, and the Payor or the relevant Guarantor (as appropriate) cannot avoid such obligation by taking reasonable measures available to it. In the case of the Issuer or any Guarantor as of the Issue Date, the Change in Tax Law must become effective on or after the date of the Offering Memorandum. In the case of a Successor Issuer or any Person who becomes a Guarantor after the Issue Date or any successor of any Guarantor, the Change in Tax Law must become effective after the date that the Issuer first makes payment on the Notes or after the date on which such Person became a Guarantor or a successor of any Guarantor, as applicable. Notice of redemption for taxation reasons will be published in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Indenture. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such notice of redemption will be given earlier than 90 days prior to the earliest date on which the Payor or Guarantor, as applicable, would be obligated to make such payment or withholding if a payment in respect of such Notes were then due. Prior to the publication or mailing of any notice of redemption of Notes pursuant to the foregoing, the Payor will deliver to the Trustee an opinion of an independent tax counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee to the effect that the circumstances referred to above exist. The Trustee will accept such opinion as sufficient existence of the satisfaction of the conditions precedent described above, in which event it will be conclusive and binding on the Holders of the Notes.

 

9. Notice of Redemption. Notice of redemption will be given at least 10 days but not more than 60 days before the relevant Redemption Date or Tax Redemption Date, as the case may be. All such notices in respect of Global Notes will be delivered to the Clearing Agency, which will give notice of such notice to the applicable holders of the beneficial interests in the Notes. Notes in denominations of €100,000 may be redeemed only in whole. No Note of €100,000 in aggregate principal amount or less, or other than in an integral multiple of €1,000 in excess thereof, shall be redeemed in part.

 

B-25

 

 

Except as set forth in the Indenture, from and after any Redemption Date, if monies for the redemption of the Notes called for redemption shall have been deposited with the Paying Agent for redemption on such Redemption Date, then, unless the Issuer defaults in the payment of such Redemption Price, the Notes called for redemption will cease to bear interest, or Additional Amounts, if any, and the only right of the Holders of such Notes will be to receive payment of the Redemption Price. Any such redemption and notice may, in the Issuer’s discretion, be subject to the satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent.

 

10. Change of Control Offer. Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control Repurchase Event with respect to the Notes, the Issuer will be required to make an offer to purchase all or any part (equal to €100,000 in principal amount and integral multiples of €1,000 in excess thereof) of the Notes on the Change of Control Payment Date at a purchase price in cash equal to the Change of Control Payment (subject to the right of Holders of record of Definitive Notes on the relevant Record Date to receive interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on the relevant interest payment date). Holders of Notes that are subject to an offer to purchase will receive a Change of Control Offer from the Issuer prior to any related Change of Control Payment Date and may elect to have such Notes purchased by completing the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” appearing below.

 

11. [Intentionally omitted]

 

12. Guarantees. The payment by the Issuer of the principal of, premium, if any, interest or Additional Amounts, if any, on the Notes and all other obligations of the Issuer under the Indenture is, subject to Section 10.2 of the Indenture and limitations under applicable law, fully and unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, on a senior unsecured basis, by each of the Guarantors to the extent set forth in the Indenture.

 

13. [Intentionally omitted]

 

14. [Intentionally omitted]

 

15. Denominations; Form; Transfer and Exchange. The Global Notes are in registered form, without coupons, in denominations of €100,000 and integral multiples of €1,000. The Trustee, the Registrar, the Paying Agent and the Transfer Agent may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents, and the Issuer may require a Holder to pay all taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Indenture.

 

16. Persons Deemed Owners. The registered Holder of this Note shall be treated as the owner of it for all purposes, subject to the terms of the Indenture.

 

17. Unclaimed Funds. If funds for the payment of principal, interest, premium, or Additional Amounts remain unclaimed for two years, the Trustee and the Paying Agents will repay the funds to the Issuer at its written request. After that, all liability of the Trustee and such Paying Agents with respect to such funds shall cease.

 

18. Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance. The Issuer may be discharged from its obligations under the Indenture and the Notes except for certain provisions thereof, and may be discharged from its obligations to comply with certain covenants contained in the Indenture, in each case upon satisfaction of certain conditions specified in the Indenture.

 

B-26

 

 

19. Amendment; Supplement; Waiver. Subject to certain exceptions specified in the Indenture, the Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees may be amended or supplemented with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, and any existing Default or Event of Default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding.

 

20. Successors. When a successor assumes all the obligations of its predecessor under the Notes and the Indenture in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the predecessor will be released from those obligations.

 

21. Defaults and Remedies. Subject to certain restrictions, if an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in clause (5) of Section 6.1 of the Indenture) occurs and is continuing with respect to the Notes, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture. Holders of Notes may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. The Trustee is not obligated to enforce the Indenture or the Notes unless it has received indemnity satisfactory to it. The Indenture permits, subject to certain limitations therein provided, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding to direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders of Notes notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default in payment of principal, premium, interest, and Additional Amounts, if any, including an accelerated payment) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest.

 

22. Trustee Dealings with Issuer. The Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuer, its Subsidiaries or their respective Affiliates as if it were not the Trustee.

 

23. No Recourse Against Others. No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Issuer or any Guarantor, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or any Guarantor under the Notes, the Guarantees or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

 

24. Authentication. This Note shall not be valid until the Trustee or Authenticating Agent signs the certificate of authentication on this Note.

 

25. Abbreviations and Defined Terms. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder of a Note or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act). Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Indenture are used herein as defined therein.

 

B-27

 

 

26. ISINs and Common Codes. The Issuer has caused ISINs and Common Codes to be printed on the Notes. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers as printed on the Notes and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed hereon.

 

27. Governing Law. The Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees, and the rights and duties of the parties hereunder and thereunder, shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

 

B-28

 

 

 

  

ASSIGNMENT FORM

 

To assign this Note fill in the form below:

 

I or we assign and transfer this Note to

 

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

 

(Insert assignee’s social security or tax I.D. No.)

 

and irrevocably appoint                          agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuer. 

The agent may substitute another to act for him.

 

____________________________________________________________________

 

Date: _____________ Your Signature: ______________________

 

____________________________________________________________________
Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note.

 

B-29

 

 

OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

 

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.19 of the Indenture, check the box: ¨

 

If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.19 of the Indenture, state the amount: €

 

Date:_____________

 

Your Signature:___________________
(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note)

 

B-30

 

 

EXHIBIT C-1
TO THE INDENTURE

 

FORM OF TRANSFER CERTIFICATE FOR TRANSFER FROM
2032 RULE 144A GLOBAL NOTE TO 2032 REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE
(Transfers pursuant to Section 2.7(b) of the Indenture)

 

Smurfit Kappa Treasury Unlimited Company
c/o Deutsche Trustee Company Limited, as Trustee
21 Moorfields
London EC2Y 9DB
United Kingdom 

Attention: Trust & Security Services

 

Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch, as Transfer Agent
21 Moorfields
London EC2Y 9DB
United Kingdom
Attention: Trust & Agency Services

 

Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A., as Registrar
2, boulevard Konrad Adenauer
L-1115 Luxembourg
Grand Duchy of Luxembourg

 

RE:      3.454% Senior Notes due 2032 (the “2032 Notes”) of Smurfit Kappa Treasury Unlimited Company (the “Issuer”)

 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of November 27, 2024 (the “Indenture”), among the Issuer, the Parent Guarantor named therein, the Subsidiary Guarantors named therein, Deutsche Trustee Company Limited, as Trustee, Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch, as Paying Agent and Transfer Agent, and Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A., as Registrar. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Indenture. Terms used in this certificate and not otherwise defined in the Indenture have the meanings set forth in Regulation S under the Securities Act.

 

This letter relates to €_________ (being any integral multiple of €1,000 in excess of €100,000) principal amount of 2032 Notes which are evidenced by the 2032 Rule 144A Global Note (ISIN ____________; Common Code __________) and held by you on behalf of the Common Safekeeper who in turn is holding an interest therein on behalf of the undersigned (the “Transferor”). The Transferor hereby requests that on [INSERT DATE] such beneficial interest in the 2032 Rule 144A Global Note be transferred or exchanged for an interest in the 2032 Regulation S Global Note (ISIN ____________; Common Code ____________) in the form of an equal aggregate principal amount of 2032 Notes. If this is a partial transfer, a minimum amount of €100,000 and any integral multiple of €1,000 in excess thereof of the 2032 Rule 144A Global Note will remain outstanding.

 

C-1

 

 

In connection with such request and in respect of such 2032 Notes, the Transferor does hereby certify that such transfer has been effected in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Indenture and the 2032 Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act, and accordingly the Transferor further certifies that:

 

(A)            (1) the offer of the 2032 Notes was not made to a person in the United States;

 

(2) either (a) at the time the buy order was originated, the transferee was outside the United States or we and any person acting on our behalf reasonably believed that the transferee was outside the United States or (b)  the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither the Transferor nor any person acting on our behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States,

 

(3) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or 904(b) of Regulation S, as applicable;

 

(4) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act; and

 

(5) if the transfer is made prior to the expiration of 40 days after the later of the Issue Date and the last date on which the Issuer or any of its affiliates was the owner of such 2032 Notes (and the Guarantees thereof) (or any predecessor thereto), the transfer was not made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an initial purchaser of the 2032 Notes).

 

OR

 

(B)            such transfer is being made in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

 

C-2

 

 

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Issuer and the Initial Purchasers.

 

Dated: _____________

 

  [Name of Transferor]  
     
  By:               
  Name:  
  Title:  
  Telephone No.:  

 

Please print name and address (including zip code number)   
    
    

 

C-3

 

 

EXHIBIT C-2
TO THE INDENTURE

 

FORM OF TRANSFER CERTIFICATE FOR TRANSFER FROM
2036 RULE 144A GLOBAL NOTE TO 2036 REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE
(Transfers pursuant to Section 2.7(b) of the Indenture)

 

Smurfit Kappa Treasury Unlimited Company
c/o Deutsche Trustee Company Limited, as Trustee
21 Moorfields
London EC2Y 9DB
United Kingdom 

Attention: Trust & Security Services

 

Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch, as Transfer Agent
21 Moorfields
London EC2Y 9DB
United Kingdom
Attention: Trust & Agency Services

 

Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A., as Registrar
2, boulevard Konrad Adenauer
L-1115 Luxembourg
Grand Duchy of Luxembourg

 

RE:      3.807% Senior Notes due 2036 (the “2036 Notes”) of Smurfit Kappa Treasury Unlimited Company (the “Issuer”)

 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of November 27, 2024 (the “Indenture”), among the Issuer, the Parent Guarantor named therein, the Subsidiary Guarantors named therein, Deutsche Trustee Company Limited, as Trustee, Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch, as Paying Agent and Transfer Agent, and Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A., Registrar. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Indenture. Terms used in this certificate and not otherwise defined in the Indenture have the meanings set forth in Regulation S under the Securities Act.

 

This letter relates to €_________ (being any integral multiple of €1,000 in excess of €100,000) principal amount of 2036 Notes which are evidenced by the 2036 Rule 144A Global Note (ISIN ____________; Common Code __________) and held by you on behalf of the Common Safekeeper who in turn is holding an interest therein on behalf of the undersigned (the “Transferor”). The Transferor hereby requests that on [INSERT DATE] such beneficial interest in the 2036 Rule 144A Global Note be transferred or exchanged for an interest in the 2036 Regulation S Global Note (ISIN ____________; Common Code ____________) in the form of an equal aggregate principal amount of 2036 Notes. If this is a partial transfer, a minimum amount of €100,000 and any integral multiple of €1,000 in excess thereof of the 2036 Rule 144A Global Note will remain outstanding.

 

C-4

 

 

In connection with such request and in respect of such 2036 Notes, the Transferor does hereby certify that such transfer has been effected in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Indenture and the 2036 Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act, and accordingly the Transferor further certifies that:

 

(A)          (1) the offer of the 2036 Notes was not made to a person in the United States;

 

(2) either (a) at the time the buy order was originated, the transferee was outside the United States or we and any person acting on our behalf reasonably believed that the transferee was outside the United States or (b)  the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither the Transferor nor any person acting on our behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States,

 

(3) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or 904(b) of Regulation S, as applicable;

 

(4) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act; and

 

(5) if the transfer is made prior to the expiration of 40 days after the later of the Issue Date and the last date on which the Issuer or any of its affiliates was the owner of such 2036 Notes (and the Guarantees thereof) (or any predecessor thereto), the transfer was not made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an initial purchaser of the 2036 Notes).

 

OR

 

(B)           such transfer is being made in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

 

C-5

 

 

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Issuer and the Initial Purchasers.

 

Dated: _____________

 

 

  [Name of Transferor]  
     
  By:               
  Name:  
  Title:  
  Telephone No.:  

 

Please print name and address (including zip code number)   
    
    

 

C-6

 

 

EXHIBIT D
TO THE INDENTURE

 

FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

 

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “Supplemental Indenture”) dated as of [date], among (i) [guarantor] (the “New Guarantor”), a [type of company] organized under the laws of [jurisdiction of organization] with its registered office at [registered office] and a Subsidiary, (ii) Smurfit Kappa Treasury Unlimited Company, a public unlimited company incorporated under the laws of Ireland and having its registered office at Beech Hill, Clonskeagh, Dublin 4, Ireland (the “Issuer”), (iii) Deutsche Trustee Company Limited, as Trustee, (iv) Deutsche Bank AG, London Branch, as Paying Agent and Transfer Agent and (v) Deutsche Bank Luxembourg S.A., as Registrar.

 

WITNESSETH:

 

WHEREAS the Issuer has heretofore executed an Indenture dated as of November 27, 2024 (the “Indenture”), providing for the issuance of the Notes by the Issuer;

 

WHEREAS Section 4.8 of the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Issuer is required to cause the New Guarantor to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture providing for a Guarantee of payment of the Notes by the New Guarantor on the terms and conditions set forth herein; and WHEREAS pursuant to Section 9.1 of the Indenture, the Issuer and the Trustee are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture without the consent of any Holder of a Note;

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the New Guarantor, the Issuer and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:

 

1.            Agreement to Guarantee. The New Guarantor hereby agrees, jointly and severally with all existing Guarantors, to fully and unconditionally guarantee the Issuer’s obligations under the Notes on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in Article X of the Indenture and all the other applicable provisions of the Indenture and the Notes.

 

2.            Agreement to be Bound. The New Guarantor hereby shall be a party to the Indenture as a Guarantor and as such shall have all of the rights of, be subject to all of the obligations and agreements of and be bound by all of the provisions applicable to a Guarantor of the Notes under the Indenture and the Notes.

 

3.            Ratification of Indenture; Supplemental Indentures Part of Indenture. Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture is in all respects ratified and confirmed and all the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture shall form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder of Notes heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered shall be bound hereby.

 

D-1

 

 

4.            Governing Law. This Supplemental Indenture and the rights and duties of the parties hereunder shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

 

5.            Trustee Makes No Representation. The Trustee makes no representation as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture.

 

6.            Counterparts. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

 

7.            Incorporation by Reference. Section 11.8 of the Indenture is incorporated by reference into this Supplemental Indenture as if more fully set out herein.

 

8.            Effect of Headings; Certain Definitions. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction thereof. Any capitalized term used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning set forth in the Indenture.

 

D-2

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

  [NEW GUARANTOR]
   
  By                    
  Name:
  Title:

 

SIGNED and DELIVERED as a deed for and on behalf of SMURFIT KAPPA TREASURY UNLIMITED COMPANY by its duly authorised attorney

 

  [                      ]  

 

in the presence of [                      ]

   
    Signature
     
Witness (Signature)    
     
     
Print Address    
     
     
Witness Occupation    

 

D-3

 

 

    DEUTSCHE TRUSTEE COMPANY LIMITED, as Trustee
   
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:
     
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:

 

D-4

 

 

EXHIBIT E 

TO THE INDENTURE

 

New Safekeeping Structure Duties

 

The Issuer and each Agent will comply with the following provisions:

 

1.The Paying Agent will inform each of Euroclear and Clearstream Banking (the “ICSDs”), through the common service provider appointed by the ICSDs to service the Notes (the “CSP”), of the initial issue outstanding amount (and as subsequently marked up or down in accordance with the following provisions, the “IOA”) for the Notes on or prior to the closing date.

 

2.The Issuer authorizes and instructs the Paying Agent to (i) cause interests in a Global Note to be exchanged for Definitive Registered Notes in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and (ii) instruct the ICSDs to make appropriate entries in their records to reflect such exchanges from time to time.

 

3.Upon the issuance of a subsequent tranche or any additional series of Notes under this Indenture in accordance with its terms, the Paying Agent, on behalf of the Issuer, will instruct the ICSDs to make appropriate entries in their records to reflect the increased outstanding aggregate principal amount of the relevant Notes or additional series of Notes.

 

4.If any event occurs that requires a mark up or mark down of the records which an ICSD holds for its customers to reflect such customers’ interest in the Notes, the Paying Agent will (to the extent known to it) promptly provide details of the amount of such mark up or mark down, together with a description of the event that requires it, to the ICSDs (through the CSP) to ensure that the records of the ICSDs reflecting the IOA of the Notes remain at all times accurate.

 

5.The Paying Agent will at least once every month perform a reconciliation process with the ICSDs (through the CSP) with respect to the IOA for the Notes and will promptly inform the ICSDs (through the CSP) of any discrepancies.

 

6.The Paying Agent will promptly assist the ICSDs (through the CSP) in resolving any discrepancy identified in the records reflecting the IOA of the Notes.

 

7.The Paying Agent will promptly provide to the ICSDs (through the CSP) details of all amounts paid by it under the Notes.

 

8.The Paying Agent will (to the extent known to it) promptly provide to the ICSDs (through the CSP) notice of any changes to the Notes that will affect the amount of, or date for, any payment due under the Notes.

 

9.The Paying Agent will (to the extent known to it) promptly provide to the ICSDs (through the CSP) copies of all information that is given to the holders of the Notes.

 

10.The Paying Agent will promptly pass on to the Issuer all communications it receives from the ICSDs directly or through the CSP relating to the Notes.

 

11.The Paying Agent will (to the extent known to it) promptly notify the ICSDs (through the CSP) of any failure by the Issuer to make any payment due under the Notes when due.

 

E-1

 

Exhibit 10.1

 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT
dated as of November 26, 2024
between
Smurfit WESTROCK FINANCING DAC,

the GUARANTORS specified herein
and
Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

ING FINANCIAL MARKETS, LLC

SMBC NIKKO SECURITIES AMERICA, INC.

TD SECURITIES (USA) LLC

 

as Representatives of the several Initial Purchasers

 

This Registration Rights Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of November 26, 2024, between Smurfit Westrock Financing DAC, a designated activity company incorporated under the laws of Ireland with registered company number 774613 (the “Company”), and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., ING Financial Markets, LLC, SMBC Nikko Securities America, Inc. and TD Securities (USA) LLC, as representatives of the several Initial Purchasers (collectively, the “Initial Purchasers”) named in Schedule I to the Purchase Agreement (as defined below), on the other hand. Pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, the Initial Purchasers have agreed to purchase, severally and not jointly, the Company’s 5.418% Senior Notes due 2035 (the “Notes”). The Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed by the Guarantors (such guarantees, the “Guarantees”). The Notes and the Guarantees are herein collectively referred to as the “Securities.”

 

This Agreement is made pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, dated November 20, 2024 (the “Purchase Agreement”), among the Company, the Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers (i) for the benefit of the Initial Purchasers and (ii) for the benefit of the holders from time to time of Transfer Restricted Securities (as defined herein), including the Initial Purchasers. In order to induce the Initial Purchasers to purchase the Notes, the Company and the Guarantors have agreed to provide the registration rights set forth in this Agreement. The execution and delivery of this Agreement is a condition to the obligations of the Initial Purchasers set forth in the Purchase Agreement.

 

The parties hereby agree as follows:

 

1.Certain Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:

 

Agreement” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the first paragraph of this Agreement.

 

Additional Interest” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(c) hereof.

 

Base Interest” shall mean the interest, with respect to the Notes, that would otherwise accrue on the Notes under the terms thereof and the Indenture, without giving effect to the provisions of this Agreement.

 

 

 

 

The term “broker-dealer” shall mean any broker or dealer registered with the Commission under the Exchange Act.

 

Business Day” shall mean any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York City are authorized or required by law to remain closed. For purposes of this Agreement, if the day on which any deadline specified in this Agreement expires is not a Business Day, such deadline shall be deemed to expire on the next succeeding Business Day.

 

Closing Date” shall mean the date on which the Securities are initially issued.

 

Company” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the first paragraph of this Agreement.

 

Commission” shall mean the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, or any other federal agency at the time administering the Exchange Act or the Securities Act, whichever is the relevant statute for the particular purpose.

 

Effective Time”, in the case of (i) an Exchange Registration, shall mean the time and date as of which the Commission declares the Exchange Registration Statement effective or as of which the Exchange Registration Statement otherwise becomes effective and (ii) a Shelf Registration, shall mean the time and date as of which the Commission declares the Shelf Registration Statement effective or as of which the Shelf Registration Statement otherwise becomes effective.

 

Electing Holder” shall mean any holder of Transfer Restricted Securities that has returned a completed and signed Notice and Questionnaire to the Company (or its counsel) in accordance with Section 3(b)(ii) or 3(b)(iii) hereof.

 

Exchange Act” shall mean the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

Exchange Offer” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(a) hereof.

 

Exchange Registration” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 3(a) hereof.

 

Exchange Registration Statement” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(a) hereof.

 

Exchange Securities” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(a) hereof.

 

Guarantors” shall mean the Guarantors named in Schedule II to the Purchase Agreement and any parent or other subsidiary of the Company that hereafter becomes a Guarantor under the Indenture, that in each case remains a Guarantor under the Indenture as of any relevant time.

 

The term “holder” shall mean the Initial Purchasers and other persons who acquire Transfer Restricted Securities from time to time (including any successors or assigns), in each case for so long as such person owns any Transfer Restricted Securities; provided that for purposes of any obligation of the Company to give notice to any holders, “holder” shall mean the record owner of Transfer Restricted Securities.

 

2

 

 

Indenture” shall mean the Indenture, dated as of November 26, 2024, among the Company, the Guarantors and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as principal paying agent, as transfer agent and registrar and as trustee (the “Trustee”), as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

Initial Purchasers” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the first paragraph of this Agreement.

 

judgment currency” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 7(k) hereof.

 

Notes” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the first paragraph of this Agreement.

 

Notice and Questionnaire” shall mean a Notice of Registration Statement and Selling Securityholder Questionnaire substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto.

 

The term “person” shall mean a corporation, association, partnership, organization, business, individual, government or political subdivision thereof or governmental agency.

 

Purchase Agreement” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the second paragraph of this Agreement.

 

Registration Default” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(c) hereof.

 

Registration Default Period” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(c) hereof.

 

Registration Expenses” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 4 hereof.

 

Resale Period” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(a) hereof.

 

Restricted Holder” shall mean (i) a holder that is an affiliate of the Company or any Guarantor within the meaning of Rule 405, (ii) a holder who acquires Exchange Securities outside the ordinary course of such holder’s business, (iii) a holder who has arrangements or understandings with any person to participate in the Exchange Offer for the purpose of distributing Exchange Securities, and (iv) a holder that is a broker-dealer, but only with respect to Exchange Securities received by such broker-dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer in exchange for Transfer Restricted Securities acquired by the broker-dealer directly from the Company or any Guarantor, as applicable.

 

Rule 144”, “Rule 405” and “Rule 415” shall mean, in each case, such rule promulgated under the Securities Act (or any successor provision), as the same shall be amended from time to time.

 

Securities” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the first paragraph of this Agreement.

 

Securities Act” shall mean the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

Shelf Registration” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(b) hereof.

 

Shelf Registration Statement” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(b) hereof.

 

3

 

 

Transfer Restricted Securities” shall mean each Security until:

 

(1)            the date on which such Security has been exchanged by a person other than a broker-dealer for an Exchange Security in the Exchange Offer;

 

(2)            following the exchange by a broker-dealer in the Exchange Offer of a Security for an Exchange Security, the date on which such Exchange Security is sold to a purchaser who receives from such broker-dealer on or prior to the date of such sale a copy of the prospectus contained in the Exchange Registration Statement;

 

(3)            the date on which such Security has been effectively registered under the Securities Act and disposed of in accordance with the Shelf Registration Statement;

 

(4)            such Security shall cease to be outstanding under the Indenture; or

 

(5)            the date on which such Security is either distributed to the public pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act or may be resold without restriction (including volume limitation) pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act (or any successor rule thereto).

 

Trust Indenture Act” shall mean the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, or any successor thereto, and the rules, regulations and forms promulgated thereunder, all as the same shall be amended from time to time.

 

Unless the context otherwise requires, any reference herein to a “Section” or “clause” refers to a Section or clause, as the case may be, of this Agreement, and the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular Section or other subdivision.

 

4

 

 

2.Registration Under the Securities Act.

 

(a)Except as set forth in Section 2(b) below, the Company and the Guarantors agree, on or prior to July 5, 2025, to (i) file under the Securities Act a registration statement relating to an offer to exchange (such registration statement, the “Exchange Registration Statement”, and such offer, the “Exchange Offer”) any and all of the Securities for a like aggregate principal amount of debt securities issued by the Company and guaranteed by the Guarantors, which debt securities and guarantees are substantially identical to the Notes and the Guarantees (and are entitled to the benefits of a trust indenture which is substantially identical to the Indenture or is the Indenture and which has been qualified under the Trust Indenture Act) in all material respects, except that they have been registered pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and do not contain provisions for the additional interest contemplated in Section 2(c) below (such new debt securities, together with such guarantees, hereinafter called “Exchange Securities”) and (ii) use their respective commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Exchange Registration Statement to become effective under the Securities Act. The Exchange Securities will be issued as evidence of the same continuing indebtedness of the Company and will not constitute the creation of new indebtedness. The Exchange Offer will be registered under the Securities Act on the appropriate form and will comply with all applicable tender offer rules and regulations under the Exchange Act. The Company and the Guarantors further agree to (i) use their commercially reasonable efforts to commence and complete the Exchange Offer on or prior to 45 Business Days after the date on which such registration statement has become effective, (ii) hold the Exchange Offer open for not less than 20 Business Days in accordance with Regulation 14E promulgated by the Commission under the Exchange Act and (iii) exchange Exchange Securities for all Transfer Restricted Securities that have been properly tendered and not withdrawn on or prior to the expiration of the Exchange Offer. The Exchange Offer will be deemed to have been “completed” only if the Exchange Securities received by holders other than Restricted Holders in the Exchange Offer for Transfer Restricted Securities are, upon receipt, transferable by each such holder without restriction under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and without material restrictions under blue sky or securities laws of a substantial majority of the States of the United States. The Exchange Offer shall be deemed to have been completed with respect to Transfer Restricted Securities upon the earlier to occur of (i) the Company having exchanged the Exchange Securities for all outstanding Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to the Exchange Offer and (ii) the Company having exchanged, pursuant to the Exchange Offer, Exchange Securities for all Transfer Restricted Securities that have been properly tendered and not withdrawn before the expiration of the Exchange Offer, which shall be on a date that is not less than 20 Business Days following the commencement of the Exchange Offer. The Company and the Guarantors agree (x) to include in the Exchange Registration Statement a prospectus for use in any resales by any holder of Exchange Securities that is a broker-dealer that has acquired such Transfer Restricted Securities for its own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities and not directly from the Company or the Guarantors, and (y) to use commercially reasonable efforts to keep such Exchange Registration Statement effective for a period (the “Resale Period”) beginning when Exchange Securities are first issued in the Exchange Offer and ending upon the earlier of the expiration of the 180th day after the Exchange Offer has been completed or such time as such broker-dealers no longer own any Transfer Restricted Securities, other than Transfer Restricted Securities acquired from the Company or the Guarantors. With respect to such Exchange Registration Statement, such holders shall have the benefit of the rights of indemnification and contribution set forth in Sections 5(a), 5(c), 5(d) and 5(e) hereof.

 

5

 

 

(b)If (i) on or prior to the time the Exchange Offer is completed, existing applicable law or Commission interpretations are changed such that the debt securities received by holders other than Restricted Holders in the Exchange Offer for Transfer Restricted Securities are not or would not be, upon receipt, transferable by each such holder without restriction under the Securities Act, (ii) the Exchange Offer has not been completed within the applicable time period set forth in Section 2(a) hereof or (iii) the Exchange Offer is not available to any holder of the Securities in the United States (other than Restricted Holders), the Company and the Guarantors shall, in lieu of (or, in the case of clause (iii), in addition to) conducting the Exchange Offer contemplated by Section 2(a), use their commercially reasonable efforts to file with the Commission, a “shelf” registration statement on an appropriate form providing for the registration of, and the sale on a continuous or delayed basis by the holders of, all of the Transfer Restricted Securities, pursuant to Rule 415 or any similar rule that may be adopted by the Commission (such filing, the “Shelf Registration” and such registration statement, the “Shelf Registration Statement”). The Company and the Guarantors agree to use their commercially reasonable efforts (x) to cause the Shelf Registration Statement to become or be declared effective on or prior to July 5, 2025 and to keep such Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective for a period ending on the earlier of the first anniversary of the Effective Time or such time as there are no longer any Transfer Restricted Securities outstanding, provided, however, that no holder shall be entitled to be named as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement or to use the prospectus forming a part thereof for resales of Transfer Restricted Securities unless such holder is an Electing Holder, and (y) after the Effective Time of the Shelf Registration Statement, promptly upon the written request of any holder of Transfer Restricted Securities that is not then an Electing Holder, to take any action reasonably necessary to enable such holder to use the prospectus forming a part thereof for resales of Transfer Restricted Securities, including, without limitation, any action necessary to identify such holder as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement, provided, however, that nothing in this clause (y) shall relieve any such holder of the obligation to return a completed and signed Notice and Questionnaire to the Company and the Guarantors in accordance with Section 3(b)(iii) hereof. The Company and the Guarantors further agree to supplement or make amendments to the Shelf Registration Statement, as and when required by the rules, regulations or instructions applicable to the registration form used by the Company and the Guarantors for such Shelf Registration Statement or by the Securities Act or rules and regulations thereunder for shelf registration, and the Company and the Guarantors agree to furnish to each Electing Holder copies of any such supplement or amendment prior to its being used or promptly following its filing with the Commission.

 

6

 

 

(c)In the event that (i) the Exchange Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement has not become effective or been declared effective by the Commission on or prior to the date that such registration statement is required to become or be declared effective pursuant to Section 2(a) or 2(b), respectively, or (ii) the Exchange Offer has not been completed within 45 Business Days after the initial effective date of the Exchange Registration Statement relating to the Exchange Offer (if the Exchange Offer is then required to be made), or (iii) any Exchange Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement required by Section 2(a) or 2(b), respectively, is filed and declared effective but thereafter ceases to be effective or usable in connection with resales of Transfer Restricted Securities during the time periods specified herein, or (iv) the Company and the Guarantors require holders to refrain from disposing of their Securities or Exchange Securities under the circumstances described in Section 3(g) and that suspension period exceeds 60 days in one instance or 90 days in the aggregate during any consecutive 12-month period (each such event referred to in clauses (i) through (iv), a “Registration Default” and each period during which a Registration Default has occurred and until such Registration Default ends, a “Registration Default Period”), then, as the sole remedy for such Registration Default in respect of the Notes, additional interest in respect of the Notes (“Additional Interest”), in addition to the Base Interest of the Notes, shall accrue on the Notes that are Transfer Restricted Securities at a per annum rate of 0.25% with respect to the first 90-day period immediately following the occurrence of the first Registration Default in respect of the Notes. The amount of the Additional Interest in respect of the Notes will increase by an additional per annum rate of 0.25% with respect to each subsequent 90-day Registration Default Period until all Registration Defaults in respect of the Notes have been cured, up to a maximum per annum rate of 0.50% for all Registration Defaults in respect of the Notes. The accrual of Additional Interest in respect of the Notes will cease on the date all Registration Defaults in respect of the Notes end. A Registration Default ends when the Notes cease to be Transfer Restricted Securities or, if earlier, (A) in the case of a Registration Default under clause (i) of this Section 2(c), when the Exchange Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement, as applicable, becomes effective, (B) in the case of a Registration Default under clause (ii) of this Section 2(c), when the Exchange Offer is completed, or (C) in the case of a Registration Default under clause (iii) or (iv) of this Section 2(c), when Exchange Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement, as applicable, again becomes effective or usable, as applicable. The Company and the Guarantors shall pay all Additional Interest in respect of the Notes, if any, in the manner and on the dates specified in the Indenture.

 

7

 

 

(d)The Company and the Guarantors shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to take all actions necessary or advisable to be taken by them to ensure that the transactions contemplated herein are effected as so contemplated. Such actions may include amending and supplementing the prospectus and amending the Exchange Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement if required by the rules, regulations or instructions applicable to the registration form used by the Company and the Guarantors for such Exchange Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement.

 

(e)Any reference herein to a registration statement as of any time shall be deemed to include any document incorporated, or deemed to be incorporated, therein by reference as of such time and any reference herein to any post-effective amendment to a registration statement as of any time shall be deemed to include any document incorporated, or deemed to be incorporated, therein by reference as of such time.

 

(f)The Company and the Guarantors will (i) cause any Exchange Registration Statement and Shelf Registration Statement and any amendment thereto and any prospectus forming part thereof and any supplement thereto to comply in all material respects with the Securities Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, (ii) cause any Exchange Registration Statement and Shelf Registration Statement and any amendment thereto, when it becomes effective, not to contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading and (iii) any prospectus forming part of any Exchange Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement, and any supplement to such prospectus, not to include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

8

 

 

3.Registration Procedures.

 

If the Company and the Guarantors file a registration statement pursuant to Section 2(a) or Section 2(b), the following provisions shall apply:

 

(a)In connection with the obligations of the Company and the Guarantors with respect to the registration of Exchange Securities as contemplated by Section 2(a) (the “Exchange Registration”), if applicable, the Company and the Guarantors shall:

 

(i)on or prior to July 5, 2025 (A) prepare and file with the Commission an Exchange Registration Statement on an appropriate form of registration statement that may be utilized by the Company and the Guarantors and which shall permit the Exchange Offer and resales of Exchange Securities by broker-dealers that have not acquired Transfer Restricted Securities directly from the Company or the Guarantors during the Resale Period to be effected as contemplated by Section 2(a), and (B) use their respective commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Exchange Registration Statement to become effective under the Securities Act;

 

(ii)as soon as practicable prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and supplements to such Exchange Registration Statement and the prospectus included therein as may be necessary to effect and maintain the effectiveness of such Exchange Registration Statement for the periods and purposes contemplated in Section 2(a) hereof and as may be required by the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission and the instructions applicable to the form of such Exchange Registration Statement, and promptly provide each broker-dealer holding Exchange Securities not acquired directly from the Company and the Guarantors with such number of copies of the prospectus included therein (as then amended or supplemented), in conformity in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, as such broker-dealer reasonably may request prior to the expiration of the Resale Period, for use in connection with resales of Exchange Securities;

 

9

 

 

(iii)promptly notify each broker-dealer that has requested or, to the knowledge of the Company and the Guarantors, received copies of the prospectus included in such registration statement, and confirm such advice in writing, (A) in cases where a broker-dealer has specifically requested such information, when such Exchange Registration Statement or the prospectus included therein or any prospectus amendment or supplement or post-effective amendment has been filed, (B) with respect to such Exchange Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment, when the same has become effective, (C) in cases where a broker-dealer has specifically requested such information, any request by the Commission for amendments or supplements to such Exchange Registration Statement or prospectus or for additional information, (D) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of such Exchange Registration Statement or the initiation or threatening of any proceedings for that purpose, (E) of the occurrence of any event that causes the Company or the Guarantors to become an “ineligible issuer” as defined in Rule 405, (F) of the receipt by the Company or the Guarantors of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Exchange Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose, or (G) at any time during the Resale Period when a prospectus is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, that such Exchange Registration Statement, prospectus, prospectus amendment or supplement or post-effective amendment does not conform in all material respects to the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder or contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing;

 

(iv)use all commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of such Exchange Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto at the earliest practicable date;

 

(v)use their commercially reasonable efforts to (A) register or qualify (or obtain an exemption from such registration or qualification) the Exchange Securities under the securities laws or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions in the United States as are contemplated by Section 2(a) no later than the commencement of the Exchange Offer, (B) keep such registrations or qualifications (or the exemptions therefrom) in effect and comply with such laws so as to permit the continuance of offers, sales and dealings therein in such jurisdictions until the expiration of the Resale Period and (C) take any and all other actions as may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable each broker-dealer holding Exchange Securities to consummate the disposition thereof in such jurisdictions; provided, however, that none of the Company or any Guarantors shall be required for any such purpose to (1) qualify as a foreign corporation in any jurisdiction wherein it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for the requirements of this Section 3(a)(v), (2) consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction or (3) make any changes to its certificate of incorporation or by-laws or any agreement between it and its holders;

 

10

 

 

(vi)obtain the consent or approval of each governmental agency or authority, whether federal, state, provincial or local, which may be required to effect the Exchange Registration, the Exchange Offer and the offering and sale of Exchange Securities by broker-dealers during the Resale Period;

 

(vii)obtain a CUSIP number for Exchange Securities, not later than the applicable Effective Time; and

 

(viii)use their commercially reasonable efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission and make generally available to its holders as soon as practicable but no later than eighteen months after the effective date of such Exchange Registration Statement, an earnings statement of the Company and its subsidiaries complying with Section 11(a) of the Securities Act (including, at the option of the Company, Rule 158 thereunder).

 

(b)In connection with the obligations of the Company and the Guarantors with respect to the Shelf Registration as contemplated by Section 2(b), if applicable, the Company and the Guarantors shall:

 

(i)(A) prepare and file with the Commission a Shelf Registration Statement on an appropriate form of registration statement which may be utilized by the Company and the Guarantors and which shall register all of the Transfer Restricted Securities for resale by the holders thereof in accordance with such method or methods of disposition as may be specified by such of the holders as, from time to time, may be Electing Holders and (B) use their respective commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Shelf Registration Statement to become effective under the Securities Act on or prior to July 5, 2025;

 

(ii)not less than 30 days prior to the Effective Time of the Shelf Registration Statement, deliver the Notice and Questionnaire to the holders of Transfer Restricted Securities; provided that no holder shall be entitled to be named as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement as of the Effective Time, and no holder shall be entitled to use the prospectus forming a part thereof for resales of Transfer Restricted Securities at any time, unless such holder has returned a completed and signed Notice and Questionnaire to the Company and the Guarantors (or their counsel) by the deadline for response set forth therein; and provided further that holders of Transfer Restricted Securities shall have at least 30 days from the date on which the Notice and Questionnaire is first delivered to such holders to return a completed and signed Notice and Questionnaire to the Company and the Guarantors (or their counsel);

 

11

 

 

(iii)after the Effective Time of the Shelf Registration Statement, upon the written request of any holder of Transfer Restricted Securities that is not then an Electing Holder, promptly send a Notice and Questionnaire to such holder; provided that the Company and the Guarantors shall not be required to take any action to name such holder as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement or to enable such holder to use the prospectus forming a part thereof for resales of Transfer Restricted Securities until such holder has timely returned a completed and signed Notice and Questionnaire to the Company and the Guarantors (or their counsel);

 

(iv)as soon as practicable prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and supplements to such Shelf Registration Statement and the prospectus included therein as may be necessary to effect and maintain the effectiveness of such Shelf Registration Statement for the period specified in Section 2(b) hereof and as may be required by the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission and the instructions applicable to the form of such Shelf Registration Statement, and furnish to the Electing Holders copies of any such supplement or amendment simultaneously with or prior to its being used or filed with the Commission;

 

(v)comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all of the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by such Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the Electing Holders provided for in such Shelf Registration Statement;

 

(vi)provide (A) any Electing Holders, (B) the underwriters (which term, for purposes of this Agreement, shall include a person deemed to be an underwriter within the meaning of Section 2(a)(11) of the Securities Act), if any, thereof, (C) any sales or placement agent therefor, (D) counsel for any such underwriter or agent and (E) not more than one counsel for all the Electing Holders, the opportunity to review and provide comments in connection with the preparation of such Shelf Registration Statement, each prospectus included therein or filed with the Commission and each amendment or supplement thereto;

 

12

 

 

(vii)for a reasonable period prior to the filing of such Shelf Registration Statement, and throughout the period specified in Section 2(b), make available during reasonable business hours at the Company’s principal place of business or such other reasonable place for inspection by the persons referred to in Section 3(b)(vi) such financial and other information and books and records of the Company and the Guarantors, and cause the officers, employees, counsel and independent certified accountants of the Company and the Guarantors to respond to such inquiries, as shall be reasonably necessary, in the judgment of the respective counsel referred to in Section 3(b)(vi), to conduct a reasonable investigation within the meaning of Section 11 of the Securities Act; provided, however, that each such party shall be required to agree in writing to maintain in confidence and not to disclose to any other person any information or records reasonably designated by the Company and the Guarantors as being confidential, until such time as (A) such information becomes a matter of public record (whether by virtue of its inclusion in such Shelf Registration Statement or otherwise), or (B) such person shall be required to disclose such information pursuant to a subpoena or order of any court or other governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the matter (subject to the requirements of such order, and only after such person shall have given the Company and the Guarantors prompt prior written notice of such requirement);

 

(viii)promptly notify each of the Electing Holders, any sales or placement agent therefor and any underwriter thereof (which notification may be made through any managing underwriter that is a representative of such underwriter for such purpose) and confirm such advice in writing, (A) when such Shelf Registration Statement or the prospectus included therein or any prospectus amendment or supplement or post-effective amendment has been filed with the Commission and, with respect to such Shelf Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment, when the same has become effective, (B) in cases where an Electing Holder has specifically requested such information in writing, of any comments by the Commission and by the blue sky or securities commissioner or regulator of any state with respect thereto or any request by the Commission for amendments or supplements to such Shelf Registration Statement or prospectus or for additional information, (C) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of such Shelf Registration Statement or the initiation or threatening of any proceedings for that purpose, (D) if at any time the representations and warranties of the Company and the Guarantors contemplated by Section 3(b)(xvi) cease to be true and correct in all material respects, (E) of the receipt by the Company and the Guarantors of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Transfer Restricted Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose, (F) the occurrence of any event that causes the Company or the Guarantors to become an “ineligible issuer” as defined in Rule 405 or (G) if at any time when a prospectus is required to be delivered under the Securities Act that such Shelf Registration Statement, prospectus, prospectus amendment or supplement or post-effective amendment does not conform in all material respects to the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder or contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing;

 

13

 

 

(ix)use their respective commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the withdrawal of (A) any order suspending the effectiveness of such Shelf Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto at the earliest practicable date or (B) the suspension of the qualification of the Transfer Restricted Securities for sale in any jurisdiction;

 

(x)if requested by any managing underwriter or underwriters, any placement or sales agent or any Electing Holder, promptly incorporate in a prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment such information as is required by the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission and as such managing underwriter or underwriters, such agent or such Electing Holder specifies should be included therein relating to the terms of the sale of such Transfer Restricted Securities, including information with respect to the principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities being sold by such Electing Holder or agent or to any underwriters, the name and description of such Electing Holder, agent or underwriter, the offering price of such Transfer Restricted Securities and any discount, commission or other compensation payable in respect thereof, the purchase price being paid therefor by such underwriters and with respect to any other terms of the offering of the Transfer Restricted Securities to be sold by such Electing Holder or agent or to such underwriters; and make all required filings of such prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment promptly after notification of the matters to be incorporated in such prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment;

 

(xi)furnish to each Electing Holder, each placement or sales agent, if any, therefor, each underwriter, if any, thereof and the respective counsel referred to in Section 3(b)(vi) an executed copy (or, in the case of an Electing Holder, a conformed copy) of such Shelf Registration Statement, each such amendment and supplement thereto (in each case including all exhibits thereto (in the case of an Electing Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities, upon request) and documents incorporated by reference therein) and such number of copies of such Shelf Registration Statement (excluding exhibits thereto and documents incorporated by reference therein unless specifically so requested by such Electing Holder, agent or underwriter, as the case may be) and of the prospectus included in such Shelf Registration Statement (including each preliminary prospectus and any summary prospectus), in conformity in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, and such other documents, as such Electing Holder, agent, if any, and underwriter, if any, may reasonably request in order to facilitate the offering and disposition of the Transfer Restricted Securities owned by such Electing Holder, offered or sold by such agent or underwritten by such underwriter and to permit such Electing Holder, agent and underwriter to satisfy the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act; and the Company and the Guarantors hereby consent to the use of such prospectus (including such preliminary and summary prospectus) and any amendment or supplement thereto by each such Electing Holder and by any such agent and underwriter, in each case in the form most recently provided to such person by the Company and the Guarantors, in connection with the offering and sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the prospectus (including such preliminary and summary prospectus) or any supplement or amendment thereto;

 

14

 

 

(xii)use their commercially reasonable efforts to (A) register or qualify (or obtain an exemption from such registration or qualification) the Transfer Restricted Securities to be included in such Shelf Registration Statement under such securities laws or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions in the United States as any Electing Holder and each placement or sales agent, if any, therefor and underwriter, if any, thereof shall reasonably request, (B) keep such registrations or qualifications (or the exemptions therefrom) in effect and comply with such laws so as to permit the continuance of offers, sales and dealings therein in such jurisdictions during the period the Shelf Registration is required to remain effective under Section 2(b) above and for so long as may be reasonably necessary to enable any such Electing Holder, agent or underwriter to complete its distribution of Securities pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement and (C) take any and all other actions as may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable each such Electing Holder, agent, if any, and underwriter, if any, to consummate the disposition in such jurisdictions of such Transfer Restricted Securities; provided, however, that none of the Company or any Guarantor shall be required for any such purpose to (1) qualify as a foreign corporation in any jurisdiction wherein it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for the requirements of this Section 3(b)(xii), (2) consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction, or (3) make any changes to its constating documents or by-laws or any agreement between it and its holders;

 

(xiii)use their commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the consent or approval of each governmental agency or authority, whether federal or state, which may be required to effect the Shelf Registration or the offering or sale in connection therewith or to enable the selling holder or holders to offer, or to consummate the disposition of, their Transfer Restricted Securities in the United States;

 

(xiv)obtain a CUSIP number for Transfer Restricted Securities, not later than the applicable Effective Time;

 

(xv)enter into one or more underwriting agreements, engagement letters, agency agreements, “best efforts” underwriting agreements or similar agreements, as appropriate, including customary provisions relating to indemnification and contribution, and take such other actions in connection therewith as any Electing Holders aggregating at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by such Shelf Registration shall reasonably request in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Transfer Restricted Securities in the United States; provided that the Company and the Guarantors shall not be required to enter into an such agreement more than once with respect to all of the Transfer Restricted Securities and may delay entering into any such agreement until the consummation of any underwritten public offering in which the Company and the Guarantors shall be engaged provided that such delay is reasonable;

 

15

 

 

(xvi)whether or not an agreement of the type referred to in Section 3(b)(xv) hereof is entered into and whether or not any portion of the offering contemplated by the Shelf Registration is an underwritten offering or is made through a placement or sales agent or any other entity, (A) make such representations and warranties to the Electing Holders and the placement or sales agent, if any, therefor and the underwriters, if any, thereof in form, substance and scope as are customarily made in connection with an offering of debt securities pursuant to any appropriate agreement or to a registration statement filed on the form applicable to the Shelf Registration; (B) use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain opinions of counsel to the Company and the Guarantors in customary form and covering such matters, of the type customarily covered by such an opinion as the managing underwriters, if any, or as any Electing Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by such Shelf Registration may reasonably request, addressed to such Electing Holder or Electing Holders and the placement or sales agent, if any, therefor and the underwriters, if any, thereof and dated the effective date of such Shelf Registration Statement (and if such Shelf Registration Statement contemplates an underwritten offering of a part or all of the Transfer Restricted Securities, dated the date of the closing under the underwriting agreement relating thereto); (C) use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain a “cold comfort” letter or letters from the independent certified accountants of the Company (and the independent certified accountants of any other entity, to the extent that financial statements of such other entity (or pro forma financial statements which include financial information relating to such other entity) are included or incorporated by reference in the Shelf Registration Statement) addressed to the selling Electing Holders, the placement or sales agent, if any, therefor or the underwriters, if any, thereof, dated (i) the effective date of such Shelf Registration Statement and (ii) the effective date of any prospectus supplement to the prospectus included in such Shelf Registration Statement or post-effective amendment to such Shelf Registration Statement which includes unaudited or audited financial statements as of a date or for a period subsequent to that of the latest such statements included in such prospectus (and, if such Shelf Registration Statement contemplates an underwritten offering pursuant to any prospectus supplement to the prospectus included in such Shelf Registration Statement or post-effective amendment to such Shelf Registration Statement which includes unaudited or audited financial statements as of a date or for a period subsequent to that of the latest such statements included in such prospectus, dated the date of the closing under the underwriting agreement relating thereto), such letter or letters to be in customary form and covering such matters of the type customarily covered by letters of such type; (D) deliver such documents and certificates, including officers’ certificates, as may be reasonably requested by any Electing Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by such Shelf Registration or the placement or sales agent, if any, therefor and the managing underwriters, if any, thereof to, among other matters, evidence the accuracy of the representations and warranties made pursuant to clause (A) above and the material compliance with or satisfaction of any agreements or conditions contained in the underwriting agreement or other agreement entered into by the Company and the Guarantor; and (E) undertake such obligations relating to expense reimbursement, indemnification and contribution as are provided in Sections 4 and 5 hereof;

 

16

 

 

(xvii)use their commercially reasonable efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission and make generally available to its holders as soon as practicable but no later than eighteen months after the effective date of such Shelf Registration Statement, an earnings statement of the Company and its subsidiaries complying with Section 11(a) of the Securities Act (including, at the option of the Company, Rule 158 thereunder); and

 

(xviii)notify in writing each holder of Transfer Restricted Securities of any proposal by the Company and the Guarantors to amend or waive any provision of this Agreement pursuant to Section 7(g) hereof and of any amendment or waiver effected pursuant thereto, each of which notices shall contain the text of the amendment or waiver proposed or effected, as the case may be.

 

(c)In the event that the Company and the Guarantors would be required, pursuant to Section 3(a)(iii)(G) or Section 3(b)(viii)(G) above, to notify, as applicable, each broker-dealer, the Electing Holders, the placement or sales agent, if any, therefor and the managing underwriters, if any, thereof, the Company and the Guarantors shall without delay prepare and furnish to each broker-dealer, to each Electing Holder, to each placement or sales agent, if any, and to each such underwriter, if any, electronic copies of a prospectus supplemented or amended so that, as thereafter delivered to purchasers of Transfer Restricted Securities, such prospectus shall conform in all material respects to the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder and shall not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing. Each Electing Holder agrees that upon receipt of any notice from the Company and the Guarantors pursuant to Section 3(a)(iii)(G) or Section 3(b)(viii)(G) hereof, such broker-dealer, Electing Holder, underwriter or placement or sales agent shall forthwith discontinue the disposition of Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to the Exchange Registration Statement or the Shelf Registration Statement applicable to such Transfer Restricted Securities until such broker-dealer, Electing Holder, underwriter or placement or sales agent shall have received copies of such amended or supplemented prospectus and, if so directed by the Company, such broker-dealer, Electing Holder, underwriter or placement or sales agent shall destroy or deliver to the Company and the Guarantors (at the Company’s expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies, then in their possession of the prospectus covering such Transfer Restricted Securities at the time of receipt of such notice.

 

17

 

 

(d)In the event of a Shelf Registration, in addition to the information required to be provided by each Electing Holder in its Notice and Questionnaire, the Company and the Guarantors may require such Electing Holder to furnish to the Company and the Guarantors such additional information regarding such Electing Holder and such Electing Holder’s intended method of distribution of Transfer Restricted Securities as may be required in the reasonable judgment of counsel for the Company and the Guarantors in order to comply with the Securities Act. Each such Electing Holder agrees to notify the Company and the Guarantors as promptly as practicable of any inaccuracy or change in information previously furnished by such Electing Holder to the Company and the Guarantors or of the occurrence of any event in either case as a result of which any prospectus relating to such Shelf Registration contains or would contain an untrue statement of a material fact regarding such Electing Holder or such Electing Holder’s intended method of disposition of such Transfer Restricted Securities or omits or would omit to state any material fact regarding such Electing Holder or such Electing Holder’s intended method of disposition of such Transfer Restricted Securities required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing, and promptly to furnish to the Company and the Guarantors any additional information required to correct and update any previously furnished information or required so that such prospectus shall not contain, with respect to such Electing Holder or the disposition of such Transfer Restricted Securities, an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing.

 

(e)As a condition to its participation in the Exchange Offer pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, each holder of Transfer Restricted Securities shall furnish, upon the request of the Company and the Guarantors, prior to the completion of the Exchange Offer, a written representation to the Company and the Guarantors to the effect that (A) it is not an affiliate of the Company or the Guarantors, (B) it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, and has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in, a distribution of the Exchange Securities to be issued in the Exchange Offer and (C) it is acquiring the Exchange Securities in its ordinary course of business, and such holder shall make such other written representations as the Company and Guarantors may reasonably request in order to comply with any applicable blue sky laws of jurisdictions in the United States. As a condition to its participation in the Exchange Offer pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, each holder shall acknowledge and agree that any broker-dealer and any such holder using the Exchange Offer to participate in a distribution of the securities to be acquired in the Exchange Offer (1) could not under Commission policy as in effect on the date of this Agreement rely on the position of the Commission enunciated in Morgan Stanley and Co., Inc. (available June 5, 1991) and Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation (available May 13, 1988), as interpreted in the Commission’s letter to Shearman & Sterling dated July 2, 1993, and similar no-action letters and (2) must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a secondary resale transaction and that such a secondary resale transaction must be covered by an effective registration statement containing the selling security holder information required by Item 507 or 508, as applicable, of Regulation S-K if the resales are of Exchange Securities obtained by such holder in exchange for Securities acquired by such holder directly from the Company and the Guarantors.

 

18

 

 

(f)Until the expiration of one year after the Closing Date, the Company and the Guarantors will not, and will not permit any of their “affiliates” (as defined in Rule 144) to, resell any of the Securities that have been reacquired by any of them except pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act.

 

(g)By its acquisition of Securities or Exchange Securities each Electing Holder and each broker-dealer agrees that, upon the Company and the Guarantors providing notice to such Electing Holder or broker-dealer or the underwriter or placement or sales agent, as the case may be, (x) of the occurrence of any event of the kind described in clauses (D), (E), (F) or (G) of Section 3(a)(iii) hereof or clauses (C), (E), (F) or (G) of Section 3(b)(viii) hereof, or (y) that the Board of Directors of the Company has resolved that the Company and the Guarantors (i) have a bona fide business purpose for doing so and/or (ii) doing so would require disclosure of information that has not been disclosed to the public, the disclosure of which would not be in the best interests of the Company or the Guarantors, then upon providing such notice (which shall refer to this Section 3(g)), the Company and the Guarantors may delay the filing or the effectiveness of the Exchange Registration Statement or the Shelf Registration Statement (if not then filed or effective, as applicable) and shall not be required to maintain the effectiveness thereof or amend or supplement the Exchange Registration Statement or the Shelf Registration Statement, in all cases, for a period (a “Delay Period”) expiring upon the earlier to occur of (i) in the case of the immediately preceding clause (x), receipt by such broker-dealer, Electing Holder, underwriter or placement or sales agent of the copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by Section 3(c) hereof or until it is advised in writing by the Company and the Guarantors pursuant to Section 3(c) hereof that the use of the applicable prospectus may be resumed, and has received copies of any amendments or supplements thereto or (ii) in the case of the immediately preceding clause (y), the date which is the earlier of (A) the date on which such business purpose ceases to interfere with the obligations of the Company and the Guarantors to file or maintain the effectiveness of such Exchange Registration Statement or the Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to this Agreement or the applicable information is otherwise publicly disclosed by the Company or (B) 60 days after the Company and the Guarantors notify the Electing Holders of such good faith determination. The period of effectiveness of the Exchange Registration Statement provided for in Section 2(a) above and the Shelf Registration Statement provided for in Section 2(b) shall each be extended by a number of days equal to the number of days during any Delay Period. No Delay Period shall exceed 60 consecutive days, and the aggregate number of days in all Delay Periods shall not exceed 90 days during any consecutive 12-month period.

 

19

 

 

(h)At or before the Effective Time of the Exchange Registration or any Shelf Registration, whichever may occur first, the Company and the Guarantors shall qualify the Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act. In the event that such qualification would require the appointment of a new trustee under the Indenture, the Company and the Guarantors shall appoint a new trustee thereunder pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Indenture.

 

4.Registration Expenses.

 

The Company and the Guarantors agree to bear and to pay or cause to be paid promptly the following expenses incident to the performance of or compliance with this Agreement by the Company and the Guarantors, (a) any and all Commission and FINRA registration, filing and review fees and expenses including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the placement or sales agent or underwriters in connection with such registration, filing and review, (b) all fees and expenses in connection with the qualification of the Exchange Securities or the Transfer Restricted Securities, as applicable, for offering and sale under the State securities and blue sky laws and determination of their eligibility for investment under the laws of such jurisdictions as the Electing Holders may designate, including any reasonable and documented fees and disbursements of one counsel for the Electing Holders in connection with such qualification and determination, (c) all expenses relating to the preparation, printing, production, distribution and reproduction of each registration statement required to be filed hereunder, each prospectus included therein or prepared for distribution pursuant hereto, each amendment or supplement to the foregoing, the expenses of preparing the Exchange Securities or Transfer Restricted Securities for delivery and the expenses of printing or producing any underwriting agreements, agreements among underwriters, selling agreements and blue sky or legal investment memoranda and all other documents in connection with the offering, sale or delivery of Securities to be disposed of (including certificates representing the Securities), (d) fees and expenses of the Trustee under the Indenture, any agent of the Trustee and any counsel for the Trustee and of any collateral agent, security trustee or custodian, (e) internal expenses (including all salaries and expenses of the Company’s officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), (f) fees, disbursements and expenses of counsel of the Company and the Guarantors and independent certified accountants of the Company and any other applicable certified accountants (including the expenses of any opinions or “cold comfort” letters required by or incident to such performance and compliance), (g) reasonable and documented fees, disbursements and expenses of one counsel for the Electing Holders retained in connection with a Shelf Registration, as selected by the Electing Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by such Shelf Registration (which counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Company and which counsel may also be counsel for the Initial Purchasers), (h) any fees charged by securities rating services for rating the Securities, and (i) fees, expenses and disbursements of any other persons, including special experts, retained by the Company and the Guarantors in connection with such registration (collectively, the “Registration Expenses”). To the extent that any Registration Expenses are incurred, assumed or paid by any holder of Transfer Restricted Securities or any placement or sales agent therefor or underwriter thereof, the Company and the Guarantors shall reimburse such person for the full amount of the Registration Expenses so incurred, assumed or paid promptly after receipt of a request therefor with supporting documentation evidencing the Registration Expenses. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the holders of the Transfer Restricted Securities being registered shall pay all agency fees and commissions and underwriting discounts and commissions attributable to the sale of such Transfer Restricted Securities and the fees and disbursements of any counsel or other advisors or experts retained by such holders (severally or jointly), other than the counsel and experts specifically referred to above.

 

20

 

 

5.Indemnification and Contribution.

 

(a)Indemnification by the Company and the Guarantors. Each of the Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, will indemnify and hold harmless each Initial Purchaser, its affiliates, as such term is defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act and each person, if any, who controls each Initial Purchaser within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, the holders of Transfer Restricted Securities included in an Exchange Registration Statement, each of the Electing Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities included in a Shelf Registration Statement and each person who participates as underwriter in any offering or sale of such Transfer Restricted Securities against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which such Initial Purchaser, holder or underwriter may become subject under the Securities Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon:

 

(i)any information or statement contained in any Exchange Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement, as the case may be, furnished by the Company to any Initial Purchaser, any such holder, Electing Holder or underwriter, or any amendment or supplement thereto, as the case may be, under which such Transfer Restricted Securities were registered under the Securities Act, which contains or is alleged to contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omits or is alleged to omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; or

 

21

 

 

(ii)any information or statement contained in any preliminary, final or summary prospectus, as the case may be, furnished by the Company to any Initial Purchaser, any such holder, Electing Holder or underwriter, or any amendment or supplement thereto, as the case may be, which at the time and in the light of the circumstances under which it was made contains or is alleged to contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omits or is alleged to omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and will reimburse such Initial Purchaser, such holder, such Electing Holder, and such underwriter for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such action, loss, claim, damage or liability as such expenses are reasonably incurred; provided, however, that the Company and the Guarantors shall not be liable to any such person in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in such registration statement, or preliminary, final or summary prospectus, or amendment or supplement thereto, in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company and the Guarantors by such person expressly for use therein.

 

(b)Indemnification by the Elective Holders and any Underwriters. The Company and the Guarantors may require, as a condition to including any Transfer Restricted Securities in any registration statement filed pursuant to Section 2(b) hereof and to entering into any underwriting agreement with respect thereto, that the Company and the Guarantors shall have received an undertaking reasonably satisfactory to them from the Electing Holder of such Transfer Restricted Securities and from each underwriter named in any such underwriting agreement severally and not jointly, to (i) indemnify and hold harmless the Company and the Guarantors and all other holders of Transfer Restricted Securities, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which the Company and the Guarantors or such other holders of Transfer Restricted Securities may become subject, under the Securities Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such registration statement, or any preliminary, final or summary prospectus contained therein or furnished by the Company and the Guarantors to any such Electing Holder or underwriter, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company and the Guarantors by such Electing Holder or underwriter expressly for use therein, and (ii) reimburse the Company and the Guarantors for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company and the Guarantors in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are reasonably incurred; provided, however, that no such Electing Holder shall be required to undertake liability to any person under this Section 5(b) for any amounts in excess of the dollar amount of the proceeds to be received by such Electing Holder from the sale of such Electing Holder’s Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to such registration.

 

22

 

 

(c)Notices of Claims, Etc. In case any proceeding (including any governmental investigation) shall be instituted involving any person in respect of which indemnity may be sought pursuant to either Section 5(a) or 5(b) above, the indemnified party shall promptly notify the indemnifying party in writing, but failure to so notify an indemnifying party shall not relieve such indemnifying party from any liability hereunder to the extent it is not materially prejudiced as a result thereof and in any event shall not relieve it from any liability which it may otherwise have otherwise than on account of this indemnity. The indemnifying party, upon request of the indemnified party, shall retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent the indemnified party and any others the indemnifying party may designate in such proceeding and shall pay the fees and disbursements of such counsel related to such proceeding. In any such proceeding, any indemnified party shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such indemnified party unless (i) the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have mutually agreed to the retention of such counsel or (ii) the named parties to any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the indemnifying party and the indemnified party and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them. It is understood that the indemnifying party shall not, in respect of the legal expenses of any indemnified party in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all indemnified parties and that all such fees and expenses shall be reimbursed as they are incurred. The indemnifying party shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the indemnifying party agrees to indemnify the indemnified party from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified party, unless such settlement (i) includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of an indemnified party.

 

23

 

 

(d)Contribution. If for any reason the indemnification provisions contemplated by Section 5(a) or Section 5(b) are unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party in respect of any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses (or actions in respect thereof) referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof), as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of such indemnifying party and indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by such indemnifying party or by such indemnified party, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The parties hereto agree that it would not be just and equitable if contributions pursuant to this Section 5(d) were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the holders or any underwriters or all of them were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in this Section 5(d). The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to above shall be deemed to include any legal or other fees or expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 5(d), no holder shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the dollar amount of the proceeds received by such holder from the sale of any Transfer Restricted Securities (after deducting any fees, discounts and commissions applicable thereto) exceeds the amount of any damages which such holder has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission, and no underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Transfer Restricted Securities underwritten by it and distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages which such underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The holders’ and any underwriters’ obligations in this Section 5(d) to contribute shall be several in proportion to the principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities registered or underwritten, as the case may be, by them and not joint.

 

24

 

 

(e)The obligations of the Company and the Guarantors under this Section 5 shall be in addition to any liability which the Company and the Guarantors may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each officer, director and partner of each holder and underwriter and each person, if any, who controls any holder or underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act; and the obligations of the holders and any underwriters contemplated by this Section 5 shall be in addition to any liability which the respective holder or underwriter may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each officer and director of the Company and the Guarantors (including any person who, with his or her consent, is named in any registration statement as about to become a director of the Company and the Guarantors) and to each person, if any, who controls the Company and the Guarantors within the meaning of the Securities Act.

 

6.Underwritten Offerings.

 

(a)Selection of Underwriters. If any of the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Shelf Registration are to be sold pursuant to an underwritten offering, the managing underwriter or underwriters thereof shall be designated by Electing Holders holding at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Securities to be included in such offering, provided that such designated managing underwriter or underwriters is or are reasonably acceptable to the Company and the Guarantors.

 

(b)Participation by Holders. Each holder of Transfer Restricted Securities hereby agrees with each other such holder that no such holder may participate in any underwritten offering hereunder unless such holder (i) agrees to sell such holder’s Transfer Restricted Securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements and (ii) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements.

 

7.Miscellaneous.

 

(a)No Inconsistent Agreements. The Company and the Guarantors represent, warrant, covenant and agree that they have not granted, and shall not grant, registration rights with respect to Transfer Restricted Securities or any other securities which would be inconsistent with the terms contained in this Agreement or otherwise conflict with the provisions hereof.

 

(b)Notices. All notices, requests, claims, demands, waivers and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be mailed, hand delivered, couriered or facsimiled and confirmed to the parties hereto and to a holder as follows: if to the Company or the Guarantors, to Smurfit Westrock Financing DAC, Beech Hill, Clonskeagh, Dublin 4, Attention: Emer Murnane, and if to a holder, to the address of such holder set forth in the security register or other records of the Company and the Guarantors, or to such other address as the Company and the Guarantors or any such holder may have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith. Any party hereto or any holder may change the address or facsimile number for receipt of communications by giving written notice to the others.

 

25

 

 

(c)Parties in Interest. All the terms and provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon, shall inure to the benefit of and shall be enforceable by the parties hereto and the holders from time to time of the Transfer Restricted Securities and the respective successors and assigns of the parties hereto and such holders. In the event that any transferee of any holder of Transfer Restricted Securities shall acquire Transfer Restricted Securities, in any manner, whether by gift, bequest, purchase, operation of law or otherwise, such transferee shall, without any further writing or action of any kind, be deemed a beneficiary hereof for all purposes and such Transfer Restricted Securities shall be held subject to all of the terms of this Agreement, and by taking and holding such Transfer Restricted Securities such transferee shall be entitled to receive the benefits of, and be conclusively deemed to have agreed to be bound by all of the applicable terms and provisions of, this Agreement. If the Company and the Guarantors shall so request, any such successor, assign or transferee shall agree in writing to acquire and hold the Transfer Restricted Securities subject to all of the applicable terms hereof.

 

(d)Survival. The respective indemnities, agreements, representations, warranties and each other provision set forth in this Agreement or made pursuant hereto shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation (or statement as to the results thereof) made by or on behalf of any holder of Transfer Restricted Securities, any director, officer or partner of such holder, any underwriter or any director, officer or partner thereof, or any controlling person of any of the foregoing, and shall survive delivery of and payment for the Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to the Purchase Agreement and the transfer and registration of Transfer Restricted Securities by such holder and the consummation of an Exchange Offer.

 

(e)Governing Law. This Agreement and any non-contractual obligation, claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related to this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

 

(f)Headings. The descriptive headings of the several Sections and paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only, do not constitute a part of this Agreement and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

 

(g)Entire Agreement; Amendments. This Agreement and the other writings referred to herein (including the Indenture and the form of Securities) or delivered pursuant hereto which form a part hereof contain the entire understanding of the parties with respect to its subject matter. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between the parties with respect to its subject matter. This Agreement may be amended and the observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only by a written instrument duly executed by the Company and the Guarantors and the holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Securities at the time outstanding. Each holder of any Transfer Restricted Securities at the time or thereafter outstanding shall be bound by any amendment or waiver effected pursuant to this Section 7(g), whether or not any notice, writing or marking indicating such amendment or waiver appears on such Transfer Restricted Securities or is delivered to such holder.

 

26

 

 

(h)Inspection. For so long as this Agreement shall be in effect, this Agreement and a complete list of the names and addresses of all the holders of Transfer Restricted Securities shall be made available for inspection and copying on any business day by any holder of Transfer Restricted Securities for proper purposes only (which shall include any purpose related to the rights of the holders of Transfer Restricted Securities under the Securities, the Indenture and this Agreement) at the offices of the Company at the address thereof set forth in Section 7(b) above and at the office of the Trustee under the Indenture.

 

(i)Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed by the parties in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all such respective counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by telecopier, facsimile, email or other electronic transmission (i.e., “pdf”) shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.

 

(j)Jurisdiction. The Company and each of the Guarantors irrevocably submit to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any U.S. Federal or New York State court in the Borough of Manhattan in the City, County and State of New York, United States of America, in any legal suit, action or proceeding based on or arising under this Agreement and agree that all claims in respect of such suit or proceeding may be determined in any such court. The Company and each of the Guarantors irrevocably waive the defense of an inconvenient forum or objections to personal jurisdiction with respect to the maintenance of such legal suit, action or proceeding. To the extent permitted by law, the Company and each of the Guarantors hereby waive any objections to the enforcement by any competent court in Ireland or in the Netherlands of any judgment validly obtained in any such court in New York on the basis of any such legal suit, action or proceeding. Each of the Company and the Guarantors hereby appoint Smurfit Kappa Packaging LLC, with offices located at 900 S. Pine Island Road, Suite 600, Plantation, FL 33324, USA as its authorized agent (the “Authorized Agent”) upon whom process may be served in any such legal suit, action or proceeding. Such appointment shall be irrevocable. The Company and each of the Guarantors hereby represents and warrants that the Authorized Agent has accepted such appointment and irrevocably agreed to act as said agent for service of process, and the Company and the Guarantors agree to take any and all action, including the filing of any and all documents and instruments, that may be necessary to continue such appointment in full force and effect as aforesaid. The Company and the Guarantors further agree that service of process upon the Authorized Agent and written notice of said service to the Company and the Guarantors shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon the Company and the Guarantors in any such legal suit, action or proceeding. If for any reason the Authorized Agent shall cease to be available to act as such, each of the Company and the Guarantors agrees to promptly designate a new designee, appointee and agent in New York City. The provisions of this Section 7(j) are intended to be effective upon the execution of this Agreement without any further action by the Company or any of the Guarantors and the introduction of a true copy of this Agreement into evidence shall be conclusive and final evidence as to such matters.

 

27

 

 

(k)Judgment Currency. In respect of any judgment or order given or made for any amount due hereunder that is expressed and paid in a currency (the “judgment currency”) other than United States dollars, the Company and the Guarantors shall indemnify each holder or underwriter against any loss incurred by such holder or underwriter as a result of any variation as between (i) the rate of exchange at which the United States dollar amount is converted into the judgment currency for the purpose of such judgment or order and (ii) the rate of exchange at which a holder or underwriter is able to purchase United States dollars with the amount of judgment currency actually received by such holder or underwriter. The foregoing indemnity shall constitute a separate and independent obligation of the Company and the Guarantors and shall continue in full force and effect notwithstanding any such judgment or order as aforesaid. The term “rate of exchange” shall include any premiums and costs of exchange payable in connection with the purchase of or conversion into United States dollars.

 

[Signature pages follow]

 

28

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

  SMURFIT WESTROCK FINANCING DAC
   
   
  By: /s/ Ken Bowles
    Name: Ken Bowles
    Title: Authorized Signatory
   
   
  By: /s/ Gillian Carson-Callan
    Name: Gillian Carson-Callan
    Title: Authorized Signatory

 

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 

 

  

  SMURFIT WESTROCK PLC
   
  SMURFIT KAPPA GROUP PLC
   
  SMURFIT KAPPA INVESTMENTS LIMITED
   
  SMURFIT KAPPA ACQUISITIONS UNLIMITED COMPANY
   
  SMURFIT KAPPA TREASURY FUNDING DESIGNATED ACTIVITY COMPANY
   
  SMURFIT KAPPA TREASURY UNLIMITED COMPANY
     
     
  By: /s/ Ken Bowles
    Name: Ken Bowles
    Title: Authorized Signatory
   
   
  By: /s/ Gillian Carson-Callan
    Name: Gillian Carson-Callan
    Title: Authorized Signatory

 

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 

 

 

  SMURFIT INTERNATIONAL B.V.
     
     
  By: /s/ M. Van Der Velden
    Name: M. Van Der Velden
    Title: Director
     
     
  By: /s/ PJA Koelewijn
    Name: PJA Koelewijn
    Title: Director

 

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 

 

  

  SMURFIT WESTROCK US HOLDINGS CORPORATION
   
  WESTROCK COMPANY
   
  WESTROCK MWV, LLC
   
  WRKCO. INC.
   
     
  By: /s/ Juan Pablo Perez
    Name: Juan Pablo Perez
    Title: CFO, Smurfit Westrock North America
     
     
  By: /s/ Ken Bowles
    Name: Ken Bowles
    Title: Authorized Signatory

 

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 

 

  

  WESTROCK RKT, LLC
   
   
  By: /s/ Juan Pablo Perez
    Name: Juan Pablo Perez
    Title: CFO, Smurfit Westrock North America
     
     
  By: /s/ Ken Bowles
    Name: Ken Bowles
    Title: Authorized Signatory

 

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 

 

  

Confirmed and accepted as of the date first above written:  
CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC.  
Acting on behalf of itself and as a Representative of the Initial Purchasers  
   
   
Citigroup Global Markets Inc.  
   
   
By: /s/ Adam D. Bordner  
  Name: Adam D. Bordner  
  Title: Managing Director  

 

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 

 

 

ING FINANCIAL MARKETS, LLC  
Acting on behalf of itself and as a Representative of the Initial Purchasers  
   
   
ING FINANCIAL MARKETS, LLC  
   
   
By: /s/ Mike Kendrot  
  Name: Mike Kendrot  
  Title: Managing Director  
     
     
By: /s/ Robert Londrigan  
  Name: Robert Londrigan  
  Title: Managing Director  

 

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 

 

 

SMBC NIKKO SECURITIES AMERICA, INC.  
Acting on behalf of itself and as a Representative of the Initial Purchasers  
   
   
SMBC NIKKO SECURITIES AMERICA, INC.  
   
   
By: /s/ Jonathan Anderson  
  Name: Jonathan Anderson  
  Title: Managing Director  

 

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 

 

 

TD SECURITIES (USA) LLC  
Acting on behalf of itself and as a Representative of the Initial Purchasers  
   
   
TD SECURITIES (USA) LLC  
   
   
By: /s/ Luiz Lanfredi  
  Name: Luiz Lanfredi  
  Title: Director  

 

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 

 

 

Exhibit A

 

FORM OF INSTRUCTION TO DTC PARTICIPANTS

 

[Date of Mailing]
URGENT — IMMEDIATE ATTENTION REQUESTED
DEADLINE FOR RESPONSE: [DATE](a)

 

The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) has identified you as a DTC Participant through which beneficial interests in the Smurfit Westrock Financing DAC (the “Company”) 5.418% Senior Notes due 2035 (the “Securities”) are held.

 

The Company is in the process of registering the Securities under the Securities Act of 1933 for resale by the beneficial owners thereof. In order to have their Securities included in the registration statement, beneficial owners must complete and return the enclosed Notice of Registration Statement and Selling Securityholder Questionnaire (“Notice and Questionnaire”).

 

It is important that beneficial owners of the Securities receive a copy of the enclosed materials as soon as possible as their rights to have the Securities included in the registration statement depend upon their returning the Notice and Questionnaire by [Deadline For Response]. Please forward a copy of the enclosed documents to each beneficial owner that holds interests in the Securities through you. If you require more copies of the enclosed materials or have any questions pertaining to this matter, please contact Smurfit Westrock Financing DAC, Beech Hill, Clonskeagh, Dublin 4, Attention: Emer Murnane (email: Emer.Murnane@smurfitwestrock.com).

 

(a) Not less than 30 days from date of mailing

 

FORM OF NOTICE OF REGISTRATION STATEMENT
and
SELLING SECURITYHOLDER QUESTIONNAIRE
[Date]

 

Reference is hereby made to the Registration Rights Agreement (the “Registration Rights Agreement”) among Smurfit Westrock Financing DAC (the “Company”), the guarantors referred to therein (the “Guarantors”), and the Initial Purchasers named therein. Pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company and the Guarantors have filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) a registration statement (the “Shelf Registration Statement”) for the registration and resale of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), of the 5.418% Senior Notes due 2035 of the Company guaranteed by the Guarantors (the “Securities”). A copy of the Registration Rights Agreement is attached hereto. All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

Each beneficial owner of Transfer Restricted Securities (as defined below) is entitled to have the Transfer Restricted Securities beneficially owned by it included in the Shelf Registration Statement. In order to have Transfer Restricted Securities included in the Shelf Registration Statement, this Notice and Questionnaire must be completed, executed and delivered to the Company’s counsel at the address set forth herein for receipt ON OR BEFORE [Deadline for Response]. Beneficial owners of Transfer Restricted Securities who do not complete, execute and return this Notice and Questionnaire by such date (i) will not be named as selling securityholders in the Shelf Registration Statement and (ii) may not use the Prospectus forming a part thereof for resales of Transfer Restricted Securities.

 

 

 

Certain legal consequences arise from being named as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement and related Prospectus. Accordingly, holders and beneficial owners of Transfer Restricted Securities are advised to consult their own securities law counsel regarding the consequences of being named or not being named as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement and related Prospectus. The term “Transfer Restricted Securities” is defined in the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

ELECTION

 

The undersigned holder (the “Selling Securityholder”) of Transfer Restricted Securities hereby elects to include in the Shelf Registration Statement the Transfer Restricted Securities beneficially owned by it and listed below in Item (3). The undersigned, by signing and returning this Notice and Questionnaire, agrees to be bound with respect to such Transfer Restricted Securities by the terms and conditions of this Notice and Questionnaire and the Registration Rights Agreement, including, without limitation, Section 5 of the Registration Rights Agreement, as if the undersigned Selling Securityholder were an original party thereto.

 

Upon any sale of Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement, the Selling Securityholder will be required to deliver to the Company and the Trustee the Notice of Transfer set forth as Exhibit B to the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

The Selling Securityholder hereby provides the following information to the Company and represents and warrants that such information is accurate and complete:

 

QUESTIONNAIRE

 

 (1)(a)       Full Legal Name of Selling Securityholder:
  (b)       Full Legal Name of Registered Holder (if not the same as in (a) above) of Transfer Restricted Securities Listed in Item (3) below:
  (c)       Full Legal Name of DTC Participant (if applicable and if not the same as (b) above) Through Which Transfer Restricted Securities Listed in Item (3) below are Held:
   
(2)Address for Notices to Selling Securityholder:
Telephone:
Fax:
Contact Person:
Email Address:

 

 

 

(3)Beneficial Ownership of Securities:
Except as set forth below in this Item (3), the undersigned does not beneficially own any Securities.

 

(a)Principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities beneficially owned:
CUSIP No(s). of such Transfer Restricted Securities:

 

(b)Principal amount of Securities other than Transfer Restricted Securities beneficially owned: CUSIP No(s). of such other Securities:

 

(c)Principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities which the undersigned wishes to be included in the Shelf Registration Statement: CUSIP No(s). of such Transfer Restricted Securities:

 

(4)Beneficial Ownership of Other Securities of the Company:
Except as set forth below, the undersigned Selling Securityholder is not the beneficial or registered owner of other securities of the Company, other than the Securities listed above in Item (3).

 

State any exceptions here:

 

(5)Relationships with the Company:
Except as set forth below, neither the undersigned Selling Securityholder nor any of its affiliates, officers, directors or principal equity holders (5% or more) has held any position or office or has had any other material relationship with the Company (or its predecessors or affiliates) during the past three years.

 

State any exceptions here:

 

(6)Plan of Distribution:
Except as set forth below, the undersigned Selling Securityholder intends to distribute the Transfer Restricted Securities listed above in Item (3) only as follows (if at all): Such Transfer Restricted Securities may be sold from time to time directly by the undersigned Selling Securityholder or, alternatively, through underwriters, broker-dealers or agents. Such Transfer Restricted Securities may be sold in one or more transactions at fixed prices, at prevailing market prices at the time of sale, at varying prices determined at the time of sale, or at negotiated prices. Such sales may be effected in transactions (which may involve crosses or block transactions) (i) on any national securities exchange or quotation service on which the Registered Securities may be listed or quoted at the time of sale, (ii) in the over-the-counter market, (iii) in transactions otherwise than on such exchanges or services or in the over-the-counter market, or (iv) through the writing of options. In connection with sales of the Transfer Restricted Securities or otherwise, the Selling Securityholder may enter into hedging transactions with broker-dealers, which may in turn engage in short sales of the Transfer Restricted Securities in the course of hedging the positions they assume. The Selling Securityholder may also sell Transfer Restricted Securities short and deliver Transfer Restricted Securities to close out such short positions, or loan or pledge Transfer Restricted Securities to broker-dealers that in turn may sell such securities.

 

 

 

State any exceptions here:

 

By signing below, the Selling Securityholder acknowledges that it understands its obligation to comply, and agrees that it will comply, with the provisions of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, particularly Regulation M.

 

In the event that the Selling Securityholder transfers all or any portion of the Transfer Restricted Securities listed in Item (3) above after the date on which such information is provided to the Company, the Selling Securityholder agrees to notify the transferee(s) at the time of the transfer of its rights and obligations under this Notice and Questionnaire and the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement.

 

By signing below, the Selling Securityholder consents to the disclosure of the information contained herein in its answers to Items (1) through (6) above and the inclusion of such information in the Shelf Registration Statement and related Prospectus. The Selling Securityholder understands that such information will be relied upon by the Company in connection with the preparation of the Shelf Registration Statement and related Prospectus.

 

In accordance with the Selling Securityholder’s obligation under Section 3(b) of the Registration Rights Agreement to provide such information as may be required by law for inclusion in the Shelf Registration Statement, the Selling Securityholder agrees to promptly notify the Company of any inaccuracies or changes in the information provided herein which may occur subsequent to the date hereof at any time while the Shelf Registration Statement remains in effect. All notices hereunder and pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement shall be made in writing, by hand-delivery, first-class mail, or air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery as follows:

 

(i)To the Company and the Guarantors:

 

(ii)With a copy to:

 

Once this Notice and Questionnaire is executed by the Selling Securityholder and received by the Company’s counsel, the terms of this Notice and Questionnaire, and the representations and warranties contained herein, shall be binding on, shall inure to the benefit of and shall be enforceable by the respective successors, heirs, personal representatives, and assigns of the Company, the Guarantors and the Selling Securityholder (with respect to the Transfer Restricted Securities beneficially owned by such Selling Securityholder and listed in Item (3) above). This Agreement shall be governed in all respects by the laws of the State of New York.

 

[Signature page follows]

 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, by authority duly given, has caused this Notice and Questionnaire to be executed and delivered either in person or by its duly authorized agent.

 

Dated:      
       
       
       
      Selling Securityholder
      (Print/type full legal name of beneficial owner of Transfer Restricted Securities)
       
       
      By:  
        Name:  
        Title:  

 

PLEASE RETURN THE COMPLETED AND EXECUTED NOTICE AND QUESTIONNAIRE FOR RECEIPT ON OR BEFORE [DEADLINE FOR RESPONSE] TO THE COMPANY’S COUNSEL AT:

 

 

 

Exhibit B

 

FORM OF NOTICE OF TRANSFER PURSUANT TO REGISTRATION STATEMENT

 

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas

Smurfit Westrock Financing DAC
c/o 1 Columbus Circle, 4th Floor

New York, New York 10019

 

Attention:

 

Re:Smurfit Westrock Financing DAC (the “Company”)

5.418% Senior Notes due 2035 (the “Notes”)

 

Please be advised that     has transferred $     aggregate principal amount of the above-referenced Notes pursuant to an effective Registration Statement on Form (File No. 333-     ) filed by the Company and the Guarantors.

 

We hereby certify that the prospectus delivery requirements, if any, of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, have been satisfied and that the above-named beneficial owner of the Notes is named as a “Selling Holder” in the Prospectus dated       , 20     or in supplements thereto, and that the aggregate principal amount of the Notes transferred are the Notes listed in such Prospectus opposite such owner’s name.

 

Dated:

 

  Very truly yours,
   
   
  (Name)
   
  By:  
    (Authorized Signature)

 

 

Exhibit 10.2

 

Amended and Restated Commercial Paper
Dealer Agreement

 

 

Guaranteed 4(a)(2) Program

 

Among

 

WRKCo Inc., as Issuer,

 

WestRock RKT, LLC, WestRock MWV, LLC

WestRock Company, Smurfit WestRock US Holdings Corporation, Smurfit WestRock plc, Smurfit WestRock Financing Designated Activity Company, Smurfit Kappa Treasury Unlimited Company, Smurfit Kappa Acquisitions Unlimited Company, Smurfit Kappa Group plc, Smurfit Kappa Investments Limited, Smurfit Kappa Treasury Funding Designated Activity Company, and Smurfit International B.V., (collectively, the “Guarantors”),

 

and

 

[•], as Dealer

 

Concerning Notes to be issued pursuant to an Amended and Restated Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement dated as of [•] among the Issuer, the Guarantors and U.S. Bank Trust Company, National Association, as Issuing and Paying Agent

 

Dated as of [•]

 

 

 

Amended and Restated Commercial Paper Dealer Agreement

 

4(a)(2) Program; Guaranteed

 

This amended and restated commercial paper dealer agreement (as amended, supplemented or modified from time to time, the “Agreement”) sets forth the understandings among the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Dealer, each named on the cover page hereof, in connection with the issuance and sale by the Issuer of its short-term promissory notes (the “Notes”) through the Dealer. On December 7, 2018, the Issuer, the Dealer and certain of the Guarantors entered into a commercial paper dealer agreement, which was amended and restated in its entirety on July 5, 2024, and is hereby being further amended and restated in its entirety.

 

The Guarantors have agreed unconditionally and irrevocably to guarantee payment in full of the principal of and interest (if any) on all such Notes of the Issuer, pursuant to an amended and restated guarantee, dated the date hereof, in the form of Exhibit D hereto (as amended, supplemented or modified from time to time, the “Guarantee”).

 

Certain terms used in this Agreement are defined in Section 6 hereof.

 

The Addendum to this Agreement, and any Annexes or Exhibits described in this Agreement or such Addendum, are hereby incorporated into this Agreement and made fully a part hereof.

 

1.            Offers, Sales and Resales of Notes.

 

1.1While (i) the Issuer has and shall have no obligation to sell the Notes to the Dealer or to permit the Dealer to arrange any sale of the Notes for the account of the Issuer, and (ii) the Dealer has and shall have no obligation to purchase the Notes from the Issuer or to arrange any sale of the Notes for the account of the Issuer, the parties hereto agree that in any case where the Dealer purchases Notes from the Issuer, or arranges for the sale of Notes by the Issuer, such Notes will be purchased or sold by the Dealer in reliance on the representations, warranties, covenants and agreements of the Issuer and the Guarantors contained herein or made pursuant hereto and on the terms and conditions and in the manner provided herein.

 

1.2So long as this Agreement shall remain in effect, and in addition to the limitations contained in Section 1.7 hereof, neither the Issuer nor any Guarantor shall, without the consent of the Dealer, offer, solicit or accept offers to purchase, or sell, any Notes except (a) in transactions with one or more dealers which may from time to time after the date hereof become dealers with respect to the Notes by executing with the Issuer and the Guarantors one or more agreements which contain provisions substantially identical to those contained in Section 1 of this Agreement, of which the Issuer and such Guarantor hereby undertake to provide the Dealer prompt notice or (b) in transactions with the other dealers listed on the Addendum hereto, which are executing agreements with the Issuer and the Guarantors which contain provisions substantially identical to Section 1 of this Agreement contemporaneously herewith. In no event shall the Issuer or any Guarantor offer, solicit or accept offers to purchase, or sell, any Notes directly on its own behalf in transactions with persons other than broker-dealers as specifically permitted in this Section 1.2.

 

1

 

 

1.3The Notes shall be in a minimum denomination of $250,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof, will bear such interest rates, if interest bearing, or will be sold at such discount from their face amounts, as shall be agreed upon by the Dealer and the Issuer, shall have a maturity not exceeding 397 days from the date of issuance and may have such terms as are specified in Exhibit C hereto, the Private Placement Memorandum, a pricing supplement or as otherwise agreed upon by the applicable purchaser and the Issuer. The Notes shall not contain any provision for extension, renewal or automatic “rollover.”

 

1.4The authentication and issuance of, and payment for, the Notes shall be effected in accordance with the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, and the Notes shall be either individual physical certificates or book-entry notes evidenced by one or more master notes (each, a “Master Note”) registered in the name of The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) or its nominee, in the form or forms annexed to or as otherwise provided in the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement.

 

1.5If the Issuer and the Dealer shall agree on the terms of the purchase of any Note by the Dealer or the sale of any Note arranged by the Dealer (including, but not limited to, agreement with respect to the date of issue, purchase price, principal amount, maturity and interest rate or interest rate index and margin (in the case of interest-bearing Notes) or discount thereof (in the case of Notes issued on a discount basis), and appropriate compensation for the Dealer’s services hereunder) pursuant to this Agreement, the Issuer shall cause such Note to be issued and delivered in accordance with the terms of the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement and payment for such Note shall be made by the purchaser thereof, either directly or through the Dealer, to the Issuing and Paying Agent, for the account of the Issuer. Except as otherwise agreed, in the event that the Dealer is acting as an agent and a purchaser shall either fail to accept delivery of or make payment for a Note on the date fixed for settlement, the Dealer shall promptly notify the Issuer, and if the Dealer has theretofore paid the Issuer for the Note, the Issuer will promptly return such funds to the Dealer against its return of the Note to the Issuer, in the case of a certificated Note, and upon notice of such failure in the case of a book-entry Note. If such failure occurred for any reason other than default by the Dealer, the Issuer and the Guarantors agree, jointly and severally, to reimburse the Dealer on an equitable basis for the Dealer’s loss of the use of such funds for the period such funds were credited to the Issuer’s account.

 

1.6The Dealer, the Issuer and the Guarantors hereby establish and agree to observe the following procedures in connection with offers, sales and subsequent resales or other transfers of the Notes:

 

(a)            Offers and sales of the Notes by or through the Dealer shall be made only to: (i) investors reasonably believed by the Dealer to be Qualified Institutional Buyers or Institutional Accredited Investors and (ii) non-bank fiduciaries or agents that will be purchasing Notes for one or more accounts, each of which is reasonably believed by the Dealer to be a Qualified Institutional Buyer or an Institutional Accredited Investor.

 

2

 

 

(b)            Resales and other transfers of the Notes by the holders thereof shall be made only in accordance with the restrictions in the legend described in clause (e) below.

 

(c)            No general solicitation or general advertising shall be used in connection with the offering of the Notes. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, without the prior written approval of the Dealer, neither the Issuer nor any Guarantor shall issue any press release, make any other statement to any member of the press making reference to the Notes, the offer or sale of the Notes, the Guarantee or this Agreement or place or publish any “tombstone” or other advertisement relating to the Notes, the offer or sale of the Notes or the Guarantee. To the extent permitted by applicable securities laws, the Issuer and each Guarantor, as applicable, shall (i) omit the name of the Dealer from any publicly available filing by the Issuer or such Guarantor that makes reference to the Notes, the offer or sale of the Notes, the issuance of the Guarantee or this Agreement, (ii) not include a copy of this Agreement in any such filing or as an exhibit thereto, and (iii) redact the Dealer’s name and any contact or other information that could identify the Dealer from any agreement or other information included in such filing. For the avoidance of doubt, the Issuer shall not post the Private Placement Memorandum on a website without the consent of the Dealer and each other dealer or placement agent, if any, for the Notes.

 

(d)            No sale of Notes to any one purchaser shall be for less than $250,000 principal or face amount, and no Note shall be issued in a smaller principal or face amount. If the purchaser is a non-bank fiduciary acting on behalf of others, each person for whom such purchaser is acting must purchase at least $250,000 principal or face amount of Notes.

 

(e)            Offers and sales of the Notes shall be subject to the restrictions described in the legend appearing in Exhibit A hereto. A legend substantially to the effect of such Exhibit A shall appear as part of the Private Placement Memorandum used in connection with offers and sales of Notes hereunder, as well as on each individual certificate representing a Note and each Master Note representing book-entry Notes offered and sold pursuant to this Agreement.

 

(f)            The Dealer shall furnish or make available or shall have furnished or made available to each purchaser of Notes for which it has acted as the dealer a copy of the then-current Private Placement Memorandum unless such purchaser has previously been furnished or had made available to it a copy of the Private Placement Memorandum as then in effect. The Private Placement Memorandum shall expressly state that any person to whom Notes are offered shall have an opportunity to ask questions of, and receive information from, the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Dealer and shall provide the names, addresses and telephone numbers of the persons from whom information regarding the Issuer and the Guarantors may be obtained.

 

3

 

 

(g)            The Issuer agrees for the benefit of the Dealer and each of the holders and prospective purchasers from time to time of the Notes that, the Issuer will furnish, upon request and at their expense, to the Dealer and to holders and prospective purchasers of Notes information required by Rule 144A(d)(4)(i) in compliance with Rule 144A(d).

 

(h)            In the event that any Note offered or to be offered by the Dealer would be ineligible for resale under Rule 144A, the Issuer shall promptly notify the Dealer (by telephone, confirmed in writing) of such fact and shall promptly prepare and deliver to the Dealer an amendment or supplement to the Private Placement Memorandum describing the Notes that are ineligible, the reason for such ineligibility and any other relevant information relating thereto.

 

(i)            The Issuer and the Guarantors represent that neither the Issuer nor any Guarantor is currently issuing commercial paper in the United States market in reliance upon the exemption provided by Section 3(a)(3) of the Securities Act. The Issuer and the Guarantors agree that, if the Issuer or any Guarantor shall issue commercial paper after the date hereof in reliance upon such exemption (a) the proceeds from the sale of the Notes will be segregated from the proceeds of the sale of any such commercial paper by being placed in a separate account; (b) the Issuer and the Guarantors will institute appropriate corporate procedures to ensure that the offers and sales of notes issued by the Issuer or any or all of the Guarantors, as the case may be, pursuant to the Section 3(a)(3) exemption are not integrated with offerings and sales of Notes hereunder; and (c) the Issuer and the applicable Guarantors will comply with each of the requirements of Section 3(a)(3) of the Securities Act in selling commercial paper or other short-term debt securities other than the Notes in the United States.

 

1.7Each of the Issuer and the Guarantors hereby represents and warrants to the Dealer, in connection with offers, sales and resales of Notes, as follows:

 

(a)            The Issuer and the Guarantors hereby confirm to the Dealer that (except as permitted by Section 1.6(i) hereof) within the preceding six months neither the Issuer nor any Guarantor nor any person other than the Dealer or the other dealers referred to in Section 1.2 hereof acting on behalf of the Issuer or any Guarantor has offered or sold any Notes, or any substantially similar security of the Issuer or any Guarantor (including, without limitation, medium-term notes issued by the Issuer or any Guarantor which could be integrated with the Notes for Securities Act purposes), to, or solicited offers to buy any such security from, any person other than the Dealer or the other dealers referred to in Section 1.2 hereof. The Issuer and the Guarantors also agree that (except as permitted by Section 1.6(i) hereof), as long as the Notes are being offered for sale by the Dealer and the other dealers referred to in Section 1.2 hereof as contemplated hereby and until at least six months after the offering of Notes hereunder has been terminated, neither the Issuer nor any Guarantor nor any person other than the Dealer or the other dealers referred to in Section 1.2 hereof (except as contemplated by Section 1.2 hereof) will offer the Notes or any substantially similar security of the Issuer for sale to, or solicit offers to buy any such security from, any person other than the Dealer or the other dealers referred to in Section 1.2 hereof, it being understood that such agreement is made with a view to bringing the offer and sale of the Notes within an exemption provided by the Securities Act and shall survive any termination of this Agreement. Each of the Issuer and the Guarantors hereby represents and warrants that it has not taken or omitted to take, and will not take or omit to take, any action that would cause the offering and sale of Notes hereunder to be integrated with any other offering of securities, whether such offering is made by the Issuer or a Guarantor or some other party or parties.

 

4

 

 

(b)            The Issuer represents and agrees that the proceeds of the sale of the Notes are not currently contemplated to be used for the purpose of buying, carrying or trading securities within the meaning of Regulation T and the interpretations thereunder by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. In the event that the Issuer determines to use such proceeds for the purpose of buying, carrying or trading securities, whether in connection with an acquisition of another company or otherwise, the Issuer shall give the Dealer at least five business days’ prior written notice to that effect. The Issuer shall also give the Dealer prompt notice of the actual date that it commences to purchase securities with the proceeds of the Notes. Thereafter, in the event that the Dealer purchases Notes as principal and does not resell such Notes on the day of such purchase, to the extent necessary to comply with Regulation T and the interpretations thereunder, the Dealer will sell such Notes either (i) only to offerees it reasonably believes to be Qualified Institutional Buyers or to Qualified Institutional Buyers it reasonably believes are acting for other Qualified Institutional Buyers, in each case in accordance with Rule 144A or (ii) in a manner which would not cause a violation of Regulation T and the interpretations thereunder.

 

2.            Representations and Warranties of the Issuer and the Guarantors.

 

Each of the Issuer and the Guarantors, as applicable, represents and warrants as to itself that:

 

2.1The Issuer is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation and has all the requisite power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Notes, this Agreement and the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement.

 

2.2(a) Each of the Guarantors is duly organized or incorporated (as applicable) and validly existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or formation and has all the requisite power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Guarantee, this Agreement and the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement.

 

5

 

 

(b) Each of Smurfit WestRock US Holdings Corporation, WestRock Company, WestRock MWV, LLC and WestRock RKT, LLC is in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or formation.

 

2.3This Agreement and the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Issuer and the Guarantors and constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors enforceable against the Issuer and the Guarantors in accordance with their terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, and subject, as to enforceability, to general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law), including to the extent that the indemnification and contribution provisions of this Agreement and the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement may be unenforceable.

 

2.4The Notes have been duly authorized, and when issued as provided in the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, will be duly and validly issued and will constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Issuer enforceable against the Issuer in accordance with their terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, and subject, as to enforceability, to general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law).

 

2.5The Guarantee has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Guarantors and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Guarantors enforceable against the Guarantors in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, examinership, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, and subject, as to enforceability, to general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law).

 

2.6The offer and sale of the Notes and the issuance of the Guarantee in the manner contemplated hereby do not require registration of the Notes or the Guarantee under the Securities Act, and no indenture in respect of the Notes or the Guarantee is required to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.

 

2.7The Notes and the Guarantee will rank at least pari passu in priority of payment with all other unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness of the Issuer and the Guarantors, respectively.

 

2.8No consent or action of, or filing or registration with, any governmental or public regulatory body or authority, including the SEC, is required to authorize, or is otherwise required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance of, this Agreement, the Notes, the Guarantee or the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, except as may be required by the securities or Blue Sky laws of the various states in connection with the offer and sale of the Notes.

 

6

 

 

2.9Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Guarantee and the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, nor the issuance of the Notes in accordance with the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, nor the fulfillment of or compliance with the terms and provisions hereof or thereof by the Issuer or the Guarantors, will (i) result in the creation or imposition of any mortgage, lien, charge or encumbrance of any nature whatsoever upon any of the properties or assets of the Issuer or any Guarantor, or (ii) violate or result in a breach or a default under (a) any of the terms of the charter documents, constitutional documents or by-laws of the Issuer or any Guarantor, (b) any contract or instrument to which the Issuer or any Guarantor is a party or by which it or its property is bound, or any law or regulation, or any order, writ, injunction or decree of any court or government instrumentality, to which the Issuer or any Guarantor is subject or by which it or its property is bound, which violation, breach or default with respect to clause (b) would, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the condition (financial or otherwise) or operations of the Issuer and the Guarantors, taken as a whole, or that would affect the ability of the Issuer or any Guarantor to perform its obligations under this Agreement, the Notes, the Guarantee or the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, as applicable.

 

2.10There is no litigation or governmental proceeding pending, or to the knowledge of the Issuer or any Guarantor threatened, against or affecting the Issuer or  any Guarantor or any of their respective subsidiaries which would reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse change in the condition (financial or otherwise) or operations of the Issuer and the Guarantors, taken as a whole, or the ability of the Issuer or any Guarantor to perform its obligations under this Agreement, the Notes, the Guarantee or the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, as applicable.

 

2.11Neither the Issuer nor any Guarantor is an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

 

2.12Neither the Private Placement Memorandum (excluding Dealer Information) nor the Company Information contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

2.13Neither the Issuer, any Guarantor nor any of their respective subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of the Issuer or any Guarantor, any director, officer, agent, employee or affiliate of the Issuer, any Guarantor or any of their respective subsidiaries is aware of, or has taken any action, directly or indirectly, that would result in, a violation by such persons of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (the “FCPA”), the Bribery Act of 2010 of the United Kingdom (as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder, the “UK Bribery Act”) or any other applicable anti-bribery or anti-corruption law, including, without limitation, making use of the mails or any means or instrumentality of interstate commerce corruptly in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay or authorization of the payment of any money, or other property, gift, promise to give, or authorization of the giving of anything of value to any “foreign official” (as such term is defined in the FCPA) or any foreign political party or official thereof or any candidate for foreign political office, in contravention of the FCPA, the UK Bribery Act or any other applicable anti-bribery or anti-corruption law and the Issuer, its subsidiaries and, to the knowledge of the Issuer and the Guarantors, their respective affiliates, have conducted their businesses in compliance with the FCPA, the UK Bribery Act, and other applicable anti-bribery and anti-corruption laws and have instituted and maintain policies and procedures designed to ensure continued compliance therewith.

 

7

 

 

2.14The operations of the Issuer, the Guarantors and their respective subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the money laundering statutes of all applicable jurisdictions, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency (collectively, the “Money Laundering Laws”) and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Issuer, any Guarantor or any of their respective subsidiaries with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the best knowledge of the Issuer and the Guarantors, threatened.

 

2.15Neither the Issuer, any Guarantor nor any of their respective subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of the Issuer or any Guarantor, any director, officer, agent, employee, affiliate or representative of the Issuer, any Guarantor or any of their respective subsidiaries, is currently the subject or target of any sanctions administered or enforced by the United States Government, including, without limitation, the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control, the Bureau of Industry and Security of the U.S. Department of Commerce, the U.S. Department of State, the United Nations Security Council, the European Union, His Majesty’s Treasury, or other relevant sanctions authority (collectively, “Sanctions”), nor is the Issuer, any Guarantor or any of their respective subsidiaries located, organized or resident in a country or territory that is the subject of Sanctions; and none of the Issuer, any Guarantor or any of their respective subsidiaries will, directly or indirectly, use the proceeds of the sale of the Notes, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person, (i) to fund any activities of or business with any person, or in any country or territory, that, at the time of such funding, is the subject of Sanctions or (ii) in any other manner that will result in a violation by any person (including any person participating in the transaction, whether as underwriter, advisor, investor or otherwise) of Sanctions.

 

2.16Each Guarantor will receive financial benefits from the issuance of the Notes by the Issuer and the issuance by such Guarantor of the Guarantee in respect of the Notes.

 

2.17Each (a) issuance of Notes by the Issuer hereunder and (b) amendment or supplement of the Private Placement Memorandum shall be deemed a representation and warranty by each of the Issuer and the Guarantors, as applicable, to the Dealer, as of the date thereof, that, both before and after giving effect to such issuance and after giving effect to such amendment or supplement, (i) the representations and warranties given by the Issuer and the Guarantors set forth in this Section 2 remain true and correct on and as of such date as if made on and as of such date, (ii) in the case of an issuance of Notes, the Notes being issued on such date, have been duly and validly issued and constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Issuer, enforceable against the Issuer in accordance with their terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject, as to enforceability, to general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is sought in a proceeding in equity or at law) and are guaranteed pursuant to the Guarantee, (iii) in the case of an issuance of Notes, since the date of the most recent Private Placement Memorandum, there has been no material adverse change in the condition (financial or otherwise) or operations of the Issuer or the Guarantors, taken as a whole, that would affect the ability of the Issuer or any Guarantor to perform their respective obligations under this Agreement, the Notes, the Guarantee or the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, which has not been disclosed to the Dealer in writing and (iv) neither the Issuer nor any Guarantor is in default of any of their respective obligations hereunder or under the Notes, the Guarantee or the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement.

 

8

 

 

2.18Under the laws of Ireland and the Netherlands, neither any Guarantor nor any of their respective revenues, assets or properties has any right of immunity from service of process or from the jurisdiction of competent courts of Ireland, The Netherlands or the United States or the State of New York (as applicable) in connection with any suit, action or proceeding, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution of a judgment or execution of a judgment or from any other legal process with respect to its obligations under this Agreement, the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, the Guarantee, the Master Note or the Notes.

 

2.19There is no stamp or documentary tax or other charge imposed by any governmental agency having jurisdiction over the Issuer or any Guarantor in connection with the execution, delivery, issuance, payment, performance, enforcement or introduction into evidence in a court of Ireland or The Netherlands of this Agreement, the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, the Guarantee, the Master Note or any Note.

 

2.20The choice of New York law to govern this Agreement, the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, the Guarantee, the Master Note and the Notes is, under the laws of Ireland and The Netherlands, a valid choice of law, and the submission by the Guarantors in Section 7.3(b) of the Agreement to the jurisdiction of the courts of the United States District Court and the State of New York located in the Borough of Manhattan is valid and binding upon the Guarantors under the laws of Ireland and The Netherlands.

 

9

 

 

2.21Any final judgment rendered in accordance with Section 7.3 in an action to enforce the obligations of any Guarantor under this Agreement, the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, the Guarantee, the Master Note or the Notes is capable of being enforced in the courts of Ireland and The Netherlands.

 

2.22As a condition to the admissibility in evidence of this Agreement, the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, the Guarantee, the Master Note or the Notes in the courts of Ireland and The Netherlands, it is not necessary that this Agreement, the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, the Guarantee, the Master Note or the Notes be filed or recorded with any court or other authority.

 

3.            Covenants and Agreements of the Issuer and the Guarantors.

 

Each of the Issuer and the Guarantors, as applicable, covenants and agrees as to itself that:

 

3.1The Issuer and the Guarantors will give the Dealer prompt notice (but in any event prior to any subsequent issuance of Notes hereunder) of any amendment to, modification of or waiver with respect to, the Notes, the Guarantee or the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, including a complete copy of any such amendment, modification or waiver.

 

3.2The Issuer and the Guarantors shall, whenever there shall occur any change in the condition (financial or otherwise) or operations of the Issuer or the Guarantors, taken as a whole, or any development or occurrence in relation to the Issuer or the Guarantors that would be materially adverse to holders of the Notes or potential holders of the Notes (including any downgrading or receipt of any notice of intended or potential downgrading or any review for potential change in the rating accorded any of the securities of the Issuer or the Guarantors by any nationally recognized statistical rating organization which has published a rating of the Notes), promptly, and in any event prior to any subsequent issuance of Notes hereunder, notify the Dealer (by telephone, confirmed in writing) of such change, development or occurrence; provided that, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall be deemed to have met the requirements of this Section 3.2 to the extent that the Issuer or the Guarantors have made information regarding any such change, development or occurrence publicly available through filings with the EDGAR system of the SEC or posted on the website of the Issuer or the Guarantors (so long as the Issuer or the Guarantors notify the Dealer of any such posting or filing and any such posting or filing is identified in such notice).

 

3.3The Issuer and the Guarantors shall from time to time furnish to the Dealer such publicly released information with respect to the Issuer or the Guarantors as the Dealer may reasonably request, including, without limitation, any press releases or material provided by the Issuer or the Guarantors to any national securities exchange or rating agency, regarding (i) the operations and financial condition of the Issuer or the Guarantors, (ii) the due authorization and execution of the Notes and the Guarantee, (iii) the Issuer’s ability to pay the Notes as they mature and (iv) the Guarantors’ ability to fulfill their obligations under the Guarantee; provided that, to the extent any such publicly released information is filed with the EDGAR system of the SEC or posted on the website of the Issuer or the Guarantors, such material shall be deemed to be furnished to the Dealer in accordance herewith.

 

10

 

 

3.4The Issuer and each Guarantor will take all such action as the Dealer may reasonably request to ensure that each offer and each sale of the Notes will comply with any applicable state Blue Sky laws; provided, however, that neither the Issuer nor any Guarantor shall be obligated to file any general consent to service of process or to qualify as a foreign corporation in any jurisdiction in which it is not so qualified or subject itself to taxation in respect of doing business in any jurisdiction in which it is not otherwise so subject.

 

3.5Neither the Issuer nor any Guarantor will be in default in (i) any of its obligations under the Notes or the Guarantee, as applicable, or (ii) any material respect of any of its obligations hereunder or under the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, at any time that any of the Notes are outstanding.

 

3.6The Issuer shall not issue Notes hereunder until the Dealer shall have received (a) opinions of counsel to the Issuer and the Guarantors, addressed to the Dealer, reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Dealer, (b) a copy of the executed Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement as then in effect, (c) a copy of the executed Guarantee, (d) a copy of the resolutions adopted by the Boards of Directors of the Issuer and the Guarantors, reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Dealer and certified by the Secretary or similar officer of the Issuer or the Guarantors, as the case may be, authorizing execution and delivery by the Issuer and the Guarantors of this Agreement, the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, the Guarantee and the Notes and consummation by the Issuer and the Guarantors of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, (e) in respect of each of the Issuer and the Guarantors, a certificate of its secretary, assistant secretary, director or other designated officer certifying as to (i) its organizational/constitutional documents, and attaching true, correct and complete copies thereof and (ii) the incumbency of its officers authorized to execute and deliver this Agreement, and in the case of the Issuer, the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement and the Notes, and in the case of the Guarantors, the Guarantee and the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, and to take other action on behalf of the Issuer or the Guarantors, as the case may be, in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, (f) prior to the issuance of any book-entry Notes represented by a Master Note registered in the name of DTC or its nominee, a copy of the executed Letter of Representations among the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Issuing and Paying Agent and DTC and of the executed Master Note, (g) prior to the issuance of any Notes in physical form, a copy of such form (unless attached to this Agreement or the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement), (h) confirmation of the then current rating assigned to the Notes by each nationally recognized statistical rating organization then rating the Notes, if any, (i) a properly completed and signed IRS Form W-8 or W-9, as applicable, for the Issuer and each Guarantor, (j) all information regarding beneficial ownership required by 31 C.F.R. §1010.230, including a completed form promulgated by the Securities Industry and Financial Markets Association to facilitate compliance with the requirements of the Financial Crimes Enforcement Network, and (k) such other certificates, opinions, letters and documents as the Dealer shall have reasonably requested.

 

11

 

 

3.7The Issuer and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, shall reimburse the Dealer for all of the Dealer’s reasonable out-of-pocket expenses related to this Agreement, including expenses incurred in connection with its preparation and negotiation, and the transactions contemplated hereby (including, but not limited to, the printing and distribution of the Private Placement Memorandum), and for the reasonable and documented fees and out-of-pocket expenses of the Dealer’s counsel.

 

3.8Neither the Issuer nor any Guarantor shall file a Form D (as referenced in Rule 503 under the Securities Act) at any time in respect of the offer or sale of the Notes or the Guarantee.

 

3.9Each Guarantor shall provide notice to the Dealer of the release of such Guarantor under the Guarantee, provided that such notice shall not be a condition to the termination of the obligations of the applicable Guarantor.

 

4.            Disclosure.

 

4.1The Private Placement Memorandum and its contents (other than the Dealer Information) shall be the sole responsibility of the Issuer and the Guarantors. The Private Placement Memorandum shall contain a statement expressly offering an opportunity for each prospective purchaser to ask questions of, and receive answers from, the Issuer and the Guarantors concerning the offering of Notes and to obtain relevant additional information which the Issuer possesses or can acquire without unreasonable effort or expense.

 

4.2Each of the Issuer and the Guarantors agrees to promptly furnish the Dealer the Company Information as it becomes available; provided that, the public filing of the Company Information with the EDGAR system of the Securities and Exchange Commission or the posting of the Company Information on the website of the Issuer or the Guarantors (so long as the Issuer or the Guarantors notify the Dealer that the Issuer or the Guarantors have posted such Company Information and such posting is identified in such notice) shall be deemed to satisfy the requirements of this Section 4.2, with respect to such publicly filed information.

 

4.3(a)                Each of the Issuer and the Guarantors further agrees to notify the Dealer promptly upon the occurrence of any event relating to or affecting the Issuer or any Guarantor that would cause the Company Information then in existence to include an untrue statement of a material fact or to omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained therein, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading.

 

(b)            In the event that the Issuer or any Guarantor gives the Dealer notice pursuant to Section 4.3(a) and the Dealer notifies the Issuer that it then has Notes it is holding in inventory, the Issuer shall promptly supplement or amend the Private Placement Memorandum so that the Private Placement Memorandum, as amended or supplemented, shall not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, and the Issuer shall make such supplement or amendment available to the Dealer.

 

12

 

 

(c)            In the event that (i) the Issuer or any Guarantor gives the Dealer notice pursuant to Section 4.3(a), (ii) the Dealer does not notify the Issuer that it is then holding Notes in inventory, and (iii) the Issuer or such Guarantor chooses not to promptly amend or supplement the Private Placement Memorandum in the manner described in clause (b) above, then all solicitations and sales of Notes shall be suspended until such time as the Issuer has so amended or supplemented the Private Placement Memorandum, and made such amendment or supplement available to the Dealer.

 

5.            Indemnification and Contribution.

 

5.1The Issuer and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, will indemnify and hold harmless the Dealer, and each of its affiliates, directors, officers and employees, and each person, if any, who controls the Dealer within the meaning of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (hereinafter the “Indemnitees”) against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) (each a “Claim”), imposed upon, incurred by or asserted against the Indemnitees arising out of or based upon (i) any allegation that the Private Placement Memorandum, the Company Information or any information provided by the Issuer or a Guarantor to the Dealer included (as of any relevant time) or includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted (as of any relevant time) or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading or (ii) the breach by the Issuer or a Guarantor of any agreement, covenant or representation made in or pursuant to this Agreement. This indemnification shall not apply to the extent that the Claim arises out of or is based upon Dealer Information or, with respect to clause (ii) above only, the gross negligence, willful misconduct, bad faith or reckless disregard of duty by the Dealer in the performance of, or failure to perform, its obligations under this Agreement, as established by a final nonappealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

5.2Provisions relating to claims made for indemnification under this Section 5 are set forth in Exhibit B to this Agreement.

 

5.3In order to provide for just and equitable contribution in circumstances in which the indemnification provided for in this Section 5 is held to be unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless the Indemnitees, although applicable in accordance with the terms of this Section 5, the Issuer and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, shall contribute to the aggregate costs incurred by the Dealer in connection with any Claim in the proportion of the respective economic interests of the Issuer and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Dealer, on the other hand. The respective economic interests shall be calculated by reference to the aggregate proceeds to the Issuer of the Notes issued hereunder and the aggregate commissions and fees earned by the Dealer hereunder. If the allocation by respective economic interests provided by the preceding two sentences above is not permitted by applicable law, then the Issuer’s contribution shall be in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the respective economic interests referred to above but also the relative fault of the Issuer and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Dealer, on the other, with respect to statements or omissions which results in such loss, claim, damage liability or expense, or action in respect thereof. The relative fault of the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Dealer shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the issuer, the Guarantors or by the Dealer and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statements or omission. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth above, the contribution by the Issuer and the Guarantors in any case shall be in an amount such that the aggregate costs incurred by the Dealer do not exceed the aggregate of the commissions and fees earned by the Dealer hereunder with respect to the issue or issues of Notes to which such Claim relates.

 

13

 

 

6.            Definitions.

 

6.1“BHC Act Affiliate” shall have the meaning assigned to the term “affiliate” in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 U.S.C. § 1841(k).

 

6.2“Claim” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.1.

 

6.3“Company Information” at any given time shall mean the Private Placement Memorandum together with, to the extent applicable, (i) the most recent report on Form 10-K filed by Smurfit WestRock plc with the SEC and each report on Form 10-Q or 8-K filed by Smurfit WestRock plc with the SEC since the most recent Form 10-K, as applicable, (ii) the Issuer’s and the Guarantors’ most recent annual audited financial statements and each interim financial statement or report prepared subsequent thereto, if not included in item (i) above on a standalone basis or in accordance with Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X, (iii) the Issuer’s and the Guarantors’ and their affiliates’ other publicly available recent reports, including, but not limited to, any publicly available filings or reports provided to their respective shareholders, (iv) any other information or disclosure prepared pursuant to Section 4.3 hereof and (v) any information prepared or approved by the Issuer or a Guarantor for dissemination to investors or potential investors in the Notes.

 

6.4“Covered Entity” shall mean any of the following:

 

(i)            a “covered entity” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 252.82(b);

 

14

 

 

(ii)           a “covered bank” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 47.3(b); or

 

(iii)          a “covered FSI” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 382.2(b).

 

6.5“Current Issuing and Paying Agent” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.10(i).

 

6.6“Dealer Information” shall mean material concerning the Dealer provided by the Dealer in writing expressly for inclusion in the Private Placement Memorandum.

 

6.7“Default Right” shall have the meaning assigned to that term in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. §§ 252.81, 47.2 or 382.1, as applicable.

 

6.8“DTC” shall mean The Depository Trust Company.

 

6.9“Exchange Act” shall mean the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

6.10“FCPA” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.13.

 

6.11“Foreign Guarantor” means each Guarantor organized, incorporated or formed in a country other than the United States.

 

6.12“Guarantors” shall mean the Guarantors party hereto, collectively, and “Guarantor” shall mean any of them, individually.

 

6.13“Indemnitee” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.1.

 

6.14“Institutional Accredited Investor” shall mean an institutional investor that is an accredited investor within the meaning of Rule 501 under the Securities Act and that has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that it is capable of evaluating and bearing the economic risk of an investment in the Notes, including, but not limited to, a bank, as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act, or a savings and loan association or other institution, as defined in Section 3(a)(5)(A) of the Securities Act, whether acting in its individual or fiduciary capacity.

 

6.15“Issuer” shall mean WRKCo Inc., a Delaware corporation.

 

6.16“Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement” shall mean the amended and restated issuing and paying agency agreement described on the cover page of this Agreement, or any replacement thereof designated in accordance with Section 7.10, as such agreement may be amended or supplemented from time to time.

 

6.17“Issuing and Paying Agent” shall mean the party designated as such on the cover page of this Agreement, or any successor thereto or replacement thereof designated in accordance with Section 7.10.

 

15

 

 

6.18“Master Note” shall mean a master note registered in the name of the DTC or its nominee.

 

6.19“Money Laundering Laws” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.14.

 

6.20“Non-bank fiduciary or agent” shall mean a fiduciary or agent other than (a) a bank, as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act, or (b) a savings and loan association, as defined in Section 3(a)(5)(A) of the Securities Act.

 

6.21“Outstanding Notes” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.10(ii).

 

6.22“Private Placement Memorandum” shall mean offering materials prepared in accordance with Section 4 (including materials referred to therein or incorporated by reference therein, if any) provided to purchasers and prospective purchasers of the Notes, and shall include amendments and supplements thereto which may be prepared from time to time in accordance with this Agreement (other than any amendment or supplement that has been completely superseded by a later amendment or supplement).

 

6.23“Qualified Institutional Buyer” shall have the meaning assigned to that term in Rule 144A under the Securities Act.

 

6.24“Replacement” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.10(i).

 

6.25“Replacement Issuing and Paying Agent” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.10(i).

 

6.26“Replacement Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.10(i).

 

6.27“Rule 144A” shall mean Rule 144A under the Securities Act.

 

6.28“Sanctions” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.15.

 

6.29“SEC” shall mean the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

6.30“Securities Act” shall mean the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

6.31“U.S. Special Resolution Regime” shall mean each of (i) the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder and (ii) Title II of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

6.32“UK Bribery Act” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.13.

 

16

 

 

7.            General

 

7.1Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, all notices under this Agreement to parties hereto shall be in writing and shall be effective when received at the address of the respective party set forth in the Addendum to this Agreement.

 

7.2This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to its conflict of laws provisions.

 

7.3(a) Each of the Issuer and each Guarantor agrees that any suit, action or proceeding brought by the Issuer or a Guarantor against the Dealer in connection with or arising out of this Agreement, the Guarantee or the Notes or the offer and sale of the Notes shall be brought solely in the United States federal courts located in the Borough of Manhattan or the courts of the State of New York located in the Borough of Manhattan. EACH OF THE DEALER, THE ISSUER AND THE GUARANTORS WAIVES ITS RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.

 

(b) Each of the Issuer and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably accepts and submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of each of the aforesaid courts in personam, generally and unconditionally, for itself and in respect of its properties, assets and revenues, with respect to any suit, action or proceeding in connection with or arising out of this Agreement, the Guarantee or the Notes or the offer and sale of the Notes.

 

(c) Each Foreign Guarantor hereby irrevocably designates, appoints and empowers Smurfit Kappa Packaging LLC, with offices located at 900 S. Pine Island Road, Suite 600, Plantation, Florida 33324, as its designee, appointee and agent to receive, accept and acknowledge for and on its behalf, and its properties, assets and revenues, service for any and all legal process, summons, notices and documents which may be served in any such action, suit or proceeding brought in the courts listed in Section 7.3(a) which may be made on such designee, appointee and agent in accordance with legal procedures prescribed for such courts, with respect to any suit, action or proceeding in connection with or arising out of this Agreement, the Guarantee or the Notes or the offer and sale of the Notes. If for any reason such designee, appointee and agent hereunder shall cease to be available to act as such, the each Foreign Guarantor agrees to designate a new designee, appointee and agent in The City of New York on the terms and for the purposes of this Section 7.3 satisfactory to the Dealer. Each Foreign Guarantor further hereby irrevocably consents and agrees to the service of any and all legal process, summons, notices and documents out of any of the aforesaid courts in any such action, suit or proceeding by serving a copy thereof upon the agent for service of process referred to in this Section 7.3 (whether or not the appointment of such agent shall for any reason prove to be ineffective or such agent shall accept or acknowledge such service) or by mailing copies thereof by registered or certified airmail, postage prepaid, to it at its address specified in or designated pursuant to this Agreement. Each Foreign Guarantor agrees that the failure of any such designee, appointee and agent to give any notice of such service to it shall not impair or affect in any way the validity of such service or any judgment rendered in any action or proceeding based thereon. Nothing herein shall in any way be deemed to limit the ability of the holders of any Notes or the Dealer to serve any such legal process, summons, notices and documents in any other manner permitted by applicable law or to obtain jurisdiction over the undersigned or bring actions, suits or proceedings against the undersigned in such other jurisdictions, and in such other manner, as may be permitted by applicable law. Each of the Issuer and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any of the aforesaid actions, suits or proceedings arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or the Notes brought in the courts listed in Section 7.3(a) and hereby further irrevocably and unconditionally waives and agrees not to plead or claim in any such court that any such action, suit or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

 

17

 

 

(d) To the extent that a Foreign Guarantor or any of its properties, assets or revenues may have or may hereafter become entitled to, or have attributed to them, any right of immunity, on the grounds of sovereignty or otherwise, from any legal action, suit or proceeding in connection with or arising out of this Agreement, the Guarantee or the Notes or the offer and sale of the Notes, from the giving of any relief in any thereof, from setoff or counterclaim, from the jurisdiction of any court, from service of process, from attachment upon or prior to judgment, from attachment in aid of execution of judgment, or from execution of judgment, or other legal process or proceeding for the giving of any relief or for the enforcement of any judgment, in any jurisdiction in which proceeding may at any time be commenced, with respect to its obligations, liabilities or any other matter under or arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, the Guarantee, the Master Note or the Notes, it hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, and agrees for the benefit of the Dealer and any holder from time to time of the Notes not to plead or claim, any such immunity, and consents to such relief and enforcement.

 

7.4This Agreement may be terminated, at any time, by the Issuer, upon one business day’s prior notice to such effect to the Dealer, or by the Dealer upon one business day’s prior notice to such effect to the Issuer. Any such termination, however, shall not affect the obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors under Sections 3.7, 5 or 7.3 hereof or the respective representations, warranties, agreements, covenants, rights or responsibilities of the parties made or arising prior to the termination of this Agreement.

 

7.5This Agreement is not assignable by any party hereto without the written consent of the other parties; provided, however, that the Dealer may assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement to any affiliate of the Dealer. Any purported assignment made in contravention of the immediately preceding sentence shall be null and void and of no effect whatsoever.

 

18

 

 

7.6This Agreement may be signed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument. Each party to this Agreement agrees that the other parties may execute their counterparts of this Agreement by (i) an “electronic signature”, whether digital or encrypted, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the Electronic Signatures and Records Act of New York, or any similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act or (ii) an electronic transmission (including electronic mail in portable document format (pdf.) form), or other electronic means that reproduces an image of a manually-signed counterpart or (iii) a digital signature transmitted through DocuSign, Adobe Sign or any other secure portal for digitized signature of documents that complies with the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000. Any such counterpart shall be effective to the same extent as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement and treated as an original manually executed counterpart for all purposes of this Agreement.

 

7.7Except as provided in Section 5 with respect to non-party Indemnitees, this Agreement is for the exclusive benefit of the parties hereto, and their respective permitted successors and assigns hereunder, and shall not be deemed to give any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim to any other person whatsoever; provided, however, that Section 7.3(b), (c) and (d) and Section 7.8 are hereby specifically and expressly acknowledged to also be for the benefit of the holders from time to time of the Notes, as third-party beneficiaries.

 

7.8(a) Any payments to the Dealer hereunder or to any holder from time to time of Notes shall be in United States dollars and, except to the extent required under applicable law, shall be free of all withholding and other taxes and of all other governmental charges of any nature whatsoever imposed by the jurisdiction in which the Issuer or any Guarantor is located, as applicable, and, in each case, by any authority or agency therein or thereof having the power to tax (“Taxes”). In the event any withholding is required by law, the Issuer and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, agree to (i) pay the same and (ii) pay such additional amounts to the Dealer or any such holder which, after deduction of any such Taxes with respect to the payment of such additional amount, shall equal the amount withheld pursuant to clause (i) above; provided that, no such additional amounts shall be payable for or on account of: (1) if that Tax is imposed on or calculated by reference to the income received or franchise tax imposed on the overall net income, profits, capital or net worth of the Dealer or the holder or beneficial owner of any Note (under the law of its jurisdiction of incorporation, or if different, the jurisdiction in which that person is tax resident) or any Tax or governmental charge that would not have been so imposed but for the existence of any present or former personal or business connection between the person entitled to such payment and the Netherlands or Ireland, as the case may be, other than the mere receipt of such payment or the ownership or holding of such Note, (2) any Taxes imposed by reason of the failure of the recipient to provide customary tax forms or certifications, (3) any withholding which would not have been required but for the presentation of any Notes by the relevant holder or relevant account holder for payment on a date more than 15 days after the Maturity Date or, if applicable, the relevant Interest Payment Date (each as defined in the relevant Note) or (in either case) the date on which payment hereof is duly provided for, whichever occurs later, (4) any estate, inheritance, gift, sales, transfer, excise, or personal property tax or any similar Tax, (5) any Taxes imposed otherwise than by way of withholding or deduction from payments on or in respect of this Agreement, the Notes or the Guarantees, as applicable, or (6) any Taxes imposed in respect of any deduction or withholding required pursuant to Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the “Code”), any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof, any agreement entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b) of the Code, any intergovernmental agreement, or any fiscal or regulatory legislation, rules or practices adopted pursuant to any intergovernmental agreement entered into in connection with the implementation of such sections of the Code (or any law implementing such an intergovernmental agreement). The Issuer and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, will promptly pay any stamp duty or other taxes or governmental charges payable in connection with the execution, delivery, payment or performance of this Agreement, the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, the Guarantee, the Master Note or the Notes and shall indemnify and hold harmless the Dealer and each holder of Notes from all liabilities arising from any failure to pay, or delay in paying, such taxes or charges.

 

19

 

 

(b) Each of the Issuer and each Guarantor agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Dealer and each holder from time to time of Notes against any loss incurred by the Dealer or such holder as a result of any judgment or order being given or made for any amount due hereunder or under the Notes or the Guarantee and such judgment or order being expressed and paid in a currency (the “Judgment Currency”) other than United States dollars and as a result of any variation as between (i) the rate of exchange at which the United States dollar amount is converted into the Judgment Currency for the purpose of such judgment or order, and (ii) the rate of exchange at which the Dealer or such holder is able to purchase United States dollars with the amount of Judgment Currency actually received by the Dealer or such holder. The foregoing indemnity shall constitute separate and independent obligations of the Issuer and each Guarantor and shall continue in full force and effect notwithstanding any such judgment or order as aforesaid. The term “rate of exchange” shall include any premiums and costs of exchange payable in connection with the purchase of, or conversion into, the relevant currency.

 

7.9Each of the Issuer and each of the Guarantors acknowledges and agrees that (i) the purchase and sale, or placement, of the Notes pursuant to this Agreement, including the determination of any price for the Notes and Dealer compensation, are arm's-length commercial transactions between the Issuer and the Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Dealer, on the other, (ii) in connection therewith and with the process leading to such transactions, the Dealer is acting solely as a principal and not the agent (except to the extent explicitly set forth herein) or fiduciary of the Issuer or any Guarantor or any of their respective affiliates, (iii) the Dealer has not assumed an advisory or fiduciary responsibility in favor of the Issuer or any Guarantor or any of their respective affiliates with respect to the offering contemplated hereby or the process leading thereto (irrespective of whether the Dealer has advised or is currently advising the Issuer or any Guarantors or any of their respective affiliates on other matters) or any other obligation to the Issuer or any Guarantor or any of their affiliates except the obligations expressly set forth in this Agreement, (iv) the Issuer and the Guarantors are capable of evaluating and understanding and each understands and accepts the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, (v) the Dealer and its affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of the Issuer and/or the Guarantors and that the Dealer has no obligation to disclose any of those interests by virtue of any advisory or fiduciary relationship, (vi) the Dealer has not provided any legal, accounting, regulatory or tax advice with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby, and (vii) each of the Issuer and each Guarantor has consulted its own legal and financial advisors to the extent it deemed appropriate. Each of the Issuer and each Guarantor agrees that it will not claim that the Dealer has rendered advisory services of any nature or respect, or owes a fiduciary or similar duty to the Issuer or any Guarantor, in connection with such transactions or the process leading thereto. Any review by the Dealer of the Issuer or any Guarantor, the transactions contemplated hereby or other matters relating to such transactions shall be performed solely for the benefit of the Dealer and shall not be on behalf of the Issuer or any Guarantor. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings (whether written or oral) between the Issuer or any Guarantor and the Dealer with respect to the issuance and sale of Notes by the Dealer. Each of the Issuer and each Guarantor hereby waives and releases, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claims the Issuer or any Guarantor may have against the Dealer with respect to any breach or alleged breach of fiduciary duty arising out of this Agreement.

 

20

 

 

7.10(i) The parties hereto agree that the Issuer and the Guarantors may, in accordance with the terms of this Section 7.10, from time to time replace the party which is then acting as Issuing and Paying Agent (the “Current Issuing and Paying Agent”) with another party (such other party, the “Replacement Issuing and Paying Agent”), and enter into an agreement with the Replacement Issuing and Paying Agent covering the provision of issuing and paying agency functions in respect of the Notes by the Replacement Issuing and Paying Agent (the “Replacement Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement”) (any such replacement, a “Replacement”).

 

(ii) From and after the effective date of any Replacement, (A) to the extent that the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement provides that the Current Issuing and Paying Agent will continue to act in respect of Notes outstanding as of the effective date of such Replacement (the “Outstanding Notes”), then (i) the “Issuing and Paying Agent” for the Notes shall be deemed to be the Current Issuing and Paying Agent, in respect of the Outstanding Notes, and the Replacement Issuing and Paying Agent, in respect of Notes issued on or after the Replacement, (ii) all references to the “Issuing and Paying Agent” hereunder shall be deemed to refer to the Current Issuing and Paying Agent in respect of the Outstanding Notes, and the Replacement Issuing and Paying Agent in respect of Notes issued on or after the Replacement, and (iii) all references to the “Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement” hereunder shall be deemed to refer to the existing Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, in respect of the Outstanding Notes, and the Replacement Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, in respect of Notes issued on or after the Replacement; and (B) to the extent that the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement does not provide that the Current Issuing and Paying Agent will continue to act in respect of the Outstanding Notes, then (i) the “Issuing and Paying Agent” for the Notes shall be deemed to be the Replacement Issuing and Paying Agent, (ii) all references to the “Issuing and Paying Agent” hereunder shall be deemed to refer to the Replacement Issuing and Paying Agent, and (iii) all references to the “Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement” hereunder shall be deemed to refer to the Replacement Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement.

 

21

 

 

(iii) From and after the effective date of any Replacement, the Issuer shall not issue any Notes hereunder unless and until the Dealer shall have received: (a) a copy of the executed Replacement Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, (b) to the extent provided to the DTC, a copy of the executed Letter of Representations among the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Replacement Issuing and Paying Agent and DTC, (c) to the extent provided to the DTC, a copy of the executed Master Note authenticated by the Replacement Issuing and Paying Agent and registered in the name of DTC or its nominee, (d) an amendment or

 

supplement to the Private Placement Memorandum describing the Replacement Issuing and Paying Agent as the Issuing and Paying Agent for the Notes, and reflecting any other changes thereto necessary in light of the Replacement so that the Private Placement Memorandum, as amended or supplemented, satisfies the requirements of this Agreement, and (e) to the extent requested by the Dealer, legal opinions of counsel to the Issuer and the Guarantors, addressed to the Dealer, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Dealer.

 

7.11Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the parties hereto agree that:

 

(a) In the event that the Dealer that is a Covered Entity becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, the transfer from the Dealer of this Agreement, and any interest and obligation in or under this Agreement, will be effective to the same extent as the transfer would be effective under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if this Agreement, and any such interest and obligation, were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States.

 

(b) In the event that the Dealer that is a Covered Entity or a BHC Act Affiliate of the Dealer becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, Default Rights under this Agreement that may be exercised against the Dealer are permitted to be exercised to no greater extent than such Default Rights could be exercised under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if this Agreement were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States.

 

7.12Upon the release of a Guarantor from its obligations under the Guarantee in accordance with the Guarantee, such Guarantor shall cease to be party to this Agreement, without any notice or action being required.

 

22

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date and year first above written.

 

 WRKCO INC., as Issuer
   
  By:  
    Name:  
    Title:  
       
  By:  
    Name:  
    Title:  

 

 

 WESTROCK RKT, LLC, as Guarantor
   
  By:  
    Name:  
    Title:  
       
  By:  
    Name:  
    Title:  

 

 WESTROCK MWV, LLC, as Guarantor
   
  By:  
    Name:  
    Title:  
       
  By:  
    Name:  
    Title:  

 

[Signature Page to Dealer Agreement]

 

 

 

 WESTROCK COMPANY, as Guarantor
   
  By:  
    Name:  
    Title:  
       
  By:  
    Name:  
    Title:  

 

 SMURFIT WESTROCK US HOLDINGS CORPORATION, as Guarantor
   
                                         By:
    Name:  
    Title:  
       
  By:  
    Name:  
    Title:  

 

 SMURFIT WESTROCK PLC, as Guarantor
   
                                         By:
    Name:  
    Title:  

 

[Signature Page to Dealer Agreement]

 

 

 

 SMURFIT WESTROCK FINANCING DESIGNATED ACTIVITY COMPANY,
  as Guarantor
   
                                         By:
    Name:  
    Title:  

 

 SMURFIT KAPPA TREASURY UNLIMITED COMPANY,
  as Guarantor
   
                                         By:
    Name:  
    Title:  

 

 SMURFIT KAPPA ACQUISITIONS UNLIMITED COMPANY,
  as Guarantor
   
                                         By:
    Name:  
    Title:  

 

 SMURFIT KAPPA GROUP PLC, as Guarantor
   
                                         By:
    Name:  
    Title:  

 

 SMURFIT KAPPA INVESTMENTS LIMITED, as Guarantor
   
                                         By:
    Name:  
    Title:  

 

[Signature Page to Dealer Agreement]

 

 

 

 SMURFIT KAPPA TREASURY FUNDING DESIGNATED ACTIVITY COMPANY,
  as Guarantor
   
                                         By:
    Name:  
    Title:  

 

 SMURFIT INTERNATIONAL B.V., as Guarantor
   
                                         By:
    Name:  
    Title:  

 

[●], as Dealer

 

By:  
     
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

[Signature Page to Dealer Agreement]

 

 

 

Addendum

 

The following additional clauses shall apply to the Agreement and be deemed a part thereof.

 

1.The other dealers referred to in clause (b) of Section 1.2 of the Agreement are [●] and [●].

 

2.The following Section 3.9 is hereby added to the Agreement:

 

3.9 Without limiting any obligation of the Issuer or any Guarantor pursuant to this Agreement to provide the Dealer with credit and financial information, each of the Issuer and each Guarantor hereby acknowledges and agrees that the Dealer may share the Company Information and any other information or matters relating to the Issuer or any Guarantor or the transactions contemplated hereby with affiliates of the Dealer, and that such affiliates may likewise share information relating to the Issuer or any Guarantor or such transactions with the Dealer.

 

3.The addresses of the respective parties for purposes of notices under Section 7.1 are as follows:

 

For the Issuer or the Guarantors:

 

Address:        WRKCo Inc.

1000 Abernathy Road NE, Atlanta, GA 30328

Attention:      Ben Haislip, Senior Vice President and Treasurer

Telephone:    [●]

Email:             [●]

 

Address:        Smurfit Westrock

Beech Hill, Clonskeagh, Dublin 4, Ireland

Attention:      Emer Murnane

Alma Alagic

Telephone:     [●]

[●]

E-mail:            [●]

[●]

 

For the Dealer:

 

Address:

Phone:

Fax:

Email:

 

1

 

 

Exhibit A

 

Form of Legend for Private Placement Memorandum and Notes

 

NEITHER THE NOTES NOR THE GUARANTEE THEREOF HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAW, AND OFFERS AND SALES THEREOF MAY BE MADE ONLY IN COMPLIANCE WITH AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. BY ITS ACCEPTANCE OF A NOTE, THE PURCHASER WILL BE DEEMED TO REPRESENT THAT (I) IT HAS BEEN AFFORDED AN OPPORTUNITY TO INVESTIGATE MATTERS RELATING TO WRKCO INC. (THE “ISSUER”), SMURFIT WESTROCK US HOLDINGS CORPORATION, SMURFIT INTERNATIONAL B.V., SMURFIT KAPPA ACQUISITIONS UNLIMITED COMPANY, SMURFIT KAPPA GROUP PLC, SMURFIT KAPPA INVESTMENTS LIMITED, SMURFIT KAPPA TREASURY FUNDING DESIGNATED ACTIVITY COMPANY, SMURFIT KAPPA TREASURY UNLIMITED COMPANY, SMURFIT WESTROCK PLC, SMURFIT WESTROCK FINANCING DESIGNATED ACTIVITY COMPANY, WESTROCK COMPANY, WESTROCK RKT, LLC AND WESTROCK MWV, LLC (THE “GUARANTORS”), THE NOTES AND THE GUARANTEE, (II) IT IS NOT ACQUIRING SUCH NOTE WITH A VIEW TO ANY DISTRIBUTION THEREOF AND (III) IT IS EITHER (A) AN INSTITUTIONAL INVESTOR THAT IS (1) AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 501(a) UNDER THE ACT (AN “INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR”) AND (2) (i) PURCHASING NOTES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT, (ii) A BANK (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(A)(2) OF THE ACT) OR A SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATION OR OTHER INSTITUTION (AS DEFINED IN SECTION 3(A)(5)(A) OF THE ACT) ACTING IN ITS INDIVIDUAL OR FIDUCIARY CAPACITY OR (iii) A FIDUCIARY OR AGENT (OTHER THAN A U.S. BANK OR SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATION OR OTHER SUCH INSTITUTION) PURCHASING NOTES FOR ONE OR MORE ACCOUNTS EACH OF WHICH ACCOUNTS IS SUCH AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR; OR (B) A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (“QIB”) WITHIN THE MEANING OF RULE 144A UNDER THE ACT THAT IS ACQUIRING NOTES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR ONE OR MORE ACCOUNTS, EACH OF WHICH ACCOUNTS IS A QIB; AND THE PURCHASER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT IS AWARE THAT THE SELLER MAY RELY UPON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A. BY ITS ACCEPTANCE OF A NOTE, THE PURCHASER THEREOF SHALL ALSO BE DEEMED TO AGREE THAT ANY RESALE OR OTHER TRANSFER THEREOF WILL BE MADE ONLY (A) IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE ACT, EITHER (1) TO THE ISSUER OR TO A PLACEMENT AGENT DESIGNATED BY THE ISSUER AS A PLACEMENT AGENT FOR THE NOTES (COLLECTIVELY, THE “PLACEMENT AGENTS”), NEITHER OF WHICH SHALL HAVE ANY OBLIGATION TO ACQUIRE SUCH NOTE, (2) THROUGH A PLACEMENT AGENT TO AN INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR OR A QIB, OR (3) TO A QIB IN A TRANSACTION THAT MEETS THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A AND (B) IN MINIMUM AMOUNTS OF $250,000.

 

Exhibit A-1

 

 

Exhibit B

 

Further Provisions Relating to Indemnification

 

(a)The Issuer and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, agree to reimburse each Indemnitee for all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses (including reasonable fees and disbursements of one separate counsel (in addition to any local counsel in the jurisdiction in which any Claim is brought)) as they are incurred by it in connection with investigating or defending any loss, claim, damage, liability or action in respect of which indemnification may be sought under Section 5 of the Agreement (whether or not it is a party to any such proceedings).

 

(b)Promptly after receipt by an Indemnitee of notice of the existence of a Claim, such Indemnitee will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the Issuer or the Guarantors, notify the Issuer and the Guarantors in writing of the existence thereof; provided that (i) the omission to so notify the Issuer or the Guarantors will not relieve the Issuer or the Guarantors from any liability which they may have hereunder unless and except to the extent they did not otherwise learn of such Claim and such failure results in the forfeiture by it of substantial rights and defenses, and (ii) the omission to so notify the Issuer or the Guarantors will not relieve the Issuer or the Guarantors from liability which they may have to an Indemnitee otherwise than on account of this indemnity agreement. In case any such Claim is made against any Indemnitee and it notifies the Issuer or the Guarantors of the existence thereof, the Issuer and the Guarantors will be entitled to participate therein, and to the extent that they may elect by written notice delivered to the Indemnitee, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnitee; provided that if the defendants in any such Claim include both the Indemnitee and either the Issuer or any Guarantor or both, and the Indemnitee shall have concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it which are different from or additional to those available to the Issuer or any Guarantor, neither the Issuer nor any Guarantor shall have the right to direct the defense of such Claim on behalf of such Indemnitee, and the Indemnitee shall have the right to select separate counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Issuer to assert such legal defenses on behalf of such Indemnitee. Upon receipt of notice from the Issuer or the Guarantors to such Indemnitee of the election of the Issuer and the Guarantors to assume the defense of such Claim and approval by the Indemnitee of counsel, the Issuer and the Guarantors will not be liable to such Indemnitee for expenses incurred thereafter by the Indemnitee in connection with the defense thereof (other than reasonable costs of investigation) unless (i) the Indemnitee shall have employed separate counsel in connection with the assertion of legal defenses in accordance with the proviso to the next preceding sentence (it being understood, however, that neither the Issuer nor the Guarantors shall be liable for the expenses of more than one separate counsel (in addition to any local counsel in the jurisdiction in which any Claim is brought), approved by the Dealer, representing the Indemnitee who is party to such Claim), (ii) the Issuer and the Guarantors shall not have employed counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnitee to represent the Indemnitee within a reasonable time after notice of existence of the Claim or (iii) the Issuer or a Guarantor has authorized in writing the employment of counsel for the Indemnitee. The indemnity, reimbursement and contribution obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors hereunder shall be in addition to any other liability the Issuer or any Guarantor may otherwise have to an Indemnitee and shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of any successors, assigns, heirs and personal representatives of the Issuer, each Guarantor and any Indemnitee. Each of the Issuer and each Guarantor agrees that without the Dealer’s prior written consent, it will not settle, compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment in any Claim in respect of which indemnification may be sought under the indemnification provision of the Agreement (whether or not the Dealer or any other Indemnitee is an actual or potential party to such Claim), unless such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of each Indemnitee from all liability arising out of such Claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or failure to act, by or on behalf of any Indemnitee.

 

Exhibit B-1

 

 

Exhibit C

 

Statement of Terms for Interest – Bearing Commercial Paper Notes of WRKCo Inc.

 

THE PROVISIONS SET FORTH BELOW ARE QUALIFIED TO THE EXTENT APPLICABLE BY THE TRANSACTION SPECIFIC PRIVATE PLACEMENT MEMORANDUM SUPPLEMENT (THE “SUPPLEMENT”) (IF ANY) SENT TO EACH PURCHASER AT THE TIME OF THE TRANSACTION.

 

1.General. (a)      The obligations of the Issuer to which these terms apply (each a “Note”) are represented by one or more master notes issued in the name of The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) or its nominee (each, a “Master Note”), which Master Note includes the terms and provisions for the Issuer’s Interest-Bearing Commercial Paper Notes that are set forth in this Statement of Terms, since this Statement of Terms constitutes an integral part of the Underlying Records as defined and referred to in each Master Note.

 

(b)     “Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday or Sunday that is neither a legal holiday nor a day on which banking institutions are authorized or required by law, executive order or regulation to be closed in New York City, unless otherwise specified in the Supplement.

 

2.Interest. (a)      Each Note will bear interest at a fixed rate (a “Fixed Rate Note”) or at a floating rate (a “Floating Rate Note”).

 

(b)     The Supplement sent to each holder of such Note will describe the following terms: (i) whether such Note is a Fixed Rate Note or a Floating Rate Note and whether such Note is an Original Issue Discount Note (as defined below); (ii) the date on which such Note will be issued (the “Issue Date”); (iii) the Stated Maturity Date (as defined below); (iv) if such Note is a Fixed Rate Note, the rate per annum at which such Note will bear interest, if any, and the Interest Payment Dates; (v) if such Note is a Floating Rate Note, the Base Rate, the Index Maturity, the Interest Reset Dates, the Interest Payment Dates and the Spread and/or Spread Multiplier, if any (all as defined below), and any other terms relating to the particular method of calculating the interest rate for such Note; and (vi) any other terms applicable specifically to such Note. “Original Issue Discount Note” means a Note which has a stated redemption price at the Stated Maturity Date that exceeds its Issue Price by more than a specified de minimis amount and which the Supplement indicates will be an “Original Issue Discount Note”.

 

(c)     Each Fixed Rate Note will bear interest from its Issue Date at the rate per annum specified in the Supplement until the principal amount thereof is paid or made available for payment. Interest on each Fixed Rate Note will be payable on the dates specified in the Supplement (each an “Interest Payment Date” for a Fixed Rate Note) and on the Maturity Date (as defined below). Interest on Fixed Rate Notes will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year and actual days elapsed.

 

If any Interest Payment Date or the Maturity Date of a Fixed Rate Note falls on a day that is not a Business Day, the required payment of principal, premium, if any, and/or interest will be payable on the next succeeding Business Day, and no additional interest will accrue in respect of the payment made on that next succeeding Business Day.

 

Exhibit C-1

 

 

(d)     The interest rate on each Floating Rate Note for each Interest Reset Period (as defined below) will be determined by reference to an interest rate basis (a “Base Rate”) plus or minus a number of basis points (one basis point equals one-hundredth of a percentage point) (the “Spread”), if any, and/or multiplied by a certain percentage (the “Spread Multiplier”), if any, until the principal thereof is paid or made available for payment. The Supplement will designate which of the following Base Rates is applicable to the related Floating Rate Note: (a) the Commercial Paper Rate (a “Commercial Paper Rate Note”), (b) the Federal Funds Rate (a “Federal Funds Rate Note”), (c) the Prime Rate (a “Prime Rate Note”), (d) the Treasury Rate (a “Treasury Rate Note”) or (e) such other Base Rate as may be specified in such Supplement.1

 

The rate of interest on each Floating Rate Note will be reset daily, weekly, monthly, quarterly or semi-annually (the “Interest Reset Period”). The date or dates on which interest will be reset (each an “Interest Reset Date”) will be, unless otherwise specified in the Supplement, in the case of Floating Rate Notes which reset daily, each Business Day, in the case of Floating Rate Notes (other than Treasury Rate Notes) that reset weekly, the Wednesday of each week; in the case of Treasury Rate Notes that reset weekly, the Tuesday of each week; in the case of Floating Rate Notes that reset monthly, the third Wednesday of each month; in the case of Floating Rate Notes that reset quarterly, the third Wednesday of March, June, September and December; and in the case of Floating Rate Notes that reset semiannually, the third Wednesday of the two months specified in the Supplement. If any Interest Reset Date for any Floating Rate Note is not a Business Day, such Interest Reset Date will be postponed to the next day that is a Business Day, except that if such Business Day is in the next succeeding calendar month, such Interest Reset Date shall be the immediately preceding Business Day, unless otherwise specified in the Supplement. Interest on each Floating Rate Note will be payable monthly, quarterly or semiannually (the “Interest Payment Period”) and on the Maturity Date. Unless otherwise specified in the Supplement, and except as provided below, the date or dates on which interest will be payable (each an “Interest Payment Date” for a Floating Rate Note) will be, in the case of Floating Rate Notes with a monthly Interest Payment Period, on the third Wednesday of each month; in the case of Floating Rate Notes with a quarterly Interest Payment Period, on the third Wednesday of March, June, September and December; and in the case of Floating Rate Notes with a semiannual Interest Payment Period, on the third Wednesday of the two months specified in the Supplement. In addition, the Maturity Date will also be an Interest Payment Date.

 

If any Interest Payment Date for any Floating Rate Note (other than an Interest Payment Date occurring on the Maturity Date) would otherwise be a day that is not a Business Day, such Interest Payment Date shall be postponed to the next day that is a Business Day, except that if such Business Day is in the next succeeding calendar month, such Interest Payment Date shall be the immediately preceding Business Day, unless otherwise specified in the Supplement. If the Maturity Date of a Floating Rate Note falls on a day that is not a Business Day, the payment of principal and interest will be made on the next succeeding Business Day, and no interest on such payment shall accrue for the period from and after such maturity.

 

 

1 In addition, Notes may be issued utilizing index rates other than those set forth herein, including, without limitation, SOFR, BSBY, Ameribor, and OBFR, and such index rates may be incorporated by (i) modifying this Statement of Terms through the Supplement to accommodate such alternative index rates, or (ii) expressly modifying the Statement of Terms to include such index rates.

 

Exhibit C-2

 

 

Interest payments on each Interest Payment Date for Floating Rate Notes will include accrued interest from and including the Issue Date or from and including the last date in respect of which interest has been paid, as the case may be, to, but excluding, such Interest Payment Date. On the Maturity Date, the interest payable on a Floating Rate Note will include interest accrued to, but excluding, the Maturity Date. Accrued interest will be calculated by multiplying the principal amount of a Floating Rate Note by an accrued interest factor. This accrued interest factor will be computed by adding the interest factors calculated for each day in the period for which accrued interest is being calculated. The interest factor (expressed as a decimal) for each such day will be computed by dividing the interest rate applicable to such day by 360, in the cases where the Base Rate is the Commercial Paper Rate, Federal Funds Rate or Prime Rate, or by the actual number of days in the year, in the case where the Base Rate is the Treasury Rate. The interest rate in effect on each day will be (i) if such day is an Interest Reset Date, the interest rate with respect to the Interest Determination Date (as defined below) pertaining to such Interest Reset Date, or (ii) if such day is not an Interest Reset Date, the interest rate with respect to the Interest Determination Date pertaining to the next preceding Interest Reset Date, subject in either case to any adjustment by a Spread and/or a Spread Multiplier.

 

The “Interest Determination Date” where the Base Rate is the Commercial Paper Rate will be the second Business Day next preceding an Interest Reset Date. The Interest Determination Date where the Base Rate is the Federal Funds Rate or the Prime Rate will be the Business Day next preceding an Interest Reset Date. The Interest Determination Date where the Base Rate is the Treasury Rate will be the day of the week in which such Interest Reset Date falls when Treasury Bills are normally auctioned. Treasury Bills are normally sold at auction on Monday of each week, unless that day is a legal holiday, in which case the auction is held on the following Tuesday or the preceding Friday. If an auction is so held on the preceding Friday, such Friday will be the Interest Determination Date pertaining to the Interest Reset Date occurring in the next succeeding week. The Interest Determination Date where the Base Rate is a rate other than a specific rate set forth in this paragraph will be as set forth in the Supplement.

 

The “Index Maturity” is the period to maturity of the instrument or obligation from which the applicable Base Rate is calculated.

 

The “Calculation Date,” where applicable, shall be the earlier of (i) the tenth calendar day following the applicable Interest Determination Date or (ii) the Business Day preceding the applicable Interest Payment Date or Maturity Date.

 

Exhibit C-3

 

 

All times referred to herein reflect New York City time, unless otherwise specified.

 

The Issuer shall specify in writing to the Issuing and Paying Agent which party will be the calculation agent (the “Calculation Agent”) with respect to the Floating Rate Notes. The Calculation Agent will provide the interest rate then in effect and, if determined, the interest rate which will become effective on the next Interest Reset Date with respect to such Floating Rate Note to the Issuing and Paying Agent as soon as the interest rate with respect to such Floating Rate Note has been determined and as soon as practicable after any change in such interest rate.

 

All percentages resulting from any calculation on Floating Rate Notes will be rounded to the nearest one hundred-thousandth of a percentage point, with five-one millionths of a percentage point rounded upwards. For example, 9.876545% (or .09876545) would be rounded to 9.87655% (or .0987655). All dollar amounts used in or resulting from any calculation on Floating Rate Notes will be rounded, in the case of U.S. dollars, to the nearest cent or, in the case of a foreign currency, to the nearest unit (with one-half cent or unit being rounded upwards).

 

Commercial Paper Rate Notes

 

“Commercial Paper Rate” means the Money Market Yield (calculated as described below) of the rate on any Interest Determination Date for commercial paper having the Index Maturity, as published by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (“FRB”) in Statistical Release, Commercial Paper Rates and Outstanding Summary” or any successor publication of the FRB (“Commercial Paper Rates and Outstanding Summary”), available through the world wide website of the FRB at https://www.federalreserve.gov/releases/cp/default.htm, or any successor site or publication or other recognized source used for the purpose of displaying the applicable rate under the heading “Rates [AA nonfinancial][AA financial]2”.

 

If the above rate is not published in Commercial Paper Rates and Outstanding Summary by 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Calculation Date, then the Commercial Paper Rate will be the Money Market Yield of the rate on such Interest Determination Date for commercial paper of the Index Maturity published in the daily update of H.15 Daily Update, available through the world wide website of the FRB at http://www.federalreserve.gov/releases/h15/, or any successor site or publication or other recognized electronic source used for the purpose of displaying the applicable rate (“H.15 Daily Update”) under the heading “Commercial Paper-[Financial][Nonfinancial]”.

 

If by 3:00 p.m. on such Calculation Date such rate is not published in H.15 Daily Update, then the Calculation Agent will determine the Commercial Paper Rate to be the Money Market Yield of the arithmetic mean of the offered rates as of 11:00 a.m. on such Interest Determination Date of three leading dealers of U.S. dollar commercial paper in New York City selected by the Calculation Agent for commercial paper of the Index Maturity placed for an industrial issuer whose bond rating is “AA,” or the equivalent, from a nationally recognized statistical rating organization.

 

 

2 Choose based on nature of Issuer

 

Exhibit C-4

 

 

If the dealers selected by the Calculation Agent are not quoting as mentioned above, the Commercial Paper Rate with respect to such Interest Determination Date will remain the Commercial Paper Rate then in effect on such Interest Determination Date.

 

“Money Market Yield” will be a yield calculated in accordance with the following formula:

 

  D x 360
Money Market Yield = __________________ x 100
  360 - (D x M)

 

where “D” refers to the applicable per annum rate for commercial paper quoted on a bank discount basis and expressed as a decimal and “M” refers to the actual number of days in the interest period for which interest is being calculated.

 

Federal Funds Rate Notes

 

“Federal Funds Rate” means the rate on any Interest Determination Date for federal funds as available through the FRB Website, as displayed on Bloomberg screen FEDL01 Index page on such date (“Bloomberg Screen Page”).

 

If the above rate does not appear on the FRB Website or the Bloomberg Screen Page or is not so published by 3:00 p.m. on the Calculation Date, the Federal Funds Rate will be the rate on such Interest Determination Date as published in H.15 Daily Update under the heading “Federal Funds/(Effective)”.

 

If such rate is not published as described above by 3:00 p.m. on the Calculation Date, the Calculation Agent will determine the Federal Funds Rate to be the arithmetic mean of the rates for the last transaction in overnight U.S. dollar federal funds arranged by each of three leading brokers of Federal Funds transactions in New York City selected by the Calculation Agent prior to 9:00 a.m. on such Interest Determination Date.

 

If the brokers selected by the Calculation Agent are not quoting as mentioned above, the Federal Funds Rate will remain the Federal Funds Rate then in effect on such Interest Determination Date.

 

“FRB Website” means the world wide website of the FRB at http://www.federalreserve.gov/releases/h15/, or any successor site or publication or other recognized electronic source used for the purpose of displaying the H.15 Daily Update.

 

Prime Rate Notes

 

“Prime Rate” means the rate on any Interest Determination Date as published in H.15 Daily Update under the heading “Bank Prime Loan”.

 

Exhibit C-5

 

 

If the above rate is not published in H.15 Daily Update prior to 3:00 p.m. on the Calculation Date, then the Prime Rate will be the rate on such Interest Determination Date as published in H.15 Daily Update opposite the caption “Bank Prime Loan”.

 

If the rate is not published prior to 3:00 p.m. on the Calculation Date in H.15 Daily Update, then the Calculation Agent will determine the Prime Rate to be the arithmetic mean of the rates of interest publicly announced by each bank that appears on the Reuters Screen US PRIME1 Page (as defined below) as such bank’s prime rate or base lending rate as of 11:00 a.m. on that Interest Determination Date.

 

If fewer than four such rates referred to above are so published by 3:00 p.m. on the Calculation Date, the Calculation Agent will determine the Prime Rate to be the arithmetic mean of the prime rates or base lending rates quoted on the basis of the actual number of days in the year divided by 360 as of the close of business on such Interest Determination Date by three major banks in New York City selected by the Calculation Agent.

 

If the banks selected are not quoting as mentioned above, the Prime Rate will remain the Prime Rate in effect on such Interest Determination Date.

 

“Reuters Screen US PRIME1 Page” means the display designated as page “US PRIME1” on the Reuters Monitor Money Rates Service (or such other page as may replace the US PRIME1 page on that service for the purpose of displaying prime rates or base lending rates of major United States banks).

 

Treasury Rate Notes

 

“Treasury Rate” means:

 

(1)     the rate from the auction held on the Interest Determination Date (the “Auction”) of direct obligations of the United States (“Treasury Bills”) having the Index Maturity specified in the Supplement under the caption “INVEST RATE” on the display on the Reuters Page designated as USAUCTION10 (or any other page as may replace that page on that service) or the Reuters Page designated as USAUCTION11 (or any other page as may replace that page on that service), or

 

(2)     if the rate referred to in clause (1) is not so published by 3:00 p.m. on the related Calculation Date, the Bond Equivalent Yield (as defined below) of the rate for the applicable Treasury Bills as published in H.15 Daily Update, under the caption “U.S. Government Securities/Treasury Bills/Auction High”, or

 

(3)     if the rate referred to in clause (2) is not so published by 3:00 p.m. on the related Calculation Date, the Bond Equivalent Yield of the auction rate of the applicable Treasury Bills as announced by the United States Department of the Treasury, or

 

(4)     if the rate referred to in clause (3) is not so announced by the United States Department of the Treasury, or if the Auction is not held, the Bond Equivalent Yield of the rate on the particular Interest Determination Date of the applicable Treasury Bills as published in H.15 Daily Update under the caption “U.S. Government Securities/Treasury Bills/Secondary Market”, or

 

Exhibit C-6

 

 

(5)     if the rate referred to in clause (4) not so published by 3:00 p.m. on the related Calculation Date, the rate on the particular Interest Determination Date of the applicable Treasury Bills as published in H.15 Daily Update, under the caption “U.S. Government Securities/Treasury Bills/Secondary Market”, or

 

(6)     if the rate referred to in clause (5) is not so published by 3:00 p.m. on the related Calculation Date, the rate on the particular Interest Determination Date calculated by the Calculation Agent as the Bond Equivalent Yield of the arithmetic mean of the secondary market bid rates, as of approximately 3:30 p.m. on that Interest Determination Date, of three primary United States government securities dealers selected by the Calculation Agent for the issue of Treasury Bills with a remaining maturity closest to the Index Maturity specified in the Supplement, or

 

(7)     if the dealers so selected by the Calculation Agent are not quoting as mentioned in clause (6), the Treasury Rate in effect on the particular Interest Determination Date.

 

“Bond Equivalent Yield” means a yield (expressed as a percentage) calculated in accordance with the following formula:

 

D x N
Bond Equivalent Yield = __________________ x 100
  360 - (D x M)

 

where “D” refers to the applicable per annum rate for Treasury Bills quoted on a bank discount basis and expressed as a decimal, “N” refers to 365 or 366, as the case may be, and “M” refers to the actual number of days in the applicable Interest Reset Period.

 

“Reuters Page” means the display on Thomson Reuters Eikon, or any successor service, on the page or pages specified in this Statement of Terms or the Supplement, or any replacement page on that service.

 

3.Final Maturity. The Stated Maturity Date for any Note will be the date so specified in the Supplement, which shall be no later than 397 days from the date of issuance. On its Stated Maturity Date, or any date prior to the Stated Maturity Date on which the particular Note becomes due and payable by the declaration of acceleration, each such date being referred to as a Maturity Date, the principal amount of such Note, together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon, will be immediately due and payable.

 

Exhibit C-7

 

 

4.Events of Default. The occurrence of any of the following shall constitute an “Event of Default” with respect to a Note: (i) default in any payment of principal of or interest on such Note (including on a redemption thereof); (ii) the Issuer or any Guarantor makes any compromise arrangement with their creditors generally including the entering into any form of moratorium with its creditors generally; (iii) a court having jurisdiction shall enter a decree or order for relief in respect of the Issuer or any Guarantor in an involuntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, examinership or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or there shall be appointed a receiver, administrator, liquidator, custodian, trustee or sequestrator (or similar officer) with respect to the whole or substantially the whole of the assets of the Issuer or any Guarantor and any such decree, order or appointment is not removed, discharged or withdrawn within 60 days thereafter; or (iv) the Issuer or any Guarantor shall commence a voluntary case under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, examinership or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or consent to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary case under any such law, or consent to the appointment of or taking possession by a receiver, administrator, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee or sequestrator (or similar official), with respect to the whole or substantially the whole of the assets of the Issuer or any Guarantor or make any general assignment for the benefit of creditors. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, the principal of such Note (together with interest accrued and unpaid thereon) shall become, without any notice or demand, immediately due and payable.

 

5.Obligation Absolute. No provision of the Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement under which the Notes are issued shall alter or impair the obligation of the Issuer, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and interest on each Note at the times, place and rate, and in the coin or currency, herein prescribed.

 

6.Supplement. Any term contained in the Supplement shall supersede any conflicting term contained herein.

 

Exhibit C-8

 

 

Exhibit D Form of Guarantee

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED GUARANTEE

 

Exhibit D-1

 

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED GUARANTEE

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED GUARANTEE, dated as of [●] (the “Guarantee”), of WestRock RKT, LLC, a Georgia limited liability company, WestRock MWV, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, WestRock Company, a Delaware corporation, Smurfit WestRock US Holdings Corporation, a Delaware corporation, Smurfit WestRock plc, a public limited company incorporated under the laws of Ireland, Smurfit WestRock Financing Designated Activity Company, a designated activity company incorporated under the laws of Ireland, Smurfit Kappa Treasury Unlimited Company, a public unlimited company incorporated under the laws of Ireland, Smurfit Kappa Acquisitions Unlimited Company, a public unlimited company incorporated under the laws of Ireland, Smurfit Kappa Group plc, a public limited company incorporated under the laws of Ireland, Smurfit Kappa Investments Limited, a private limited company incorporated under the laws of Ireland, Smurfit Kappa Treasury Funding Designated Activity Company, a designated activity company incorporated under the laws of Ireland, and Smurfit International B.V., a private company with limited liability (besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid) incorporated under the laws of The Netherlands (together, the “Guarantors”, and each such Guarantor formed or organized in a country other than the United States, a “Foreign Guarantor,” and collectively, the “Foreign Guarantors”).

 

The Guarantors, for value received, hereby agree as follows for the benefit of the holders from time to time of the Notes hereinafter described:

 

1.The Guarantors, jointly and severally, irrevocably guarantee payment in full, as and when the same becomes due and payable, of the principal of and interest, if any, on (i) the promissory notes (the “Notes”) issued by WRKCo Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Issuer”), from time to time pursuant to the Amended and Restated Issuing and Paying Agency Agreement, dated as of [●], as the same may be amended, supplemented or modified from time to time, among the Issuer, the Guarantors and U.S. Bank Trust Company, National Association (the “Agreement”), and (ii) any commercial paper notes issued by the Issuer that were outstanding on the date of this Guarantee.

 

2.The Guarantors’ obligations under this Guarantee shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity or enforceability of any provision of the Agreement or the Notes.

 

3.This Guarantee is a guaranty of the due and punctual payment (and not merely of collection) of the principal of and interest, if any, on the Notes by the Issuer and shall remain in full force and effect until all amounts have been validly, finally and irrevocably paid in full, and shall not be affected in any way by any circumstance or condition whatsoever, including without limitation (a) the absence of any action to obtain such amounts from the Issuer, (b) any variation, extension, waiver, compromise or release of any or all of the obligations of the Issuer under the Agreement or the Notes or of any collateral security therefor or (c) any change in the existence or structure of, or the bankruptcy or insolvency of, the Issuer or by any other circumstance (other than by complete, irrevocable payment) that might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor or surety. Each of the Guarantors waives all requirements as to diligence, presentment, demand for payment, protest and notice of any kind with respect to the Agreement and the Notes.

 

 

 

Any term or provision of this Guarantee to the contrary notwithstanding, the maximum aggregate amount of the Guarantors’ obligations hereunder shall not exceed the maximum amount that can be hereby guaranteed without rendering this Guarantee voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally.

 

4.In the event of a default in payment of principal of or interest on any Notes, the holders of such Notes, may institute legal proceedings directly against the Guarantors or any of them to enforce this Guarantee without first proceeding against the Issuer.

 

5.This Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect or shall be reinstated (as the case may be) if at any time any payment by the Issuer of the principal of or interest, if any, on the Notes, in whole or in part, is rescinded or must otherwise be returned by the holder upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of the Issuer or otherwise, all as though such payment had not been made.

 

6.In the event that any of the Guarantors ceases to be an obligor (either as issuer or guarantor) in respect of any and all debt for borrowed money that (a) is in the form of, or represented by, bonds, notes, debentures or other securities (other than promissory notes or similar evidences of debt under a credit agreement) and (b) has an aggregate principal amount outstanding of at least $25.0 million, such Guarantor shall be released from this Guarantee, and all obligations of such Guarantor hereunder shall automatically terminate, all without delivery of any instrument or performance of any act by any party. The Guarantors agree to provide prompt notice of any such termination to the Dealer and will take all such actions reasonably requested by the Dealer in connection therewith.

 

7.This Guarantee shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

 

8.This Guarantee may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties on separate counterparts. Each counterpart shall constitute an original of this Guarantee, but together the counterparts shall constitute one document.

 

9.(a) Each of the Guarantors hereby irrevocably accepts and submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the United States federal courts located in the Borough of Manhattan and the courts of the State of New York located in the Borough of Manhattan.

 

(b) Each Foreign Guarantor hereby irrevocably designates, appoints and empowers Smurfit Kappa Packaging LLC, with offices located at 900 S. Pine Island Road, Suite 600, Plantation, Florida 33324 as its designee, appointee and agent to receive, accept and acknowledge for and on its behalf, and its properties, assets and revenues, service for any and all legal process, summons, notices and documents which may be served in any such action, suit or proceeding brought in the courts listed in Section 9(a) which may be made on such designee, appointee and agent in accordance with legal procedures prescribed for such courts, with respect to any suit, action or proceeding in connection with or arising out of this Guarantee. If for any reason such designee, appointee and agent hereunder shall cease to be available to act as such, the Foreign Guarantors agree to designate a new designee, appointee and agent in the City of New York on the terms and for the purposes of this Section 9 satisfactory to the Dealer. Each Foreign Guarantor further hereby irrevocably consents and agrees to the service of any and all legal process, summons, notices and documents out of any of the aforesaid courts in any such action, suit or proceeding by serving a copy thereof upon the agent for service of process referred to in this Section 9 (whether or not the appointment of such agent shall for any reason prove to be ineffective or such agent shall accept or acknowledge such service) or by mailing copies thereof by registered or certified airmail, postage prepaid, to it at its address specified in or designated pursuant to this Guarantee. Each Foreign Guarantor agrees that the failure of any such designee, appointee and agent to give any notice of such service to it shall not impair or affect in any way the validity of such service or any judgment rendered in any action or proceeding based thereon. Nothing herein shall in any way be deemed to limit the ability of the holders of any Notes to serve any such legal process, summons, notices and documents in any other manner permitted by applicable law or to obtain jurisdiction over the undersigned or bring actions, suits or proceedings against the undersigned in such other jurisdictions, and in such other manner, as may be permitted by applicable law. Each Guarantor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any of the aforesaid actions, suits or proceedings arising out of or in connection with this Agreement brought in the courts listed in Section 9(a) and hereby further irrevocably and unconditionally waives and agrees not to plead or claim in any such court that any such action, suit or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

 

2

 

 

10.To the extent that a Foreign Guarantor or any of its properties, assets or revenues may have or may hereafter become entitled to, or have attributed to it, any right of immunity, on the grounds of sovereignty or otherwise, from any legal action, suit or proceeding in connection with or arising out of this Guarantee, from the giving of any relief in any thereof, from setoff or counterclaim, from the jurisdiction of any court, from service of process, from attachment upon or prior to judgment, from attachment in aid of execution of judgment, or from execution of judgment, or other legal process or proceeding for the giving of any relief or for the enforcement of any judgment, in any jurisdiction in which proceeding may at any time be commenced, with respect to its obligations, liabilities or any other matter under or arising out of or in connection with this Guarantee, such Foreign Guarantor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, and agrees for the benefit of the Dealer and any holder from time to time of the Notes not to plead or claim, any such immunity, and consents to such relief and enforcement.

 

11.Any payments under this Guarantee shall be in United States dollars and, except to the extent required under applicable law, shall be free of all withholding, stamp and other similar taxes and of all other governmental charges of any nature whatsoever imposed by any jurisdiction in which any Foreign Guarantor is located or from which any such payment is made, as applicable, and, in each case, by any authority or agency therein or thereof having the power to tax (“Taxes”). In the event any withholding is required by law, the Guarantors, jointly and severally, agree to (i) pay the same and (ii) pay such additional amounts which, after deduction of any such Taxes with respect to the payment of such additional amount, shall equal the amount withheld pursuant to clause (i) above; provided that, no such additional amounts shall be payable for or on account of: (1) if that Tax is imposed on or calculated by reference to the income received or franchise tax imposed on the overall net income, profits, capital or net worth of the holder or beneficial owner of any Note (under the law of its jurisdiction of incorporation, or if different, the jurisdiction in which that person is tax resident) or any Tax or governmental charge that would not have been so imposed but for the existence of any present or former personal or business connection between the person entitled to such payment and the Netherlands or Ireland, as the case may be, other than the mere receipt of such payment or the ownership or holding of such Note, (2) any Taxes imposed by reason of the failure of the recipient to provide customary tax forms or certifications, (3) any withholding which would not have been required but for the presentation of any Notes by the relevant holder or relevant account holder for payment on a date more than 15 days after the Maturity Date or, if applicable, the relevant Interest Payment Date (each as defined in the relevant Note) or (in either case) the date on which payment hereof is duly provided for, whichever occurs later, (4) any estate, inheritance, gift, sales, transfer, excise, or personal property tax or any similar Tax, (5) any Taxes imposed otherwise than by way of withholding or deduction from payments on or in respect of this Agreement, the Notes or the Guarantees, as applicable, or (6) any Taxes imposed in respect of any deduction or withholding required pursuant to Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the “Code”), any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof, any agreement entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b) of the Code, any intergovernmental agreement, or any fiscal or regulatory legislation, rules or practices adopted pursuant to any intergovernmental agreement entered into in connection with the implementation of such sections of the Code (or any law implementing such an intergovernmental agreement).

 

3

 

 

12.The Guarantors, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify each holder from time to time of Notes against any loss incurred by such holder as a result of any judgment or order being given or made for any amount due hereunder or thereunder and such judgment or order being expressed and paid in a currency (the “Judgment Currency”) other than United States dollars and as a result of any variation as between (i) the rate of exchange at which the United States dollar amount is converted into the Judgment Currency for the purpose of such judgment or order, and (ii) the rate of exchange at which such holder is able to purchase United States dollars with the amount of Judgment Currency actually received by such holder. The foregoing indemnity shall constitute a separate and independent obligation of the Guarantors and shall continue in full force and effect notwithstanding any such judgment or order as aforesaid. The term “rate of exchange” shall include any premiums and costs of exchange payable in connection with the purchase of, or conversion into, the relevant currency.

 

13.Without prejudice to any of the other provisions of this Agreement, in the event any payment or distribution is made on any date by any Guarantor under this Guarantee, each such Guarantor shall be entitled to be indemnified by each other Guarantor in an amount equal to such payment, in each case multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator shall be the net worth of the contributing Guarantor and the denominator shall be the aggregate net worth of all Guarantors.

 

[Signature page follows]

 

4

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Guarantors have caused this Guarantee to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

  WestRock RKT, LLC, as Guarantor
   
    By:  
       
      Name:
      Title:

 

    By:  
       
      Name:
      Title:

 

  WestRock MWV, LLC, as Guarantor
   
    By:  
       
      Name:
      Title:
    By:  
       
      Name:
      Title:

 

  WestRock COMPANY, as Guarantor
   
    By:  
       
      Name:
      Title:

 

    By:  
       
      Name:
      Title:

 

[Signature Page to Guarantee]

 

5

 

 

  SMURFIT WESTROCK US HOLDINGS CORPORATION, as Guarantor
   
    By:  
       
      Name:
      Title:
         
    By:  
       
      Name:
      Title:                  

 

  SMURFIT INTERNATIONAL B.V., as Guarantor
   
             By:  
     
      Name:
      Title:                      

 

 

SIGNED for and on behalf of

SMURFIT KAPPA INVESTMENTS LIMITED

by its lawfully appointed attorney

 

in the presence of

and delivered as a deed

   
    Signature
     
Witness (Signature)    
     
     
Print Address    
     
     

Witness Occupation

   

 

[Signature Page to Guarantee]

 

 

 

SIGNED for and on behalf of

SMURFIT KAPPA GROUP PLC

by its lawfully appointed attorney

 

in the presence of

and delivered as a deed

   
    Signature
     
Witness (Signature)    
     
     
Print Address    
     
     

Witness Occupation

   

 

 

SIGNED for and on behalf of

SMURFIT KAPPA TREASURY FUNDING DESIGNATED ACTIVITY COMPANY

by its lawfully appointed attorney

 

in the presence of

and delivered as a deed

   
    Signature
     
Witness (Signature)    
     
     
Print Address    
     
     

Witness Occupation

   

 

[Signature Page to Guarantee]

 

 

 

SIGNED for and on behalf of

SMURFIT KAPPA ACQUISITIONS UNLIMITED COMPANY

by its lawfully appointed attorney

 

in the presence of

and delivered as a deed

   
    Signature
     
Witness (Signature)    
     
     
Print Address    
     
     

Witness Occupation

 

   

 

SIGNED for and on behalf of

SMURFIT KAPPA TREASURY UNLIMITED COMPANY

by its lawfully appointed attorney

 

in the presence of

and delivered as a deed

   
    Signature
     
Witness (Signature)    
     
     
Print Address    
     
     

Witness Occupation

   

 

[Signature Page to Guarantee]

 

 

 

SIGNED for and on behalf of

SMURFIT WESTROCK PLC

by its lawfully appointed attorney

 

in the presence of

and delivered as a deed

   
    Signature
     
Witness (Signature)    
     
     
Print Address    
     
     

Witness Occupation

 

   

 

SIGNED for and on behalf of

SMURFIT WESTROCK FINANCING DESIGNATED ACTIVITY COMPANY by its lawfully appointed attorney

 

in the presence of

and delivered as a deed

   
    Signature
     
Witness (Signature)    
     
     
Print Address    
     
     

Witness Occupation

 

   

 

[Signature Page to Guarantee]

 

 

Exhibit 99.1

 

November 27, 2024

 

Smurfit Westrock Announces the Closing of USD and EUR Green Bond Offerings

 

NOT FOR RELEASE, DISTRIBUTION OR PUBLICATION, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, IN OR INTO AUSTRALIA, CANADA, JAPAN, THE REPUBLIC OF SOUTH AFRICA OR ANY OTHER JURISDICTION IN WHICH IT WOULD BE UNLAWFUL TO DO SO.

 

Smurfit Westrock plc (NYSE: SW, LSE: SWR) (together with its subsidiaries, “Smurfit Westrock” or the “Group”), today announced that it has successfully closed (i) a U.S. dollar-denominated offering of $850 million in aggregate principal amount of senior notes due 2035 (the “2035 Notes”) by its wholly-owned subsidiary, Smurfit Westrock Financing DAC, and (ii) a dual-tranche Euro-denominated offering of €600 million in aggregate principal amount of senior notes due 2032 (the “2032 Notes”) and €600 million in aggregate principal amount of senior notes due 2036 (the “2036 Notes” and, together with the 2035 Notes and the 2032 Notes, the “Notes”) by its wholly-owned subsidiary, Smurfit Kappa Treasury Unlimited Company (collectively, the “Offerings”).

 

The 2035 Notes priced at 99.988% and have a coupon of 5.418%, the 2032 Notes priced at 100.000% and have a coupon of 3.454% and the 2036 Notes priced at 100.000% and have a coupon of 3.807%.

 

The Group intends to use the net proceeds of the Notes (i) to redeem the outstanding $750 million in aggregate principal amount of 4.650% senior notes due 2026 issued by WRKCo Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Smurfit Westrock (the “WRKCo 2026 Notes”), in full at the applicable redemption price set forth in the indenture governing the WRKCo 2026 Notes, (ii) to redeem the outstanding €1,000 million in aggregate principal amount of 2.875% senior notes due 2026 issued by Smurfit Kappa Acquisitions Unlimited Company, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Smurfit Westrock (the “SKA 2026 Notes”), in full at the applicable redemption price set forth in the indenture governing the SKA 2026 Notes, and (iii) for general corporate purposes, including the repayment of indebtedness. Smurfit Westrock intends to use an amount equivalent to the proceeds of the Offerings to finance or refinance a portfolio of Eligible Green Projects in accordance with the Group’s Green Finance Framework, which the Group may, in the future, update in line with developments in the market.

 

Each of Smurfit Kappa Acquisitions Unlimited Company and WRKCo Inc. has distributed a conditional notice of redemption to the respective holders of the SKA 2026 Notes and WRKCo 2026 Notes, which will be redeemed on December 2, 2024 and December 6, 2024, respectively.

 

Emer Murnane, Senior Vice President Treasury, said: “We are delighted to have completed our inaugural green bond issuance as a combined Group under our recently updated Smurfit Westrock Green Finance Framework. Investor demand in both the Euro and US dollar markets, which generated combined order books in excess of €5.9 billion and $5.5 billion respectively, demonstrates the strength and support for our business and the depth of liquidity available to the Group.”

 

Ken Bowles, Executive Vice President and Group CFO, commented: “The circular economy has long been at the core of our business and is why we developed our Green Finance Framework. The level of ‘dark green’ investors we have seen in this week’s order book speaks to our rigor, transparency and track record in sustainable finance. Upon redemption of the WRKCo 2026 Notes and the SKA 2026 Notes, our next significant bond maturity is September 2027.”

 

Tony Smurfit, President and CEO, added: “At Smurfit Westrock we are committed to delivering a positive impact for our shareholders. This successful issuance is testament to the talent, skills and professionalism of our tight-knit team and our robust sustainability strategy. I would like to thank everyone involved in this successful and well-executed transaction.”

 

The Notes were offered in a private placement and there was no public offering of the Notes. The Notes were offered and sold (i) in the United States only to qualified institutional buyers (as defined in Rule 144A under the U.S. Securities Act (“Rule 144A”) in reliance on Rule 144A and (ii) outside the United States to non-U.S. persons in offshore transactions in reliance on Regulation S (“Regulation S”) under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

 

 

Forward-Looking Statements

 

Some statements in this announcement are forward-looking. These statements include, but are not limited to, statements relating to the anticipated use of proceeds from the offering, the redemption dates, the strength and support for the Group's business, the depth of liquidity available to the Group, the Group's sustainability strategy and potential updates to the Group’s Green Finance Framework. The words “anticipate,” “believe,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “potential,” “predict,” “project,” “should,” “target,” “will,” “would,” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements, although not all forward-looking statements contain these identifying words. They represent expectations for the Group’s business and involve risks and uncertainties. These forward-looking statements are based on current expectations and projections about future events. The Group believes that current expectations and assumptions with respect to these forward-looking statements are reasonable. However, actual results may differ materially from those indicated by such forward-looking statements as a result of various important factors, including the uncertainties related to market conditions, the strength and support for the Group's business, the depth of liquidity available to the Group, the Group's sustainability strategy and the use of proceeds and the other factors discussed in the “Risk Factors” section of Smurfit Westrock’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 8, 2024, and the risks described in other filings that Smurfit Westrock may make with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Any forward-looking statements contained in this press release speak only as of the date hereof. You are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. Other than in accordance with its legal or regulatory obligations (including under the UK Listing Rules, the Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules, the UK Market Abuse Regulation and other applicable regulations), Smurfit Westrock is under no obligation, and Smurfit Westrock expressly disclaims any intention or obligation, to update or revise publicly any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

 

Important Notice

 

THIS ANNOUNCEMENT IS FOR INFORMATIONAL PURPOSES ONLY, AND DOES NOT CONSTITUTE OR FORM PART OF ANY OFFER OR INVITATION TO SELL OR ISSUE, OR ANY SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO PURCHASE OR SUBSCRIBE FOR, ANY SECURITIES OF SMURFIT WESTROCK FINANCING DAC OR SMURFIT KAPPA TREASURY UNLIMITED COMPANY IN THE UNITED STATES OR ANY OTHER JURISDICTION; SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD IN THE UNITED STATES ABSENT REGISTRATION OR AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION. NOT FOR DISTRIBUTION OR RELEASE IN OR INTO ANY JURISDICTION IN WHICH OFFERS OR SALES WOULD BE PROHIBITED BY APPLICABLE LAW, AND AS SUCH, THIS ANNOUNCEMENT IS DIRECTED (I) IN THE UNITED STATES, ONLY TO QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYERS (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A) IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A AND (II) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES ONLY AT NON-U.S. PERSONS (WITHIN THE MEANING OF REGULATIONS).

 

This announcement is directed only at persons who (i) have professional experience in matters relating to investments (being investment professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 (as amended, the “Financial Promotion Order”)), (ii) are persons falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) (“high net worth companies, unincorporated associations, etc.”) of the Financial Promotion Order, (iii) are outside the United Kingdom or (iv) are persons to whom an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (the “FSMA”)) in connection with the issue or sale of any securities may otherwise lawfully be communicated or caused to be communicated (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”). This announcement must not be acted on or relied on by persons who are not relevant persons. Any investment or investment activity to which this announcement relates is available only to relevant persons and will be engaged in only with relevant persons.

 

This announcement is not directed at any retail investor in the EEA. For these purposes, a retail investor means a person who is one (or more) of (i) a retail client as defined in point (11) of Article 4(1) of Directive 2014/65/EU (as amended, “MiFID II”), (ii) a customer within the meaning of Directive (EU) 2016/97 (as amended, the “Insurance Distribution Directive”), where that customer would not qualify as a professional client as defined in point (10) of Article 4(1) of MiFID II, or (iii) not a “qualified investor” as defined in Article 2 of Regulation (EU) 2017/1129 (as amended).

 

This announcement is not directed at any retail investor in the United Kingdom. For these purposes, a retail investor means a person who is one (or more) of: (i) a retail client, as defined in point (8) of Article 2 of Regulation (EU) No 2017/565 as it forms part of domestic law by virtue of the European Union (Withdrawal) Act 2018 (as amended, the “EUWA”); or (ii) a customer within the meaning of the provisions of the FSMA and any rules or regulations made under the FSMA to implement the Insurance Distribution Directive, where that customer would not qualify as a professional client, as defined in point (8) of Article 2(1) of Regulation (EU) No 600/2014 as it forms part of domestic law by virtue of the EUWA; or (iii) not a qualified investor as defined in Article 2 of the Prospectus Regulation as it forms part of domestic law by virtue of the EUWA.

 

 

 

MiFID II professionals/ECPs-only/No PRIIPs KID. Manufacturer target market (MIFID II product governance) is eligible counterparties and professional clients only (all distribution channels). No PRIIPs key information document (KID) has been prepared as not available to retail in EEA.

 

UK MiFIR professionals/ECPs-only/No UK PRIIPs KID. Manufacturer target market (MiFIR product governance) is eligible counterparties and professional clients only (all distribution channels). No PRIIPs key information document (KID) has been prepared as not available to retail in the United Kingdom.

 

Important Additional Information

 

Neither this announcement nor any copy of it may be taken or transmitted directly or indirectly into or from any jurisdiction where to do so would constitute a violation of the relevant laws or regulations of such jurisdiction. Any failure to comply with this restriction may constitute a violation of such laws or regulations. Persons into whose possession this announcement or other information referred to herein comes should inform themselves about, and observe, any restrictions in such laws or regulations.

 

This announcement has been prepared for the purpose of complying with the applicable law and regulation of the United Kingdom, the United States and Ireland and information disclosed may not be the same as that which would have been disclosed if this announcement had been prepared in accordance with the laws and regulations of jurisdictions outside the United Kingdom, the United States or Ireland.

 

Subject to the Market Abuse Regulation and the FCA’s Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules and the UK Listing Rules, the delivery of this announcement shall not create any implication that there has been no change in the affairs of Smurfit Westrock since the date of this announcement or that the information in this announcement is correct as at any time subsequent to its date.

 

 

v3.24.3
Cover
Nov. 26, 2024
Cover [Abstract]  
Document Type 8-K
Amendment Flag false
Document Period End Date Nov. 26, 2024
Entity File Number 001-42161
Entity Registrant Name Smurfit Westrock plc
Entity Central Index Key 0002005951
Entity Tax Identification Number 98-1776979
Entity Incorporation, State or Country Code L2
Entity Address, Address Line One Beech Hill
Entity Address, Address Line Two Clonskeagh
Entity Address, City or Town Dublin 4
Entity Address, Country IE
Entity Address, Postal Zip Code D04 N2R2
City Area Code 353
Local Phone Number 1 202 7000
Written Communications false
Soliciting Material false
Pre-commencement Tender Offer false
Pre-commencement Issuer Tender Offer false
Title of 12(b) Security Ordinary shares, par value $0.001 per share
Trading Symbol SW
Security Exchange Name NYSE
Entity Emerging Growth Company false

Smurfit WestRock (NYSE:SW)
Historical Stock Chart
From Dec 2024 to Jan 2025 Click Here for more Smurfit WestRock Charts.
Smurfit WestRock (NYSE:SW)
Historical Stock Chart
From Jan 2024 to Jan 2025 Click Here for more Smurfit WestRock Charts.